Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
BID - 5941 BUCKINGHAM PARK RESTROOMS (2)
SECTION 00300 BID FORM SECTION 00430 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over 15% of the contract. ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR 7/96 Section 00430 Page 1 determined pursuant to paragraphs l IA and 11.5, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting Practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. Cash Allowances: 11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be famished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 1 L8 1, the allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes, and 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.9. Unit Price Work: 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.10. 11.9.2. Each trait price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR'.s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 1 L9.3. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article. 11 if. 11.9.31, the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; 26 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Editiao w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) and 11.9.3.2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work, and 11.9.3:3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. 11.9.3.4. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to add or delete items in the Bid or change uuantities at OWNER'S sole discretion without affecting the -Contract -Price of any remaining item so long as the deletion or addition does not exceed twenty-five percent of the original total Contract Price ARTICLE 12--CILANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and staling the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows additional time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Tines (or Milestones) shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) wilt be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1. 122, All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement 123. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be, limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of Gat. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR 12.4. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOWs sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall OWNER be liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of the CONTRACTOR or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, fires, floods, epidemics. abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. ARTICLE 13—'PESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. ,Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which 0W'NER or ENGINEER have actual knowledge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13. Access to Work: 13.2. OWNER ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at reasonable, --titres for their observation, inspecting and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and progFams so that they may comply therewith as applicable. Tests and Inspections 13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER turnely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13A. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 13.4.1. for inspections, tests of approvals covered by paragraph 13.5 below; 13.42. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9 EJCDCGENERAL CONDITIONS 191M 0990 Edlimi w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) below shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.9, and 13A.1 as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 13.5. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection, or approval. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for OWNER's and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. 13.6. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. 11T Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.6 shall be at CONTRACTOWs expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR:s intention to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. Uncovering Work: l3.8. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER it must if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced atCONTRACTOR's expense. 13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's request shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all clanns, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction, (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and 01VNF,R shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amamt thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11, If however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such 27 uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if die parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 11 OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.10. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party. Correction or Removal of Defective IPork: 13.11. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated_ installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.12. Correction Period: 13.12.1.If within one-year two years after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (it) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. 13.12.2.In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. 13.12.3. Where defective Work (and damage to other �g FJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one yea two year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. Acceptance of Defechve Work: 1313. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and. prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to EN GINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER lfay Correct Defective Work: 1314. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11.. or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR halt allow OWNER OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other contractors and ENGINEER and ENGINE ER's Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be emitted to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OW'NER's rights and remedies hereunder. ARTICLE 14--PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Schedale of Values: 14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. Application for Progress Payncent: 142. At least twenty days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment tilled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. Any funds that are withheld by the OWNER shall not be subiect to substitution by the CONTRACTOR with securities or any arrangements involving an escrow or custodianship. By executirm the application for aymment form the CONTRACTOR expressly waives his right to the benefits of Colorado Revised Statutes, Section 24-91-101, et sea. CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title: 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review ofApplieakons for Progress Payment: 14A. ENGINEER will, within ten clays after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a RYCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1919-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS WV4/2000) recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER'S reasons for refusing to recommend payment In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.7) become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 145. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER's on -site observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGTN EER's knowledge, information and belief: 14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point indicated, 14.5.2, die quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation), and 14,5.3- the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled insofar as it is ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work. However, by recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i)exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Docurents or (u) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 14.6. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER is responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or Performance of Work, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to perform or famish Work in accordance with the Contract Documents 14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in ENGTNEER's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to 29 OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14 7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, 14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order, 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragmph 13.14, or 14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because: 14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR'S performance of furnishing of the Work, 14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, 14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set- off against the amount recommended or 14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive, but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action Substantial Completion: 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER EICDCGENFAALCONDIT(ODiS 1910-9(0%Editions 30 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. Partial Utilization: 14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work, which: (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (it) OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following: 14.10.].OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substmrtially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. Final Inspection: 14 11, Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such work or remedy such deficiencies. Final Application for Payment: 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by paragraph 5.4, certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.19) and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i)all documentation called for in the Contract- Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph5.4.13, (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or tiled in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may famish receipts or releases in full and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all tabor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (it) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied_ If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 191" (1990 Edtim) w! CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER w indemnify OWNER against any Lien Releases or waivers of liens and the consent of the sureh to finalize_�rayment are to be submitted on forms conforminnpto the format of the OWNER'S standard forms bound in the Project manual, Final Payment andAceeptanee: 14.13. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, F.NGINEE,R will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Otherwise, ENGINEER wilt return the Application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation to OWNER of the Application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with ENGINEER's recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGINEER wilt become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR subject to wragraph 17.6.2 of these General Conditions. 14.14. Ii through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. Waiver of Claims: 14.15. The making and acceptance of limit payment wilt constitute: 14.15.1. a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from ciefedive Work appearing after 31 final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents, and 14.15.2.A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 15--SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERNUNATION 0UM-R May Suspend Work: 15.1. At any time and without cause, OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shalt resume the Work on the date so fixed CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles I 1 and 12. 0WNER 11ay Terminate: 15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph2.9 as adjusted from time to time Pursuant to paragraph 6.6), 1522. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 152.3. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ENGINEER, or 15.2.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven days written notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid EIMC GENERAL CONDITIONS L910-9 (1990 FAttal) 32 w7 CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4P000) CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, lasses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR.. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and when so approved by ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed 15.3. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, the tennination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): 15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work. 15.42. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses, 15.4.3. for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others, and 15.4.4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: 15.5. If through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER fails for thirty days to pry CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER and provided OWNER or ENGINEER donut remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.4. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven days written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim under .Articles I 1 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16— DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure, if any, shall be as set forth in Exhibit GC -A, 'Dispute Resolution Agreement", to be attached hereto and made a part hereof. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10, 9.11 and 9.12, OWNFR and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 17—MISCELLANEOUS Giving Notice: 17 L Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended or if delve Bred at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.2. Computation of Time: 172.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 E�din�a)) W1 CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV ,0000) 17.2 2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will corvstitute a day. Notice of Claim; 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other partv's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.Cumuladve Remedies: 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.12, 6.16, 6.30, 6.31, 6.32, 13. L 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. Professional Fees and Court Costs Included.• 17.5. Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages", it shall include in each case, but not be Ivn ited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs. 17.6. The laws of the State of Colorado apply to this Agreement. Reference to two pertinent Colorado statutes are as follows 17.6.1. Colorado Revised Statutes (CRS 8-17-1011 require that Colorado labor be employed to perform the Work to the extent of not less than 80 percent (80%) of each type or class of labor in the several classifications of skilled and common labor emploved on the project. Colorado labor means any person who is a bona fide resident of the State of Colorado at the time o_f_Mloyment without discrimination as to race, color cree age, religion or sex. 17.6.2. If a claim is filed OWNER is required by law CRS 38-26-107) to withhold from all payments to CONTRACTOR sufficient funds to insure the nayment of all claims for labor, materials, team hire. sustenance, provisions, provender, or other supplies used or consumed by, CONTRACTOR, or his 33 E3CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990Edifim) "4 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4l2000) (This page left blank intentionally.) EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edi[im) 35 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) SPECIFICATIONS GLl CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR Buckingham Park Restrooms BID NO. 5941 PURCHASING DIVISION 215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS October 25, 2005 - 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK) EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Editiai) 36 w! CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions of the Construction Contract Between OWNER and CONTRACTOR DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16 of the General Conditions of the Construction Contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is amended to include the following agreement of the parties. 16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining, subject to the limitations of the Article 16. This agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction. 16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claun, dispute or other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or (b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11, and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten days after the party making such demand has delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9.10. 16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be tiled in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the thirty -day or ten-day period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other in ater in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-5 (1990 Editim) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9;99) 16.4, Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below, no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity (including ENGINEER. ENGINEER's Consultant and the officers, directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this contract unless: 16 4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration, and 16A 2- such other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings, and 16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such consent. 16.5. Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4, if a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR stall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.5 nor in the provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist. 16.6. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and it will not be subject to modification or appeal. 16.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they shall first submit any and all unsettled claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between them arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes") ' "disputes"), to mediation by the American Arbitration Association under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties. The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs 16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a dispute submitted to mediation within those same applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise agreed. GC -Al FJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edifiai) wf CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/94) GC -Al SE SECTION'00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Conditions of the Contract These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions 1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: A. Add the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of the General Conditions. 4.2.1.1.1 The following report(s) of exploration and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: CTL Thompson Incorporated Soils and Foundation Investigation Restroom Facility Buckingham Park, Fort Collins CO Project No. FC03584-125 September 7, 2005 Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in the geotechnical documents, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or upon the completeness of any information in the report. B. 4.2.1.2.1 No drawing of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities referred to in Paragraph 4.3) which are at or contiguous to the site have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, except the following: SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8. The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as follows: 7/96 Section 00800 Page 1 5.4.1 and 5.4.2 Coverage A - Statutory Limits Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000 5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include coverage for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived by the Owner. 5.4.6The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). 5.4.9This policy will include completed operations coverage/product liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). SC-8.10 OWNER's Project Manager A. Add the following language to ARTICLE 8: 8.10. The OWNER will provide a Project Manager. The CONTRACTOR shall direct all questions concerning Contract interpretation, Change Orders, and other requests for clarification or instruction to the Project Manager. 8.10.1 Authority: The Project Manager will be the OWNER's representative during the construction of the project. The Project Manager shall have the authority set forth in the OWNER's Capital Project Procedures Manual. The Project Manager shall have the authority to reject work and materials whenever such rejection may be necessary to ensure the proper performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10.2 Duties and Responsibilities: The Project Manager will make periodic visits to the project site to observe the progress and quality of the Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall not be required to make comprehensive or continuous inspections to check the progress or quality of the Work. The Project Manager shall not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions or programs in connection with the Work, or for any failure of the Contractor to comply with laws and regulation applicable to the performance or furnishing of the Work. Visits and observations made by the Project Manager shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his 00800-2 obligation to conduct comprehensive inspections of the Work, to furnish materials and perform acceptable Work, and to provide adequate safety precautions in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall at all times have access to the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall provide facilities for such access so the Project Manager may perform his or her functions under the Contract Documents. 8.10.3 One or more Resident Construction Inspector(s) (RCI) may be assigned to assist the Project Manager in providing observation of the Work, to determine whether or not the Work is proceeding according to the construction documents. CONTRACTOR will receive written notification from the OWNER of any RCI assignments. The RCI shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The RCI will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The RCI's dealings in matters pertaining to the on -site work will be to keep the Project Manager properly apprised about such matters. 8.10.4 Communications: All instructions, approvals, and decisions of the Project Manager shall be in writing. The CONTRACTOR may not rely on instructions, approvals, or decisions of the Project Manager until the same are reduced to writing. SC-12.3 Add the following language to the end of paragraph 12.3. Contractor will include in the project schedule 0 days lost due to abnormal weather conditions. Must be documented and approved by City's Project Representative. SC-13.12 Correction Period: 13.12.1If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, an Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions . . . SECTION 00900 ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT 00950Contract Change Order 00960Application for Payment 9/99 SECTION 00950 CHANGE ORDER NO. PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACTOR: PROJECT NUMBER: DESCRIPTION: 1. Reason for change: 2. Description of Change: 3. Change in Contract Cost 4. Change in Contract Time: ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST $ .00 TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER 0.00 TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER 0.00 TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER 0.00 TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ 0.00 (Assuming all change orders approved) ACCEPTED BY: DATE: Contractor's Representative ACCEPTED BY: DATE: Project Manager REVIEWED BY: DATE: Title: APPROVED BY: DATE: Title: APPROVED BY: DATE: Purchasing Agent over $30,000 cc: City Clerk Contractor Project File Architect Engineer Purchasing 9/99 Section 00950 Page 1 Section 00960 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROJECT: PO# PAY ESTIMATE NO: DATE: CONTRACTOR: ADDRESS: CONTRACT FOR: PARTIAL The undersigned Contractor certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief the work covered by this application for Payment has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all accounts have been paid by him for Work for which previous Certificates for Payment were issued and payments received, in this current payment shown herein is now due. CONTRACTOR: By: FINAL TO In accordance with the Contract Documents, based on site observations and the data comprising the above application, the Architects Certifies to the Owner that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that the best of his knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and that the Contractor is entitled to payment of the AMOUNT CERTIFIED. ENGINEER: Application is made for Payment, as shown below, in connection with the Contract. Schedule of Values is attached. The present status of the account for this Contract is as follows: ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT APPROVED CHANGE ORDERS TO DATE ADJUSTED CONTRACT AMOUNT TOTAL WORK COMPLETED AND MATERIALS USED RETAINAGE (10% OF TOTAL) TOTAL EARNED LESS RETAINAGE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES WITHHELD TOTAL EARNED LESS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES LESS PREVIOUS PAYMENTS CURRENT PAYMENT DUE APPROVED BY (Title) cc: Accounting City Clerk Contractor Engineer Project File DATE: 9/997/96 Section 00960 Page 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Pages BID INFORMATION 00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00020-1 - 00020-2 00100 Instruction to Bidders 00100-1 - 00100-9 00300 Bid Form 00300-1 - 00300-3 00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00400-1 00410 Bid Bond 00410-1 - 00410-2 00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00420-1 - 00420-3 00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors 00430-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00500 Agreement Forms 00500-1 00510 Notice of Award 00510-0 00520 Agreement 00520-1 - 00520-6 00530 Notice to Proceed 00530-1 00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600-1 00610 Performance Bond 00610-1 - 00610-2 00615 Payment Bond 00615-1 - 00615-2 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00630-1 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00635-1 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640-1 00650 Lien Waiver Release(Contractor) 00650-1 - 00650-2 00660 Consent of Surety 00660-1 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670-1 - 00670-2 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34 Exhibit GC -A GC -Al - GC-A2 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-3 00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1 00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2 00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 00970 Construction Specification Instruction Forms 00970-1 - 00970-5 SPECIFICATIONS SOILS REPORT WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE INSTRUCTIONS A. GENERAL INFORMATION This document was developed for use in situations involving changes in the Work which, if not processed expeditiously, might delay the Project. 'These changes are often initiated in the field and may affect the Contract Price or the Contract 'times. This is not a Change Order, but only a directive to proceed with Work that may be included in a subsequent Change Order. For supplemental instructions and minor changes not involving a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times a Field Order should be used, & COMPLETING THE WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE FORM Engineer initiates the form, including a description or the items involved and attachments. Based on conversations between Engineer and Contractor, Engineer completes the following: METHOD OF DE'lEIRMTN NG CHANGE, IF ANY, IN CONTRACT PRICE: Mark the method to he used in determining the final cost of Work involved and the estimated not affect on the Contract Price. if the change involves an increase in the Contract Price and the estimated amount is approached before the additional or changed Work is completed, another Work Change Directive must be issued to change the estimated price or Contractor may stop the changerd. Work when the estimated time is reached. If the Work Change Directive is not likely to change the Contract Price, the space for estimated increase (decrease) should be marked "Not Appticable". Once Engineer has completed and signed the form, all copies should be sent to Owner for autborizatton because Engineer alone does not have authority to authorize changes in Price or Times. Once authotized by Owner, a copy should be sent by Engineer to Contractor. Price and Times may only be changed by Change Order signed by Owner and Contractor with Engineer's recommendation. Paragraph 10.03.A.2 of the General Conditions requires that a Change Order be initiated and processed to cover any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed pursuant to this Work Change Directive. Once the Work covered by this directive is completed or final cost and times are determined, Contractor should submit documentation for inclusion in a Change Order. THIS IS A DIRECTIVE TO PROCEED WITH A CHANGE, THAT MAY AFFECT THE CONTRACT PRICE OR CONTRACT 11MCS. A CHANGE ORDER, IF ANY, SHOULD BE CONSIDBRBT) P.ROMPTI.Y. Section 00970 Page 1 DATE OF ISSUANCE OWNER CONTRACTOR Contract: Project: OWNER's Contract No. WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE No. EFFECTIVE DATE ENGINEFRN Project No. You are directed to proceed promptly with the following change(s): Description: Purpose of Work Change Directive: Attachments: (List documents supporting change) If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believe that the above change has affected Contract Price any Claim for a Change Order based thereon will involve one or more of the following methods as defined in the Contract Documents. Method of determining change in Contract Price: El Unit Prices El Lump Sum El Cost of the Work Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract Price: Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract $ Times: If the change involves an increase, the estimated Substantial Completion: days; amount is not to be exceeded without further Ready for final payment: days. authorization. RECOMMENDED: AUTHORIZED: ENGINEER OWNER By: By: EXDC No. 1910.114 (19%Edition) Pnp" try the 6ngirora )dinrComract DooutnentaCommiha end endorsed by The Anottated General Contracmn of America and the Cenatrnctlan Specifc*iom What. Section 00970 Page 2 �►`/ ochnfty V 7ecttnola9 REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION Project: R.F.I. Number: From: Tw Date: A/E Project Number: Re: Contract For: Specification Section: Request: Paragraph: Drawing Reference: Detail: Signed by: Date: Response: ❑ Attachments Response From: To: Date Rec'd: Date Re(Gd: Signed by: Date: Copies: ❑ Owner ❑ Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ File Copyright 1994, Construction Specifications Institute, Page of July 1994 99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300 Alexandria, VA 22314 CSI Fonn 13.2A Section 00970 Page 3 !'►TJ 0 �Ciion �� racnrrorusr CLARIFICATION NOTICE Project: Clarification Notice Number: From: To: Date: A/E Project Number: Re: ContractFor This Clarification Notice is issued for the purpose of clarifying the Contract Documents based on an interpretation reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents, and therefore has no effect on the Contract Sum or Contract Time. Proceeding with Work in accordance with this Clarification Notice indicates acceptance with no change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. Specification Section: Paragraph: Drawing Reference: Detail: Descripbow. ❑ Attachments Signed by: Date: Copies: Cl Owner ❑ Consultants ❑ Cl- ❑ Copyright 1994, Construction Specifications Institute, Page of 99 Canal Center Pl=, Suite 300 Alexandria, VA 22314 Cl ❑ File July 1994 CSI Form 13 3A Section 00970 Page 4 �v A(tCBnent Construction OJC009Ne Technology Project: Field Order Number: From: To: Date: A/E Project Number: Re: Contract For. FIELD ORDER You are hereby directed to execute promptly this Field Order which interprets the Contract Documents or orders minor changes in the Work without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. If you consider that a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time is required, submit a Change Order Request to the A/E. immediately and prior to proceeding with this Work. . Specification Section: Paragraph: Drawing Reference: Detail: Description of Interpretation or Change: ❑ Attachments Signed by: Date: Copies: ❑ Owner ❑ Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ File Copyight 1994, Construction Specification Institute, Page of July 1994 99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300 Alexandria, VA 223 L4 CSI Form 13AA Section 00970 Page 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01010 Summary of Work 01025 Measurement and Payment 01026 Application for Payment 01027 Change Order Procedures 01040 Coordination 01041 Superintendent 01046 Access to Site 01050 Field Engineering 01060 Regulatory Requirements 01070 Abbreviations 01200 Project Meetings 01310 Construction Schedules 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 01370 Schedule of Values 01400 Quality Control 01410 Testing 01510 Temporary Utilities 01520 Construction and Equipment Aids 01530 Barriers and Enclosures 01560 Temporary Controls 01590 Field Offices and Sheds 01600 Material and Equipment 01700 Contract Close -Out 01710 Cleaning 01715 Waste Removal and Recycling 01720 Project Record Documents 01730 Operating and Maintenance Data 01740 Warranties and Bonds DIVISION 2 SITEWORK Section 02050 02100 02115 02221 02225 02580 02930 Building Demolition Site Preparation Selective Clearing Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting Pavement Markings Sodding and Seeding Table of Contents - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03450 Architectural Precast Concrete DIVISION 4 MASONRY Section 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry 04270 Glass Block Masonry DIVISION 5 METALS Section 05120 Structural Steel 05999 Miscellaneous Metals DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 06170 Prefabricated Structural Wood 06200 Finish Carpentry DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07150 07180 07190 07210 07464 07610 07621 07900 Dampproofing Water Repellant Sealers Vapor Retarders Building Insulation Primed Hardboard Siding Prefinished Metal Roofing Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim Sealants and Joint Fillers DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08110 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08700 Finish Hardware 08800 Glass and Glazing Table of Contents - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 DIVISION 9 FINISHES Section 09260 Gypsum Wallboard 09310 Ceramic Tile 09900 Painting DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES Section 10210 Metal Wall Louvers 10800 Toilet and Bath Accessories DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT NOT USED DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS NOT USED DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT USED DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS NOT USED DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15410 Plumbing Piping 15440 Plumbing Fixtures 15750 Heat Transfer 15850 Air Handling 15880 Air Distribution 15950 Automatic Temperature Control DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL Section 16000 General Electrical 16100 Basic Materials and Methods 16410 Electric Service 16450 Grounding 16500 Lighting APPENDICES Appendix A Appendix B Buckingham Park Soils Report Rossborough Park Soils Report Table of Contents - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT SITE A. Location: The site is located at Buckingham Park, Fort Collins, Colorado. B. Related requirements or conditions specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01046, Access to Site, 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK A. General: The work consists of the construction of one (1) restroom building complete with site improvements: B. The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining the building permit, The fees will be paid by the Parks Department. C. The Contractor will be responsible for receiving and unloading all materials. D. The Contractor will be responsible for the removal and disposal of the old restroom. E. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the cleaning of the job site and leaving it in a safe condition at the end of each working day and at work completion. F. Material stockpile during construction of the restroom can be held on site in the parking areas. G. Unless otherwise provided, contractor shall provide, at his expense, all materials, labor, equipment, tools, transportation and utilities. H. It is the intent of the Owner not to disturb the normal functions of the complex, its residents and their visitors, employees, vendors, suppliers, contractors or related outside businesses during the work of this project. 1. Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site, for specific construction access, phasing and scheduling requirements. I. The Contractor shall be responsible for seeing that all contractors, subcontractors, suppliers and workmen associated with the project conduct themselves in a professional and businesslike manner while on the site, 1. Alcoholic beverages and smoking will not be permitted on the site, anywhere within the Owner's facilities or on the Owner's property. 2. All workers shall refrain from the use of profane or abusive language and other forms of harassment on the site. 3. Other specific conditions of this Section shall be as arranged at the Pre - Construction Conference. 4. Refer to Section 01046 for specific rights of the Owner's principal representative. 1.03 SUSTAINABILITY A. Construction Waste Diversion: A construction waste diversion goal of 50% has been established for this Project. Construction waste materials shall be recycled as specified in Section 01715 and herein and as required to meet this goal, including but not limited to: 1. New construction waste materials. 2. Demolition construction waste materials 3. New product shipping materials, cartons, pallets and other packaging. 1.04 FORM OF BID AND/OR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Buckingham Park Restroom 01010 - 1 0437.12 A. The work of this Project shall be bid and construction contracts awarded on the following basis, unless otherwise modified in the General or Supplementary Conditions of the Contact: 1. Lump sum basis. 1.05 WORK BY OTHERS A. Owner shall furnish certain toilet and bath accessories for installation by the Contractor, as indicated in Section 10800. END OF SECTION Buckingham Park Restroom o1010 - 2 0437.12 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This Section covers methods of measurements and payment for items of Work covered in the Bid Form/Bid Schedule. 1. Owner will not pay for defective work and will not pay for repair or additional work required to bring the project to a point of acceptance. B. Bid Price. 1. The Total Bid Price covers all Work required by the Contract Documents. All work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid for the various items of Work. 2. Prices shall include all costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment and tools, performing all labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, associated General Conditions and Division 1 expenses associated with the Work, and the costs of Contractor overhead, profit and bonding applicable to the particular Bid Item. 3. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums. 4. Unit prices shall not be subject to renegotiation. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Bid Form/Bid Schedule. END OF SECTION 01025 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01026 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Submit Applications for Payment to Architect in accordance with the schedule established by the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract and Owner -Contractor Agreement. B. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Owner -Contractor Agreement: a. Lump sum and unit prices. b. Progress payments, retainages and final payment. C. Allowable progress payments for Contractor overhead, profit and Division I expenses. 2. Bid Form. 3. General and Supplementary Conditions: a. Retainages. b. Liquidated damages, if applicable. C. Partial release of lien affidavits. 4. Section 01370, Schedule of Values. 5. Section 01700, Contract Closeout. 6. Section 01730, Operating and Maintenance Data. 1.02 FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED A. Submit itemized Applications typed on standard City of Fort Collins forms, unless otherwise approved. B. Provide itemized data on continuation sheet. Format, schedule, line items and values shall be those of the Schedule of Values accepted by Architect. C. Applications for payment shall include only that material, labor and/or stored material in place as of the date of Application. 1.03 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT A. Application Form: 1. Form shall be completed and notarized by a Notary Public, state of Colorado. 2. Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed prior to date of submittal of Application. Incomplete Application forms shall be returned to the Contractor and not processed. 3. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals indicated on continuation sheets. 4. Certification shall be executed with signature of a responsible officer of contract firm. B. Continuation Sheets: 1. Fill in total list of all schedule component items of work with item number and scheduled dollar value for each item. 01026 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 2. Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been performed or products stored, as of date of Application. 3. List each Change Order executed prior to date of Application at the end of the continuation sheets. a. List by Change Order number and description, as for an original component item of work. C. Retainage: The Owner shall withhold retainage from each progress payment, as stipulated in the General and Supplementary Conditions. Contractor shall reflect the amount retained on each Application for Payment. D. Partial Release of Liens Affidavit: Contractor shall submit a Partial Release of Liens Affidavit with each Application for Payment certifying payment to Subcontractors, material suppliers or other entities having provided labor, materials and equipment related to the Work covered by the previous Application for Payment, as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. E. Prior to acceptance of Application for Payment, Contractor shall show that project record drawings are current and up to date per Section 01720, as requested by the Architect or Owner. F. Prior to acceptance of Final Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit complete operating and maintenance manuals for review and acceptance by the Architect and Owner. Refer to paragraph 1.06 below. 1.04 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. When the Owner or the Architect requires substantiating data, Contractor shall submit suitable information with a cover letter identifying: 1. Project name, Application number and date. 2. Detailed list of enclosures. 3. Stored materials may be submitted for payment, provided they are stored on site, in the Subcontractor's insured facility, or in a bonded warehouse facility as of the date of Application. a. Submit item number and identification as shown on Application, description of specific material. b. Submit certificate of insurance indicating coverage of stored materials, if requested by the Owner. B. Submit one (1) copy of data for each copy of Application. 1.05 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Fill in Application form as specified for progress payments. B. Use continuation sheet for presenting the final statement of accounting as specified in Section 01700, Contract Close -Out. 1.06 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A. Submit Applications for Payment to the Owner within the time limitations and deadlines stipulated in the Agreement. B. Number: Four (4) copies of each Application, or as established at the Pre -Construction Conference. 01026 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 Final Certificate for Payment shall be processed only after as -built documents and operating and maintenance manuals have been received, reviewed and accepted by the Architect and Owner. END OF SECTION 01026 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01027 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor shall prepare and promptly implement Change Order procedures: 1. Provide full written data required to evaluate proposed changes in the Contract Sum or extensions of the Contract Time. 2. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time-and-material/force-account basis. 3. Maintain detailed records of weather -related delays to substantiate claims for additional time. B. Designate in writing the member of Contractors organization who is authorized to accept changes in the work. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Owner -Contractor Agreement and Conditions of the Contract: a. Methods of determining cost or credit to Owner resulting from changes in the work made on a time -and -material basis. b. Contractor's claims for additional costs. C. Allowable limits for Contractor's overhead and profit. 2. Section 01026, Applications for Payment. 3. Section 01046, Access to Site: Designation of Owner's Principal Representative, authorized to execute change orders. 4. Section 01310, Construction Schedules. 5. Section 01370, Schedule of Values. 6. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Substitutions. 7. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Change Order: See General Conditions. B. Architect's Supplemental Instructions, AIA Document G710: A written order, instructions or interpretations signed by Architect making minor changes in the work not involving a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. C. Proposal Request, AIA Document G709: A written request by the Owner or Architect describing proposed changes in the work and requesting change order pricing from the Contractor, but not authorizing the work to be completed until approved in writing by the Owner. D. Construction Change Authorization, AIA Document G714: or standard City of Fort Collins form: A written order to the Contractor signed by Owner and Architect which amends the Contract Documents as described and authorizes Contractor to proceed with a change which affects the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, for inclusion in a subsequent Change Order. 01027 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1.03 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A. Owner or Architect may initiate changes by submitting a Proposal Request to Contractor. Request will include: 1. Detailed description of the change, products and location of the change in the project. 2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. 3. The projected time span for making the change and a specific statement as to whether overtime work is or is not authorized. 4. A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. 5. Such request is for information only and is not an instruction to execute the changes or to stop work in progress. B. Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to Architect containing: 1. Description of the proposed changes. 2. Statement of the reason for making the changes. 3. Statement of the affect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 4. Statement of the affect on the work of separate contractors. 5. Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time as appropriate. C. Changes in the work affecting construction cost and/or contract time shall not be started without a fully executed Change Order or other written authorization from the Owner and Architect, in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A. In lieu of a Proposal Request, Architect may issue a Construction Change Authorization for Contractor to proceed with a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. Authorization will describe changes in the work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change and will designate the method of determining any change in the Contract Sum and any change in Contract Time. C. Owner and Architect will sign and date the Construction Change Authorization as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. D. Contractor will sign and date the Construction Change Authorization to indicate agreement with the terms therein. 1.05 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS A. Support each quotation for a lump sum proposal and for each unit price which has not previously been established with sufficient substantiating data to allow Architect and Owner to evaluate the quotation. 1. Labor and equipment required. 2. Materials required: a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost. b. Quantities required. 3. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 4. Credit for work deleted from Contract similarly documented. 5. Overhead and profit. Refer to Supplemental Conditions of the Contract for established limits, if applicable. 01027 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 6. Justification for any change in Contract Time. B. Support each claim for additional costs and for work done on a time-and-material/force- account basis, with documentation as required for a lump sum proposal plus additional information: 1. Name of the Owners authorized agent who ordered the work and date of the order. 2. Dates and times work was performed and by whom. 3. Time record, summary of hours worked and hourly rates paid. 4. Receipts and invoices for: a. Equipment used, listing dates and times of use. b. Products used, listing quantities. C. Subcontracts. C. Document requests for substitutions for products as specified in Section 01600. D. Support each claim for additional time due to weather -related delays with the following daily information: 1. Statement of the reason for requesting an extension to the Contract Time due to the weather, including the materials or trades affected and the adverse effects of the weather upon these items. 2. Weather conditions at the site of the project for each day requested. 3. Temperature in Fahrenheit at the site for each day requested. 4. Any additional information requested by the Owner. 1.06 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. Contractor shall prepare each Change Order, unless Owner or Architect is authorized to prepare Change Orders at the Pre -Construction Conference. B. Form: Change Order, AIA Document G701 or Owner provided form. C. Change Order wilt describe changes in the work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change. D. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 1.07 LUMP SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Content of Change Orders will be based on either: 1. Architect's Proposal Request and Contractors response as mutually agreed between Owner and Contractor; or 2. Contractor's proposal for a change as recommended by Architect. B. Owner and Architect will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. C. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein. 1.08 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Content of Change Orders will be based on either: 1. Architect's definition of the scope of the required changes. 2. Contractors proposal for a change as recommended by Architect. 3. Survey of completed work. 01027 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. The amounts of the unit prices to be either: 1. Those stated in the Agreement. 2. Those mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor. C. When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order can be determined prior to start of the work: 1. Owner and Architect will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for Contractor to proceed with the changes. 2. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein. D. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the work: 1. Architect or Owner will issue a Construction Change Authorization directing Contractor to proceed with the change on the basis of unit prices and will cite the applicable unit prices. 2. At completion of the change, Architect will determine the cost of such work based on the unit prices and quantities used. a. Contractor shall submit documentation to establish the number of units of each item and any claims for a change in Contract Time. 3. Architect will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time. 4. Owner and Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement with the terms therein. 1.09 TIME AND MATERIAL/FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER/CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A. Architect and Owner will issue a Construction Change Authorization directing Contractor to proceed with the changes. B. At completion of the change, Contractor shall submit itemized accounting and supporting data as provided in paragraph 1.05, Documentation of Proposals and Claims. C. Architect will determine the allowable cost of such work as provided in General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. D. Architect and Owner will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time. E. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement therein. F. Owner must approve in writing and on a daily basis all time and material Change Orders. 1.10 CONTRACTOR OVERHEAD AND PROFIT A. General: Allowable limits to the Contractor's and Subcontractors mark-ups on Change Orders shall be as established in the Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. 1.11 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS A. Periodically revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each change as a separate item of work and to record the adjusted Contract Sum. B. Periodically revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time. 1. Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes. C. Upon completion of work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Documents. 01027 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 END OF SECTION 01027 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION PART GENERAL 1.01 COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall be responsible for the overall coordination of all civil, landscape and urban design, architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical components and systems that are a part of this project. 1. Coordinate components and systems prior to purchasing or fabricating. 2. Coordinate materials, equipment and fixtures supplied by various trades for compatibility with the final installation. B. Coordinate all work included in the Construction Documents, including but not limited to the following construction trades: 1. Demolition. 2. Earthwork, excavation and grading. 3. On -site utilities, including utilities designed by other jurisdictions. 4. Asphalt, Portland Cement and other hard surface pavements. 5. Landscaping and irrigation systems. 6. Cast -in -place concrete. 7. Concrete unit masonry. 8. Structural steel and metalwork. 9. Carpentry and cabinetwork. 10. Building and roof insulation. 11. Roofing and flashings. 12. Doors, windows and glazing systems. 13. Painting and finishing. 14. Flooring and hard surfaces. 15. Specialties. 16. Mechanical and plumbing systems. 17. Electrical systems. C. Coordinate scheduling, submittals and work of the Drawings and various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. D. Coordinate and verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with the building utilities. Interruption of utility services shall be scheduled with and subject to the approval of the Owner seven (7) business days prior to the interruption. E. Coordinate utility locates with the City of Fort Collins and other jurisdictions having authority over the project. Refer to Section 01060. F. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. General and Supplementary Conditions: Contractor's Responsibilities. 2. Section 01010, Summary of Work. 3. Section 01050, Field Engineering. 4. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 5. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment: Substitutions. 01040 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Date: September 30, 2005 Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on October 25, 2005, for the Buckingham Park Restrooms; BID NO. 5941. If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2nd Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing address is P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580. At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be publicly opened and read aloud. The Contract Documents provide for the construction of a neighborhood park restroom. The project will include demolition of the existing restroom, construction of the new restroom, landscaping and irrigation modifications. Building permits will be applied for by the contractor and paid for by the city. The contractor will be responsible for calling for inspections. All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524. Contract Documents will be available October 4, 2005. Copies of the Contract Documents, complete with Construction Specifications and Drawings, may be obtained from Purchasing Division at 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524 upon payment of a refundable fee of Fifty Dollars ($50.00) per set. No partial sets will be issued. The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined at: 1. City of Fort Collins, Purchasing Division. 2. Dodge Plan Room, 1114 W. 7th Ave., Suite 100, Denver, Colorado. 3. Builders Exchange, 223 South Link Lane, Fort Collins, Colorado. 4. Construction News Service, 4775 Centennial Blvd Ste 150, Colorado Springs, Colorado. A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be held at Buckingham Park, 101 First St, Fort Collins, CO 80524 on October 11, 2005, at 10:00 a.m. Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this meeting. Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents. 6. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: General project coordination. 1.02 RELATED WORK BY OTHERS A. Coordinate as required with the Owner for related work, as shown on the Drawings or specified herein, to be performed by the Owner's own forces or by separate contract from this project. Refer to Section 01010. 1.03 COORDINATION OF SCHEDULES A. Coordinate schedule of construction activity with the Owner's continued use of the facility and site. Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site. B. Coordinate schedule of construction activity with the Owner and other Contractors as necessary to facilitate the related work by others described above. 1.04 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. In addition to progress meetings specified in Section 01200, Contractor shall hold coordination meetings and pre -installation conferences with personnel and Subcontractors to assure coordination of work. 1.05 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS A. General: Schedule and coordinate all submittals specified in Section 01340 or other Sections. B. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to and placing in service such equipment. C. Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space, operating elements and the effect on work of other Sections. 1.06 COORDINATION OF SPACE A. Coordinate use of project space and sequence of installation of mechanical and electrical work which is indicated diagrammatically on the Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts and conduits as closely as practicable, with due allowance for available physical space; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize space efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance and for repairs. B. In finished areas, except as otherwise shown, conceal pipes, ducts and wiring in the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. 1.07 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT CLOSEOUT A. Coordinate completion and cleanup of work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. B. Assemble and coordinate closeout submittals specified in Section 01700. C. After Ownerrs occupancy of premises, coordinate access to the site by various Sections for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents to minimize the disruption of Owner's activities. 01040 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 END OF SECTION 01040 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01041 SUPERINTENDENT PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, who shall be in attendance at the project site during performance of the work. B. Superintendent shall be on the jobsite to the minimum level specified herein, but in all cases whenever a Subcontractor is working on the project. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. 2. Section 01010, Summary of Work: Contractor Qualifications. 3. Section 01040, Coordination. 4. Section 01046, Access to Site. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS A. Superintendent Qualification Requirements: Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent to supervise and coordinate all construction and jobsite administration tasks for the duration of the project. 1. Superintendent shall be a regular employee of the Contractors firm, unless the use of a contract employee is approved and authorized by the Owner in writing. 2. Superintendent shall have a general knowledge of the building type and type of construction proposed for this project, and shall have successfully completed at least one (1) project of similar size and complexity in the past five (5) years, serving in a similar capacity. 3. Contractor shall submit a written resume, references for similar completed projects and other supporting documents to verify qualifications of the person(s) to be employed as superintendent for this project, if requested by the Owner. B. General Contractor Qualification Requirements: Refer to Section 01010, Summary of Work. 1.03 REQUIRED LEVEL OF SUPERVISION A. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite on a full-time basis until Substantial Completion. 1. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite whenever a Subcontractor is working on the project. 2. Superintendent shall be present during any municipal or utility inspection. 3. Superintendent shall be present at any scheduled or Owner- or Architect -requested meeting. B. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite after Substantial Completion and through project close-out as follows: 1. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite when punchlist work is being completed. END OF SECTION 01041 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01046 ACCESS TO SITE PART GENERAL 1.01 OWNER'S USE OF PREMISES A. City of Fort Collins shall fully occupy the parking areas and grounds during construction of this project, except for specific areas designated strictly for use by the Contractor as specified in paragraph 1.02. B. It is the intent of the Owner not to disturb the normal functions of the complex, residents, visitors, employees, vendors, suppliers, contractors or related outside businesses during the work of this project. C. City of Fort Collins shalt not occupy or use any portion of the building or site until Substantial Completion of the project. D. The Owner's principal representatives on this project shall be Eileen Scholl and Jason Stutzman. Ms. Scholl and Mr. Stutzman shalt be the only representatives of the Owner with access to the sites with or without the Contractor's knowledge, permission or guidance. E. Related conditions specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01010, Summary of Work. 2. Section 01040, Coordination. 3. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 4. Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 5. Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds. 1.02 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. Contractor shall have access to the site of new construction as required for the successful completion of the project, as arranged at the Pre -Construction Conference. B. Site area affected by construction access, construction activities, employee parking and material storage areas is to be minimized. 1. General limits of the site access are as shown on the site plan in the Drawings. Final limits shall be as determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. 2. Owners access to non -affected areas of the site shall be maintained at all times. Employee parking areas will be maintained throughout the duration of the project, as determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. 3. Contractor's employees and subcontractors shall not park on the public streets adjacent to the site. C. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products under this Contract stored on the site and for completed work. D. Noise Control: Refer to Section 01560, Temporary Controls. E. Dust and Erosion Control: Refer to Section 01560, Temporary Controls. F. Construction Hours: Refer to Section 01560, Temporary Controls. G. Toilet Facilities: Refer to Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 01046 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1.03 CONSTRUCTION STAGING A. Contractor shall provide a staging and phasing plan for the Owner's review and approval at the Pre -Construction Conference, including: 1. Major materials to be stored on the site. 2. Major equipment to be used in the work, with the proposed placement of this equipment during different phases of construction. 3. Field offices, trailers and storage sheds, including those proposed by major Subcontractors. 4. Limits of temporary site fencing, including access points. 5. Proposed location for construction vehicle and employee parking. 6. Proposed phasing or sequencing of construction on the site. B. Rooftop Staging: Contractor's use of the roof area for storage of demolished or new materials shall be limited by the structural capacity of the roof structure. END OF SECTION 01046 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide and pay for field engineering services required for the proper execution of the work, including but not limited to: 1. Contractor will provide all required construction staking and field engineering, not itemized as provided by the Owner in paragraph 1.02. 2. Intermediate survey at completion of formwork for foundation structures, as specified herein. 3. Final completion survey, as specified herein. 4. Certification survey as may be required by applicable jurisdictions or utility providers. B. In addition to the specified surveys, Contractor shall provide any resurveying as may be necessary by field changes or redesign. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01410, Testing. 2. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 1.02 OWNER -FURNISHED INFORMATION A. Site Survey: Site survey prepared for the Owner will be provided to the Contractor for his use on this project. 1. Such data is offered solely for reference and is not to be considered a part of the Contract Documents. The data contained in the document prepared for the Owner by the Engineer is believed to be reliable; however, the Architect and Owner do not guarantee its accuracy or completeness. B. Architectural Site Plan Drawing or Horizontal Control Plan prepared by the Archi- tect/Engineer. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ a Professional Engineer or Land Surveyor licensed in the state of Colorado and acceptable to the Owner and Architect. B. Documentation and Records: Surveyor or Engineer shall maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. On request of the Architect, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work. 1. Enter all survey notes and construction stakeout cut notes into bound, hardcover field books. 2. All survey data developed by the Contractor in performing the work shall be available throughout the construction period. 01050 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Surveyor or Engineer: Submit name and address of Surveyor or Professional Engineer to be employed by the Contractor to Architect for approval before beginning work of this Section, if requested by the Owner or Architect. B. Completion Certificate: Upon completion of the work, submit to Architect a certificate signed by the Surveyor or Engineer certifying that elevations and locations are in conformance or non-conformance with Contract Documents. Refer to Section 01700, Contract Close -Out. C. Final Completion Survey: Upon completion of the work, submit to the Owner a Final Improvement Survey as specified below. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Reference Points: Immediately upon entering the project, Contractor shall locate and maintain benchmarks and all other grades, lines, levels and dimensions. Report any errors or inconsistencies to the Architect/Engineer before commencing work. B. Basis for Layout: Surveyor shall reference the Architectural Site Plan or other Horizontal Control Plan in the Drawings as the basis for the layout of the Proiect. Grading plans, utility plans, or other site -related Drawings shall not be used for basic building layout, other than for required coordination. C. Permanent Benchmarks: Surveyor or Engineer shall establish a minimum of two (2) permanent benchmarks on the site, referenced to data established by survey control points. 1. Benchmarks shall be referenced U.S.G.S. datum based on elevations above sea level if required by the Owner. D. Coordination: Surveyor shall contact all jurisdictions and/or utility providers for field locates and temporary markings of affected utility lines prior to beginning survey work. E. Batter Boards and Levels: Engineer or Surveyor shall stake out the building and provide and rigidly set batter boards. Such batter boards shall continue in use free to all requiring them, but the Contractor shall remain responsible for their maintenance and accuracy. From permanent benchmarks the engineer or surveyor shall ascertain grades and levels to the building as needed. F. Preservation of Monuments and Stakes: Carefully preserve all monuments, benchmarks, property markers, reference points and stakes. In case of the destruction of these, the Contractor will be charged with expense of replacement and shall be responsible for any mistake or loss of time that may be caused. Permanent monuments or benchmarks which must be removed or disturbed shall be protected until properly referenced for relocation. Furnish materials and assistance for proper replacement of such monuments or benchmarks. 01050 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 G. Layout and Control: Surveyor or Engineer shall establish lines and levels, locate and layout by instrumentation and similar means the stakes for finish grading. He shall set control stakes and shall reset stakes as required during progress of the work. H. Construction Staking: Contractor shall provide construction stakes for the following: 1. Double offset stakes on building slab corners for horizontal and vertical alignment. 2. Sanitary and storm sewer lines as follows: The first 100' from any junction shall be stationed every 25'. From 100' on, stationing will be every 100'. Cut sheets shall be provided. Sewer services shall be staked with convenient offsets. 3. Water lines shall be staked on centerline at all fittings and angle points and any other points necessary for establishing the line. Water service will be staked with 5' offsets. 4. Any other stakes necessary for the correct alignment of building structures or components. I. Completion: Upon completion of the work, the Surveyor or Engineer shall survey the site to verify that locations and elevations required by the Contract Documents have been achieved within the specified tolerances. Submit three (3) copies to the Owner. 3.02 INTERMEDIATE SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Intermediate Survey: Upon completion of formwork for foundation structures, but prior to placement of cast -in -place concrete, Surveyor shall perform an intermediate survey to verify building placement in relation to required setbacks and new or existing easements or rights -of -way. Submit three (3) copies to the Owner. 1. Comply with any other requirements of the Owner's lender for this survey work. 3.03 CERTIFICATION SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Certification Survey: Upon completion of sitework, the Surveyor shall perform a certification survey as may be required by applicable jurisdictions or utility providers, including submittal of properly formatted drawings or other documentation to these authorities. Certification surveys may be required for, but are not limited to: 1. Storm drainage facilities, including detention pond construction. 2. Water line improvements. 3. Sanitary sewer line improvements. 4. Retaining wall construction adjacent to property lines or public rights -of -way. 3.04 FINAL COMPLETION SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Final Improvement Survey: Upon completion of the work, the surveyor or engineer shall perform a final improvement survey of the as -constructed conditions, including but not limited to, required reference points, above -ground structures and other improvements, below -ground structures and utilities, and final topography. END OF SECTION 01050 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 APPROVAL AND RECOMMENDATION AGENCIES A. The City of Fort Collins has jurisdiction for review and approval of the project, including but not limited to, the following departments: 1. Planning and Zoning. 2. Building Inspection. 3. Fire Prevention. 4. Engineering and Traffic Engineering. 5. Water/Wastewater Utility. 6. Stormwater Utility. 7. Electric Utility. B. Other entities having jurisdiction of this project, include but are not limited to: 1. State of Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment. 2. Water Utility. 3. Poudre Fire Authority. C. Codes which have been adopted by City of Fort Collins applicable to the project include, but may not be limited to: 1. Uniform Building Code, 1997 Edition. 2. Uniform Fire Code, 1997 Edition. 3. Uniform Plumbing Code, 1997 Edition. 4. Uniform Mechanical Code, 1997 Edition. 5. NFPA-1, Fire Code, Current Edition, where applicable. 6. NFPA 101, Life Safety Code, Current Edition, where applicable. 7. National Electrical Code, Current Edition. 8. ANSI A117.1, American National Standards Institute Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People, Current Edition. 9. Americans with Disabilities Act, provisions for accessibility by physically handicapped people, 1990. 10. Miscellaneous health and safety codes and standards applied by the State of Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment. 11. Any other local, state or federal codes which are applicable. 12. In case of a conflict between referenced applicable codes, the one having the more stringent requirements shall govern. 1.02 SERVICES AND UTILITIES A. Utility services are provided to the area of the project by the following jurisdictions: 1. Water: City of Fort Collins. 2. Sanitary Sewer: City of Fort Collins. 3. Stormwater Drainage: Not Applicable. 4. Natural Gas: N/A. 01060 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 5. Telephone: N/A. 6. Cable Television: N/A. 7. Electric: City of Fort Collins. B. Specific on- and off -site utility extensions and service lines are shown on the Drawings, except: 1. Natural gas. 2. Telephone. 3. Cable television. 4. Electrical primary service to location(s) of the transformer(s). The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the work of these outside utility providers, as well as the coordination of these utilities with those shown on the Drawings. Refer to Section 01040. 1.03 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS A. In addition to any applicable regulations referenced elsewhere, all Contractors shall strictly adhere to all applicable federal and state laws, orders, and all applicable standards, regulations, interpretations or guidelines issued pursuant thereto, including but not limited to: 1. National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended, and the implementing regulations of HUD and of the Council on Environmental Quality providing for establishment of national policy, goals, and procedures for protecting, restoring and enhancing environmental quality. 2. The Clean Air Act of 1970 as amended, requiring that federal assistance will not be given and that license or permit will not be issued to any activity not conforming to the State implementation plan for national primary and secondary ambient air quality standards. 3. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act of 1962 requiring that mechanics and laborers employed on federally -assisted contracts which exceed $2,000 be paid wages of not less than one and one-half times their basic wage rates for all hours worked in excess of forty in a work week. 4. Copeland "Anti -Kickback" Act of 1934 prohibiting and prescribing penalties for "kickbacks" of wages in federally -financed or assisted construction activities. 5. The Lead -Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act - Title IV prohibiting the use of lead -based paint in residential structures constructed or rehabilitated with federal assistance, and requiring notification to purchasers and tenants of such housing of the hazards of lead -based paint and of the symptoms and treatment of lead -based paint poisoning. 6. Section 109 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974, as amended, providing that no person shall be excluded from participation (including employment), denied program benefits or subjected to discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex under any program or activity funded in whole or in part under Title I (Community Development) of the Act. 7. Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion or religious affiliation, or national origin in any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance. 8. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, providing that no otherwise qualified individual shall, solely by reason of a handicap, be excluded from participation (including employment), denied program benefits or subjected 01060 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3 of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from the performance of the Contract. No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening Bids. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and irregularities therein. Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders. Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision -making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited City of Fort Collins By James B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP Di,/rector of Risk Management & Purchasing to discrimination under any program or activity receiving federal funds. 1.04 HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY A. Construction shall be in substantial compliance with the requirements of the American National Standards Institute Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People, ANSI Al17.1, Current Edition, and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990. B. Refer to Section 01010, Summary of Work, for extent of handicapped accessible and handicapped adaptable construction. C. Refer to specific Sections of the Specifications for specific requirements relating to each section. 1.05 SAFETY OF LIFE, HEALTH AND PUBLIC WELFARE A. Contractor shall have sole responsibility for compliance on the job site with all applicable portions of the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and compliance with the Equal Employment Opportunity Act (EEO). 1. Contractor shall fully comply with OSHA requirements for maintaining Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) on the site. B. Protection of life, health and public welfare as it relates to construction of the project is the responsibility of the Contractor. The Owner will not provide observation, inspection, supervision or any comment on plans, procedures or actions employed at the project as they relate to safety of life, health or public welfare. If conditions are imposed by the Owner which interfere with or imply actions detrimental to safety, written notice shall be returned to the Contractor for action prior to affecting any unsafe conditions. C. The Architect shall not have control or charge of, and shall not be responsible for, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures for safety precautions and programs in connection with the work, for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, subcontractors or any other persons performing any of the work or for the failure of any of them to carry out the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. The Architect shall have no responsibility for the discovery, presence, handling, removal or disposal of or exposure of persons to hazardous materials in any form at the project site, including but not limited to asbestos, asbestos products, lead - based paint, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or other toxic substances. Refer also to Section 02080, Hazardous Material Removal. 1.06 LICENSES A. Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Contractor shall be responsible for meeting all contractor licensing requirements for the City of Fort Collins, including testing and fees as applicable. Contractor shall acquire and maintain all required licenses for the duration of the Project. 1.07 PERMITS AND FEES A. Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions. 01060 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Contractor shall be responsible for all permits, fees and inspections required by the regulatory agencies referenced above, including but not limited to: 1. City use tax. 2. Subcontractor fees. 3. Any other local or state permits or fees. 4. State of Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment: Demolition permit. 5. Right-of-way permit for work within a street, alley or other public right-of-way. C. Owner shall be responsible for the following permits, fees and inspections required by the regulatory agencies referenced above, including but not limited to: 1. Plan review fees. 2. Building permit fees. 3. Capital expansion fees, utility impact and plant investment fees, and other development fees. 4. Utility tap and meter fees. 5. City use tax. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for applying for, and acquiring, all building permits, inspections and any other permits required for the construction of this project. 1. The Drawings and Specifications shall be in the City of Fort Collins' review process during the bidding phase of the project. END OF SECTION 01060 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01070 ABBREVIATIONS PART GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Wherever used in these Specifications or on the Drawings, the following abbreviations shall have the meanings indicated: AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway Et Transportation Officials AATCC American Association of Text (Broadloom) Chemists and Colorists ACEC American Council of Engineering Companies ADA Americans with Disabilities Act AGC Associated General Contractors AIA American Institute of Architects AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association CDOT Colorado Department of Transportation CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRI Carpet and Rug Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standard EEI Edison Electric Institute FS Federal Specifications HSA Historic Structure Assessment IBBM Iron Body, Bronze Mounted IBC International Building Code ICCEC International Code Council Electrical Code IEBC International Existing Building Code IECC International Energy Conservation Code IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IMC International Mechanical Code IPC International Plumbing Code IRC International Residential Building Code ISA Institute Society of America IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council LEED Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design LTTR Long -Term Thermal Resistance (R-Value) MBMA Metal Building Manufacturer's Association 01070 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 MCC Motor Control Center MCIP Motor Control Instrument Panel MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets MSL Mean Sea Level MSS Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valves and Fittings NBS National Bureau of Standards NEC National Electric Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council NFoPA National Forest Products Association NPT National Pipe Thread NRS Non -Rising Stem NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association PIMA Polyisocyanurate Insulation Manufacturer's Association RPM Revolutions per minute SDI Steel Deck Institute SHF State (of Colorado) Historical Fund SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. SPRI Single -Ply Roofing Institute TCA Tile Council of America UBC Uniform Building Code UCBC Uniform Code for Building Conservation UFC Uniform Fire Code UL Underwriter's Laboratories UMC Uniform Mechanical Code UPC Uniform Plumbing Code END OF SECTION 01070 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETI NGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Owner and Architect shall schedule and administer Pre -Bid and Pre -Construction Conferences. B. Contractor shall schedule and administer periodic progress meetings and specially called meetings throughout progress of the work. 1. Prepare agenda for meetings and conduct meetings. 2. Record the minutes, including significant proceedings and decisions. 3. Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within five (5) days after each meeting to all participants in the meeting and parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. 4. Prepare and regularly update an "open items list" to document and track required decisions and pending changes. C. Representatives of contractors, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. D. Architect and Owner's representative will attend meetings to ascertain that work is expedited consistent with Contract Documents and construction schedules. 1.02 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Owner and Architect shall schedule and administer the Pre -Construction Conference within five (5) working days after the date of Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties, designated by the Owner. C. Attendance: 1. Owner's principal representative. 2. Architect and his professional consultants, as necessary. 3. Contractor's project manager and superintendent. 4. Major subcontractors. D. Agenda: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors. b. Project construction schedules. C. Schedule of Values. d. Contractor's staging plan. 2. Critical work sequencing. 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 4. Project coordination. a. Designation of responsible personnel. 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions. b. Proposal requests. C. Submittals, shop drawings and samples. d. Change Orders. e. Applications for Payment. 6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents. 01200 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 8. Use of premises: a. Field office, work and storage areas. b. Owners use of site and grounds. 9. Construction facilities, controls and construction aids. 10. Temporary utilities. 11. Safety and first -aid procedures. 12. Security procedures and temporary site or building fencing and enclosures. 13. Housekeeping procedures. 14. Pending changes and substitutions by Change Order. 1.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Contractor shall schedule and administer regular weekly meetings as determined at the Pre -Construction Conference and specially called meetings as required by progress of the work. B. Location of the Meetings: As designated by Contractor and coordinated with the Owners principal representative, normally the Contractor's jobsite trailer. C. Attendance: 1. Contractor's project manager and on -site superintendent. 2. Owner's principal representative. 3. Architect and his professional consultants, as needed. 4. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda. 5. Others as appropriate. D. Suggested Agenda: 1. Review of work progress since previous meeting. 2. Field observations, problems and conflicts. 3. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. 4. Revisions to the construction schedule. 5. Progress and schedule during succeeding work period. 6. Review submittal schedules and expedite as required. 7. Maintenance of quality standards. 8. Pending changes and substitutions, with review of the proposed changes for: a. Effect on construction schedule and completion date. b. Effect on other contracts of the Project. 9. Review of Contractors application for progress/final payment. 10. Walk-through inspection of the work in progress by the Owners representative, Architect and his consultants, as necessary, and General Contractor. Subcontractors will only be involved in these walk-throughs as requested by the Owner or Architect. END OF SECTION 01200 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the work with subschedules of related activities which are essential to its progress. B. Submit revised progress schedules periodically. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. General and Supplementary Conditions, and Conditions of the Contract: Liquidated Damages. 2. Section 01027, Change Order Procedures: Requirements for documenting requests for time extensions due to weather. 3. Section 01040, Coordination. 4. Section 01200, Project Meetings. 5. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. b. Section 01700, Contract Close -Out. 1.02 FORM OF SCHEDULES A. Type: Schedules will be computer generated, using "critical path" software subject to approval by the Owner and Architect. 1. Software shall indicate intermediate and final completion milestones. 2. Software shall indicate product data and shop drawing submittal dates, and indicate required ordering dates for long lead-time items. 3. Software shall be capable of automatically adjusting critical path entries. B. Prepare schedules in a continuous flow, both daily and weekly formats. 1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade, supplier or subcontractor. 2. Horizontal Time Scale: Identify the first workday of each week. 3. Minimum Size: 8-1 /2" x 11". C. Format of Listing: Table of Contents of this project manual. D. Format of Scheduling: Chronological order of the start of each item of work, using "critical path method". E. Identification of Listings: By major specification section numbers as a minimum. 1. Listings shall be complete enough to include each item of work that is sizable enough to affect either the start of, or completion of, other areas of the work. 1.03 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. Indicate the complete sequence of construction by activity. 2. Indicate the dates for the beginning and completion of each major element of construction. 3. Indicate critical intermediate and final completion milestone dates. 01310 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 4. Indicate product data and shop drawing submittal dates, and required ordering dates for long lead-time items. 5. Indicate substantial completion, punch list completion, final completion and contract close-out dates. B. Final Completion Schedule: Contractor shall update the latest progress schedule through contract close-out. C. Float Time: The Contractor and Owner hereby agree that "float" time designed into the schedule is an asset to the Project, and not for the exclusive use or benefit of the Contractor or the Owner, unless otherwise specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. D. Nothing in these requirements shall be deemed to be a usurpation of the Contractors authority and responsibility to plan and schedule the work as he sees fit, subject to all other requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.04 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial schedule within fifteen (15) days after Award of Contract. 1. Architect/Engineer will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt, if modifications are required. 2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy. B. Submit revised progress schedules with each Application for Payment indicating actual work progress in comparison to scheduled progress. C. Revised schedules shall be reviewed at each normally scheduled progress meetings, as set forth in Section 01200. D. Submit final schedule with contract close-out documentation. E. Claims for Weather -Related Contract Time Extensions: Refer to Section 01027 and General and Supplementary Conditions. F. Claims for Other Delays: Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions. 1.05 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULES A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. Job site file. 2. Owner's representative. 3. Architect. 4. Other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor in writing any problems anticipated by the projections shown in the schedules. END OF SECTION 01310 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Coordinate and submit shop drawings, product data and samples required by the Contract Documents. B. Review and approve shop drawings and submittals prior to transmittal to the Architect and Owner. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract: Definitions and additional responsibilities of parties. 2. Section 01040, Coordination. 3. Section 01200, Project Meetings. 4. Section 01310, Construction Schedules. 5. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 6. Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner, with sufficient detail and completeness to clearly illustrate all conditions of the specific installation. 1. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail, schedule or room numbers shown on Contract Drawings. 2. Shop drawings shall be returned unreviewed if, in the opinion of the Architect or consultants, the drawings lack sufficient completeness or clarity to allow their review. B. Sheet size for all shop drawings shalt be 8-1/2" x 11", 11" x 17" or 24" x 36". C. Quantity and Format: Unless otherwise directed by the Architect, provide one (1) reproducible and four (4) prints or copies. D. Cover Sheet: Each copy shall contain the Shop Drawing Identification Form, located at the end of this Section. 1.03 PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: 1. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. B. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams: 1. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the work. 2. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work. 01340 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 C. Quantity and Format: Unless otherwise directed by the Architect, provide a minimum of five (5) complete sets. 1.04 SAMPLES A. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of the product with integral related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color, textures and pattern. B. Contractor shall coordinate and submit all samples requiring finish, texture or color selection by the Architect so that these materials may be reviewed by the Architect as a complete package. The Architect reserves the right to withhold finish and color selections until all such samples have been submitted. C. Refer to paragraph 1.11 below for requirements related to return of approved samples. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a log of shop drawing, product data and sample submittals, indicating schedules for submission and review of individual products or equipment. B. Contractor shall coordinate and make submittals promptly, in accordance with the approved submittal schedule. Neither the Owner nor Architect shall be responsible for delays in the work caused by the Contractor's failure to make submittals in a timely manner, the completeness and/or accuracy of such submittals, or failure to allow adequate time for review of submittals by the Architect or his professional consultants. C. Contractor shall review and approve shop drawings, product data and samples prior to submission to Architect. Contractor shall determine and verify: 1. Quantities. 2. Field measurements. 3. Field construction criteria. 4. Catalog numbers and similar data. 5. Warranty coverages. 6. Conformance to Specifications. 7. Completeness of submittal and compliance with the requirements of this Section. D. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall coordinate submittals between related items of work prior to purchasing or fabricating. E. Review of shop drawings and submittals by the Architect/Engineer is only for general conformance with design intent of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible for meeting all requirements of the Drawings and/or Specifications, whether noted in the Architect/Engineer review or not. F. Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing at time of submission of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor must submit in writing any requests for modifications to the Drawings and Specifications. Shop drawings submitted to the Architect/Engineer for this review do not constitute "in writing' unless it is noted that specific changes are being requested. Changes by means of shop drawings become the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 01340 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS G. Begin no fabrication or work which requires submittals until return of submittals with Architect/Engineer approval. 1.06 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make submittals promptly, in accordance with approved schedule and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work or in the work of any other Contractor. B. Number of submittals required: 1. Shop Drawings: As specified in paragraph 1.02.C. 2. Product Data: As specified in paragraph 1.03.C. 3. Samples: Submit one sample or set of samples of each item requested. 4. The Architect reserves the right to withhold review and approval of submittals until all required copies have been furnished. C. Submittals shall contain the following information, to be completed on the attached Shop Drawing Identification Form: 1. Date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions. 2. Project title and number. 3. Names of: a. Contractor. b. Supplier of Subcontractor. 4. Field dimensions clearly identified as such. 5. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. 6. Applicable standards such as UL, ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. 7. Identification of any deviations from Contract Documents. 8. Certification signatures and Contractors stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. 1.07 ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITIES A. Upon receipt, Architect shall evaluate submittals for completeness, conformance to requirements of the Specifications, and to verify that Contractor has reviewed and approved the submittal. If the Architect determines that the submittal is incomplete or has not been properly reviewed and approved by the Contractor, the submittal shall be returned to the Contractor without further review. Also refer to paragraph 1.05.6. B. Architect shall then distribute submittals to his professional consultants as applicable. C. Architect and consultants shall review submittals in a timely manner, in accordance with the requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions. D. Architect's and Consultant's review shall be for general compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. This review shall not include: 1. Verification of field measurements. 2. Verification of quantities. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). E. Architect shall return submittals to the Contractor, with stamp indicating approval, rejection, required revisions, or description of requirements for resubmittal, if applicable. F. Architect shall retain copy or copies of submittals for the Owner. 01340 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1.08 REQUIRED SHOP DRAWING, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLE SUBMISSIONS A. Provide complete information for products specified in but not limited to: 1. Division 2, Sitework: Site utility materials and accessories, including piping, manholes, valves, etc. 2. Division 2, Sitework: Landscaping and site irrigation system. 3. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcing. 4. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 5. Section 03450, Architectural Precast Concrete. 6. Section 04100, Mortar and Masonry Grout. 7. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 8. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 9. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals. 10. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 11. Section 06170, Prefabricated Structural Wood. 12. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 13. Section 07150, Dampproofing. 14. Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers. 15. Section 07200, Building Insulation. 16. Section 07215, Foundation Insulation. 17. Section 07220, Roof Insulation. 18. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing and Siding. 19. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashings and Trim. 20. Section 07900, Sealants Ft Joint Fillers. 21. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 22. Section 08700, Finish Hardware. 23. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. 24. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard. 25. Section 09310, Ceramic Tile. 26. Section 09900, Painting. 27. Section 10430, Exterior Signage. 28. Section 10440, Interior Signage. 29. Section 10520, Fire Protection Specialties. 30. Section 10800, Toilet and Bath Accessories. 31. Division 15, Mechanical. 32. Division 16, Electrical. 1.09 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. General: Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Architect/Engineer and resubmit until approved. Resubmittals may be required for the following reasons: 1. Incomplete or unclear submittals, or submittals which have not first been reviewed and approved by the Contractor. 2. Lack of required number of copies of product data or shop drawings. 3. Lack of Professional Engineer's stamp and signature where required. 3. Extent of the revisions necessary in the submittal to meet the design intent and to be properly reviewed. 01340 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 4. Materials and/or fabrication details that do not meet the design or technical requirements of the specifications. 5. All color and/or finish selections have not been submitted as a complete package. B. Shop Drawing and Product Data: Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. Identify any revisions made. C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. 1.10 DISTRIBUTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall distribute reproductions of shop drawings and copies of product data which carry the Architect/Engineer stamp of review to: 1. Job site file. 2. Record Documents file. 3. Subcontractors. 4. Supplier or fabricator. B. Architect shall distribute returned copies of shop drawings and product data to: 1. Owner's representative. 2. Consultants, as applicable. 1.11 RETURN OF SUBMITTALS A. If samples submitted for approval in compliance with paragraph 1.04 above are to be returned, Contractor shall indicate this requirement with the sample submittal information. B. Upon approval of such sample(s), Contractor shall be responsible for picking them up at the Architect's office. If requested, the Architect shall arrange for shipping them back to the supplier or manufacturer, upon receipt of shipping fees in advance or upon receipt of the Contractors shipping account number. 01340 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SHOP DRAWING IDENTIFICATION FORM DATE: PROJECT: ARCHITECT: Alter•Lingle Architects, P.C. 712 Whalers Way, Suite 13-100 Fort Collins, CO 80525 (970)223-1820 CONTRACTOR: Name: Address: Phone: SUPPLIER OR SUBCONTRACTOR: Name: Contact Person: Address: Phone: PRODUCT(S): SPEC. SECTION(S): CERTIFICATION OF REVIEW: I (We) hereby certify that the product or material covered by this submittal has been reviewed for compliance with the applicable Section(s) of these Specifications, as well as Section 01340, and is in compliance with all specified requirements, including warranty coverages. Contractor Signature 'STAMP' Supplier/Subcontractor Signature 01340 - 6 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 END OF SECTION 01340 - 7 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Submit to the Owner and Architect a Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the work. Upon request of the Architect, support the values with data which will substantiate their correctness. B. Schedule of Values shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract. 2. Section 01026, Application for Payment. 1.02 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Schedule of Values shall be submitted to the Owner within fifteen (15) days of Award of Contract. B. Format: Contractor's standard forms or computer printouts. Identify schedule with: 1. Title of project and location. 2. Architect and project number. 3. Name and address of Contractor. 4. Contract designation. 5. Date of submission. C. Schedule shall list the installed value of the component parts of the work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. 1. List separately the costs associated with the materials and labor for each component part of the work. D. Basis: At a minimum, the Table of Contents of this Project Manual shall be used as the format for listing component items. Contractor may include additional listings at their option. 1. Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major section of the Specifications. 2. Mechanical and Electrical: Provide separate line items for rough -in and finish work for all plumbing, mechanical and electrical work. E. For each major line item, list subvalues of major products or operations under the item. F. Contractor's overhead and profit shall be listed as a separate line item. G. The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Sum. END OF SECTION 01370-1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. General quality control of the materials, equipment and labor for the project. B. Manufacturers field services, support, and testing requirements. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment: Quality of materials and equipment to be installed in the work. 2. Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Where two or more units of the same class of fixture or equipment are required, these shall be the products of a single manufacturer. However, the component parts of the system need not be the products of the same manufacturer, unless otherwise specified. B. Design Criteria: 1. Design equipment for operations at an elevation of 4,900 feet above mean sea level, unless otherwise indicated in Division 15 and/or 16. 2. Coordinate details of the equipment with other related parts of the work, including verification that all structures, piping, wiring and equipment components are compatible. 3. Design equipment to operate under all conditions of load without objectionable sound or vibration. Sounds or vibrations noticeable outside of room in which equipment is installed, or annoying sounds or vibrations noticeable inside room, will be considered objectionable. Correct conditions considered objectionable to Architect/Engineer by means of approved vibration eliminators or by replacing equipment at Owner's option. 4. Nameplates: Provide a permanent operational data nameplate on each item of power -operated equipment indicating the manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, speed, capacity, power characteristics, labels of tested compliances and similar essential operating data. Locate nameplates in easily read locations. C. Design underground piping systems, joints, couplings, valves, vaults and other appurtenances to function under all conditions of load to be encountered on the site, including but not limited to: 1. Soils conditions, including expansion and contraction. 2. Water table conditions. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL AND WORKMANSHIP A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions and workmanship to produce work of specified quality. 01400 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Comply with industry standards, except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. C. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. D. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed for the appropriate loads and sized to withstand stresses, vibration and racking. 1.04 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When required by individual Specifications section, submit manufacturer's printed instructions in the quantity specified for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, startup, adjusting and finishing. B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions in full detail. Include each step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding. C. When required by individual Specification section, submit manufacturer's written maintenance instructions for the Owner's use after occupancy. 1.05 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. When required by individual Specifications section, submit manufacturer's certificate, in duplicate, that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.06 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in respective Specifications section, require supplier and manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, installation and workmanship, startup, testing and balancing of equipment as applicable and to make appropriate recommendations. B. Representative shall submit written report to Architect listing observations and recommendations. END OF SECTION 01400 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01410 TESTING PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Materials testing by an independent, approved testing laboratory including, but not limited to: 1. Concrete testing. 2. Compaction testing. 3. Asphalt paving testing. 4. Mortar and masonry grout testing. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 2. Section 02513, Asphaltic Concrete Paving. 3. Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving. 4. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 5. Section 04100, Mortar and Masonry. 6. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 1.02 WORK BY SEPARATE CONTRACT A. Owner shall provide any applicable project or building inspection services as required by Chapter 17 of the Uniform Building Code (UBC), current edition, or by separate contract. The Architect and Engineers will not provide these services. Refer to Section 01010, Summary of Work, paragraph 1.06 Work by Others. 1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Data on subsurface conditions as described in the (attached) Geotechnical Investigation Report by dated is not intended as representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between said borings. Data is available for inspection at the office of the Architect or upon request of the General Contractor. The Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom. 1.04 ACCESS TO SITE AND NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Testing laboratory will be allowed access to the site as required in the performance of their work. Contractor shall provide testing laboratory at least 48 hours notice prior to time testing is required prior to the next phase of work. B. Asphalt Paving: Testing laboratory will be allowed access to the mixing plant for verification of weights or proportions, character of materials used and determination of temperatures used in the preparation of asphalt concrete mix. C. Owner. 01410 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1.05 TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. Open -Hole Inspection: Soils Engineer shall perform an open -hole inspection for each building site within the project to verify the findings of the above -referenced Geotechnical Investigation Report, prior to placement of any foundation structures, footings or piers. 1. Notify the Architect at the completion of excavation, prior to placement of any formwork. Contractor shall be responsible for notification of the Soils Engineer. 2. Do not proceed with formwork or foundation construction until results have been verified. B. Concrete: 1. Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by an independent testing agent recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Owner. 2. Submit proposed concrete mix design to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of work. 3. Test cylinders shall be taken and materials tested in accordance with requirements of Section 03300. 4. If tests indicate that materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to Owner. C. Compaction at Foundations, Building Slabs and Utility Trenches: 1. Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing agent recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Owner. 2. Notify the Architect at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of backfill of all foundations and utility trenches. 3. When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory to perform density test. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been verified. 4. If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to Owner. D. Asphaltic Concrete Paving: 1. Inspection and testing of asphalt pavement mix and testing of placed stabilizing base course and asphalt pavement shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Owner. 2. When and if required, the testing laboratory will perform laboratory tests on proposed asphalt pavement mix to determine conformity with requirements. 3. The testing laboratory will perform one (1) series of compaction tests for stabilizing base course and for asphalt pavement. 4. When stabilizing base course or portion thereof has been placed and compacted in accordance with requirements, notify the testing laboratory to perform density tests. Do not place asphalt pavement until results have been verified and base course installation approved. 5. Test results shall include: a. Type of sub -base. b. Depth and density of base. C. Depth and Density of paving. d. Compliance with Specifications in materials used. 6. If tests indicate that materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to Owner. 01410 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.0 DEFINED TERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the Invitation to Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation to Bid. 2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410, 00420, and 00430 fully executed. 2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit at the time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data, a summary of previous experience, previous commitments and evidence of authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in Section 00420. 12/03 Section 00100 Page 1 E. Mortar and Masonry Grout Testing: 1. Inspection and testing of mortar and masonry grout materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Owner. 2. Submit proposed mortar and masonry grout mix designs to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of work. 3. Test cylinders shall be taken and materials tested in accordance with requirements of Section 04100 and other applicable Division 4 Masonry sections. 4. If tests indicate that materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Steel: 1. Inspection and testing of steel construction shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Structural Engineer and Owner. 2. Testing agency shall perform visual inspections of steel erection and connections, including but not limited to: general construction, field welds, bolts torque of high -strength bolts, headed anchor studs and deck welds. 3. Where visual inspection cannot determine adequacy, additional testing will be performed, including ultra -sound and/or X-ray testing of welds. 4. If testing indicates that materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to Owner. G. Contractor shall conduct the following tests as specified in Division 2, Sitework and/or required by local jurisdiction with authority over the installation and testing of utility systems. 1. Pipe alignment tests. 2. Sewer infiltration tests. 3. Sewer exfiltration or air tests. 4. Pressure and leakage tests. 1.06 TESTING FEES A. Fees for required materials testing will be paid for by the Owner as provided in the General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Fees for additional testing required due to improper performance of the work will be paid by the Contractor. 1.07 TESTING RESULTS A. Testing laboratory shall furnish copies of the required test results to the following: 1. Owners representative. 2. Architect. 3. Structural Engineer for open -hole inspection, concrete and steel testing. 5. Mechanical Engineer for pressurized piping testing. 6. Contractor. END OF SECTION 01410 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary utility services required for construction. Remove upon completion of work. B. Furnish, install and maintain temporary sanitary facilities for use by construction personnel. Remove upon completion of work. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 2. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. 3. Section 01560, Temporary Controls. 4. Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds. 5. Section 01710, Cleaning: Trash removal during construction. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with the current editions of all applicable building codes. Refer to Section 01060. B. Comply with applicable federal, state and local codes and regulations. C. Comply with applicable utility company requirements. 1.03 UTILITY FEES A. Utility charges and expenses for temporary construction usage for the following shall be paid by the Owner, unless indicated otherwise: 1. Temporary electricity. 2. Temporary construction water until installation and acceptance of the building's permanent plumbing systems. 3. Temporary heat and ventilation upon start-up of the buildings permanent mechanical systems, when put into service during the construction period as specified in paragraph 2.03.C. B. Utility charges and expenses for temporary construction usage for the following shall be paid by the Contractor, unless indicated otherwise: 1. Installation or connection charge for temporary electricity, water, natural gas, propane or telephone service. 2. Temporary sanitary facilities. 3. Temporary local and long-distance telephone, including cellular. 4. Temporary heat and ventilation until start-up or use of the buildings permanent mechanical systems, including the cost of fuel used during construction. 01510 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Materials for temporary construction uses may be new or used but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING A. Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, temporary electrical power service to the site of construction, including temporary service feeds and panels. B. Install circuit and branch wiring with area distribution boxes located so that power and lighting is available throughout the construction area by the use of construction -type power cords. C. Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work when natural light is not adequate for work and for areas accessible to the public. D. Security Lighting: Provide temporary security lighting for temporary, secure materials storage area, as may be required by the Owner's or Contractor's Builder's Risk insurance. 2.03 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, all temporary heating, including all fuel and required attendance necessary to protect and dry all work during cold weather. B. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials, to disperse humidity and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors or gases. 1. Portable heaters shall be standard approved units complete with controls. Do not store materials near sources of intense heat or open flame. C. Permanent building heating system may be used upon installation, testing and acceptance by the jurisdiction having authority over this area of the work, as allowed in Division 15, Mechanical. 1. The project shall be substantially enclosed and secured with the buildings permanent glazing systems and either construction or permanent hardware. 2.04 TEMPORARY COOLING A. Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, all temporary cooling, including all equipment necessary to maintain the existing facility within the following ranges: 1. Temperature: 2. Relative Humidity: 2.05 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Contractor shall install and maintain a job telephone. Contractor shall pay all costs for installation, maintenance, removal and service charges for local calls. Toll charges shall be paid by the party who places the call. 01510 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 2.06 TEMPORARY WATER A. Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, all temporary construction water service to the site of construction. B. Install branch piping with taps located so that water is available throughout the construction area by the use of 50' hoses. Protect piping and fittings against freezing. 2.07 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Contractor shall provide sanitary facilities for use by construction personnel in compliance with current laws and regulations. 1. Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures in accordance with local governing health agencies. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION A. General: Install and maintain temporary utility services in accordance with requirements of applicable federal, state and local codes and regulations, and applicable utility company requirements. B. Comply with applicable requirements specified in Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical. C. Maintain and operate systems to assure continuous service. D. Modify and extend systems as work progress requires. 3.02 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when use is no longer required, or upon completion of the work. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary construction services to original or specified condition. 1. Prior to final inspection, remove temporary lamps and install new lamps in all lighting fixtures used during the construction period. 2. Prior to final inspection, clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters in all mechanical equipment used during the construction period. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated during the construction period without filters. END OF SECTION 01510 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND AIDS PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish and maintain required construction equipment. B. Furnish, install and maintain required construction aids and remove upon completion of work. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01046, Access to Site. 2. Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 3. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. 4. Section 01560, Temporary Controls. 5. Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Equipment and construction aids for temporary construction uses may be new, used or rental equipment, suitable for the intended purpose, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.02 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT A. Provide construction equipment required by specific sections of the Specifications or as necessary to facilitate execution of the work, including but not limited to: 1. Miscellaneous hand tools. 2. Miscellaneous power tools. 3. Goggles, masks, hardhats and other personal safety equipment. 4. Cranes, forklifts and other material handling equipment. 5. Rolling or vibrating plate compactors. 6. Concrete batching and pumping trucks and equipment. 7. Asphalt paving machines and rollers. 8. Concrete paving machines and curb and gutter extrusion equipment. 9. Excavators, graders, tractor and end loaders, scrapers, backhoes, trenchers and other heavy excavation and grading equipment. 10. Air compressors. 11. Portable electrical generators. 12. Mortar batching equipment. 13. Concrete slab floats and joint saws. 14. Drywall texturing equipment. 15. Paint spraying equipment. 16. Other equipment as required. 01520 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 2.03 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids and temporary equipment required by personnel to facilitate execution of the work. Refer to respective Sections of the Specifications for the particular requirements of each trade, including but not limited to: 1. Scaffolding, staging, ladders and platforms. 2. Stairs, ramps, runways and guardrails. 3. Hoists, platform lifts and chutes. 4. Concrete curing and thermal protection blankets. 5. Drop cloths and other protective materials. 6. Portable space heaters. 7. Other facilities as required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Consult with Architect, review site conditions and other factors which affect construction procedures and construction aids, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the work. B. Comply with applicable requirements specified in Divisions 2 through 16. C. Relocate construction aids as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements and to accommodate legitimate requirements of other subcontractors employed at the site. 3.02 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials, equipment and services: 1. When construction needs can be met by use of the permanent construction; or 2. At completion of the project. END OF SECTION 01520 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01530 BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish, install, and maintain temporary construction barriers and enclosures. B. Furnish, erect, and maintain temporary site security fencing and gates. C. Furnish, erect and maintain temporary safety barricade fencing. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01030, Alternates. 2. Section 01046, Access to Site. 3. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 4. Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 5. Section 01520, Construction Equipment and Aids. 6. Section 01560, Temporary Controls: Dust partitions. 7. Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds. 8. Section 02100, Site Preparation. 9. Section 02950, Trees, Plants and Ground Covers: Pruning. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES A. General: Provide and maintain for the duration of construction all scaffolds, tarpaulins, canopies, warning signs, steps, platforms, bridges, and other temporary construction necessary for proper completion of the work, in compliance with applicable safety and other regulations. B. Public Sidewalk Enclosure: Refer to paragraph 2.07 below. C. Safety Barricade Fencing: Refer to paragraph 2.08 below. 2.02 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION A. Prior to commencing site work, erect and maintain protective fencing around existing trees and vegetation to remain as identified on the Drawings or as indicated by the Architect. 1. Approved Materials: Expanded plastic or chain link fencing. B. Individual trees shall have protective fencing erected beyond drip line to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner. C. Groups of trees and other vegetation shall have protective fencing erected around the entire group to the satisfaction of the Architect. D. Areas within protective fencing shall remain undisturbed and shall not be used for any purpose. E. Any trees damaged or scarred during construction shall be repaired immediately by an approved tree surgeon. Where separations expose or damage the root system of trees designated to remain, remedial measures shall be taken immediately at the direction of 01530 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 the Owner to ensure the health of the trees. Trees designated to remain but damaged beyond repair or which subsequently die shall be replaced with a similar size and species chosen by the Owner at the sole expense of the Contractor. 2.03 TEMPORARY SITE FENCING A. Prior to commencing work, Contractor shall erect and maintain construction fencing to enclose an area for ground level construction activity, storage and waste removal, as approved by the Owner. 1. Fencing Materials: Panelized, chain -link fencing with crossed X-type post supports, minimum 6-0" high. 2. Refer to the approved staging plan for approximate limits of site area to be fenced for construction activities and storage. B. Provide vehicular and pedestrian access gates, with locks, as appropriate for construction access. 1. Furnish Owner's principal representative and the Architect with keys to the lock of the primary access gate. C. Do not attach temporary fencing to any existing permanent construction, including buildings, trees, retaining walls, walks or pavements. D. Promptly remove temporary fencing materials upon completion of sitework, rough grading and asphalt paving and restore area to original condition. Contractor shall repair or replace any existing materials or equipment damaged as a part of this work at no cost to the Owner. 1. Fencing shall remain in place until building is secured. 2. Fencing shall be removed prior to finish grading, installation of underground sprinkler system and landscaping. 2.04 COLD -WEATHER CONSTRUCTION ENCLOSURES A. Construct temporary construction enclosures as required for cold -weather concrete, masonry and other exterior finish trades requiring temperature -controlled environments. 1. Frame enclosures of metal or wood, adequately sized and braced to resist anticipated wind and snow loads and to pose no threat of safety to workmen or the public. 2. Cover enclosure structure with minimum 6 mil translucent poly or other material allowing adequate light penetration to work areas. B. Promptly remove temporary construction enclosures upon completion of the work requiring temperature controls or when weather conditions allow. C. Work of this paragraph shall be authorized by the Owner prior to construction of cold - weather enclosures. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS TEMPORARY WALL AND ROOF CLOSURES A. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure of exterior roof and walls for successive areas of the building as work progresses to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather protection for materials, allowing for effective temporary heating and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. 1. Provide temporary exterior doors with padlocks. 2. Enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of materials. 01530 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3. Provide enclosures for protection of areas designated for use by Owner during construction. Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site. 2.06 SAFETY BARRICADE FENCING A. Prior to commencing any sitework within any street, alley, public sidewalk or other right- of-way, Contractor shall prepare and submit a traffic lane closure plan to the City of Fort Collins for approval. 1. Plan shall clearly indicate how both vehicular and pedestrian traffic shall be safely accommodated and maintained during construction. B. Prior to commencing such work, Contractor shall erect and maintain protective safety barricade fencing around the areas of work, as required by the approved plan. 1. Approved Materials: Expanded plastic fencing. 2. Color: Orange, or as approved by the governing agency with jurisdiction over this work. Refer to Section 01060. C. Provide adequate room within fenced enclosures for workers and construction activities. D. Maintain all required clearances for vehicular and/or pedestrian circulation within public rights -of -way that will be allowed during the construction period. Refer to Section 01046. E. Consult with the City of Fort Collins for any additional barricading or public safety requirements. F. Promptly remove temporary safety fencing upon completion of work and restore site area to original condition. Contractor shall repair or replace any existing materials or finishes damaged as a part of this work at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 01530 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary facilities required for dust, erosion and pollution control. B. Implement and maintain temporary controls required for noise and construction work hours limitations. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01010, Summary of Work: Special site restrictions. 2. Section 01040, Coordination. 3. Section 01046, Access to Site. 4. Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 5. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures: Cold -weather construction enclosures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Materials for temporary controls may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.02 DUST CONTROL A. Furnish and maintain such facilities or procedures as may be necessary to prevent air- borne dust generated by the construction activities of this project from affecting either the Owner's use of this site or neighboring properties. Implementation of such require- ments will be at the sole discretion of the Owner or the City of Fort Collins. 2.03 EROSION CONTROL A. Furnish and maintain such facilities as might be necessary to prevent erosion damage to the Owner's property or to adjacent properties. 1. Comply with any restrictions placed upon the approval of this project by the City of Fort Collins. 2. Refer to Section 01010 for other special site restrictions. 2.04 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent spilling or littering of water - polluting substances. Do not allow any foreign materials to be dumped into any portion of the sewer or storm drainage collection system or into any water runoff collection basin. 01560 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.2. In accordance with Section 8-160 of the Code of the City of Fort Collins in determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall be considered: (1) The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the service promptly and within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5) the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to the contract or service, (6) the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials and services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the contract, and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's performance of the contract. 3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work so that no just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would impair his ability to perform or finance this Work. 3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract with the City or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due to the City. 4.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c) familiarize himself with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2. 4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and 12/03 Section 00100 Page 2 The Contractor shall be responsible for all labor, equipment and materials necessary to remedy any such pollution as deemed appropriate by governing agencies with such jurisdiction. B. No burning of debris or any other air -polluting methods or equipment will be allowed. All motorized equipment shall be adjusted to minimize exhaust pollution. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Construction Work Hours: Construction activity will be limited to 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday during the construction period, except as limited in paragraphs 3.01.6. and 3.02. Sunday or holiday construction will not be allowed. B. Specific activities that may limit the Contractor's working hours, if applicable, shall be determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. 3.02 NOISE CONTROL A. Construction activities that generate noise in excess of 85 db shall be limited to hours as established at the Pre -Construction Conference. 1. Prohibited after 5:00 p.m. every weekday. 2. Prohibited on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays. END OF SECTION 01560 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01590 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary construction offices and secured storage facilities. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01046, Access to Site. 2. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES A. Contractor shall provide and maintain a secured, weathertight office for use by Contractor, Architect, consultants, Owner's representative and subcontractors. Building shall be the property of the Contractor and shall be promptly removed upon completion of the project. Location for the building shall be as arranged at the Pre -Construction Conference. 1. Structures shall be provided and maintained in good condition, as determined by the Owner's representative. 2. Signage and other advertising allowed on the structures shall be as determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. B. Minimum facilities shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Conference table and chairs for minimum six (6) persons. 2. Bottled, chilled water dispenser and cups. 3. Plan rack or other facilities for storage of project record documents. 4. File cabinet or other facilities for storage of shop drawings, samples, color boards, installation instructions, materials data sheets, etc. 5. Adequate heat, air conditioning, ventilation and artificial lighting. 6. Other facilities as deemed appropriate or necessary by the Contractor. C. Facilities to be paid for by the Owner as Division 1 expenses shall be subject to the approval of the Owner. 2.02 STORAGE SHEDS A. Contractor shall provide and maintain secured, weathertight storage sheds or enclosures for tools, materials and equipment requiring such conditions, with adequate heat and ventilation. Provide space for organized storage, and access and artificial lighting for inspection of stored materials. 1. Structures shall be provided and maintained in good condition, as determined by the Owner's representative. 2. Signage and other advertising allowed on the structure shall be as determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. 01590 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Temporary Site Fencing: Refer to Section 01530. C. Security Lighting: Provide temporary security lighting for temporary, secure materials storage area, as may be required by the Owner's or Contractor's Builder's Risk insurance. Refer to Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Completely remove temporary facilities when use is no longer required, or upon completion of the work. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. END OF SECTION 01590 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Material and equipment incorporated into the work: 1. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. 2. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer. 3. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: a. Design, fabricate and assemble in accordance with the best engineering and shop practices. b. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gages to be interchangeable. C. Two (2) or more items of the same kind shall be identical by the same manufacturer. d. Products shall be suitable for service conditions. e. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to, unless variations are specifically approved in writing. 4. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is designed or specified. B. Provide specified maintenance materials, equipment and tools to the Owner at the completion of the project. C. Provide equipment or systems start-up, commissioning and operational testing, as specified in individual Sections. D. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract. 2. Section 01010, Summary of the Work. 3. Section 01040, Coordination. 4. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 5. Section 01400, Quality Control. 6. Section 01710, Cleaning. 7. Section 01715, Waste Removal and Recycling: Construction waste diversion requirements. 8. Section 01730, Operating and Maintenance Data. 9. Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, contractor shall obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation, including two (2) copies to the Architect. 1. Maintain one (1) set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. 01600 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements. 1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with Architect for further instructions. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. C. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure, unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. 1.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction schedules, coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. 1. Deliver products in undamaged condition in manufacturer's original containers or packaging with identifying labels intact and legible. 2. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipments to assure that materials and equipment are in compliance with approved submittals, required quantities have been provided and that products are properly protected and undamaged. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging. C. Recycle shipping cartons, pallets and other packaging materials as required to meet project goal for construction waste diversion. Refer to Sections 01010 and 01715. 1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Preparation for Shipment: 1. Prepare in a manner to facilitate unloading and handling. 2. Provide skids, boxes, crates or other effective shipping devices to protect materials, fixtures or equipment against damage from rough handling, moisture, dust, excessive heat or cold. 3. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration and other damage. 4. Apply grease packing or lubricating oil to all bearing and similar items. 5. Tag or mark each item as identified in the delivery schedule or on the shop drawings. Package or bundle items consisting of multiple similar pieces. Tag or mark the package or bundle. 6. Include complete packing lists or bills of material with each shipment. 7. Do not ship equipment requiring cranes or special equipment for unloading or handling without notice or until Contractor is prepared to receive and care for it properly. 8. Protect electrical equipment, controls and insulation from moisture or water damage. B. Store products in accordance with manufacturers instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. 1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weathertight enclosures. 2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. C. Exterior Storage: 1. Store fabricated products above the ground on blocking or skids. Prevent soiling or staining. Cover products which are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet 01600 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 coverings. Provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. 2. Store wood and wood products above the ground on blocking or skids, and cover to protect from weather exposure. D. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified conditions and free from damage or deterioration. E. Protection after Installation: 1. Protect materials, fixtures and equipment with original protective wrappings until Substantial Completion of the project, as specified in individual Sections, to include but not be limited to: a. Toilet and bath fixtures and faucets. b. Finish hardware items. 2. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove when no longer needed. 1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products List: 1. Within thirty (30) days after Award of Contract, submit to Architect a complete list of major products proposed to be used with the name of the manufacturer and the installing Subcontractor. B. Contractors Options: 1. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard. 2. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of the products or manufacturers named which complies with the specifications. 3. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and "or equal", Contractor shall submit a request for substitutions of any product or manufacturer not specifically named. When the phrase "equal approved prior to bidding' is used, consideration of equals will not be made after Bid Opening. 4. Naming approved manufacturers does not relieve the Contractor from meeting all specification requirements. 5. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, there is no option. For purposes of this project, these include, but may not be limited to: a. Finish hardware specified in Section 08700. b. Electric hand dryers specified in Section 10800. C. Stainless steel penal plumbing fixtures specified in Division 15. d. Electric unit heaters specified in Division 15. e. Light fixtures and motion switches specified in Division 16. 6. Manufacturer's material or equipment listed in Schedules, Specifications or on the Drawings are types to be provided for establishment of size, capacity, grade and quality. If other acceptable manufacturers are used, cost of any change in construction required by their use shall be borne by the Contractor. C. Substitutions: 1. For the period up to seven (7) working days before the Bid Date, Architect will consider written requests from Contractors for substitution of products. 01600 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 2. Submit a separate request for each product supported with complete data with drawings and samples as appropriate, including: a. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with that specified. b. Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution. C. Effect on the construction schedule. d. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified. e. Any required license fees or royalties. f. Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement materials. 3. Architect and Owners representative shall judge the acceptability of the proposed substitution and respond to the Contractor in writing by addenda, provided the request for substitution has been made in accordance with the requirements listed above. Requests made after this timeline will not be responded to by addenda; any use of these products will be at the sole risk of the Contractor. 4. Requests for substitutions received later than the deadline stipulated above will not be considered. D. Contractors Representation: A request for a substitution constitutes a representation that Contractor: 1. Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified. 3. Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the work and make such other changes as may be required to make the work complete in at[ respects. 4. Waives all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility, which may subsequently become apparent. E. Contractor shall use any approved equal material or equipment at no additional cost to the Owner if the material or equipment used in his Bid is unavailable or causes undue delay in fabrication or delivery. F. Architect will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness and notify Contractor in writing of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution. 1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish to the Owner at the completion of the work all maintenance materials, equipment and tools specified in respective Sections of these Specifications, including but not limited to: 1. Paints specified in Sections 09900. B. Materials specified for the Owner's maintenance stock shall not be used by the Contractor for replacement of defective or damaged materials during the course of construction or to remedy any defect in workmanship caused by the Contractor's own forces or his subcontractors. Maintenance materials may be used, with the written permission of the Owner, to replace materials damaged during construction as a result of vandalism or natural causes. C. Contractor shall certify in writing that all specified maintenance materials have been furnished and turned over to the Owner's representative or delivered to the location on the site directed by the Owner. 01600 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Use materials of commercial quality suitable for the anticipated service conditions. B. All materials and equipment to be installed in the permanent construction shall be new, unless otherwise permitted. C. Unless required otherwise, use components of standard sizes to assure future availability and permit field installation of repair parts. Make like parts of duplicate units interchangeable. 2.02 FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE A. Workmanship and Materials: Design, fabricate and assemble equipment in accordance with the best engineering and shop practice. B. Lubrication: 1. Include lubrication systems which do not waste lubricants, require attention during startup or shutdown or more frequently than weekly during normal operation. 2. Furnish sufficient lubricants of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer to fill lubricant reservoirs and replace consumption during startup, testing and operation prior to the Owners acceptance of the equipment. C. Drive Units: Refer to Division 15, Mechanical, and/or Division 16, Electrical. D. Anchor Bolts: 1. Furnish with each piece of equipment required to be anchored. 2. Minimum Diameter: 3/4", or as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Minimum Length: Provide for required embedment in structural concrete and extend through concrete base, 1-1 /2" of grout, base plate and nuts. Concrete base wilt be 4" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Include two (2) nuts with each bolt. 5. Deliver anchor bolts with templates or setting drawings in time for installation when structural concrete is placed. E. Equipment Bases: 1. Include a cast iron or welded base plate with each pump, compressor and similar equipment installed on concrete base, if applicable. 2. Design to support both the driven unit and its drive assembly on a single base plate. 3. Support all equipment to be set on floor with 4" minimum concrete base. 4. Include grout holes and provisions for anchor bolts. 5. Include raised lip all around and a threaded drain connection with base plates for pumps. F. Special Tools and Accessories: 1. Furnish all special tools, instruments and accessories required for proper mainte- nance. 2. Furnish such special devices as are required for proper lifting and handling. G. Shop Painting: Refer to Section 09900, Painting. 1. Protect iron and steel surfaces with paint or other protective coating applied in the shop. 01600 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 2. Use coating good for anticipated useful life of equipment on surfaces inaccessible after assembly. 3. Finish exposed surfaces smooth, clean and filled to obtain uniform base for paint. 4. Apply one (1) or more shop coats of a primer capable of protecting surfaces to receive finish paint coats after installation. 5. Apply finish coats in the shop with a high-grade oil -resistant enamel on electric motors, speed reducers, starters and other self-contained or enclosed components. 6. Do not paint machined, polished or non-ferrous surfaces. Coat such surfaces with rust -preventive compound, Houghton Rust Veto 334, Rust-Oleum R-9 or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment with or under the guidance of qualified personnel having the knowledge and experience necessary for proper results. B. Arrange work to facilitate maintenance, repair or replacement of equipment. Locate services requiring maintenance on valves and similar units in front of services requiring less maintenance. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other work. C. Locate operating and control equipment, dampers, valves, traps, clean -outs, motors, controllers, switchgears, drain points, maintenance items and devices for easy access. Install access panels where units are concealed by finished and similar work. D. Provide required clearances in front of, and around, equipment as necessary for access and ventilation. Comply with all applicable codes and regulations. 3.02 PLACING EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION A. Before starting up each system: 1. Check each piece of equipment for proper drive rotation, belt tension and any other condition which may cause damage to equipment or endanger personnel. 2. Clean, blow-out or flush lubricating oil, water systems and other pipelines. 3. Lubricate equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Test lubrication system safety interlocks and system performance. 5. Perform final alignment checks under observation of the Owner's principal representative and, where required, manufacturer's field representative. 6. Demonstrate that no abnormal stresses are transmitted to equipment from piping, ducts or other attachments. 7. Check anchor bolt tensions, grout and shims. Use calibrated torque wrenches for tightening anchor bolts. Do not overstress bolts. B. Place equipment into successful operation in accordance with the written instructions of the manufacturer or the instruction of the manufacturers field representative, including required adjustment, tests and operation checks. 3.03 PERFORMANCE TESTS A. Tests may be required, whether or not specifically called for, to determine if equipment will perform as specified or guaranteed. Final acceptance of equipment, or Substantial 01600 - 6 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 Completion of that part of the work, is contingent upon acceptable test results. B. Do not conduct tests on equipment for which manufacturers field service is specified, unless manufacturer's field representative is present and declares the equipment ready for test. C. Conduct tests as set forth in the Specifications, unless another manner of testing is approved. D. Equipment or systems that fail to satisfy the performance requirements shall be modified or replaced at Architect/Engineer's option. If modifications are allowed, make modifications necessary to produce an installation which will satisfy the performance requirements. Retest after modifications or equipment replacement is complete. Modifications, additional equipment, retesting and structural, piping or electrical modifications necessary to accommodate modified equipment or replacement equipment shall be made at no additional cost. END OF SECTION 01600 - 7 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA. 5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be issued only by Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division. 5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or Engineer. 5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as having received the Bidding documents. 6.0 BID SECURITY 6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions for surety bonds. 6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon Bid Security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening. 12/03 Section 00100 Page 3 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Comply with requirements stated in Conditions of the Contract and in Specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the work. B. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract: Fiscal provisions, legal submittals and additional administrative requirements. 2. Section 01026, Applications for Payment: Requirements for final payment. 3. Section 01050, Field Engineering: Surveying certificate and final completion survey. 4. Section 01310, Construction Schedules. 5. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Maintenance materials. 6. Section 01710, Cleaning. 7. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 8. Section 01730, Operating and Maintenance Data. 9. Section 01740, Warranties and Bonds. 10. Respective Sections of Specifications: Testing requirements and closeout submit- tals required of specific trades or subcontractors. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Definition of Substantial Completion: Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. B. When Contractor considers that the work is substantially complete, he shall submit to the Architect: 1. Written notice that the work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. 2. "Punch list" of items to be completed or corrected, as determined by the Contractor prior to inspection by the Architect and/or Owner. 3. Temporary Certificate of Occupancy, or other evidence of acceptance by the building official or other authority with jurisdiction over the project. C. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, Architect will make an inspection to determine the status of completion. D. Should Architect or Engineer determine that the work is not substantially complete: 1. Architect or Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, giving the reasons therefor. 2. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the work and send a second written notice of substantial completion to the Architect. 3. Architect or Engineer will reinspect the work, as appropriate. E. When Architect concurs that the work is substantially complete, he will: 1. Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA form G704 or other Owner - provided form, accompanied by Architects list of items to be completed or 01700 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 corrected. 2. Submit the Certificate to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. 1.03 FINAL INSPECTION A. When Contractor considers the work is complete, he shall submit written certification that: 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed, and that the work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 2. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 3. Corrective or incomplete work has been completed from punchlists provided at Substantial Completion. 4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational. 5. Final cleaning has been completed and project is ready for final inspection. 6. Final Certificate of Occupancy has been issued. B. Architect will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. C. Should Architect consider that the work is incomplete or defective: 1. Architect or Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and send a second written certification to Architect that the work is complete. 3. Architect or Engineer will reinspect the work, as appropriate. D. When the Architect finds that the work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he shall request the Contractor to prepare and deliver closeout submittals. E. Should Architect and/or Engineer perform reinspection due to failure of the work to comply with the claims of status of either Substantial or Final Completion made by the Contractor: 1. Owner will compensate Architect and/or Engineer for such additional services by change order to the A/E Agreement. 2. Owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final payment due the Contractor. 1.04 SYSTEMS TESTING A. Contractor shall conduct tests for operational systems and equipment as specified herein or as required by individual Sections, prior to Final Inspection. Testing of systems or equipment shall include but not be limited to: 1. Drainage and weathertightness of roofing systems. 3. Domestic water service, natural gas or other pressurized site utilities. 4. Lawn irrigation system. 8. Other systems as specified in Division 15, Mechanical, or Division 16, Electrical, or Section 01600, Material and Equipment. 01700 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS A. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities: 1. Certificate of Occupancy. 2. Certificates of Inspection, including plumbing, mechanical, electrical and fire sprinkler systems. B. Final Completion Schedule: Refer to Section 01310. C. Project Record Documents: Refer to Section 01720. D. Operating and Maintenance Data, Instructions to Owner's Personnel: Refer to Section 01730. E. Warranties and Bonds: Refer to Section 01740. F. Keys and Keying Schedule: Refer to Section 08700, Finish Hardware. G. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: General and Supplementary Conditions. H. Maintenance Materials: Evidence that all required maintenance materials have been furnished and stored as directed by the Owner. I. Test Results: Written approval from the testing agency for systems or equipment requiring final testing, as specified above. J. Surveying Certificate: Certification of accuracy of building layout, grading and drainage or final completion survey, as referenced in Section 01050. K. Certifications: Written certifications of material or equipment compliance, as required by various Sections of the Specifications. 1.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Architect. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum: 1. The original Contract Sum, including accepted Bid Alternates. 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a. Previous Change Orders. b. Allowances. C. Unit prices. d. Deductions for uncorrected work. e. Penalties and bonuses. f. Deductions for liquidated damages. g. Deductions for reinspection payments. h. Other adjustments. 3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted. 4. Previous payments. 5. Sum remaining due, including retainage. B. Contractor will prepare a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders. 1.07 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract and Section 01026, Applications for Payment. END OF SECTION 01700 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01710 CLEANING PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Execute cleaning during progress of the work and at completion of the work. B. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract. 2. Section 01715, Waste Removal and Recycling. 3. Respective Sections of Specifications: Cleaning for specific products or work. 1.02 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct cleaning operations to comply with applicable codes, ordinances, regulations and anti -pollution laws. B. Disposal of waste materials, debris and rubbish shall be at a commercially -operated recycling center, legal dumpsite or landfill. Refer to Section 01715. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturers of the surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Execute periodic cleaning to keep the work, the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris resulting from construction operations. B. Maintain parking areas, access drives and city streets clean from mud and other debris. 3.02 CLEANING PRIOR TO PAINTING A. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on an as - needed basis until painting is finished. B. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or freshly finished surfaces. 01710 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 C. Temporarily seal window and door openings prior to the start of finish painting to prevent windblown dust and other particulates from impairing wet or freshly finished surfaces. 3.03 FINAL CLEANING A. Final cleaning shall be performed by personnel or subcontractors skilled in this work. B. In general, the extent of final cleaning shall be to remove grease, mastic and adhesives, dust and dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign materials from site -exposed interior and exterior surfaces. C. Interior cleaning shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Wash and polish glass, glazing and mirrors. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 2. Wipe down all interior surfaces. 3. Wipe down and polish toilet partitions, toilet and bath accessories, signage components and other specialties. 4. Broom clean and dry vacuum all interior sealed concrete floor slabs to be left exposed. Apply specified finish/sealer. 5. Wipe down all ceramic the work and remove grout smears. D. Exterior cleaning shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Power -wash and/or scrub with natural bristle or synthetic bristle brush all surfaces of concrete block masonry, as specified in Division 4. Power washing for historic buildings shall not exceed 300 psi water pressure. 2. Power -wash or wash and wipe down prefinished metal roofing, gutters, downspouts, counterf lashings and trim. 3. Wash and wipe down doors and frames. 4. Wash and polish glass and glazing. 5. Wash and wipe down site furnishings, bicycle racks, pipe bollards, ornamental metal fencing and other site amenities. E. Site cleaning shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Broom clean and wash down all areas of exterior concrete flatwork and asphalt paving. F. Ventilating Systems: 1. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during construction. 2. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. G. Prior to final completion or Owner occupancy, Contractor shall conduct an inspection of the site, all site -exposed interior and exterior surfaces and all work areas to verify that work of the entire project is clean. END OF SECTION 01710 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01715 WASTE REMOVAL AND RECYCLING PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Furnish, maintain and service trash removal dumpsters and/or roll -offs. B. Furnish, maintain and service recycling containers for construction materials, packaging and waste products. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Conditions of the Contract. 2. Section 01010, Summary of Work: Project goal for construction waste diversion. 3. Section 01710, Cleaning. 1.02 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct disposal operations to comply with applicable codes, ordinances, regulations and anti -pollution laws. B. Disposal of waste materials, debris and rubbish shall be at a commercially -operated recycling center, legal dumpsite or landfill. 1. Contractor shall be responsible for all dump fees and expenses associated with hauling materials to the landfill. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 WASTE REMOVAL CONTAINERS A. Furnish and maintain recycling, trash and waste removal dumpsters and/or roll -off dumpsters for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish, in quantities sufficient for the Work. 1. Dumpsters shall be provided with tightly fitted covers to prevent debris from being blown out. 2. Roll -offs shall not be required to be covered, but shall be serviced frequently enough to prevent debris from accumulating and being blown out. B. Location of roll -offs and trash dumpsters shall be as arranged at the Pre -Construction Conference. 2.02 RECYCLED MATERIALS CONTAINERS A. General: Refer to Section 01010, Summary of Work, for specified goal for construction waste diversion. B. Individual recycling containers shall be maintained for paper, corrugated cardboard, and co -mingled containers for glass, plastic, aluminum and steel. General contractor shall be responsible for ensuring proper separation of recycled materials and delivery to acceptable recycling centers. 01715- 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DISPOSAL OF WASTE AND RECYCLED MATERIALS A. Execute periodic cleaning to keep the work, the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris resulting from construction operations. B. Maintain parking areas, access drives and city streets clean from mud and other debris. C. Remove recycling, waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose of at legal commercial recycling centers, dump sites or landfills away from the site. END OF SECTION 01715- 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Maintain at the site one (1) record copy of each of the following documents: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications or Project Manual. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Architect field orders or written instructions. 6. Approved shop drawings, product data and samples. 7. Field test records. 8. Architect's and Engineers' field reports. B. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 2. Section 01410, Testing. 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Prior to beginning work, separate one (1) clean, complete set of project documents from construction sets and hold for record document purposes. The Architect and Owner will not furnish additional sets for the Contractor's use at the end of construction, unless compensated for by the Contractor. B. Store documents and samples in Contractors field office apart from documents used for construction. Provide files and rack for storage of documents. C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the Architect, Engineers and Owner's representative. 1.03 RECORDING REQUIREMENTS A. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B. Drawings shall be legibly marked to record actual construction: 1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finished first floor datum. 2. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface locations. 3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Changes made by field order or by Change Order. 6. Details not included in original Contract Documents. 01720 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 C. Specifications and Addenda shall be legibly marked to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by field order or by Change Order. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. At contract closeout, deliver all Record Documents to the Architect for the Owner. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter containing: 1. Date, project name and number. 2. Contractor's name and address. 3. Title and number of each Record Document. 4. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative. C. Submit one (1) copy of approved data in final form no later than fifteen (15) days after final inspection or acceptance, but prior to applying for final payment. D. As -Recorded Documents shall be submitted, reviewed and accepted by the Architect and Owner prior to the Final Application for Payment being processed. E. Architect shall prepare and furnish the Owner with one (1) set of reproducible Record Documents in accordance with the Contract requirements. END OF SECTION 01720 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owners maintenance and operation of products furnished for this Project. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in other pertinent Sections of the Specifications. B. Instruct Owners personnel in maintenance of products and in operation of equipment and systems. C. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 2. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 3. Section 01700, Contract Close -Out. 4. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 5. Section 01740, Warranties and Bonds. 6. Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Format of Submittals: 1. Size: 8-1 /2" x 11". 2. Paper: Manufacturer's printed data or neatly typewritten. 3. Drawings: a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. b. Fold larger drawings to size of text pages. 4. Provide fly leaf for each separate product or each piece of operating equipment. a. Provide typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. b. Provide indexed tabs. 5. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List the following: a. Title of project. b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. C. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. C. Binders: 1. Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers, ring size as required. 2. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related, consistent groupings. D. Number of Manuals Required: Three (3) copies of each complete manual, including all general information and plumbing, mechanical and electrical. 01730 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 00300 BID FORM PROJECT:5941 Buckingham Park Restrooms Place Date 1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned a (Corporation, Limited Liability Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor)** authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules. 2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which have been examined by the undersigned. 3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum of ($ ) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders. 4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the, Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds is as follows: 5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list. 6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents. 7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. through 7/96 Section 00300 Page 1 7.0 CONTRACT TIME. The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the Contract Times) are set forth in the Agreement. 8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective date of the Agreement". The procedure for submittal of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements. 10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section 00430 contained within these Documents. 10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If the apparent successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OWNER may award the contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors. Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons or organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor, supplier or other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable objection. The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of the Work. 12/03 Section 00100 Page 4 1.03 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Neatly typewritten Table of Contents for each volume arranged in systematic order. 1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. List of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume. 3. List with each product, name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontractor or installer. b. Maintenance contractor as appropriate. C. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Note each sheet to: a. Clearly identify specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify data applicable to installation. C. Delete references to inapplicable information. C. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Written text as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide logical sequence of instruction for each procedure. E. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued indicating: 1. Proper procedures in the event of failure. 2. Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds. F. Copy of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for each product or material. 1.04 GENERAL MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Provide complete information for products specified in, but not limited to: 1. Division 2, Sitework: Landscaping and site irrigation system. 2. Section 03450, Architectural Precast Concrete. 3. Section 07200, Building Insulation. 4. Section 07215, Foundation Insulation. 5. Section 07220, Roof Insulation. 6. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing and Siding. 7. Section 07900, Sealants it Joint Fillers. 8. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 9. Section 08700, Finish Hardware. 10. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. 11. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard. 12. Section 09900, Painting. 13. Section 10520, Fire Protection Specialties. 01730 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 14. Section 10810, Toilet and Bath Accessories. 15. Section 10900, Miscellaneous Building Specialties. 16. Divisions 15 and 16: Refer to paragraph 1.05 below. 1.05 MANUALS FOR PLUMBING, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Content for each unit of equipment and system as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. 2. Operating Procedures: a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shutdown and emergency instructions. C. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "troubleshooting'. C. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubrication schedule, with list of lubricants required. 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. 8. As -installed control diagrams by control manufacturer. 9. As -installed color -coded piping diagrams. 10. Charts of valve tag numbers with location and function of each valve. 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 12. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications. B. Content for each electric and electronic system as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions. b. Engineering data and tests. C. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories of panelboards. a. Electrical service. b. Controls. C. Communications. 3. As -installed color -coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating Procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. C. Special operating instructions. 5. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "troubleshooting'. C. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Adjustment and checking. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 01730 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 7. List of original manufacturers spare parts, manufacturers current prices and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications. C. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of Owners personnel. D. Provide complete information for products specified in: 1. Division 15, Plumbing and Mechanical Systems and Equipment. 2. Division 16, Electrical Systems and Equipment. 1.06 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form no later than fifteen (15) days after final inspection or acceptance, but prior to applying for final payment. B. Operating and maintenance manuals shall be submitted reviewed and accepted by the Architect and Owner prior to the Final Application for Payment being processed 1.07 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owners designated operating and maintenance personnel in operation, adjustment and maintenance of products, equipment and systems. B. Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction. C. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. END OF SECTION 01730 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor shall compile specified warranties and bonds and specified service and maintenance contracts. B. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. C. Submit to Architect for review and transmittal to Owner. D. Related requirements specified elsewhere: 1. Instructions to Bidders: Bid or Proposal Bond. 2. Conditions of the Contract: Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond. 3. Conditions of the Contract: General Warranty of Construction. 4. Section 01700, Contract Close -Out. 5. Section 01730, Operating and Maintenance Data. 6. Respective Sections of Specifications which specify the product. 1.02 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. General: Submit warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts as specified in respective Sections of Specifications. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, all warranties shall be written in the Owner's name, and shall be transferable to future Owner(s) for the duration of the warranty period. B. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors, bound with operating and maintenance data. Manuals are specified in Section 01730. C. Number of original signed copies required: Three (3) each, or as required by number of manuals specified in Section 01730. D. Table of Contents: Neatly typed in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item. 2. Firm with name of principal, address and telephone number. 3. Scope of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 4. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 5. Duration of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 6. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Conditions which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. E. Format of Submittals: 1. Format: Prepare in duplicate packets. 2. Size: 8-1 /2" x 11" punched sheets for standard three-ring binder. Fold larger sheets to fit into binders. 01740 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1.03 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS A. Submit documents within twenty-five (25) days after inspection and acceptance for equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during progress of construction. B. Otherwise make submittals within twenty-five (25) days after date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment. C. For items of work where acceptance is delayed materially beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.04 REQUIRED WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Bid or Proposal Bond: Refer to Instructions to Bidders. B. Performance Bond: Refer to Conditions of the Contract. C. Labor and Material Payment Bond: Refer to Conditions of the Contract. D. General Warranty of Construction: Refer to Conditions of the Contract. Unless modified elsewhere, General Contractor shall warrant all construction materials and workmanship for a period of two (2) calendar years from the date of Substantial Completion. E. Warranties: Provide required warranties for products, materials and equipment covering defects in materials and workmanship for the time duration(s) specified in individual Sections. Where no specific warranty is mentioned, provide warranty coverages normally provided by the manufacturer for that product. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, all warranties shall be written in the Owner's name. 2. All warranties shall be transferable to future Owner(s) for the duration of the warranty period. F. Provide warranties and/or bonds for products and services specified in, but not limited to: 1. Division 2, Sitework: Site utility materials and accessories, including piping, manholes, valves, etc. 2. Division 2, Sitework: Landscaping and site irrigation system materials and equipment. 3. Section 02930, Sodding and Seeding. 4. Section 03450, Architectural Precast Concrete. 5. Section 06170, Prefabricated Structural Wood. 6. Section 07200, Building Insulation. 7. Section 07215, Foundation Insulation. 8. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing and Siding. 9. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 10. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 11. Section 08700, Finish Hardware. 12. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. 13. Section 10210, Metal Watt Louvers. 14. Section 10430, Exterior Signage. 15. Section 10440, Interior Signage. 16. Section 10520, Fire Protection Specialties. 17. Section 10800, Toilet and Bath Accessories. 18. Division 15, Mechanical. 19. Division 16, Electrical. 01740 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 G. Maintenance Agreements: None required. However, all Contractors and Subcontractors shall be required to make service calls as requested by the Owner throughout the two-year general warranty period, at no additional expense to the Owner. H. Optional Bond(s): The Contractor shall retain the right to require Performance and/or Labor and Material Payment Bonds from any or all of his/her Subcontractors. END OF SECTION 01740 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 02050 BUILDING DEMOLITION PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish equipment and labor to demolish and remove materials, equipment, fixtures, accessories and systems, including related utilities, to the extent shown on the Drawings, or required for new construction. Work includes, but is not limited to: 1. Demolition of complete building structures as required for new construction. 2. Demolition of existing site improvements, pavements, accessory site structures and landscaping as required for new construction. 3. Miscellaneous demolition work related to construction of the project, as indicated on the Drawings. B. Extent of demolition work is indicated on the Drawings. Work may include the removal and protection of existing materials or equipment to be relocated into the new construction or salvaged by the Owner, as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. C. After removal of demolition work, leave surfaces or substrates prepared for new materials, equipment, finishes or other construction as indicated on the Drawings. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01045, Cutting and Patching. 2. Section 01046, Access to Site. 3. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 4. Section 01520, Construction Aids. 5. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. 6. Section 01560, Temporary Controls. 7. Section 01715, Waste Removal and Recycling. 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall contact Local building and fire authorities to become familiar with local laws and regulations governing work of this Section. 1.03 COORDINATION AND PROTECTION A. Provide, erect and maintain barricades, lighting and guard rails as required by applicable regulatory requirements to protect occupants of the building, construction workers and the public. Coordinate with the local building inspector and fire marshal to maintain adequate egress from the construction area. B. Protect and maintain plumbing, mechanical and electrical services encountered during demolition that are to remain in use. C. Coordinate and pay for disconnecting, removing and capping utility services within areas of demolition. Notify the affected utility companies in advance and obtain approval prior to starting this work. Flag locations of disconnected services. Identify service lines and capping locations on Project Record Documents. D. Protect existing trees and landscaping during demolition work until completion of construction, in accordance with the requirements of Section 01530. E. Conduct demolition operations and debris removal in a manner to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. 02050-1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 F. Environmental Controls: 1. Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures and other suitable methods to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air to the lowest practical level. 2. Keep dust and dirt from entering the building. 1.04 ACCESS TO BUILDING AND SITE A. Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site, for required access to existing buildings and new work during construction. B. Plan, schedule and conduct demolition work in a manner that will minimize the disruption of the Owner's normal operations. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 DEMOLITION A. General: Furnish labor, equipment and materials as required to complete demolition as indicated on the Drawings or required for new construction. Work includes but is not limited to: 1. Cut and remove related sitework. 2. Disconnect and remove stormwater and other site utilities. 3. Miscellaneous demolition work related to the construction of the project. 2.02 MATERIALS A. General: Materials, fixtures and equipment to be removed from the demolished work may be salvaged by the Owner or salvaged for reuse in the new work, as scheduled below. Exact disposition of these materials will be determined at the Pre - Construction Conference. B. Items to be salvaged from demolished work for relocation in new work shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Irrigation controller. C. Contractor may salvage remaining demolished material and equipment, unless specifically noted otherwise in this Section or on the Drawings. Immediately remove from site. All other material shall be removed from the site and disposed of. Refer to Section 01715. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. General: Coordinate and execute demolition work in an orderly, neat and timely manner. The Owner shall fully occupy the existing facility, parking areas and grounds during construction of this Project, except for specific areas designated strictly for use by the Contractor. Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site, for specific requirements. B. Ensure that all utilities and services to remain in use have been adequately marked and protected and will be maintained during construction. C. Ensure that structures have been adequately supported and braced during removal of any structural system or component. Consult with Architect/Engineer as needed before commencing work. 02050-2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 D. Ensure that dustproof and weathertight enclosures have been erected. Cover and protect furniture, equipment and fixtures that cannot be removed from the area of demolition work. 3.02 DEMOLITION A. Remove all parts of building to be demolished, including foundations and footings, unless shown otherwise. B. Execute work in an orderly and careful manner, with due consideration to the Owner, the public and adjacent properties. C. Leave surfaces or substrates prepared for new materials, equipment, finishes or other construction as indicated on the Drawings. 3.03 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Promptly remove materials, rubbish and debris resulting from demolition operations from the building site. Use trash receptacles with tightly fitted covers as specified in Section 01715. Do not allow debris to be blown onto adjacent properties. B. Deliver materials to be salvaged for reuse in the new work to a secure and weather - protected location until ready for refurbishing and reinstallation. C. Keep general construction site area reasonably clean, to the satisfaction of the Owner's principal representative. D. Sprinkle rubbish and debris as required to prevent generating dust. Erect dust chutes and use for removal of materials, rubbish and debris. E. Burning of materials is not permitted on the project site. F. Rough grade area of site affected by demolition of the structure and related sitework. Grading shall blend naturally with adjacent site area, to the satisfaction of the Architect. Leave area clean, free of construction debris, and prepared for seeding or other treatment specified elsewhere. END OF SECTION 02050-3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Overlot grading in preparation of building and sitework improvements. B. Stripping and stockpiling of topsoil. C. Finish grading and placing of topsoil. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 02050, Building Demolition. 2. Section 02115, Selective Clearing. 3. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading: Excavating, filling and compacting of embankments and other site work unrelated to structures. 4. Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting. 5. Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting. 6. Application Division 2 Landscaping Sections: Preparation of topsoil. 7. Applicable Sections of Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical specifications. 1.02 SITE CONDITIONS A. Site information: Data on subsurface conditions as described in the Soils Report by CTL Thompson dated September 7, 2005, is not intended as representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. Data is available for inspection at the office of the Architect. The Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom. 1. In the event alternate procedures are recommended in the Soils Report, request written authority from Architect/Engineer regarding which procedure to follow. B. The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions normally considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be encountered, the Contractor may apply for just compensation for additional expenses resulting from such conditions. C. Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings. D. Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classified. Excavation and trenching includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition or condition thereof. Refer to paragraph 3.01.A. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Right -of -Way Work Permit: Contractor shall obtain a right-of-way work permit for any trenching and utility work within a public street, alley or other public right-of-way, as required by the City of Fort Collins. Refer to Section 01060. 02100 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 11.0 BID FORM. 11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with the Bid. 11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices on the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words will take precedence. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of SUMS. 11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name. 11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the joint venture or by an authorized agent of each participant. The full name of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid Form. 11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form). 11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed. 11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. 12.0 BID PRICING. Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules. 13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS. 13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title, Bid No., and name and address of the 12/03 Section 00100 Page 5 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic. B. Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. C. Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance with requirements of Section 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to remain. D. Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue work in the area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Refer to applicable portions of Sections 02200, 02220, 02221 and/or 02225 for selected imported fill materials and reuse of existing on -site fill materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Obtain Right -of -Way Work Permit or any other approvals as required for work within a street, alley or other public right-of-way. B. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and this Section. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to these requirements, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. C. Clear and strip surface vegetation, sod and organic topsoil as required for grading or new construction in areas within sitework boundaries. The stripped topsoil shall be stored for later use in the site finish grading. 1. Extent of Stripping: As required for new construction, as shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing vegetative cover disturbed in excess of these limits without written approval of the Architect/Engineer. D. Clearing and Tree/Brush Removal: Refer to Section 02115. 3.02 ROUGH GRADING, EXCAVATING AND COMPACTING A. Refer to applicable portions of Sections 02200, 02220, 02221 and/or 02225. 3.03 FINISH GRADING A. General: Provide finish grading and placing of topsoil unless arranged for otherwise. B. Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradually and blend slopes into existing areas. Maintain tolerance within .10' of required subgrade, 02100 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 except under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1 /2" of required elevation. C. Slope finish grade away from building minimum 1' in 10', unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, providing effective drainage of at least 1%, unless otherwise indicated. D. Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6" where topsoil is to be placed and compact as specified. Provide depth allowances for topsoil placement. 3.04 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Place and spread topsoil with minimum depth of 6", using suitable stockpiled, onsite material, supplemented with imported material as required. B. Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather. C. Fine grade topsoil to within 1" of finish contours eliminating rough and low areas to ensure positive drainage. Maintain levels, profiles and contours of subgrades to tie new work into existing. D. Remove stones, roots, grass, weeds, debris and other foreign materials while spreading. E. Manually spread topsoil around trees, plants and buildings to prevent compaction and damage which may be caused by grading equipment. F. Lightly compact placed topsoil and leave prepared for soil preparation and landscaping specified in other Sections of Division 2. 3.05 MAINTENANCE A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified tolerances. B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, or where topsoil has been compacted in excess of the specified limits, scarify surface, reshape and compact to required density prior to further construction. 3.06 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove and dispose of debris and excess materials off of Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02100 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 02115 SELECTIVE CLEARING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Selective clearing of existing trees, shrubs, brush and vegetative growth. B. Selective pruning of trees to remain in place. C. Disposing of felled trees and surface debris. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures: Tree and plant protection. 2. Section 02050, Building Demolition. 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall comply with any requirements of the City of Fort Collins/ Larimer County and/or State of Colorado that govern this type of work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Furnish and maintain chain saws, axes and other equipment as required to complete work of this Section. 1. Maintain saw blades in new or sharp condition to make cuts clean and smooth. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Contractor shall examine the site with the Owner and Architect/Landscape Architect to verify extent of work to be performed. Architect/ Landscape Architect shall identify the trees or groups of trees to be preserved, as shown on the Drawings, and the Contractor shall tag and protect these as specified in Section 01530. 3.02 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION A. Erect and maintain protective fencing around existing trees and vegetation identified by the Architect to remain, as specified in Section 01530. B. Protect tops, trunks and roots of existing vegetation to remain. Do not use heavy equipment within branch spread. C. Regrade around existing trees by hand when existing grade is lower than new finish grade. 02115 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.03 TREE AND BRUSH REMOVAL A. General: Cut and completely remove trees, shrubs and brush not identified to be preserved. B. Cut trees, shrubs and brush identified to be removed maximum 12" above existing grade. C. Do not pull up, rip or otherwise damage root structures of vegetation to remain. If excavation through roots is required, excavate by hand and cut roots with a sharp axe, making clean, smooth, sloping cuts. 3.04 GRUBBING AND REMOVAL A. Grub out stumps and roots of vegetation removed to minimum 12" below original existing grade. B. Remove cleared and grubbed trees, limbs, shrubs, uprooted stumps and surface debris from the site. C. Do not bury cuttings, stumps and roots or burn materials on the site. 3.05 PRUNING A. Specific Requirements Pertaining to the Pruning of Trees: 1. No tree shall be cut back in such a manner that its health or eventual safety will be impaired. An exception to this may occur in tree removal or emergency relief of an immediate danger to persons or property. Any such emergency procedures must be reported promptly to the City Forester (or other authority) with plans for completion or follow-up work submitted for approval. 2. Authority to prune street trees does not include the cutting back of sound, healthy tree branches in excess of 6" in diameter (outside bark) unless specifically described and written into the permit form by the City Forester (or other authority). 3. When tree pruning cuts are made to a side branch, such remaining branch must possess a basal thickness of at least 1 /3 of the diameter of the wound so affected. Such cuts shall be considered proper only when such remaining branch is vigorous enough to maintain adequate foliage to produce woody growth capable of healing the cut within a reasonable period of time. 4. All final tree pruning cuts shall be made in such a manner as to favor the earliest possible covering of the wound by natural callus growth. Excessively deep flush cuts that produce large wounds or weaken the tree at the cut shall not be made. Tree pruning cuts should be made just outside the branch collar. 5. Tree branches shall be removed and controlled in such a manner as to not cause damage to other parts of the tree or to other plants or property. 6. All tools used on a tree known to contain an infectious tree disease shall be properly disinfected immediately after completing work in such a tree. 7. Maples, birches and walnut trees shall be pruned only when in leaf, except where conditions hazardous to the public or property are involved. 8. All cutting tools and saws used in making tree pruning cuts shall be kept sharpened adequately to result in final cuts with an unabrased wood surface and secure bark remaining adjacent thereto. 9. Whenever pruning cuts are to be made while removing branches too large to hold securely in one hand during the cutting operation, the branches shall be cut off 02115 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 first 1' to 2' beyond the intended final cut. Then the final cut shall be made in a manner to prevent unnecessary tearing back of the bark and wood. 10. Any cutting of tree roots, other than when in the process of tree removal, shall give due consideration to the future welfare and safety of the tree. Proper action shall be taken to treat resulting wounds to prevent entry of decay organisms. B. Standards of Workmanship for Pruning: 1. Cleanup of branches, logs or any other debris resulting from any tree pruning or removing shall be promptly and properly accomplished. The work area shall be kept safe at all times until the cleanup operation is completed. Under no condition shall the accumulation of brush, branches, logs or other debris be allowed upon a public property in such a manner as to result in a public hazard. 2. The use of climbing spurs or spike shoes in the act of pruning trees is prohibited. 3. Under no conditions shall it be considered proper to leave any severed or partially cut branches in the upper portion of any tree being worked on after the tree workers leave the scene of the operation. 4. Whenever large tree sections are being cut in a treetop that may endanger the public or property, such materials shall be secured by ropes and lowered safely in a controlled manner. 5. Unless the tree work area is totally barricaded or otherwise kept safe while pruning or removing trees, at least one (1) responsible tree worker shall serve to coordinate safe operations on the ground at all times when work operations are in progress. C. Authorized Types of Tree Pruning: 1. Medium Prune: a. Properly remove all dead and dying branches of 1 /4" and over in diameter. b. Remove all broken branches or any loose branches lodged in the tree. C. Remove all dead and live stubs of previously broken or poorly cut branches. d. Remove any live branches which interfere with the tree's structural strength and healthful development, which will include the following: 1. Branches which rub and abrade a more important branch. 2. Branches of weak structure which are not important to the framework of the tree. 3. Branches which, if allowed to grow, would wedge apart the junction of more important branches. 4. Branches with twigs and foliage obstructing the development of more important branches. 5. Branches forming multiple leaders in a single leader type tree. 6. Branches near the end of a limb which will produce more weight or offer more resistance to wind than the limb is likely to support. 7. Undesirable sucker and sprout growths. 8. Selective removal to one or more developing leaders where multiple branch growth exists near the end of broken or stubbed limbs. 9. Removal of branches which project too far outward beyond an otherwise symmetrical form. 10. Removal or severance of any exposed roots which serve to restrict or act in a girdling manner and prevent proper expansion and growth of other major roots, or restrict the base of the tree trunk. 02115 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 e. All final cuts shall be made just outside the branch collar. Extremely deep cuts which produce excessively wide wounds or weaken the tree shall not be made. 2. Minimum or Safety Prune: This operation of tree trimming shall consist of the minimum performance necessary to correct one or more extreme and undesirable conditions existing within a tree which may be hazardous to persons or property. a. Remove all dead and dying branches of 2" or more in diameter. b. Remove all broken or loose branches 2" or more in diameter. C. Reduce the length of branches which extend extremely beyond the perimeter of an otherwise symmetrical form. d. Cut back ends of branches and reduce weight where excessive overburden appears likely to result in breakage of supporting limbs. Such cutting back shall not include the removal of any live, healthy branches in excess of 6" in diameter, unless a specific consent is given by the Architect. 3. Head Back Prune: This operation shall consist of reducing the height and/or spread of a tree by not more than 1 /3 and shall only be applied to trees when such work is necessary to control extended growth which may endanger overhead utility lines or interfere with adjacent structures. a. This form of pruning trees shall be done by means of a method called "drop crotching' which serves to shorten branch structure and thereby limits the extent of the foliage canopy to a natural appearing margin. This action consists of removing perimeter branches at their lower junction with shorter side branches. b. No cuts on living branches shall be made in excess of 6" in diameter without first securing specific consent of the Architect. C. Extended perimeter branches shall be properly cut at their junction with lower branches having a basal diameter of at least 1 /3 of the diameter of the cut so affected. d. The remaining lower branches so cut back to shall be retained intact to form a reduced foliage perimeter at a specific height and/or spread. e. This technique of tree pruning shall only be applied when larger growing trees endanger overhead utility lines or where excessive growth of trees interferes with adjacent structures or otherwise creates a specific hazard to persons or property. f. Head Back prune should not be attempted or used if the metabolism of a tree would be seriously unbalanced by the use of this technique or where the structure of the tree would be weakened by such action. Irreparable trees shall be removed rather than be worked on with this mode of tree pruning. 4. Spot Prune: This operation of tree pruning shall consist of the removal of one or more branches localized in a particular area of the crown of a tree. a. Trees shall be pruned in such a manner as to prevent branch and foliage interference with requirements of safe public passage. Over -street clearance shall be kept to a minimum of 14' above the paved surface of the street and 8' over the surface of the public sidewalk or pedestrian way. b. Sprout or sucker growth shall be removed to a minimum height of 8' above the ground level. Exceptions are allowed for young trees which would be irreparably damaged by such trimming action. 02115 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 C. Individual or scattered dead or broken limbs shall be properly removed without the necessity of performing other work not immediately urgent for protection of the public or property, or the health of the tree. 3.06 CLEANING A. Leave the site in a clean condition, free from branches, roots, demolished site features or other surface debris, ready for installation of new structure and site work as required by the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 02115 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SFCTION 02791 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Excavating, backfilling, grading and compacting of sitework for utility trenches and subsurface drainage systems. B. Cap off and seal discontinued utility services and remove portions of lines within excavated areas. C. Shore and brace excavations as required. D. Dewater excavations as necessary. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01410, Testing. 2. Section 01046, Access to Site. 3. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 4. Section 02100, Site Preparation. 5. Section 02115, Selective Clearing. 6. Section 02200, Earthwork. 7. Section 02220. Excavating, Filling and Grading. 8. Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting. 9. Applicable Sections of Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical specifications. 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL A. Soil Compaction Tests: 1. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99 - Standard Method of Test for Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a 5.5 lb. Rammer and a 12-inch drop. a. Use method A, B, C or D, as appropriate, based on soil condition and judgement of the testing laboratory. b. Sample tests will be representative of materials to be placed. C. Determine and provide optimum density curve for each type of material encountered or utilized. d. Include Atterberg Limits, grain size determination and specific gravity. 2. ASTM D2049 - Test for Relative Density of Cohesion less soils. B. Test Certificates: Submit test certificates to enable Architect/Engineer to determine compliance with the Specifications for imported materials from each proposed source or supplier. 1. Provide with this certificate a density test of a typical sample, in accordance with the following reference standards. a. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99. b. ASTM D2049. 02221 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Right -of -Way Work Permit: Contractor shall obtain a right-of-way work permit for any trenching and utility work within a public street, alley or other public right-of-way, as required by the City of Fort Collins. Refer to Section 01060. 1.04 SITE CONDITIONS A. Site Information: Data on subsurface conditions as described in the Soils Report by CTL Thompson dated September 7, 2005, is not intended as representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. Data is available for inspection at the office of the Architect. The Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom. 1. In the event alternate procedures are recommended in the Soils Report, request written authority from Architect/Engineer regarding which procedure to follow. B. The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions normally considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be encountered, the Contractor may be compensated for additional expenses resulting from such conditions. C. Known underground and surface utility tines are indicated on the Drawings. D. Underground Obstructions: 1. Underground obstructions known to Architect/Engineer are shown on Drawings. However, locations shown may prove inaccurate and other obstructions not known to Architect/Engineer may be encountered. 2. Notify each utility owner and request utilities be field located by surface reference at least 48 hours prior to trenching or excavation. 3. Expose and verify size, location and elevation of underground utilities and other obstructions where conflicts might exist sufficiently in advance to permit changes in the event of conflict. a. Notify Architect/Engineer in case of conflict. b. in case of conflict the proposed Work may be changed by the Archi- tect/Engineer. 4. Maintain, protect and support by shoring, bracing or other means existing utilities and appurtenances. 5. If Contractor elects to remove underground obstructions, the following conditions shall apply: a. Replace all other underground obstructions with new materials. b. Restore to original conditions or better. 6. Clean drainage culverts so they are free of sediment after construction. E. Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classified. Excavation includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition or condition thereof. Refer to paragraph 3.01.A. 1.05 PROTECTION A. Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic. 02221 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance with requirements of Sections 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to remain. C. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning or other methods required to prevent cave-in or loose soil from falling into excavation. D. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including service utilities and pipe chases. E. Notify Architect/Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue work in affected area until notification to resume work. F. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost. G. Grade excavation top perimeter to prevent surface water runoff into excavation. 1.06 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. Notify the Architect/Engineer at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Also notify the Archi- tect/Engineer prior to placement of backfill of all foundations. Notification shall be at least 48 hours prior to proceeding with the next phase of work. B. Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect and Owner. Testing fees shall be paid in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions. 1. The Contractor will pay for costs of additional testing required due to improper performance of the work. C. Testing for Structural Excavations: Refer to Sections 01410 and 02225. D. When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory to perform density test. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been verified. E. Compaction Tests: 1. Utility Trenches: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of one (1) test for each 100 In. ft., or fraction thereof, of trench length, unless otherwise modified by the Soils Report. 2. Concrete Flatwork: Refer to Section 02225. F. If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STABILIZATION MATERIAL A. Top 6" of Pipe Subgrade: Granular bedding material. B. Subgrade Below Top 6": Same as top 6", except that broken concrete and rock may be included in sizes permitting compaction as specified without discernible voids. 2.02 BEDDING MATERIALS A. Concrete: Refer to Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1. Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days minimum. 02221 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as required in Section 00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under different names will not be accepted from one firm or association. 14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS. 14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and authority at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS. Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available after the opening of Bids. 16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE. All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid Opening, but OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to that date. 12/03 Section 00100 Page 6 B. Granular Material: Angular or crushed, washed natural stone free of shale, clay, frozen materials and debris, graded in accordance with ANSI/ASTM C136 within the following limits: Sieve Size Percent Passing 1" 100 3/4" 90.100 3/8" 20-55 #4 0-10 #8 0-5 C. Select soil placed below an elevation 12" above top of pipe. 1. Trench backfill material free from rocks, clods and stones greater than 2" in any dimension; or 2. Granular material. 2.03 TRENCH BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Excavated or imported material free from frozen material, stumps, roots, brush, other organic matter, cinders, peat or other corrosive material, debris and rocks or stones greater than following dimensions: 1. 3" in any dimension for material placed within V-0" of finished surface. 2. 2" in any dimension for material placed within V-0" of pipe. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Obtain Right -Of -Way Work Permit or any other approvals as required for work within a street, alley or other public right-of-way. B. Schedule street and sidewalk cuts, trenching and utility line installation in accordance with the Owner's requirements for use of the facility and/or street. Refer to Section 01046. C. Contractor shall examine the subsurface soil conditions encountered prior to installation of any underground utility work and verify that materials specified for utility piping, joints, accessories and other materials are suitable for the soil conditions. Notify Architect and Engineer of any conditions which may adversely affect the successful installation or performance of the completed utility systems. Do not commence work until such conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer. D. Verify that stockpiled on -site fill has been approved for reuse as backfill material. E. Ensure that trenches to be backfilled are free of debris, snow, ice or water and that ground surfaces are not frozen. F. Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum. G. Ensure that subgrade surfaces have been compacted to density requirements for backfill material. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavate subsoil as required for underground utility systems. 02221 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable installation of utilities and allow inspection. 1. Minimize the size of cuts in street, alley or other public rights -of -way. C. Hand trim excavation and leave free of loose matter. Hand trim for bell and spigot pipe joints. 3.03 BACKFILLING A. Support pipe or conduit during placement and compaction of bedding fill. B. Place pipe or conduit bedding and backfill in accordance with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. C. Backfill trenches to contours and elevations. Do not backfill over porous, wet or spongy subgrade surfaces. Backfill as early as possible. D. Place and compact select fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 6" loose depth. E. Place and compact common fill material in continuous layers. F. Employ a placement method so as not to disturb or damage pipe. G. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. H. Remove surplus backfill materials. Leave stockpile areas completely free of excess fill materials. I. Tolerances: 1. Top Surfaces of Backfilling: +/- 0.1'. 3.04 COMPACTION A. Compact trench backfill to the following minimum densities, unless the following are superseded by the requirements of an appropriate governmental authority: 1. Areas Adjacent to Building Foundations: Minimum 95% of Standard Proctor Density (SPD) per ASTM D698-78, or as required in Section 02225, whichever is more stringent. 2. Building Slabs, Walks and Roadways: Minimum 95% of SPD. 3. Planted Areas: Minimum of 90% of SPD. B. Refer to Section 02100 for placing topsoil, and other Division 2 sections for soil amendment and installation of seed, sod or other landscaping materials. END OF SECTION 02221 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 02225 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Excavating, backfilling, grading and compacting of site work related to building structures. B. Prepare subgrade for building slabs, sidewalks and other improvements. C. Shore and brace excavations as required. D. Dewater excavations as necessary. E. Overexcavate existing native soils below new concrete foundation structures and/or slabs - on -grade, remove from the site, and replace with new compacted structural fill material. F. Overexcavate existing native soils below new concrete foundation structures and/or slabs - on -grade, recondition, recompact and replace in overexcavated area. G. Finish grading and place topsoil adjacent to structures and other areas of the site disturbed by construction activities. H. Scarify and compact subgrade under asphalt and/or concrete paving. I. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01046, Access to Site. 2. Section 01410, Testing: Soils Report. 3. Section 02100, Site Preparation: Finish Grading. 4. Section 02115, Selective Clearing. 5. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Compacting: Retaining walls and sitework unrelated to structures. 6. Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting. 7. Applicable Division 2 Landscaping Sections: Preparation of topsoil. 8. Applicable Sections of Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical Specifications. 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL A. Soil Compaction Tests: 1. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99: Standard Method of Test for Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a 5.5 lb. Rammer and a 12 inch drop. a. Use method A, B, C or D, as appropriate, based on soil condition and judgment of the testing laboratory. b. Sample tests will be representative of materials to be placed. C. Determine and provide optimum density curve for each type of material encountered or utilized. d. Include Atterberg Limits, grain size determination and specific gravity. 2. ASTM D2049: Test for Relative Density of Cohesion less soils. B. Test Certificates: Submit test certificates to enable Architect/Engineer to determine compliance with the Specifications for imported materials from each proposed source of supplier. 1. Provide with this certificate a density test of a typical sample, in accordance with the following reference standards. 02225 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 a. ASTM. D698 or AASHTO T99. b. ASTM D2049. 1.03 SITE CONDITIONS A. Site Information: Data on subsurface conditions as described in the Soils Report by CTL Thompson dated September 7, 2005, is not intended as representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. Data is available for inspection at the office of the Architect. The Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom. 1. In the event alternate procedures are recommended in the Soils Report, request written authority from Architect/Engineer regarding which procedure to follow. B. The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine for himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions normally considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be encountered, the Contractor may be compensated for additional expenses resulting from such conditions. C. Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings. D. Underground Obstructions: 1. Underground obstructions known to Architect/Engineer are shown on Drawings. However, locations shown may prove inaccurate and other obstructions not known to Architect/Engineer may be encountered. 2. Notify each utility owner and request utilities be field located by surface reference using flags at least 48 hours prior to trenching or excavation. 3. Expose and verify size, location and elevation of underground utilities and other obstructions where conflicts might exist sufficiently in advance to permit changes in the event of conflict. a. Notify Architect/Engineer in case of conflict. b. In case of conflict the proposed Work may be changed by the Archi- tect/Engineer. 4. Maintain, protect and support by shoring, bracing or other means existing utilities and appurtenances. 5. If Contractor elects to remove underground obstructions, the following conditions shall apply: a. Replace all other underground obstructions with new materials. b. Restore to original conditions or better. E. Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classified. Excavation includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition or condition thereof. Refer to paragraph 3.01.A. 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic. B. Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. Take all necessary care to prevent compaction of existing soil within the drip line of existing trees to remain. 02225 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 C. Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance with requirements of Sections 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to remain. D. Protect excavations by shoring or bracing as required to maintain banks of excavation in safe and stable condition and to protect adjacent existing and new construction. E. Provide suitable protection against bodily injury in accordance with applicable codes and governing authorities. F. Underpin or otherwise support adjacent structures, service lines and pipe chases which may be damaged by excavation work. G. Protect bottom of excavations and soil around and beneath foundations from frost. H. Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue work in the area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work. 1.05 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. Notify the Architect/Engineer at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Also notify the Archi- tect/Engineer prior to placement of backfill of all foundations. Notification shall be at least 48 hours prior to proceeding with the next phase of work. B. Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect and Owner. Testing fees shall be paid in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions. 1. The Contractor will pay for costs of additional testing required due to improper performance of the work. C. Soils Engineer shall make an open -hole inspection of the excavation for each building prior to the placement of formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Soils Engineer shall also inspect structural backfill for building foundations prior to forming of footings or grade beams, if not supported on undisturbed soil. D. When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory to perform density test. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been verified. E. Compaction Tests: 1. Concrete Flatwork: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of one (1) test for each 5,000 sq. ft., or portion thereof, of surface area for interior or exterior concrete slabs -on -grade, sidewalks, aprons, or other flatwork, unless otherwise modified by the Soils Report. 2. Foundation Walls: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of one (1) test for each 50 [in. ft., or portion thereof, of building perimeter for compaction adjacent to building foundation walls, unless otherwise modified by the Soils Report. 3. Utility Trenches: Refer to Section 02221. F. If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Maintain and repair backfill, fill compaction and embankment settlement and make necessary repairs to pavement, sidewalks or other structures which may be damaged as a result of settlement for a period of two (2) years after Substantial Completion and 02225 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 acceptance of the work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SELECTED FILL MATERIALS A. General: Use on -site or imported soil approved by the Soils Engineer for rough fill and for backfill against the outside of foundation walls except as specified below. Material shall be clean, compactible earth free of frozen material, debris, deleterious or organic substances or large rocks. B. Structural Fill: On -site natural soils, devoid of debris or imported granular materials approved by the Soils Engineer, mechanically compacted as specified below and extended to original undisturbed soil. Use under floor slabs and exterior concrete where approved on -site material is available or where shown on the Drawings. 1. Material shall be uniformly graded of low permeability and a swell potential of less than 1 %. C. Imported Structural Fill: Where onsite material is expansive or otherwise unacceptable to the Soils Engineer for use as structural backfill, imported fill shall be Class 1 structural backfill or Class 7 roadbase, conforming to Colorado Department of Transportation standards. D. Coarse Granular Fill: Clean, crushed, non -porous rock, crushed or uncrushed gravel graded from 3/8" to 1-1/2". E. Fine Granular Fill: Natural or manufactured sand and pea gravel, clean and free of organic debris graded from 3/8" to No. 100 sieve. F. Embankment Material: Refer to Section 02220. G. Topsoil: Refer to landscaping sections of Division 2. Topsoil stripped and stockpiled on - site may be used if it meets the requirements of these Sections. H. Drainage Fill: Natural or crushed stone or gravel with 100% passing a 1" sieve and not more than 5% passing a No. 4 sieve. I. Aggregate Base: Refer to Section 02513 and/or 02515. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Classification of Excavation: The following definitions shall only apply when additional excavation is authorized by the Architect/Engineer and/or rock excavation is encountered. Do not proceed with the work until the material has been cross -sectioned and classified. 1. Earth Excavation: Removal and disposal of on -site soils and other materials indicated on the Drawings, and all other material as indicated by the subsurface soil data and not classified as rock excavation. 2. Rock Excavation: Removal and disposal of materials that cannot be excavated without drilling, blasting or ripping, or boulders larger than 1 /2 cu. yd. in volume. B. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and this Section. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of 02225 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 this Section. 1. Ensure that modifications to the existing lawn irrigation system have been completed, or lines shut off or capped within the area of construction, prior to beginning work. C. Clear and strip surface vegetation, sod and organic topsoil for subgrades for areas within construction boundaries as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Architect/Engineer. The stripped topsoil shall be stored for later use in the site finish grading. Also refer to Section 02115. 1. Extent of Stripping: As required for new construction, as shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Architect/ Engineer. Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing vegetative cover disturbed in excess of these limits without written approval of the Architect/Engineer. D. Scarify subgrade where asphalt and/or concrete pavement is to be placed, to a depth of minimum 6" and compact to 95% SPD, ASTM D698-78 at 2% wet of optimum moisture content. E. Contractor shall take all necessary safety precautions to ensure the safety of all workers and the public in and around excavations, including shoring, bracing and barricades. F. Brace and properly support all structural elements, including foundation walls, grade beams, and pier caps prior to beginning and continuously during backfilling and compacting operations. G. Soils Engineer: The Soils Engineer shall inspect the natural soil at the bottom of excavations for structures, prior to forming or placing foundations. Provide Engineer with 48 hours notice (exclusive of weekends and holidays) when the areas are expected to be ready for such inspections. 1. Do not prepare subgrade or place concrete until such inspection has taken place (or waived by Engineer) and resulting recommendations of Engineer have been carried out. 3.02 ROUGH GRADING A. Rough grade site to required levels, profiles, contours and elevations ready for finish grading and surface treatment. Maintain the following: 1. Planting Areas: 6" below finished grade elevation. 2. Concrete Sidewalks: 4" below finished grade elevation, unless granular backfill is specified below walks. 3. Building Slabs: 8" minimum below finished slab elevation, or as required by the Soils Report for the slab thickness and thickness of granular backfill specified. B. Prior to placing fill material over undisturbed subsoil, scarify surface to depth of 6", bring to 2% wet of optimum moisture and compact as follows: 1. Adjacent to Building Foundations: Minimum 95% of Standard Proctor Density at 2% wet of optimum moisture content ASTM D698-78. 2. Pavement Areas: 95% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM D698-78. 3. Planting Areas: 90% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM D698-78. C. Place fill in lifts of 6" to 8" maximum loose layers, bring to 2% wet of OMC and compact each layer as specified above. D. Stockpile existing topsoil and fill materials removed from excavation for reuse in final grading. E. Contractor shall take special care in rough grading and filling of site areas which can lead to non -uniform settling and compaction. 02225 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.03 EXCAVATION A. General: 1. Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when establishing grade elevations. 2. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of the Archi- tect/Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Architect/Engineer, shall be at the Contractors expense. 3. Under footings, foundation walls, grade beams, retaining walls or other structural elements, fill unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation of the footing or base to the excavation bottom without altering required top elevation. 4. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified in paragraph 3.02.C. B. Blasting: No blasting will be permitted as a part this Project without written authorization from the Owner's principal representative. C. Stability of Excavation: 1. Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. 2. Ensure the stability of materials under foundation structures of existing buildings adjacent to new excavations. Shore and brace as required during excavation and maintain until new foundations or compacted backfill materials are in place. 3. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. 4. Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil. If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as specified in paragraph 3.06. D. Sheeting and Shoring: 1. Sheet, shore or brace banks and trenches not cut back to a stable slope as necessary to prevent sliding or caving to protect workmen and the work. 2. Design and build sheeting and shoring to withstand loads which might be caused by earth movement and pressure and to be rigid, maintaining its shape and position. 3. Support sheeting in excavation in a manner so as not to concentrate loads or horizontal thrusts on piping. Do not brace sheeting against the pipe. E. Dewatering: 1. Prevent surface water and subsurface ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. 2. Conduct dewatering operations in addition to good, positive drainage and eliminate standing water. Dewater excavations for concrete structures extending below ground water level by lowering and maintaining the water level beneath such excavations minimum 24". 3. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines and other dewatering 02225 - 6 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. 4. Convey water removed from excavations and rainwater to collecting or run-off areas. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. 5. Keep excavations dry during subgrade preparation and continuously thereafter until the structure is built to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, floatation or other cause will result. F. Material Storage: 1. Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials and topsoil until required for backfilling. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. 2. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. 3. Stockpile materials away from sidewalks, streets, alleys and other public areas that are to remain accessible during construction. Maintain site access as required for workers and the Owner. Refer to Section 01046 for required site access. 4. Dispose of excess soil materials and waste materials as specified in paragraph 3.09. G. Excavation for Trenches: Refer to Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting. H. Weather Protection: 1. Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 350 F. 2. Do not backfill or construct fills or embankments during freezing weather. 3. Do not place backfill on frozen surfaces. 4. Do not place frozen materials, snow or ice in backfill, fill or embankment. 5. Do not deposit, stamp, roll or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in water. 3.04 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of +/- 0.10' and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction and inspection. B. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete. C. Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil. If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as specified in paragraph 3.06. D. Do not interfere with normal 450 bearing splay of any foundation. E. Under building slabs, remove minimum 8" of existing material below finished slab elevation. Refer to paragraph 3.05 below for overexcavation of soils below slabs -on - grade. F. Bottom of perimeter drain shall be sloped uniformly at 0.5% minimum to sump pump or gravity discharge, as shown on the Drawings. 3.05 BACKFILLING A. Do not start backfilling until services and dampproofing or waterproofing systems have been inspected. 02225 - 7 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris, snow, ice and water and that ground surfaces are not in a frozen condition. C. Do not backfill over existing subgrade surfaces which are porous, wet or spongy. D. Compact existing subgrade surfaces if densities are not equal to that required for backfill materials. E. Cut out soft areas of existing subgrade, backfill with subsoil and compact to required density. F. Backfill areas to grades, contours, levels and elevations. Backfill systematically and as early as possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction. G. Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8" loose depth. Use a method so as not to disturb or damage building drainage system. H. Where imbalanced pressures will develop on foundation walls in basement or crawlspace situations, ensure that floor framing and decking is in place prior to backfilling. I. Where temporary unbalanced pressures are liable to develop on watts before floor slabs are placed, erect necessary shoring to counteract imbalance and leave in place until their removal is approved by Architect/Engineer. J. Maintain 2% wet of OMC of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. K. Backfill simultaneously on each side of foundation walls to equalize soil pressures. L. Utility Trench Backfill: Refer to Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting. M. Building Slab Backfill: Verify removal of existing material below slabs -on -grade, as specified in paragraph 3.02 above. 3.06 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION A. Structural Backfill below Footings and Foundations: On -site natural soils, devoid of debris, or imported, non -expansive granular materials approved by Soils Engineer, mechanically compacted to a minimum of 98% of SPD. B. Building Slabs: On -site natural soils or select granular non -expansive materials approved by the Soils Engineer to underside of stabilizing base course, mechanically compacted to a minimum of 95% of SPD. C. Backfill Around Structures: Mechanically compact to a minimum of 95% of SPD. D. Sidewalks: Subsoil or approved fill to underside of stabilizing base course. Compact each layer of fill material at 2% wet of OMC to a minimum 95% of SPD per ASTM D698-78. E. Landscaped Areas: Subsoil to top of subgrade elevation, compacted to 90% of SPD. F. Compaction Equipment: Use compaction equipment suitable for the types of soils and materials being compacted. 1. Sheepfoot Roller: If used provide with cleaner bars attached as to prevent the accumulation of materials between the tamper feet. 2. Rollers: Use rollers so designed that the effective weight can be increased as required to obtain specified compaction. 3. Vibrating plate compactors. G. Ponding or flooding is not allowed for any compaction. 3.07 FINISH GRADING A. Rough grade subsoil systematically to allow for a maximum amount of natural settlement and compaction. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, etc. in excess of 3" in size. Remove subsoil which has been contaminated with petroleum products. 02225 - 8 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT. 17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by OWNER. OWNER also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. 17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules. Only one contract will be awarded. 17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Bid opening. 12/03 Section 00100 Page 7 B. Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradually and blend slopes into existing areas. Maintain tolerance within .10' of required subgrade, except under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1 /2" of required elevation. C. Slope finish grade away from building minimum 5% for the first 10', unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. D. Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6" where topsoil is to be placed and compact as specified. Provide depth allowances for topsoil placement. E. Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features as shown on the Drawings. 3.08 PLACING TOPSOIL A. General: Spreading of topsoil shall be the responsibility of this Section, unless provided by Section 02100, Site Preparation, or arranged for otherwise. B. Place and spread topsoil with minimum depth of 6", using suitable stockpiled, on -site material, supplemented with imported material as required. C. Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather. D. Fine grade topsoil to within V of finish contours unless otherwise required for areas receiving sod, mulch or other landscape treatment, eliminating rough and low areas to ensure positive drainage. Maintain levels, profiles and contours of subgrades to tie new work into existing. E. Remove stones, roots, grass, weeds, debris and other foreign materials while spreading. F. Manually spread topsoil around trees, plants and buildings to prevent compaction and damage which may be caused by grading equipment. G. Do not change elevation of finish grade around existing trees to remain more than 6" without specific approval of the Architect. H. Lightly compact placed topsoil and leave prepared for soil preparation and landscaping specified in other Sections of Division 2. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Compaction Control: Field tests shall be conducted to determine compliance of compaction methods with specified density in accordance with: 1. ASTM D2922 (AASHTO T238): Tests for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate In -Place by Nuclear Methods, or, 2. ASTM D1556 (AASHTO T191): Tests for Density of Soil In -Place by the Sand Cone Method. 3. ASTM D2167 (AASHTO T205): Tests for Density of Soil In -Place by Rubber -Balloon Method. B. Compaction shall be to the minimum densities specified in paragraph 3.06 above. C. Moisture Content: Compact soils within +/- 2% of optimum moisture. Add water, harrow, disc, blade or otherwise work material as required to insure uniform moisture content and adequate protection. 3.10 MAINTENANCE A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified tolerances until Substantial Completion and acceptance of the work of this 02225 - 9 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 Section by the Owner. B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, or where topsoil has been compacted in excess of the specified limits, scarify surface, reshape and compact to required density prior to further construction. 3.11 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove and dispose of debris and excess materials off of Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02225 - 10 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 02580 PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish paints and apply pavement markings in the types, designs and arrangements shown on the Drawings and as needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 09900, Painting. 2. Section 10430, Exterior Signage: Traffic, parking and directional signage. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature identifying specifications and materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. B. Designs: Submit graphics designs for the approval of the Architect, as required by paragraph 3.02.A. Contractor shall verify compliance of designs with the jurisdiction with authority over this work prior to submittal. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor shall employ skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 PAVEMENT MARKING PAINT A. General: Furnish paint specifically formulated for use as pavement marking in automobile traffic areas. 1. Color: White or match existing. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Traffic Paint by J. E. Bauer Company. 2. Traffic Paint by Tnemec. 3. Romark Traffic by Glidden -Durkee. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Existing Markings: Furnish asphaltic -type paint or other approved material as necessary to mask or conceal the existing markings to be removed as a part of this work. B. Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation. 02580 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer. B. Ensure that marking types, designs and graphics shown on the Drawings or proposed by the Contractor meet the requirements of the jurisdiction with authority over this work prior to actual layout in the field. Refer to Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Secure the Architect's approval of graphics design and layout prior to start of application. B. Removal of Existing Markings: Cover the existing parking stall markings with the specified asphaltic -type paint as necessary to mask or conceal the Existing markings prior to layout of new work. C. Using proper masking, stencils and application equipment recommended for the purpose by the manufacturer of the approved paint, apply the approved paint in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Provide traffic cones, barricades and other devices needed to protect the paint until it is sufficiently dry to withstand traffic. 3.04 CLEAN-UP A. When paint is thoroughly dry, visually inspect the entire application and: 1. Touch up as required to provide clean, straight lines and surfaces throughout. 2. Using a permanently opaque paint identical in color to the surface on which the paint was applied, block out and eliminate all traces of splashed, tracked and/or spilled pavement marking paint from the background surface. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 PAVEMENT MARKINGS SCHEDULE A. Installation Schedule: Apply specified paint materials for pavement markings as shown on the Drawings, including but not limited to the following: 1. Parking stall striping. 2. Handicapped parking stall symbols. 3. Compact car parking stall symbols. 4. Fire lanes, loading zones and other safety -related striping locations. END OF SECTION 02580 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 02930 SODDING AND SEEDING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prepare soil surfaces as specified. B. Furnish soil amendment materials, fertilizers and other specified chemicals. C. Furnish and install sod for lawn areas as shown on the Drawings, and where damaged by construction. D. Maintain landscaping for minimum 60 days after acceptance. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01410, Testing: Soils Investigation Report. 2. Section 02100, Site Preparation: Placement of topsoil. 3. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading. 4. Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting. 5. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 1.02 CUTTING, DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Cut and roll sod for delivery with reasonable care and skill in accordance with recognized standard practice. Cut sod in pieces approximately 314' to 1" thick. B. Deliver on pallets and protect by placing in shade where possible, out of drying sun and wind. Do not deliver more sod than can be laid in an 8-hour period. 1.03 INSPECTIONS A. Sod materials shall be inspected upon delivery by the Landscape Contractor prior to installation. Materials damaged by heat or drying or that do not meet standard requirements will be rejected. B. Pre -Maintenance Inspection: 1. As soon as all planting is completed, a planting review and preliminary inspection to determine the condition of the plantings will be held by the Architect. 2. The Contractor shall have all planting areas free of weeds and neatly cultivated. All plant basins shall be in good repair. Irrigation systems shall be fully operational with all heads properly adjusted. All debris and litter shall be cleaned up, and all walkways and curbs shall be cleaned of soil and debris left from planting operations. The inspection shall not occur until these conditions are met. 3. If, after the inspection, the Architect is of the opinion that all work has been performed as per the Contract Documents and that all plant materials are in satisfactory growing condition, he will give the Contractor written notice of acceptance, and the 60-day maintenance period shall begin. 4. Work requiring corrective action in the judgment of the Architect shall be performed within the first ten (10) days of the maintenance period. Any work not performed within this time will necessitate an equivalent extension of the maintenance period. Corrective work and materials replacement shall be in 02930 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 accordance with the contract documents and shall be made by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. C. Final Inspection: 1. At the completion of the maintenance period, final inspection shall be performed by the Owner. 2. If, after the inspection, the Owner is of the opinion that all work has been performed as per the Contract Documents and that all plant materials are in satisfactory growing condition, he will give the Contractor written notice of acceptance and completion of the formal maintenance period. 3. Final approval will not be given until all deficiencies are corrected. 1.04 WARRANTY/GUARANTEE A. All sod and other seed materials shall be guaranteed to take root, grow and thrive for the following periods: Spring planting shall be until June 1 of the following year; fall planting shall be for two (2) calendar years from final acceptance. During this period, remove all materials which die or which in the opinion of the Owner are in an unhealthy or impaired condition. At the appropriate planting time, all previously removed materials shall be replaced with sod or seed materials of the same kinds as the original specifications at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Maintenance Program: None required beyond the initial 60-day maintenance period and warranty period specified above. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOD A. General: Sod mix to be Tall Fescue, Smooth Brome and Bluegrass. Sod shall be weed- and pest -free, containing no more than 1% of other grasses. B. Sod shall be healthy, field grown and at least one (1) year old. C. Sod shall be a minimum of 3/4" thick, harvested in rolls, fertilized 2-3 weeks before cutting and delivered to the site within 24 hours of harvesting. 2.02 SOIL AMENDMENTS/FERTILIZERS A. Composted Manure - Composted Dairy Cow or Sheep Manure: Free from lumps, stones, or other foreign matter. Free from mineral matter or chemical composition harmful to plant life. Manure that has received treatment with a bacterial enzyme culture raising the manure temperature to 1450 minimum for 3 weeks minimum, ages at least 18 months, yielding a soil amendment with the following properties: 1. Organic Matter: 35-40% (oven -dry basis) 2. Total Nitrogen: 1.6-2.0% 3. Conductivity: 50.0 EC's (max) 4. pH: 7.5 to 8.5 02930 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Ensure that grading has been established to within +/- V of required finished grades. Notify the Contractor in writing prior to commencing soil preparation work if existing grades are not satisfactory, or assume responsibility for conditions as they exist. B. Before proceeding with work, check and verify dimensions and quantities. Report variations between the Drawings and the site to the Architect before proceeding with work. C. Landscape Contractor shall inspect and approve in writing installation of site irrigation system prior to beginning work, if irrigation system is furnished and installed by separate contract by the Owner. 3.02 FINISH GRADING AND SOIL PREPARATION A. Prior to any soil preparation, existing vegetation not to remain and which might interfere with the specified soil preparation shall be moved, grubbed, raked and the debris removed from the site. Prior to grading or tillage operations, the ground surface shall be cleared of materials which might hinder final operation. B. Over all areas to be planted, well -decayed cow manure or equivalent organic matter shall be applied uniformly at the rate of 3 cu. yds. per 1,000 sq. ft. Super phosphate shall be broadcast at the rate of 25 lbs. per 1,000 sq. ft. Areas to be planted shall be tilled to a depth of 6" and raked to a suitable finish grade. All clods, debris and rocks not passing through a hand rake shall be removed from the surface. C. Apply fertilizer formulation of 18-46-0 spread to ensure one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 sq. ft., with one-half being spread and incorporated into the soil during tilling. The second half will be spread just prior to laying the sod. D. Finish grade for areas to be planted shall be 3/4" to 1" below all adjacent curbs, headers, walls or paved surfaces. Finish grade for areas to be mulched with rock or gravel shall be 3" below adjacent curbs or paved surfaces. Finish grades shall conform to site grading plans and produce a smooth surface without abrupt changes. All grades shall provide for natural run-off of water without low spots or pockets. Flow -line grades shall be accurately set and shall be not less than 2% gradient wherever possible. 3.03 SODDING A. Approximate limits of new sodding are shown on the Drawings. B. Lay sod as soon as possible, but no longer than eight (8) hours after delivery to avoid deterioration. C. Moisten sod bed thoroughly prior to installation. D. Lay sod in rows with joints staggered. Butt sections closely without overlapping or leaving gaps between sections. Cut out irregular or thin sections with a sharp knife. E. Immediately water sodded areas after installation. Water in sufficient amounts to saturate sod and upper 6" of soil. Water regularly as required to maintain healthy turf. F. When surface of grass has dried, roll sod with a tight roller diagonally, leveling irregularities and sealing joints. Repair and reroll areas with depressions, lumps or other irregularities. 02930 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 G. Provide adequate protection of sodded areas against trespassing, erosion and damage of any kind. Remove this protection after sodded areas have been accepted by Owner. H. Replace damaged areas at no additional cost to Owner. 3.04 MAINTENANCE A. Landscape Contractor shall continuously maintain all sod and/or seed in turf areas included in the work during the progress of the work and for a period of 60 days after completion of all work until final acceptance of all Contract work by the Owner. B. Clean-up of all debris shall be performed by the Landscape Contractor daily and a complete cleanup accomplished upon completion of the job. C. Protection: Protect planted and sodded areas against traffic or other use immediately after seeding or sodding is completed by placing adequate warning signs and barricades. END OF SECTION 02930 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials and equipment necessary for the complete construction of required formwork for cast -in -place concrete. B. Furnish and install anchor bolts, connectors, embedded plates, dovetail slots and anchors and other accessories required to be cast into concrete work. C. Furnish materials and equipment necessary to strip and remove formwork. D. Install embedded items furnished by other Sections. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading. 2. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 3. Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Forming equipment. 4. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 5. Section 03450, Architectural Precast Concrete: Forms for architectural precast concrete. 6. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Conform to the requirements and recommendations of ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete in Buildings", and ACI 347, 'Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork", unless otherwise shown. B. Contractor shall be responsible for the design and engineering, construction and maintenance of formwork, as well as its adequacy and safety. C. Contractor shall design formwork for all loads and lateral pressures before and during placement of concrete. Maintain position and shape of formwork at all times. Provide positive means of adjustment for shores and forms which rest on compressible material. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature, specifications and installation instructions for all form -coating materials, manufactured form systems, form ties and accessories. B. Samples: Submit pattern illustrations or samples for stamped pattern concrete forms for selection by the Architect. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK FOR EXPOSED CONCRETE A. Construct all formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with metal-framed/plywood-faced, metal or plastic panel -type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth, solid 03100 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. Do not use any forms having defects on contact surfaces. 1. Plywood forms will only be acceptable upon specific approval of the Architect, and then only after visual inspection on the job site. 2. Plywood shall be sufficiently thick to withstand pressure of wet concrete without bow or deflection but shall not be less than 5/8" thick, complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1, "B-B High Density Overlaid Concrete Form, Class 1", or "B-B Exterior Type DFPA Plyform, Class 1 ". B. Chamfer exposed external corners and edges, using chamfer strips accurately fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight -edge joints. C. Refer to the Drawings for locations where special joints may be required. D. Arrangement for sheets or liner sheets shall be orderly and symmetrical. Form ties shall be spaced uniformly and aligned horizontally and vertically where locations are exposed to view in the completed project. 2.02 FORMWORK FOR UNEXPOSED CONCRETE A. Form concrete which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, boards, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber that is dressed on at least two (2) edges and one (1) side for a tight fit. B. Earthen or trenched forms shall not be used for vertical formwork. 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Premolded Joint Fillers: In joints caulked or sealed with silicone or thiokol-based compound, filler shall be non -bituminous, non -extruding, conforming to ASTM D1752. In all other joints, filter shalt be bituminous type conforming to ASTM D1751. Filler shall be 1 /2" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Non -Bituminous Filler: Sonoflex F by Sonneborne or equal. B. Premolded Fiberboard Joint Fillers (Bituminous -Type): Preformed rigid cane fiberboard material, impregnated with a durable asphaltic compound, conforming to AASHTO-M213. Fillers shall be 1 /2" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Bituminous Filler: FlexceU by Celotex or approved equal. C. Bond Breaker: Where shown on the Drawings or required by the work, provide minimum two (2) layers 15-lb. non -bituminous felt bond breaker. D. Column Isolation Joints: Joints around columns may be formed with minimum 30# non - bituminous building felt left in place with neatly trimmed top edge or approved joint filler material. E. Keyways: Provide nominal 1-1 /2" deep keyways in all construction joints in walls, slabs and joints between walls and slabs, unless otherwise shown. F. Form Ties: Provide factory -fabricated break -back, removable, or snap -type form ties designed to prevent spatting concrete surfaces on removal and which will leave no metal within 1 /2" of concrete surface. Use stainless steel, plastic -coated or hot -dipped galva- nized at exposed concrete with cone -shaped tie heads, manufactured by Dayton, Gates, Heckman, Richmond or approved equal. G. Release Agent: Provide commercial formulated synthetic resin or oil -type form coating compounds that will not bond with or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent finish treatment of surfaces, manufactured by Protex Pro -Coat, Euclid Eucoslip, J Et P Tex -Mastic or approved equal. 03100 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY. The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER'S requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by the required Contract Security. 19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT. When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. 20.0 TAXES. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary Conditions. 21.0 RETAINAGE. Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement. 22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS. Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions. A copy of the resolutions are available for review in the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's office. A. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel. 23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS. Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid. 12/03 Section 00100 Page 8 1. Contractor shall ensure that release agent is compatible with the finish requirements of concrete to be exposed to view. H. Metal Inserts: Provide adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with bolts, nuts, washers, 3/4" bolt size, unless otherwise shown, manufactured by Hohmann and Barnard, Gateway, Dayton or approved equal. I. Embedded Dovetail Anchor Slots and Anchors: Refer to Section 03250, Concrete Accessories. J. Embedded Plates, Sleeves and Anchor Bolts: Miscellaneous embedded items furnished by other Sections. Refer to the appropriate Section(s) in these Specifications. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified wilt not strictly conform to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. B. Expansion, Construction and Other Joints: Property lay out work and make necessary preparations for construction of specified joints in cast -in -place concrete work. 1. Take special care to provide joints to allow for removal of sections of concrete foundations, walls or flatwork for future construction where shown on the Drawings. C. Ensure that connector plates, sleeves, dovetail anchor slots and other concrete accessories embedded in concrete are properly located, aligned and secured prior to placing concrete. 3.02 FABRICATION A. Construct forms complying with ACI 347 to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions as shown on the Drawings and as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures. Use selected material to obtain the required finishes. Concrete tolerances shall be as specified in Section 03300. B. Construct formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to cast -in - place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. C. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt all joints and provide backup materials at joints as may be required to prevent leakage. Ensure that formwork is properly braced and tied. D. Provide openings in forms as required to accommodate other work. Accurately place and securely support all items required to be built into the forms. Size and locations of openings, recesses, chases and other built-in items shall be obtained from the Contractor or the trades involved. 3.03 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A. Prior to each use, coat contact surfaces of forms with release agent prior to placement of reinforcement, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Do not allow 03100 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 excess coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. B. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which are affected by agent. Refer to Section 03300 for required concrete finishes. C. Ensure that all debris and frost has been removed from forms before placing concrete. D. Clean, repair and recoat surfaces of forms that are to be reused. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing materials will not be acceptable. E. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and tighten forms to close all joints. Align and secure all joints to avoid offsets. F. Place void form material to create a continuous void space under all grade beams; omit directly above caissons or footings. 3.04 SHORES AND SUPPORTS A. Extend shoring from ground floor to underside of composite floor decking at upper level. 3.05 REMOVAL OF FORMWORK A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of grade beams, walls and similar parts of work may be removed 48 hours after placing concrete, providing concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by removal operations and providing that curing and protection operations are maintained. Refer to specific requirements for hot- and cold - weather concreting in Section 03300. B. Formwork for beam soffits, slabs and other parts that support the weight of concrete shall remain in place at least 14 days and until concrete has reached its specified 28-day strength. C. Whenever formwork is removed during the curing period, cure exposed concrete as specified in Section 03300. D. Contractor shall verify required tolerances specified in Section 03300 immediately after removal of forms. E. Carefully remove fins or other minor surface defects from concrete to remain exposed in the final construction, and leave surfaces prepared for sealers, paint, skim coats or other finishes. Repair minor imperfections as specified in Section 03300. END OF SECTION 03100 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish, bend and install all reinforcing bars, welded wire fabric, ties and supports. B. Furnish and install fiber reinforcing materials. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading. 2. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 3. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 4. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 5. Section 03450, Architectural Precast Concrete. 6. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate and place reinforcing steel in accordance with the latest edition of ACI 315, "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", and as detailed on the Drawings. B. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Refer to Section 03300 for requirements. C. Reference Standards: Comply with requirements of the following codes and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. ACI 318, "ACI Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete'. 2. ACI 315, "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures". 3. ACI 301-72, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 4. CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice". 5. CRSI 'Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars'. 6. CRSI 'Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports". 7. AWS D12.1, 'Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction". D. Contractor shalt obtain specific approval from the Architect/Engineer for the following items: 1. Relocation of bars to an extent that causes placement tolerances to be violated. 2. Bar chairs and spacers. 3. Splices not shown on the Drawings and mechanical connectors. 4. Bending of reinforcement embedded in hardened concrete. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for all reinforcing steel larger than #3 bars, indicating bending and cutting, preformed corners and intersections. Comply with ACI 315 showing bar schedules, stirrup or tie spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangement and assemblies as required for the fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement. Include all special reinforcement required and openings through concrete structures. 03200 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 Show wall reinforcement on elevations drawn at a scale of not less than 1 /4" = V-0". 1. Shop drawing submittal may be waived for reinforcing bars small enough to be field bent, if requested by Contractor in writing and approved by Architect/Engineer. Architect/Engineer must observe reinforcement prior to concrete placement. B. Certificates: Furnish, prior to fabrication, certified mill test reports covering physical and chemical tests of reinforcing steel and post -tensioning strands, if requested by the Structural Engineer. 1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Notify the Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of closing of forms and/or placing concrete so that inspection of reinforcement in place can be made. Do not cover any reinforcement with formwork or concrete until reinforcement has been checked and approval given to proceed with formwork and/or concreting operations. B. Testing of reinforcing welds and splices will be as specified in Section 01410. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver reinforcement to site in strongly tied bundles with metal tags corresponding to bar schedules and diagrams. Store on the site free of rust, scale, oil or other coating. Store bars off the ground and protect from moisture, dirt, oil or deleterious coatings. B. If concreting is delayed for any considerable period of time after reinforcement is in place, it shall be protected by suitable covering. C. Protect exposed reinforcement intended for bonding with future extensions by suitable covering, if applicable. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Bars: ASTM A615-82, 60 KSI grade, deformed billet steel bars, plain finish, as indicated on the Drawings. Bars shall be free of scale or other bond -reducing coatings. 1. Ties, stirrups and field bent bars, #3 or smaller, may be ASTM A615, 40 KSI grade. B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 or A497, plain type in flat sheets, plain finish, welded intersections, in sizes as indicated on the Drawings. Use of coiled rolls shall only be permitted when approved by the Structural Engineer. C. Steel Wire: Provide plain cold -drawn wire conforming to ASTM A82. D. Fiber Reinforcing: Collated, fibrillated polypropylene fiber, Fiber Mesh I, Fiber Mesh, Inc., Chattanooga, TN, or equal. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessories shall be of suitable type conforming to ACI 315 and shall include spacers, chairs, tie bars, support bars and all other devices for properly assembling, placing and supporting reinforcement, weight of concrete and workmen without displacement of reinforcement. Wood, brick, block, concrete chips and other non-metallic devices are not acceptable. 03200 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. For concrete slab -on -grade use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where wetted base materials will not support chair legs. Concrete briquettes for support of reinforcement for slabs -on -grade shall be at least 2" wide x 3" long and of proper height. C. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are hot -dipped galvanized, plastic protected or stainless steel protected. D. Wire Ties: Wire for tying shall be annealed, cold -drawn wire of at least 16-gage. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to the required shapes and dimensions with fabrication tolerance complying with ACI 315. Cold bend bars in a manner which will not injure material. B. Straightening or rebending at site will not be permitted for bars over 40 KSI yield strength. C. Where reinforcing bars are shown welded to structural steel, bars are to be furnished by rebar supplier and welded in place by structural steel erector. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. 3.02 SPLICES A. Splices not shown on the Drawings must be approved by the Architect/Engineer. B. Lapped splices shall be securely wired together. Minimum laps shall be in accordance with requirements of ACI 318 and ACI 301-72 and as shown on the Drawings. Offset vertical lap splices at least one bar diameter. C. Lapped splices for welded wire fabric shall be made so that overlap of outermost wires is not less than one full mesh. Lace splices together with 16-gage wire. 3.03 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL A. Prior to placing into position, thoroughly clean reinforcement of mill and excessive rust, scale, dust, mud, oil, ice and all other deleterious coating which may destroy or reduce bond. B. All reinforcing shall be placed in accordance with the Drawings and the "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", ACI 315, ACI 301 and ACI 318. C. Accurately place and support reinforcing steel with chairs, bar supports, spacers or hangers as recommended by ACI detailing manual except in slab -on -grade work. Support bars in slabs -on -grade and footings with approved accessories. 03200 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 D. Place reinforcing bars to a tolerance of +/- 1 /4", except that minimum spacings between bars shall be to a tolerance of +/- 1 /4". Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel, conduit or embedded items. The Architect/ Engineer's approval must be obtained prior to moving bars under these circumstances. E. Securely anchor and tie reinforcing bars and dowels prior to placing concrete. F. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for concrete protection shown on the Drawings and specified. Do not place reinforcement with additional concrete cover unless expressly approved by the Structural Engineer. G. Install dowels before any concrete is placed. Locate column dowels accurately with aid of template before concrete starts to set. H. Steel reinforcing bars shall run continuous through cold joints. 3.04 PLACING WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Welded wire fabric shall be placed 2" below slab surface or as indicated on the Drawings and shall not be permitted to be placed on subgrade prior to concrete placement and hooked into position. Reinforcement shall be fully supported at required elevation prior to concrete placement. Use continuous chairs or support bars in structural slabs to maintain proper locations as shown on the Drawings. B. Install welded wire fabric using full sheets as large as possible. Lap adjoining pieces as specified herein. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.05 PLACING FIBER REINFORCING A. Place fiber reinforcing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. 1-1/2 lbs. per cu. yd., unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 SCHEDULE OF REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing materials shall be placed in quantities, sizes and spacing as shown on the Drawings and/or as scheduled herein: 1. Reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric shall be installed where shown or scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Fiber reinforcing shall be placed in all poured -in -place concrete flatwork, including exterior concrete drives, apron pavements and curb and gutter sections, sidewalks, etc., regardless of whether these already are reinforced with steel or wire materials. 3. Fiber reinforcing is not required in footings, foundation walls, grade beams and piers. END OF SECTION 03200 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install cast -in -place concrete for footings, foundations, piers, retaining walls, slabs -on -grade and any other concrete work required but not itemized. B. Furnish and install cast -in -place concrete for thrust restraint, encasement or other work. C. Furnish and place granular sub -base under slabs -on -grade. D. Furnish and install cast -in -place concrete curb and gutter sections, valley pans, catch basins, exterior concrete flatwork and other site concrete work. E. Finishing and application of integral surfacing as scheduled, curing and sealing of slabs. F. Furnishing and placing joint materials. G. Furnish and install cast -in concrete accessories, unless arranged for otherwise. H. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01410, Testing. 2. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading. 3. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting. 4. Section 02513, Asphaltic Concrete Paving. 5. Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving. 6. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 7. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. 8. Section 03250, Concrete Accessories. 9. Section 03450, Architectural Precast Concrete. 10. Section 03480, Precast Concrete Accessories. 11. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 12. Section 07150, Dampproofing. 13. Section 07210, Building Insulation. 14. Section 07215, Foundation Insulation 15. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Filters. 16. Division 15, Mechanical. 17. Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Except as modified or supplemented in these Specifications, structural concrete shall meet the requirements of the following standards. Refer to the standards for detailed requirements. 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI 347, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork". 3. ACI 318, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforcing Concrete". 4. ACI 304, 'Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete". 5. ACI 305, 'Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting". 6. ACI 306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting'. 03300 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 7. ASTM C94, "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete". 8. ASTM C33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates". 9. ASTM C150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement". 10. ASTM C260, "Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete". 11. ASTM C494, "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete'. 12. ASTM C618, "Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete". 13. Uniform Building Code, current edition. B. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Contractor shall have in place a quality assurance program to monitor the composition of the ready -mixed concrete provided for this project. The quality assurance program shall detail: 1. Quality and types of aggregates, cement, mineral admixtures, chemical admixtures and water. 2. Batching of these materials, including properties of the batched mix(es). 3. Delivery and placement requirements for the batched mix(es). 4. Regular contractor monitoring and testing of batched materials. C. Contractor shall maintain a copy of ACI SP-15-72, "Field Reference Manual" in the field office at all times. D. Contractor shall employ an experienced and competent foreman for all concrete work. The foreman shall be thoroughly familiar with all phases of concrete construction, including formwork. Upon request submit records of qualifications and experience of the foreman to the Architect. E. All concrete work which does not conform to specified requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes, shall be corrected or removed and replaced as directed by the Architect/ Engineer, at the Contractors expense. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the cost of corrections to any other work affected by or resulting from correction to concrete work and for any additional testing of work in place which may be required. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Design: Submit proposed mix design(s) in accordance with ACI 304 for approval by the Architect/Engineer. Submit written design mix reports for each class of concrete at least fifteen (15) days prior to start of work. Include the following in each report: 1. Project identification. 2. Concrete class. 3. Specified properties for concrete. 4. Source of concrete aggregate and cement. 5. Cement type and brand. 6. Manufacturer and brand name of admixtures. 7. Proportions of concrete mixed per cubic yard. 8. Test results for each property specified for design mix. 9. Unit weight. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, joint systems, color additives and concrete stains, sealers, hardener and finishing compounds. C. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Submit for review by the Architect/Engineer in accordance with paragraph 1.02.B. 03300 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 D. Certificates: 1. Sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates. 2. Certification of appropriate use for hardening and sealing products, as specified in paragraph 2.05. E. Contractor shall retain for Architect/Engineer's review, if requested, all delivery tickets for each load delivered to the site. Tickets shall show truck number, concrete strength, cement brand and type, cement content, water content (also expressed as water/cement ratio), amount of course aggregate and fine aggregate, name and amount of admixture, number of yards delivered, time of arrival at site and mixing time. 1.04 INSPECTION A. Provide free access for the Architect/Engineer to locations where concrete materials are stored, proportioned or mixed. Do not place concrete until forming and reinforcing for a given pour has been approved by the Architect/Engineer. B. Provide minimum 24 hours advance notice for inspection to the Architect/Engineer, but ensure that forming and reinforcing are substantially complete at the time of notification. 1.05 TESTING A. Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by an independent testing agent approved by the Architect. Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide free access to work and cooperate with the appointed firm. C. Submit proposed concrete mix design to the inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of work. D. Field Quality Control Testing: Perform sampling and testing for field quality control during the placement of concrete, as follows: 1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C94. 2. Slump: ASTM C143; one (1) test for each set of compressive strength test specimens. 3. Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method, one (1) test each set of compressive test specimens, or when the indication of change requires. 4. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31; one (1) set of four (4) standard cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. 5. Cast and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens and field -cured test specimens as specified in ASTM C31. E. Compressive Strength Tests: 1. ASTM C39: One (1) set for each 50 cu. yds. or fraction thereof of each mix design placed in any one day, or for each 5,000 sq. ft. of surface area placed; one (1) specimen tested at seven (7) days, two (2) specimens tested at 28 days, and one (1) specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. 2. When the frequency of testing will provide less than three (3) strength tests for a given mix design, conduct testing from at least five (5) randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than three (3) are used. 3. Report test results in writing to the Owner, Architect, Structural Engineer, Contractor and ready -mix supplier on the same day that tests are made. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and 03300 -3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 number, date of concrete placement, the name of contractor, name of the concrete supplier and truck number, name of the concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in the structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests. 4. The testing agency will make additional tests of in -place concrete when test results indicate the specified concrete strengths and characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by the Architect/Engineer. The testing agency shall conduct tests to determine the strength and other characteristics of the in -place concrete by compression tests on cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42, by load testing specified in ACI 318 or other acceptable non-destructive testing methods, as directed. The Contractor shall pay for this additional testing. F. Slump Test: One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. G. Air Entrainment Test: One (1) air entrainment test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. H. Test hourly when air temperature is 400 F and below, and when 800 F and above and each time a set of compression test specimens are made. 1.06 EVALUATION OF QUALITY CONTROL TESTING A. Do not use concrete delivered to the final point of placement which has slump or total air content outside the specified values. B. Compressive strength tests for laboratory -cured cylinders will be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three (3) consecutive compressive strength tests results equal or exceed the 28-day design compressive strength of the type or class of concrete and no individual strength test falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500 psi. C. If the compressive strength tests fail to meet the minimum requirements specified, the concrete represented by such tests will be considered deficient in strength and subject to additional testing as herein specified or removal and replacement of the concrete which the test represents. 1.07 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store cement in watertight enclosures and protect against dampness, contamination and warehouse set. B. Stockpile aggregates to prevent excessive segregation or contamination with other materials or other sizes of aggregates. Use only one (1) supply source for each aggregate stockpile. C. Store admixtures to prevent contamination, evaporation or damage. Protect liquid admixtures from freezing or harmful temperature ranges. D. Allow a maximum of 90 minutes between the time water is added and the time the concrete is completely placed. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not place concrete during rain, sleet or snow, unless adequate protection is 03300 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 24.0 BID RESULTS. For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self- addressed, self -stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you. Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after the Bid Opening. END OF SECTION 12/03 Section 00100 Page 9 provided. Do not allow rainwater to increase the mixing water or damage the surface finish. B. Cold Weather Concreting: 1. Refer to ACI 306, 'Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting'. 2. Temperature of concrete when placed shall not be less than the following: Minimum Concrete Temp. Degrees Air Temp. F Section with Least Dimension Degrees F Under 12" 12" and Over 30 to 45 60 50 0 to 30 65 55 Below 0 70 60 3. When placed, heated concrete shall not be warmer than 800 F. 4. Prior to placing concrete, all ice, snow, surface and subsurface frost shall be removed and the temperature of the surfaces to be in contact with the new concrete shall be raised above 350 F. 5. Protect the concrete from freezing during specified curing period. 6. Heated enclosures shall be strong and windproof to ensure adequate protection of corners, edges and thin sections. Do not permit heating units to locally heat or dry the concrete. Do not use combustion heaters during the first 24 hours, unless the concrete is protected from exposure to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide. C. Hot Weather Concreting: 1. Refer to ACI 305, 'Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting'. 2. Take precautions when the ambient air temperature is 900 F or above. Temperature of concrete when placed shall not exceed 850 F. 3. Cool forms and reinforcing to a maximum of 900 F by spraying with water prior to placing concrete. 4. Do not use cement that has reached a temperature of 2700 F or more. 5. Do not place concrete when the evaporation rate (actual or anticipated) equals or exceeds 0.20 pounds per sq. ft. per hour. 6. Approved set -retarding and water -reducing admixtures may be used with the Architect/Engineer's approval when ambient air temperature is 900 F or above to offset the accelerating effects of high temperatures. 1.09 WARRANTIES A. Provide Installer's written warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, and subgrade failure for a period of two (2) years from final acceptance. Owner's Principal Representative shall determine needs for repairs or replacement, and his/her decision shall be final and obligatory upon the Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II. Use only one (1) brand of cement in any individual 03300 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 structure. B. Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural sand conforming to ASTM C33. C. Coarse Aggregate for Normal Weight Concrete: Clean, strong crushed gravel or stone conforming to ASTM. C33. Gradation shall be as specified under concrete mixes. D. Water: Clean, fresh potable supply, free from oil, acid, alkali, organic materials or other deleterious substances. E. Admixtures: Use only when specified or approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1. Air -Entraining Agent: ASTM C260, manufactured by Master Builders MBVR, Sika AER, Grace Darex AEA, Protex, or equal. 2. Non -Chloride Accelerator: ASTM C494, Type C or E. 3. Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D. 4. Water Reducer: ASTM C494, Type A, manufactured by Master Builders Pozzo-Lith, Grace WRDA, Protex PDA 25XL, Sika Plastocrete, or equal. 5. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. 6. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride are specifically prohibited. 7. Fiber Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200 and paragraph 3.02 of this Section. 2.02 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Provide premixed, factory -packaged non -shrink, non-metallic grouting compounds specified in Section 05120. 2.03 CONCRETE BONDING AGENTS A. Provide an aqueous phase, film forming, freeze -thaw resistant compound suitable for brush or spray application, complying with Military Specification MIL-B-19235. 1. Chem Master Polyweld, Grace Daraweld-PBA, Larson Weldcrete, Euclid Eucoweld, Protex Proweld-D, or equal. B. Provide a two -component all-purpose epoxy bonding agent for structural repair or corrections. 1. Protex Probond ET-150, Sika Colma-Dur, or equal. 2.04 SMOOTHING AND RESURFACING COATING A. General: A blend of white and gray Portland cement, dry polymers and aggregates providing a smooth, textured patching material for thin, vertical surface repairs and coating applications. Product shall not contain gypsum. B. Compressive Strength: 800 psi at 1 day; 3,000 psi at 7 days; 4,000 psi at 28 days. C. Adhesion: Polymer modified for increased adhesion. D. Color: To match concrete. E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. 3-2-1 by U. S. Spec, Denver, CO, (303) 778-7227. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, quality, appearance and performance are acceptable. 2.05 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES A. Expansion and Isolation Joint Fillers: Refer to Section 03100. 03300 - 6 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Fiber Reinforcing: Polypropylene fiber reinforcing, specified in Section 03200. 2.06 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS A. Provide membrane -forming curing compound conforming to ASTM C309, Type I, specified below. Where used, curing compound must be compatible with applied finishes. 2.07 HARDENING, SEALING AND FINISH MATERIALS A. General: Apply all hardening, sealing and finishing treatments in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Refer to the schedule below for applications. Supplier/Installer of slab finish materials shall certify that materials specified and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications, for the following criteria: 1. Compatibility of finish material with concrete mix specified. 2. Compatibility of finish material with type and degree of weather exposure. 3. Compatibility of finish material with expected use of space. 4. Compatibility of finish material with expected exposure to chemical, acid, oil, fat or other deleterious material. B. Liquid Water -Based Curing, Sealing and Dustproofing: Kure-N-Seal W by Sonneborne or equal, with non -slip aggregate. 1. Color: Clear. C. Liquid Chemical Hardener: Lapidolith by Sonneborne or equal. 1. Color: White. D. Non -Slip Abrasive Aggregate: Provide fused aluminum oxide grits or crushed emery as abrasive aggregate for non -slip finish, with emery aggregate containing not less than 40% aluminum oxide and not less than 25% ferric oxide. Use material that is factory -graded, packaged, rust -proof and non -glazing and that is unaffected by freezing, moisture and cleaning materials (Sonneborne Frictex, Toch Brothers Toxgrip, Grace Durafax, Sonneborne Frictex 176), Grip -it. E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Sonneborne Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434. 2. Thoro System Products, Miami, FL, and represented locally by The Rio Grande Co., Denver, CO, (303) 825-2211. 3. L.M. Scofield Company, Los Angeles, CA, (800) 800-9900, represented locally by Conrep West, Englewood, CO, (303) 740-7787. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, quality, appearance and performance are acceptable, except as limited above. 2.08 UNDER -SLAB MATERIALS A. Granular Sub -Base: 3/8" to 3/4" gravel or crushed rock, extent and thickness as shown on the Drawings. B. Vapor Barrier: Not used. 03300 - 7 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND COORDINATION A. Notify any trades that may have items to be embedded in concrete, or that may require openings in concrete, of placing schedule. Coordinate work to avoid cutting of concrete and to avoid delays in the work. This work may include, but is not limited to: 1. Concrete reinforcing specified in Section 03200. 2. Mechanical work specified in Division 15. 3. Electrical work specified in Division 16. B. Surfaces shall be true to line and grade and free from loose earth, frost, ice, mud and standing or running water. Protect bottom of excavation against freezing. Do not deposit concrete against frozen ground. C. Make all preparations required for protection of concrete during placing and curing under detrimental weather conditions. D. Notify the Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours prior to placing of any concrete. Do not deposit any concrete before the Architect/Engineer has observed reinforcement and other work in place and given permission to proceed. Such inspection and permission to proceed shall in no way relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for proper placement of reinforcement and placing of concrete and of responsibility for adherence to other requirements of the Construction Documents. E. Form and install concrete work in accordance with ACI 301, except as amended by this Section. Concrete formwork shall be as specified in Section 03100. F. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement, advise the Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. G. Ensure that form inserts for all exposed edges and corners requiring chamfers are property placed, as specified in Section 03100. H. Ensure that sleeves and other site items to be installed under concrete work are properly located and installed, as specified in other Sections. I. Smoothing and Resurfacing Coating: All surfaces in contact with coating shalt be free of dirt, oil, grease, laitance and other contaminants. 3.02 DESIGN MIXES A. Concrete mixes shall be as itemized on the Drawings or specified herein for specific locations. B. Concrete which does not meet the minimum requirements for strength at 28 days shall be reviewed and is subject to removal at the option of the Architect/Engineer. C. Proportion normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 211.1. Concrete for all parts of the work shall be of the specified quality, capable of being placed without excessive segregation and, when hardened, of developing all characteristics required by these Specifications and the Contract Documents. Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture which will work readily into the corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcements by the methods of placing and consolidation employed on the work. D. Design mixes shall be made and reported by an approved testing laboratory for each class of concrete, at the Contractor's expense. 03300 - 8 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 E. Design mixes shall contain all admixtures required by these specifications and/or proposed by the Contractor to be used in concrete. F. Proportion concrete design mixes so that compressive strength of laboratory -cured cylinders will be at least 15% greater than minimum specified strength. Refer to paragraph 1.05 for testing requirements. G. Concrete Mixes: 1. Class II: For walls and grade beams, 3,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type I cement/cubic yard (minimum), maximum aggregate size 3/4", 2" to 4" slump, air entrained 5% to 7%. 2. Class III: For interior slabs, 4,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type I cement/cubic yard (minimum), 3" to 4" slump, air entrained 4% to 6%, fibermesh. 3. Class IV: For exterior flatwork, 4,000 psi (minimum), 6.0 sacks of Type II Portland cement/cubic yard, 3" to 4' slump, 5% to 7% air entrainment, fibermesh. 4. Class VII: For exterior curbs, gutters, concrete pavements and sitework: Conform to City of Fort Collins engineering standards, unless otherwise directed by the Owner or Engineer. 5. Except as excluded, fly ash may be substituted for Portland cement to a maximum of 15% by weight. If used, no further cement reduction due to use of water - reducing agent will be allowed. H. In lieu of designing new mixes for this project, existing mix designs meeting all requirements specified for each concrete mix and used successfully on previous projects under conditions similar to those anticipated on this project may be used, providing the following are submitted for the Architect/Engineers approval for each class of concrete: 1. Reports of concrete mix design and test results. 2. Reports of sufficient consecutive sets of 7- and 28-day concrete strength test made during the last six (6) months and the calculations of standard deviation for these tests. 3. Reports of compliance tests of fine and coarse aggregates made during the last six (6) months. 4. Mix submittals and required statistical strengths shall be in accordance with ACI 301. I. Concrete Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200. 3.03 CONCRETE BATCHING AND MIXING A. Ready -mixed batch plant equipment and facilities must comply with the requirements of ACI 614 and ASTM C94. The plant must have sufficient capacity to produce and deliver concrete of specified qualities in quantities required to meet the construction schedule. B. Site -mixed concrete will not be permitted. Measure, mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, except as specified herein. C. All concrete not placed within 90 minutes of initial contact of cement and water shall be rejected. D. Indiscriminate addition of water to increase slump is prohibited. Obtain the Archi- tect/Engineer's approval for any addition of water. Do not exceed the maximum permissible water/cement ratio or maximum slump under any circumstances. 03300 - 9 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.04 PREPARATION OF INSERTS, EMBEDDED ITEMS AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for pipes, conduits, sleeves and other work to be embedded in and passing through concrete members. B. Coordinate work of other Sections and cooperate with trades involved in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors and other inserts. C. Accurately position and securely fasten all anchor bolts, castings, steel shapes, conduit, sleeves, masonry anchorages and other materials to be embedded in the concrete. D. Install conduits between reinforcing steel in walls or slabs with reinforcing in both faces and below reinforcing in slabs with only one (1) layer of reinforcing steel. E. Embedments shall be clean when installed. Remove concrete spatter from all surfaces not in contact with concrete. 3.05 PLACING UNDER -SLAB MATERIALS A. Granular Sub -Base: Place a minimum of 4" (200mm) of gravel over compacted sub -base, level and compact thoroughly, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. B. Vapor Barrier: Not used. 3.06 PLACING CONCRETE A. Transit -mixed concrete shall be truck -mixed in accordance with "Specification for Ready - Mixed Concrete", ASTM C94-67. B. Concrete shall have a temperature of 700 F ± 200 F at the time of placing, unless prior permission has been granted in writing by the Architect/Engineer to exceed these tolerances. C. Transport the concrete from mixer to final position as rapidly as practical without segregation, contamination or loss of material. Maximum not -to -exceed from introduction of water to placement of concrete is 90 minutes. Place concrete in forms with drop chutes, baffles or other methods which will prevent segregation. Comply with the requirements of ACI 614. 1. Contractor shall assess the placement requirements of the site, construction staging and other factors, and provide concrete pumping equipment for concrete placement as may be necessary, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Concrete foundation structures shall be placed on undisturbed, clean surfaces free from frost, ice, mud, standing or running water. E. Ensure that hardened concrete, wood chips, shavings and other debris have been removed from the interior of the forms and all hardened concrete and foreign materials have been removed from the inner surfaces of the mixing and conveying equipment. Forms shall be wetted, oiled or treated with an approved form -coating material prior to placing concrete. Reinforcement shall be cleaned, secured in position, inspected and approved by the Architect/Engineer before starting the pouring of concrete. F. Concrete shall be deposited in the forms as nearly as practical in its final position so as to avoid rehandling. Special care shall be exercised to prevent splashing the forms or reinforcement with concrete in advance of pouring. G. Place concrete in horizontal layers not more than 24" thick, unless otherwise required by specific conditions of the work, i.e., round, tubular fiber -formed columns. Place successive layers at such speed so that the preceding layer is still plastic. 03300 - 10 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 H. Immediately after depositing, the concrete shall be compacted to force out all air pockets, working the mixture into corners, around reinforcement and inserts to prevent the formation of voids. Consolidate concrete by vibration, spading or rodding. Do not over -vibrate or use vibrators to transport concrete. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther apart than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. 1. Mechanical vibrators need not be used for thrust restraints. 2. When vibrating is not practical, concrete shall be consolidated and all faces well spaced by continuous working with a suitable toot in a manner acceptable to the Architect/ Engineer. 3.07 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Complete finishing operation within 24 hours after stripping forms. Patch repairable defective areas immediately after form removal. B. Subgrade Surfaces: Rough form finish is acceptable on all subgrade surfaces, except as indicated otherwise. Patch all defective areas. C. Exposed Surfaces: Provide smooth rubbed finish on any formed surfaces exposed to view, including but not limited to the following: 1. Foundation walls with 12" or more of exposed vertical surface shall receive rubbed finish. D. Strip forms while concrete is still green and steel trowel surfaces to a dense, hard finish with corners, intersections and terminations chamfered 1 /2" and smooth. 1. Repair and patch all tie holes and defects with mortar. Remove all fins and projections. 2. Tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed and floated to a texture consistent to that of formed surfaces. Final treatment of formed surfaces shall continue uniformly across unformed surfaces. 3. Strike chamfered edges and corners of exposed concrete clean, straight and true to line. E. Honeycombing or spillage through forms shall be repaired or replaced as specified below in this section. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF JOINTS A. Joint Materials: Refer to Section 03100, Concrete Formwork, and paragraph 2.05 of this Section. B. General: Locate and install construction joints which are not shown on the Drawings so as not to impair the strength and appearance of the structure. In general, locate near the middle of the span of slabs, beams and grade beams, unless a beam intersects a girder at this point. Obtain the Architect/Engineer's approval for joint locations. C. Pour floor slabs in pattern indicated on the Drawings. Form control joints and place expansion joints as indicated on the Drawings, but in no case exceed the following requirements: 1. Control joints shall be spaced at 15-0" maximum intervals each way so as not to encompass an area to exceed 225 sq. ft., or other spacing and pattern(s) as shown on the Drawings, or as required by the Soils Report. 03300 - 11 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 2. Place control joints at internal corners, columns or other points of natural weakness. 3. Refer to Section 03365 for restrictions on joints in post -tensioned concrete slabs. D. Before depositing new concrete, remove all laitance and loose aggregates immediately before placing fresh concrete. Dampen but do not saturate the joint surface. At slabs and beams, apply a neat cement grout. E. Expansion or Isolation Joints: Where expansion joints are indicated on the Drawings, place filler strips to within 1 /2" of finished surface. Joint recess shall be formed with a separate removable filter section to provide a clean, true recess to receive sealant as specified in Section 07900. F. Interior Construction and Control Joints: Keyed construction joints shall be formed with prefabricated joint materials and shall adhere to the control joint pattern shown. 1. Refer to the Drawings for special control joint patterns. G. Bond Breaker: Where shown on the Drawings, provide minimum two (2) layers 15# non - bituminous felt bond breaker between interior or exterior slabs -on -grade and vertical wall surfaces. H. Column Isolation Joints: Joints around columns may be formed with minimum 30# non - bituminous building felt left in place with neatly trimmed top edge or approved joint filler material. I. Exterior Slab, Curb and Gutter Control Joints: Tool or saw joints to a depth of one-fourth (1/4) the thickness of the slab, where indicated on the plans or as required by City specifications. 3.09 FINISHING FLATWORK A. General: Verify all flatwork finishes with the Architect in the field prior to proceeding with this work. B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish and other finishes as hereinafter specified. After screeding and consolidating concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating when surface water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power - driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand -floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Check and level surface plane to required tolerance. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. C. Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to be exposed to view, unless otherwise shown, and slab surfaces that are to be covered with resilient flooring, paint or other thin film finish coating system. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power -driven trowel. Begin final troweling when the surface produces a ringing sound as the trowel is moved over the surface. Consolidate the concrete surface by final hand -troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, with a surface plane tolerance not exceeding 1 /8" in 10' when tested with a 10' straightedge. Grind smooth surface defects which would telegraph through applied floor coverings system. D. Non -Slip Broom Finish: After completion of floated finish, draw a broom or a burlap belt transversely across the surface perpendicular to the main traffic route. Use broom finish after floating for surfaces to receive topping or cementious finishes. Coordinate final texture with the Architect prior to application. 03300 - 12 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 E. Slab Finish Schedule: 1. Interior Floor Slabs: Troweled finish. 2. Exterior Sidewalks, Slabs and Ramps: Non -slip broom or sweat finish. F. Finishing Slabs at Floor Drains: Hold elevation of concrete slabs -on -grade around floor drains level to within 16" around each drain location, then shape surface to elevation of drains as shown on the Drawings. Refer to the Drawings for special sloped areas of concrete slabs -on -grade to floor or trench drains. 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Maintain the following tolerances for all cast -in -place concrete work. Defective work shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 1. Variation from Plumb: a. 0-10': 1 /4" maximum. b. 20' or more: 3/8" maximum. 2. Variation in Thickness: 1 /4" to 1 /2" standard, 5% for footings. 3. Variation in Grade: a. 0-10': 1 /4" standard, 1 /8" for floor slabs. b. 10-29: 3/8" standard, 1 /4" for floor slabs. c. 40' or more: 3/4' standard, 3/8" for floor slabs. 4. Variation in Plan: a. 0-20': 1 /2". b. 40' or more: 3/4" standard, +1 /2" for footings. 5. Variation in Eccentricity: 2% for footings. 6. Variation in Openings: a. Size: +1 /8". b. Location: 1 /4". B. Slab Tolerances: 1. Interior Floor Slabs: 1 /8" in 10'. 2. Exterior Sidewalks, Slabs and Ramps: 1 /4' in 10'. 3.11 CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for a period of time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening. B. Refer to Section 03100 for stripping and removal of formwork after curing. C. Refer to the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for curing of concrete slabs -on -grade to receive stains, sealers or other special finishes. D. Start curing immediately after finishing. Cure for at least seven (7) days, not necessarily consecutive, during which air temperature surrounding concrete is above 500 F. Wood forms shall be kept wet. If forms are removed during curing period, an approved curing method must be started immediately. E. Cure slabs by approved moisture -retaining coverings, lapped and sealed, and kept continuously wet. Approved curing compounds may be used if compatible with specified finishes. Specific approval is required from the Architect/Engineer. Curing compounds shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 03300 - 13 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 F. Contractor shall be responsible for protection of freshly placed concrete from vandalism, accidental damage by workmen or equipment, or damage resulting from subgrade settlement or subsequent construction traffic. Take adequate precautions to restrict traffic in the area of fresh concrete during the curing period. Damaged concrete shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the Owners discretion. G. Comply with the requirements of ACI 305 when hot weather conditions exist. Temperature of concrete when placed shall be less than 900 F. When necessary to prevent premature drying, arrangements for installation of windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ponding or a wet covering of light color shall be made in advance of placement, and such protective measures shall be taken as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operations will allow. H. Comply with the requirements of ACI 306 when cold weather conditions exist. When atmospheric temperature is 400 F and below, maintain concrete temperature at not less than 500 F for at least six (6) days. When necessary, make arrangements before concrete placing for heating, covering insulation or housing as required to maintain specified temperature and moisture conditions without injury due to concentration of heat. I. Maintain protective cover on concrete so that changes in temperatures of concrete shall be as uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5° F in any one (1) hour or 500 F in any 24- hour period. 3.12 SEALING AND FINISH APPLICATIONS A. General: Consult with the manufacturer's representative prior to application. Follow the manufacturer's printed instructions for applying materials. B. Schedule of Exterior Hardening and Sealing Materials: Furnish and apply concrete curing, sealing and hardening products for exterior concrete in accordance with the following schedule: 1. Concrete Sidewalks, Slabs, Aprons and Curb and Gutter Sections: Damp cure and Lapidolith, white pigment. 2. Concrete not Scheduled for Other Finishes: Kure-N-Seal. C. Schedule of Interior Hardening and Sealing Materials: Furnish and apply concrete curing, sealing and hardening products for interior floor slabs in accordance with the following schedule. Refer to paragraph 2.06 for certification of appropriate use. 1. Slabs to Receive No Flooring: Kure-N-Seal. 2. Concrete Not Scheduled for Other Finishes: Kure-N-Seal. D. Application Process: Apply curing, hardening and sealing products in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. E. Apply materials only after concrete surfaces are completely cured and dry. Follow the manufacturer's recommended application instructions, generally applying it in three (3) coats with ample drying time between coats. Remove surplus hardener after final application has dried. 3.13 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE APPLICATIONS A. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on the Drawings or required by the work. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations. Comply with certified diagrams or templates of the manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. Items include but are not limited to: 03300 - 14 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 00300 BID FORM 1. Electrical transformers. Coordinate sizes of transformer bases and other equipment with the governmental agency or utility having jurisdiction. 2. Other mechanical equipment. B. Site Concrete Work: Provide miscellaneous site cast -in -place concrete items as detailed on the Drawings or specified herein, to include but not be limited to: 1. Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Specified in Section 02515. 2. Base and/or pier foundations for site signage, fencing and gates, pipe bollards and miscellaneous site furnishings. 3.14 APPLICATION OF SMOOTHING AND RESURFACING COATING A. General: Prepare surfaces to receive coating per manufacturers requirements and recommendations. 1. Surfaces shall be free of dirt, oil, grease, laitance and other contaminants. 2. Remove unsound concrete to ensure a good bond. 3. Mechanically abrade smooth, dense surfaces to provide necessary bonding. 4. Moisten area prior to application. 5. Maintain contact areas between 400 F and 900 F prior to repair and during initial curing period. B. Mixing: Use a mechanical mixer with rotating blades on low rpm for 3-5 minutes to achieve desired consistency. C. Placing: Place material consistently without multiple layers, using a putty knife, trowel or sponge float. 1. Apply in applications from feather edge to 1 /8" thickness. 2. For areas greater than 1 /8" thick, apply U. S. Spec Quickset 20 to within 1 /16" of final repair, then apply finish coat. D. Finishing: Follow standard ACI curing practices. 3.15 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Remove and replace defective concrete not conforming to required line, detail and elevation as directed by the Architect/Engineer. B. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed resulting in excessive honeycombing and other defects. Do not patch, repair or replace exposed architectural concrete, except upon express direction of the Architect. C. Concrete damaged after placement shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the Owner's discretion. 3.16 PATCHING AND POINTING A. Patch and point all vertical and horizontal formed concrete surfaces where exposed to view, as defined in paragraph 3.07. B. Fill holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after such work is in place. C. Mix, place and cure concrete to blend with in -place construction. D. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete the work. 03300 - 15 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Exposed cast -in -place concrete work shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 1. Slab finishes specified in paragraphs 3.09 and 3.12. 2. Tolerances specified in paragraph 3.10. 3. Wall and corner surfaces, including patching and pointing specified in paragraph 3.14. 4. Joint materials and placement. B. Power wash, or clean by other acceptable means, all dampproofing or waterproofing overspray or other surface visual defect. END OF SECTION 03300 - 16 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 03450 ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install architectural precast concrete wall caps and copings, including any required anchorages. B. Furnish and install architectural precast concrete countertop at baby changing stations, including any required anchorages. C. Provide all anchor bolts, inserts, embedded plates and other hardware or attachments cast into poured -in -place concrete or welded to supporting structural frame. These items will be installed by the Contractor to the layouts shown on the approved shop drawings. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcing. 2. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 3. Section 03480, Precast Concrete Accessories. 4. Section 04100, Mortar. 5. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Installation of precast concrete caps and wall copings. 6. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Current edition of the following codes and standards shall apply for the design, fabrication and erection of all members, unless otherwise specified: 1. ACI 318-71, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". 2. PCI MNL-117, "Manual for Quality Control for Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products'. 3. PCI MNL-120 "Design Handbook on Precast and Prestressed Concrete." 4. PCI MNL-123, "Manual on Design of Connections for Precast and Prestressed Concrete." 5. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A 36 Structural Steel. b. A 185 Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. C. A 416 Uncoated Seven -Wire Stress -Relieved Strand for Prestressed Concrete. d. A 615 Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. e. C 33 Concrete Aggregates. f. C 150 Portland Cement. g. A 386 Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. 6. AWS D12.1, 'Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction'. B. If the provisions of any of the referenced codes or standards are at variance with the requirements of this Section, the more stringent requirements shall govern. 03450 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 C. Fabricators of the architectural precast work shall have a minimum of five (5) years successful experience and be normally engaged in work of this scope. Additionally, work of this Section shall only be performed by approved subcontractors subscribing to the plant certification program of the Precast Concrete Institute (PCI). The following fabricators are approved: 1. Rocky Mountain Prestress, Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 480-1111. 2. Stresscon Corp., Colorado Springs, CO, (719) 390-5041. 3. Colorado Precast Concrete, Loveland, CO,(970) 669-0535. 4. Additional fabricators requesting approval must make application to the Architect/Engineer at least one (1) week before bid opening. D. Erection shall be done by qualified masons having experience in the successful installation of architectural precast work. E. Welders Qualifications: AWS D1.1 qualified. 1.03 DESIGN CRITERIA A. General: Design architectural precast concrete units in accordance with ACI 318. B. Design architectural concrete units under the direct supervision of a Colorado registered professional engineer fully experienced in design of precast concrete structural units. C. Design precast concrete units and component connections to withstand weight of and forces subjected to precast concrete units. Design to provide for anticipated building movement. Provide adjustment connections to accommodate misalignment of structure. D. Design precast concrete accessories to industry standards for dimensions, structural characteristics, etc., unless more stringent requirements are specified in this Section. E. Manufacture precast concrete units to ensure similarity of dimension and finish throughout. F. Submit to Architect/Engineer for review, deviation in design or dimensions required. 1.04 TESTING A. Fabricator shall be responsible for regular testing of concrete and maintaining records of all stressing and casting operations as required herein. Manufacturing and testing procedures shall be in general compliance with "PCI-MNL 117 Manual for Quality Control". 1. Additional tests of materials and equipment may be requested by the Architect/ Engineer. Provide all materials required for testing and allow reasonable access for inspectors. Any additional testing and/or inspection will be performed by an independent testing laboratory. B. Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by independent testing agent approved by the Architect. Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. C. Provide free access to work and cooperate with appointed firm. D. Submit proposed concrete mix design to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of work. E. Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with requirements stated herein. F. Four (4) concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 100 or less cu. yds. of concrete. Compressive tests shall be conducted at seven (7) days; two at 28 days and one (1) shall be held and disposed of at the direction of the Architect/Engineer. 03450 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop and erection drawings indicating the following: 1. All dimensions. 2. Location of each item in the completed structure. 3. Reinforcing steel details. 4. Concrete strength required at time of 28 days. 5. Admixtures to be used. 6. Connection details. 7. Openings and miscellaneous hardware provided for other trades. 8. Type of finish and location. 9. Identifying marks for each member. 10. Lifting hooks and/or handling points. 11. Sequence of erection and any special handling instruction or bracing required. B. Samples: The fabricator shall prepare three (3) samples showing the color and textures of precast units for Architect's approval prior to fabrication of the units. Samples shall be at least 12" x 12" x 3" thick. C. Miscellaneous: Submit the following when requested by the Architect/Engineer prior to manufacturing precast items: 1. Certified mill tests of reinforcing steel proposed for use on this project. 2. Concrete mix design and test results at time of release and at 28 days for mix proposed for use on this project. D. Do not proceed with fabrication until shop drawings have been reviewed and approved by the Architect/Engineer and Contractor. Contractor shall be responsible to check the erection shop drawings and to ensure their conformance with the overall building dimensions and to resolve any conflicts between the precast concrete work, his work and that of other trades prior to his approval of the shop drawings. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle precast units in positions consistent with their shape and design. Lift and support only from support points indicated on approved shop drawings. B. Store and handle units in manner to prevent excessive stresses. Handle and erect units in a manner ensuring proper safety and alignment. Where temporary bracing is required, it shall be maintained until there are adequate permanent connections. Temporary bracing shall not damage any part of the structure. C. Block and laterally brace precast units during transport and while stored onsite. Provide lateral bracing sufficient to prevent bowing and warping. 1. Blocking and Bracing: Clean, non -staining and that will not prevent uniform curing of exposed surfaces. D. Provide edges of units with adequate protection to prevent staining, chipping or spatting of concrete. Damaged panels will be rejected. E. Repair any damage suffered during storage, transportation and erection to the satisfaction of the Architect/ Engineer. Repairing procedures must result in the same fire rating as the original member. Clean units after erection when required to permit application of finishes. F. The precast concrete contractor shall be responsible for the design of all hooks, brackets and handling gear. Where the erection is by others, the method shall be that approved in writing by this contractor. 03450 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 G. Immediately after erection and alignment of the precast members, dry pack horizontal joints between precast wall panels and their supporting structure. Engineers observation of connections is required prior to covering. H. The precast concrete contractor shall bring to the attention of the General Contractor any obvious weakness in the work supporting the structural precast concrete. I. Do not erect units unless bearing surfaces are at proper elevations. Notify the Architect of any discrepancies. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRECAST CONCRETE CAPS AND WALL COPINGS A. Concrete Materials: All materials used shall comply with the requirements of the codes and standards listed herein, with the following limitations and exceptions: 1. Concrete for caps and wall copings shall be made with sand and stone aggregate. 2. Compressive Strength: 4,000 psi minimum at 28 days. 3. Absorption, Cold Water Test: 5% maximum. 4. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I, white and/or pigmented additives as required to achieve color match. 5. Aggregate: As required to achieve color match and specified strength. 6. Color Additive: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of color(s), Davis Color or equal. Provide colored concrete where shown or scheduled on the Drawings, or specified herein. B. Finishes: Texture shall be manufacturer's standard smooth finish for exposed surfaces. 1. Color shall be selected from manufacturer's full line of colors. Design intent is to utilize one (1) color of additive for all precast concrete units throughout the project. C. Reinforcing: Non -prestressed reinforcement shall consist of reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60, and welded wire mesh conforming to ASTM A185, except that anchors welded to embedded plates shall be deformed bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 40. D. Cast -In Anchors, Plates, etc.: 1. As required of stainless steel or galvanized steel. 2. Accessories as specified in Section 03250. E. Waterproofing: Protex Silicone Seal or approved equal. F. Approved Fabricators: As specified in paragraph 1.02.0 above. 2.02 FORMWORK A. Fabricator shall provide formwork for wall caps and copings, lintel and sill units and other miscellaneous precast concrete moldings as required to produce materials of the specified quality. Forms may be fabricated of wood, metal or fiberglass, of sufficient strength, rigidity and quality. 2.03 FABRICATION A. General: Produce precast concrete units of the highest quality from approved concrete mix designs and in accordance with approved shop drawings. Any changes made in the 03450 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 approved mix design during production must be approved in advance by the Architect/ Engineer. B. Sizes shall be accurate with proper allowances for fitting to each other and to other building materials. All surfaces shall be true and straight -edged with a uniform finish on all exposed surfaces. C. Fabricate units of wall caps and copings, sills, countertops, bench seats and other items of continuous runs in lengths not to exceed 4'-0", unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect. D. Surfaces shall be dense and firm and shall withstand vigorous cleaning and scrubbing with a stiff fiber brush and diluted muriatic acid (5%) cleaning solution. E. Provide chamfers at all exposed edges and corners as detailed on the Drawings. F. Caps and wall coping units shall be fabricated to overhang the masonry walls 1" on each side, or as shown on the Drawings for specific applications. Underside of each overhanging edge shall have a formed drip edge. G. Units with imperfections in exposed surfaces such as form joint lines, uneven color, honeycombing, cracks, etc. will not be acceptable. H. Placement of Reinforcement: 1. Provide minimum reinforcing protection in accordance with ACI 318. 2.04 DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES A. General: Dimensions of precast concrete caps, copings and miscellaneous units shall be as shown on the Drawings. Products shall be fabricated and furnished to the following tolerances, in accordance with PCI MNL-116: 1. Length and cross-section: a. Length: ± 3/4", or ± per 10 ft. of length, whichever is greater. b. Cross -sectional dimensions: Less than 24", ± 3/8"; 24" to 36", ± 1 /2"; over 36", ± 5/8". C. End squareness: 1 /2" max. 2. Horizontal alignment (sweep): a. Length of sweep 360 or 3/4" minimum b. Max. of 1" gap between 2 adjacent members due to sweep. 3. Camber, when applicable: a. Camber deviation from design: ± 1 /4" per 10 ft. length. b. Camber differential between adjacent members, after installation: 114" per 10 ft. length, 3/4" max. 2.05 FINISHES A. General: Architectural precast concrete units shall be fabricated in accordance with PCI- MNL 117. B. Facing mixes may be used at the option of the manufacturer, providing it becomes an integral part of the total panel thickness, without cold joint separation. C. Facing mixes may not be used. The units must be consistent throughout their thickness, without cold joint separations or aggregate segregation or migration. D. Finishes shall be as specified by the Architect, and actual finishing techniques shall be developed by the fabricator so as to meet the architectural specifications. Appropriate samples shall be supplied for approval prior to any full scale production. 03450 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 E. Unformed surfaces shall be screeded to proper levels and finished according to use as follows: 1. Float Finish: For underside surfaces of cap and coping units, unexposed to view. Finish to a smooth, dense, level surface. F. No chipped, cracked, warped or otherwise damaged members shall be installed. Before any members are shipped to the job site, notify the Architect and obtain approval for shipment. Damage may be repaired by the manufacturer and will be deemed acceptable if the structural ade uacy and aesthetic appearance is not impaired, subject to Architect's approval. 2.06 E AND A N F EE NNE A. eneral: oncealed connectors for architectural precast concrete wall panels shall remain unfinished. Exposed connectors shall be field finished unless otherwise indicated. B. hop aint: rovide paint conforming to F - -636, manufacturers standard red. Field touch-up paint shall be the same as shop paint. 1. rimer: onform to F - -31, red. Asphaltic aint: rovide an asphaltic base paint for all surfaces below grade and for all exterior members to be in contact with concrete, or as shown on the Drawings. 1. onneborn ydrocide emi- astic. A 3 E E U N 3.01 N E NAND E A A N A. ontractor shall examine lines and levels of walls, beams, columns, or foundation and support systems scheduled to receive architectural precast concrete wall panels prior to starting erection. eport in writing to Architect/Engineer any condition that may potentially affect proper installation. Do not commence work until such defects are corrected to the satisfaction of the nstaller. Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of substrates. B. Field verify dimensions affecting the work of this ection prior to fabrication. tore, handle and protect architectural precast concrete on site as specified in paragraph 1.07 above. 1. Units shall be stored on planking and protected to prevent chipping, staining or weathering before installation in the work. ocation of storage to be coordinated with Architect. 2. Units that are stained, chipped or otherwise damaged during storage or installation shall be rejected. 3. epair or replace damaged pieces, at the sole discretion of the Architect/ Engineer. D. Ensure that embedded plates, angles or other attachment devices supplied by other trades are properly located and installed. 3.02 AN A E A. aps and all opings: recast concrete units shall be furnished to the brick mason for installation by ection 04210. 03450 - 6 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PRECAST CONCRETE WALL CAPS AND COPINGS A. General: Install precast concrete units in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Install units in locations shown on the Drawings. 1. Installation of precast concrete wall caps, copings, lintel and sill units shall be by the masonry subcontractor. Refer to Section 04400. B. Anchor accessories in place as detailed on the Drawings or recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application. C. Thoroughly clean units with clean water before installation. D. Install units without damage to shape or finish. Replace or repair damaged units. E. Install units level, plumb, square and true within allowable tolerances. Align and maintain uniform horizontal and vertical joints. Lead buttons or soft wood wedges soaked in water may be used to prevent crushing of mortar. Remove wedges when dry and before points. F. Improperly set pieces shall be lifted out, cleaned and reset on a new bed of mortar. G. Bed and head joints shall be 1 /4" thick, full flush joints pointed up as the work proceeds. Fill all anchor holes. H. Alignment of Adjacent Units: Members shall be properly aligned and Leveled. Install units Level, plumb, square and true within allowable tolerances. Variations between adjacent members shall be reasonably leveled out by jacking, loading, or any other feasible method as recommended by the manufacturer. I. Installation Tolerances: Maintain the following joint tolerances for adjacent precast concrete units: 1. Face Width of Joint: ± 3/16". 2. Step in Face: Maximum 1 /4". 3. Jog in Alignment of Edges: Maximum 1 /4". J. Grouting: Grout all joints at bearing locations of units to provide continuous support. 3.04 JOINT TREATMENT A. Furnish and install joint materials and sealants, unless furnished by Section 07900. B. All vertical and horizontal joints between wall and/or roof panels shall be caulked where exposed to view in the finished project. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean weld marks or other marks, debris or dirt from exposed surfaces of units. Execute a final cleandown and remove dirt and stains that are a direct result of the erection process. B. Apply two (2) coats of clear silicone waterproofing. C. After completion, any further soiling or damage to architectural precast panels shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor. 3.06 DAMAGE AND REPAIR A. Minor cracking, chips, and spans less than 1 /4" in any dimension which occur during delivery, handling, storage, and installation will be permitted if they are not detrimental to the final appearance, in the sole opinion of the Architect. No unsightly imperfections or structural defects will be permitted unless satisfactorily repaired. 03450 - 7 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Contractor shall ensure that due care is exercised by other trades and shall be responsible for any subsequent damage or soiling to the precast concrete units from these sources. C. Contractor shall protect the installed precast concrete stair treads for the duration of the construction period. Means and materials shall be at the discretion of the Contractor. END OF SECTION 03450 - 8 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 00300 BID FORM PROJECT:5941 Buckingham Park Restrooms Place Date 1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned a (Corporation, Limited Liability Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor)** authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules. 2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which have been examined by the undersigned. 3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum of ($ ) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders. 4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds is as follows: 5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list. 6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents. 7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. through 7/96 Section 00300 Page 1 SECTION 04100 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install mortar and grout materials for new concrete block masonry units. B. Furnish and install mortar and grout materials for new architectural precast concrete caps, copings and other units. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 03450, Architectural Precast Concrete: Caps and wall coping units. 2. Section 03480, Precast Concrete Accessories. 3. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 4. Section 05120, Structural Steel: Non -shrink Structural Grout. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards listed. 1. ASTM, American Society of Testing and Materials. 2. ASTM C144, Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.' 3. ASTM C150, Portland Cement. 4. ASTM C207, Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 5. ASTM C270, Mortar Mix. 6. ASTM C476, Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry. 7. PCA, current edition. 8. Uniform Building Code, current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and specifications for each type of mortar specified, including certification that each type complies with the specifications. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of mortar colors for selection by the Architect. C. Sample Panel: Refer to Section 04220 for sample panel requirements. Mortar color shall be reviewed for approval by the Architect. 1.04 TESTING A. Inspection and testing shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Architect, conforming to ASTM E149 and C270. Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. Test samples shall be taken at random to provide sampling over the course of work. Materials not conforming to these specifications shall be removed from the job and replaced. 1. Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220 for testing requirements. 04100 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Mortar Analysis: Contractor shall obtain an independent mortar analysis of the existing mortar to determine the composition and proportions of materials in the mortar. Mortar shall be sampled in a minimum of three (3) random locations throughout the existing building for verification and averaging of these results. Submit the results of the mortar analysis in written form to the Architect as specified above. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature of mortar and grout between 700 F and 1000 F. B. Contractor shall use only one (1) type mortar to ensure uniform color. Masonry cement is not permitted. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1, white. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S for new construction. C. Aggregate Sand: ASTM C144. D. Coarse Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C404, less than 3/8". E. Water: ASTM C270, clean and suitable for domestic consumption. F. Mortar Coloring for Concrete Unit Masonry: Match color of concrete unit masonry, Section 04220. G. Admixtures: Pozzolan with approval; calcium chloride not permitted. 2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. Mortar Mixes: ASTM C270, Type S mortar with hydrated time for all new masonry construction. Minimum compressive strength of 1,800 psi at 28 days: 1. 1 part Portland Cement, Type 1. 2. 1 /4 to 1 /2 part hydrated time. 3. 2-1/4 to 3-1/2 parts damp, loose sand. B. Masonry Grout Mix: Minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28 days: 1. 1 part Portland Cement, Type 1. 2. 2-1/4 to 3 parts damp, loose sand. 3. 1 to 2 parts coarse aggregate. 4. Pozzolan as per manufacturer's recommendations. 5. Air entrainment shall be not more than 5% by volume. C. Mixtures may change as per manufacturer's recommendations to meet requirements. D. Non -Shrink Structural Grout: Refer to Section 05120. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Masonry installer shall examine the areas and conditions under which masonry is to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and 04100 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the masonry installer. 3.02 BATCH CONTROL A. Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight such that the required proportions for mortar can be accurately controlled and maintained. B. Mix mortar ingredients for a minimum of five (5) minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. Do not use mortar which has begun to set or if more than 2-1 /2 hours has elapsed since initial mixing. Retemper mortar during 2-1/2 hour period as required to restore workability. C. Use mortar within two (2) hours of mixing at temperatures over 800 F, and 2-1 /2 hours at temperatures under 500 F. 3.03 JOINTS A. General: Lay coursed units with 3/8" joints, unless otherwise indicated, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. B. Bond Pattern and Joint Type: Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220. C. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown. D. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of work. E. Point out or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work. F. Clean soiled surfaces using a non -acidic solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. END OF SECTION 04100 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 04220 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install concrete unit masonry, including units and special shapes, mortar, ties, anchors and accessories. B. Furnish and install concrete unit masonry horizontal joint and vertical reinforcing. C. Furnish and install flexible masonry flashings and create weepholes in veneer and/or composite wall construction. D. Install all bolts, nailing blocks, inserts, door frames, steel lintels, vents, conduits and other related work furnished by others to be built into concrete unit masonry. E. Furnish test specimens and samples of materials to be built into work. F. Install foamed -in -place masonry cell insulation materials, furnished by others. G. Clean new concrete unit masonry and remove surplus material and waste. H. Furnish and apply sealer, if specified. I. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 04100, Mortar. 2. Section 04270, Glass Block Masonry. 3. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 4. Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers: Masonry sealer. 5. Section 07210, Building Insulation. 6. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 7. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 8. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ASTM C90, Standard Specification for Hollow Load -Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 2. ASTM C150, Portland Cement. 3. ANSI A-41.1, Building Code Requirements for Masonry. 4. ACI 530.1, Standard Specification for Tolerances. 5. Uniform Building Code, current edition. 6. National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) "Specification for the Design and Construction of Non -Load -Bearing Concrete Masonry". 7. Rocky Mountain Masonry Institute. 1.03 TESTING A. Test reports for each type of concrete masonry unit shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for approval. Testing is to be performed by an independent testing laboratory, in accordance with ASTM C140-63T. Reports shall include the following: 04220 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1. Compressive strength. 2. Water absorption. 3. Complete identification of units, including size, grade and type. B. If results of test and/or inspections do not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents or are otherwise unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall proceed as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Additional costs resulting because of retesting, load testing, removal and replacement of masonry, damage to the work of other trades shalt be borne by the Contractor. C. Engineer shall have the right to order tests of any material entering into the masonry work or any other tests deemed necessary to determine whether materials and methods in use are such as to produce work of necessary quality, to order test under load of any portion of completed structure when conditions have been such as to leave doubt as to adequacy of the structure to serve purposes for which it is intended and to order change in proportions or material at Contractor's expense, if work of required quality cannot be obtained with materials and/or proportions furnished by the Contractor. D. Materials or proportions of materials entering into masonry walls shall not be changed, unless approved by the Engineer. Materials from any new source or changes in proportions shall be subject to all required tests, which shall be made at the Contractor's expense. E. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Cooperate and provide every assistance to facilitate inspection and testing. 2. Furnish mix designs for mortar and grout prior to commencement of work, submit to the Architect mix designs and test results for each type of grout, all with materials and in proportions proposed to be used in the actual construction. No work shall commence until the mix designs have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer. 3. Furnish materials and labor required to make and handle test specimens at the project site under proposed job conditions. 4. Furnish temporary facilities for field -cured specimens. 5. Advise testing agency sufficiently in advance of operation to allow for completion of quality tests. 1.04 CERTIFICATION A. Prior to delivery, furnish Architect with certificates or test reports attesting compliance with the applicable specifications for the following: 1. Masonry units. 2. Mortar and grout materials. 3. Reinforcing steel. B. Prior to installation, provide Architect with certificates or other documentation attesting to date of block casting. 1.05 TESTING OF MORTAR AND GROUT A. Mortar: Make one (1) set of three (3) 2" x 4" cylinders for each type of mortar each day that mortar is laid. Break one (1) cylinder at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days. 1. Spread mortar on masonry units between 1 /2" and 3/4" thick and allow to stand one (1) minute. 2. Remove mortar and place it in a 2" x 4" cylinder in two (2) layers, compressing mortar into cylinder using a flat -end stick or fingers. 04220 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3. Lightly tap mold on opposite sides, level off and immediately cover molds and keep them damp until taken to laboratory. 4. Contractor's Option: Contractor may substitute a prism test of in -place concrete unit masonry construction, in lieu of specified mortar testing, upon prior approval of the Architect/Engineer and Owner. B. Grout: Make one (1) set of three (3) 3" x 3" x 6" high specimens for each type of grout and type of wall where used each day grout is poured. Break one (1) specimen at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days. 1. On a flat non -absorbent base, form a space 3" x 3" x 6" high, using masonry units having same moisture condition as those being laid. 2. Line the space with permeable paper or porous separator so that water may pass through the liner into masonry units. 3. Thoroughly mix the grout to obtain fully representative mix and place into molds in two (2) layers. Puddle each layer with 1" x 2" stick to eliminate air bubbles. 4. Level off and immediately cover molds and keep them damp until taken to the laboratory. C. After 48-hour set, remove molds, cap the specimens and place them in fog room until tested in damp condition, in accordance with ASTM C31. D. Test in accordance with ASTM C39. From each set of cylinders, break one (1) at seven (7) days and two (2) at 28 days. E. Reports shall include location and description of wall, dates, weather conditions, temperature of mortar and grout, description of mortar and grout mixes, description of masonry prisms, breaking stresses and nature of break. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit samples of each specified masonry unit for approval before delivery to the site, unless only standard, plain concrete unit masonry is used. Samples shall include shapes, sizes and kinds in sufficient number to show full range of color and texture of each type of masonry unit specified. Final approval shall be by the Architect. One (1) color and size for each different type of unit specified shall be used throughout the project. B. Sample Panel: Erect minimum 4'-0" x 4'-0" sample panel consisting of approved concrete unit masonry that satisfactorily shows proposed color range, texture, bond, mortar and workmanship. Sample panel of materials using split -face or other textured block shall be constructed showing a corner condition. 1. Contractor shall not continue work until Architect and Owners representative have accepted sample panel. 2. Sample panel shall remain on site until work of this Section is complete and will be used as standard of comparison for balance of work. 3. Sample panel may be constructed as a part of the permanent building construction if approved by the Architect. C. Certificates: Submit certificates or other documentation attesting to test reports and date of block casting, as specified above. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the site on platforms or pallets. Keep masonry units completely covered and free from frost, ice and snow. Handle masonry units carefully to avoid chipping, breakage, contact with soil or contaminating materials. Protect steel materials 04220 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 from moisture and keep free from rust or scale. Store mortar materials in dry place. Damaged materials shall not be used. B. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities. Provide such protection without damaging completed work. C. Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 500 F prior to, during and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. B. During freezing or near -freezing weather, provide adequate equipment or cover to maintain a minimum temperature of 500 F and to protect masonry work completed or in progress. C. Protect partially completed masonry against weather when work is not in progress by covering top of walls with strong, waterproof, non -staining membrane. Extend membrane at least 2' down both sides of walls and anchor securely in place. D. Walls which may be exposed to high winds during erection shall be adequately braced until permanent support is provided at floor or roof level immediately above the story under construction. E. Cold Weather Masonry Installation: 1. Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. 2. Do not use antifreeze compounds, calcium chloride or substances containing calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 3. Do not build on frozen work. Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost or freezing. 4. Protect masonry being placed from wind with enclosures or shields when air temperature is below 320 F. 5. Do not heat water above 1060 F. 6. When mortar or grout materials have been combined, temperature of the mixture shall not be less than 500 F nor more than 1000 F. 7. Masonry materials shall be preconditioned and completed masonry protected as follows: a. When air temperature is below 400 F and above 320 F, heat mixing water. Protect masonry from rain or snow for 24 hours by means of waterproof covers. b. When air temperature is below 320 F and above 200 F, heat both sand and mixing water. Maintain a temperature of at least 400 F on both sides of walls by means of suitable covers or enclosures for 24 hours. C. When air temperature is 200 F and below, heat sand, mixing water and block and provide heated enclosures. A temperature of at least 400 F shall be maintained within enclosures for 48 hours. d. Periods required for protection and maintenance of specified temperatures may be reduced to 1 /2 of those specified herein before if Type III Portland cement is used with the Engineer's approval. F. Hot Weather Masonry Installation: 1. During very hot weather and drying wind, the Architect may order very light fog spray of mortar bedding areas several times during the first 24 hours to prevent premature drying of mortar. 04220 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Integrally Colored Concrete Unit Masonry: ASTM C90, Grade N, Type 1, minimum 2,500 psi lightweight load -bearing units. 1. Size: Nominal 8" high x 16" long face dimension x 8" deep units with vertical score to create 8" x 8" face pattern as shown on the Drawings or required for application. 2. Color: Integral color, to be selected from manufacturer's full line of colors. a. Estate Brick, #185, by Valley Block Co., Loveland, CO, as basis of bid. 3. Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense, exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter. Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval by Architect. a. Units shall have matching integrally colored finish on all exposed surfaces, including ends. 4. Special shapes as shown on the Drawings or as required: a. Knock -out bond beam units at top course of walls. b. Provide single vertical scores in block face to create 8" x 8" face pattern where shown on the Drawings. C. Double-X ventilating block where shown on the Drawings. B. Plain Concrete Unit Masonry: ASTM C90, Grade N, Type 1, minimum 2,000 psi light -weight load -bearing units. 1. Size: Nominal 8" high x 16" long face dimension x 8" deep units, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Color: Natural. 3. Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense, exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter. Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval by Architect. 4. Special shapes as shown on the Drawings or as required: a. Knock -out bond beam units at bearing and top course of walls and in other locations shown on the Drawings. b. Bullnose units and caps for partial -height, interior partition walls. C. Double-X ventilating block where shown on the Drawings. C. Split -Face Concrete Unit Masonry: ASTM C90, Grade N, Type 1, minimum 2,500 psi light- weight load -bearing units. 1. Size: Nominal 8" high x 16" long face dimension x 8" deep split -face units with vertical score to create 8" x 8" face pattern as shown on the Drawings or required for application. 2. Color: Integral color, to be selected from manufacturer's full line of colors. a. Auburn Red by Valley Block Co., Loveland, CO, as basis of bid. 3. Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense, exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter. Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval by Architect. a. Units shall have matching split -face finish on all exposed surfaces, including ends. b. Matching finishes shall not be required at exposed surfaces in interior rooms or spaces to be sealed, painted, or where scheduled to be left unfinished. 04220 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 4. Special shapes as shown on the Drawings or as required: a. Knock -out bond beam units at bearing and top course of wails and in other locations shown on the Drawings. b. Provide single vertical scores in block face to create 8" x 8" face pattern where shown on the Drawings. C. Double-X ventilating block where shown on the Drawings. D. Bond Beam Units: All bond beam units shall have knockout webs and open bottoms, except at masonry lintels over openings. Match unit sizes and appearances specified in paragraph 2.01. E. Tolerances: No overall dimension of width, height or length shall vary by more than 1 /8" from the specified standard dimension. F. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Valley Block Co., Loveland, CO, (970) 667-4480. 2. Powers Masonry Supply, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 484.1292. 3. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, appearance, quality, performance and range of selection, including matching the selected product(s) specified above in the sole opinion of the Architect, are acceptable. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL, ANCHORS AND TIES A. General: Corrosion -resistant metal meeting or exceeding applicable standards ASTM A153 and ASTM Al 16. B. Reinforcing Steel: Refer to Section 03200. C. Veneer and Horizontal Reinforcing Types: 1. Wire Mesh: Minimum 30-gage plain wire. Mesh shall be 1 /2" width, 1" (25mm) less than width of masonry. 2. Truss Type for Single Wythe Masonry: Prefabricated welded wire units not less than 10'-0" long, with matching corner and tee units. Wire shall be 9-gage, with single pair of deformed side rods and continuous plain diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16" o.c. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Dur-O-Wal, Inc., Arlington Heights, IL, and distributed locally at Denver, CO, (303) 321-1836. 2. Heckmann Building Products, Inc., Chicago, IL, (800) 621-4140. 3. Manufacturers providing products of same performance and function are acceptable. 2.03 MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Color Additives and Special Aggregates: Manufacturer's standard to achieve specified color and consistency. B. Flexible Masonry Flashings: Non -reinforced homogenous, waterproof elastomeric sheeting, 20 mil minimum thickness. 1. Tensile Strength: 2200 psi minimum, ASTM D412. 2. Elongation: 250% minimum, ASTM D412. 3. Puncture Resistance: 200 lbs. minimum. 4. Flashing shall retain flexibility to a temperature of •200 F minimum. 5. Materials and adhesive shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application. 04220 - 6 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 6. Approved Manufacturer: Vi-Seal Plastic Flashing by AFCO Products, Inc., Somerville, MA, (800) 397-2687, or approved equal. C. Control Joints: Non -asphaltic -type foam backer rod by Celotex or equal. Thicknesses as shown on the Drawings. 2.04 INSULATION A. Foam Masonry Cell Insulation: Refer to Section 07210, Building Insulation. 2.05 SEALER A. Graffiti -Resistant Sealer: Refer to Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION, COORDINATION AND WORKMANSHIP A. Ensure items built-in by other trades for this work are properly located and sized. B. Establish all lines, levels and coursing. Protect from disturbance. Place concrete unit masonry in accordance with lines and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Ensure masonry courses are of uniform height. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness. D. Chases and recesses shall be built in and not cut in. Provide not less than 16" of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings and between adjacent chases and recesses. E. Unfinished masonry walls shall be stepped back for joining with new work. Do not tooth. F. Cutting and fitting of masonry, including that required to accommodate the work of other Sections, shall be done by masonry mechanics with masonry saws. G. Bearing for horizontal load -carrying members shall be of grouted masonry as shown on the Drawings. If no detail is shown, bearing under beams shall consist of grouted masonry at least 8" x 16" in plan and 16" deep. H. Mask or otherwise protect doors and frames, louvers, mechanical and electrical equipment and other miscellaneous accessories not scheduled to receive masonry sealers prior to application of spray- or brush -applied sealers. 3.02 CURING OF MASONRY UNITS A. General: Concrete masonry units shall be cured for minimum of 28 days from the date of casting before being delivered to the site and installed in masonry walls. Consult with Rocky Mountain Masonry Institute as necessary. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF MASONRY FLASHINGS A. General: Install masonry flashings in locations specified herein as shown on the Drawings. B. Place flashings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and as detailed on the Drawings. C. Place weepholes through bottom course of composite wall masonry construction as shown on the Drawings, but in no case to exceed 48" o.c. Form weep -holes full height, full depth of head joints, spaced as specified. Coordinate with Architect in the field as necessary. 04220 - 7 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 8. BID SCHEDULE (lump sum) Enid Item # 1 Description jUnit I Unit Price I Estimated Qty. Tota[ 1 Demolition LS S 1 2 Restcoorn Building LS S I 3 Irrigation modifications L5 S 1 g Landscaping LS S 1 TOTAL (written) S Dollars 9. PRICES The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for. Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25o) of the total Agreement Price. RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED: CONTRACTOR Signature Date Title License Number (If Applicable) (Seal - if Bid is by corporation) Attest: Address Telephone Email 7/96 Section 00300 Page 2 D. Composite Wall Construction: Refer to Section 04210, Brick Masonry, for installation of thru-wall flashings for composite wall construction. E. Wall, Parapet and Column Caps: Install masonry flashings over top of all brick walls, full depth or dimension of wall or cap, directly below precast concrete cap units, brick wall caps or stone cap units. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY A. Refer to Section 04100, Mortar, for installation and workmanship requirements for mortar and grout mixes. B. Ensure that concrete masonry units have properly cured prior to installation, as specified in 3.02 above. C. Lay, level and align corner units first. Lay concrete unit masonry in running bond, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Course one (1 ) block unit and mortar joint to equal 8" vertically. Lay external and internal courses as shown on the Drawings. D. Lay first course of concrete unit masonry in full bed of mortar, except at locations of filled cores. Lay subsequent courses in face -shell mortar bedding properly jointed with other work. Fully mortar webs around each core to be grouted. Fully bond external and internal corners and intersections. E. Align cells to be filled with grout to provide continuous, unobstructed vertical space. F. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper power tools to provide straight, true and unchipped edges. 1. Cut masonry units forming gable ends accurately to form straight and uniform gable lines. G. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. H. Where knock -out bond beams are specified, place wire mesh in joints below bond beam to stop flow of grout, except at reinforced vertical cells. I. Remove excess mortar and projections. Take care to prevent breaking block corners. Clean excess mortar from cores to be grouted. J. Tolerances: Maximum variation from masonry unit to adjacent masonry unit: 1 /8". K. Tooling and Joints: Refer to paragraph 3.05. 3.05 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTS A. Head joints shall be well buttered for thickness equal to face shell of unit and shalt be shoved tightly so that mortar bonds well to both units. Do not slush head joints. B. Hollow Concrete Masonry Units: Lay with full mortar coverage over horizontal and vertical face shells. C. Starting Joint on Slabs: Provide full mortar coverage on bed, except that area where grout occurs shall be kept free from mortar. D. Mortar protrusions extending more than 3/8" into cells or cavities to be reinforced and/or filled, or into air space for veneer masonry, shall be removed. E. Joint width shall be 3/8", unless otherwise shown. F. Non -Bearing Walls: Provide masonry bond at all corners. Except at bonded corners, walls shall be tied together with strips of wire mesh placed not more than 16" o.c. vertically. G. Walls Supporting Fixtures: Non -bearing walls supporting wall -hung toilet fixtures or other equipment or accessories shall be fully grouted at cores containing anchorage devices. 04220 - 8 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.06 TOOLING A. Exposed Joints: Tool joints as scheduled. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where required. 1. Exterior Face of Split -Face Units: Tooled concave joints. 2. Interior Face of Exterior Walls: Tooled concave joints. 3. Both Faces of Interior Walls: Tooled concave joints. B. Concealed Joints: Cut joints flush, unless otherwise shown. C. Joints to be covered with paint shalt be fitted flush and then sacked to produce dense surface without sheen. D. Joints which are not tight at the time of tooting shall be raked out, pointed and then tooled. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Reinforce all walls with continuous horizontal joint reinforcement, unless specifically shown otherwise. Provide special shapes where shown on the Drawings. Lap reinforcement minimum 6" at splices. B. At each level, place reinforcement in bed joint between first and second course and then at regular intervals not exceeding 16" o.c. vertically. C. Place reinforcement so that longitudinal wires are located over face -shell mortar beds and are fully embedded in mortar for their entire length with minimum mortar cover of 5/8" on exterior side of walls and 1 /2" at other locations. D. Unless otherwise shown, provide reinforcement in first and second bed joints immediately above and below openings or recesses in walls. Reinforcement shall extend minimum 24" beyond end of sills or lintels or to end of panel if distance to end of panel is less than 24". E. Use only prefabricated "L" and "T units at corners and intersections, respectively. F. Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcement, unless shown on the Drawings. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCING BARS A. Reinforcing bars shall be straight, except for bends around corners and where bends or hooks are detailed. Bars partially embedded in masonry shall not be field -bent, except as shown on the Drawings or specifically permitted by the Engineer. B. Bars shall be free of loose rust, mud, oil or other coatings that would destroy or reduce bond. C. Splices shall be made only at locations shown on the Drawings or where specifically permitted by the Engineer. Bars shall be lapped minimum 36 bar diameters where spliced pnd shall be separated by 1 bar diameter or wired together. D. Reinforcement shall be accurately placed into position indicated on the Drawings and secured rigidly against displacement within a tolerance of 1 /4". E. Vertical reinforcing shall have a minimum clearance of 1 /2" from masonry and not less than 1 bar diameter between bars. F. Vertical reinforcing shall be placed in masonry cores as shown or specified on the Drawings, including but not limited to the following locations: G. Load -bearing masonry watts, reinforcing bars spaced as indicated on the Drawings. H. Cores in jambs of all door and window openings in load -bearing walls. 04220 - 9 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1. Cores below bearing of structural members, as indicated on the Drawings and specified in paragraph 3.01 above. J. Horizontal bars shall be placed in continuous masonry courses, consisting of bond -beam or through -block units and shall be solidly grouted in place. K. When foundation dowel does not line up with a vertical unit core, it shall not be sloped more than 1 horizontal in 6 vertical. Dowel shall be grouted into core in vertical alignment, even though it is in an adjacent cell to vertical wall reinforcing. 3.09 GROUTING OF MASONRY UNITS A. General: Grout cells of hollow concrete unit masonry where indicated on the Drawings or required by project conditions, including but not limited to the following locations: 1. All vertical cells to be reinforced as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. 2. All horizontal cells of bond beam or lintel beam units as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. B. When laying masonry units, extreme care shall be taken to prevent excess mortar from squeezing out and falling into air space or cells to be grouted or sand -filled. Mortar which projects more than 3/8" into grout space shall be removed. C. Grout shall be puddled or vibrated in place. D. To control area to be grouted, use metal lath or masonry dam. Do not use paper or wood. E. Pour grout into horizontal members at maximum 48" o.c. F. Grouting of beams over openings shall be done in one (1) continuous operation. G. Vertical cells containing reinforcement and cells of walls scheduled to be filled shall be grouted solidly. Pours shall be stopped 1-1 /2" below top of course, except at top of wall, to form a key at pour joints. Provide clean -out openings at bottom of each pour for inspection. H. Grouting Masonry of Hollow Units: Walls shall be erected and grouted in lifts not higher than 8'. Vertical cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment and shall have clear unobstructed cell area of at least 2" x 3". I. Grout Spaces Less Than 2" in Width: Walls shall be grouted in heights of less than 8" or six (6) times the grout joint thickness, whichever is less. Pour grout up to 1" from top of lower wythe. One (1) wythe of wall shall be laid up higher than the other, but not more than 16". Grout joint shall be at least 1" wide and shall be filled solidly with grout. J. Grout Spaces 2" or More in Width: Grout space must be cleaned and inspected before grouting. Wall shall be grouted in heights of 2' or less for spaces less than 4" wide and in heights of 4' or less for spaces 4" or wider. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF LINTELS A. General: Install loose lintels where shown on the Drawings or required for a complete installation. B. Masonry Lintels: Provide where shown and whenever openings of more than 12" but less than 30" are shown without steel or other lintels. Temporarily support formed -in -place lintels. 1. Unless otherwise shown, provide one (1) #5 reinforcing bar for each 4" of wall thickness. Fill lintel units solidly with grout. 2. Refer to the Drawings for loose lintel schedule. C. Bearing: Unless otherwise shown, provide minimum bearing of 6" for openings less than 6'- 0" wide and 8" for wider openings. 04220 - 10 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 D. Place control joint materials in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, recessed in joint for caulking as specified in Section 07900. 3.11 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. Locate vertical control, expansion and isolation joints in concrete unit masonry as shown on the Drawings. Joints shall be continuous through depth of the masonry work, unless otherwise detailed. B. Maintain control joint voids clear of mortar, grout and debris. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking and sealants. C. Control Joint Spacing: If location of control joints is not shown, place vertical joints maximum 32' o.c. for concrete masonry, except as specified herein: 1. Locate joints at points of natural weakness in supporting structure, at wall openings and at control joints located in the floor slab when walls are supported on the slab. 3.12 BUILT-IN WORK A. As work progresses, build -in hollow metal frames, signage, electrical and mechanical accessories, anchor bolts, plates, specialties and other items supplied by others. Place items plumb and true to line. 3.13 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit sleeves and other items as required. Cooperate fully with other Sections to ensure correct size, shape and location. B. Obtain Architect's approval prior to cutting or fitting any area which is not indicated on the Drawings or which may impair appearance or strength of masonry work. 3.14 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION AND OTHER FILL MATERIALS A. Foamed -in -Place Masonry Cell Insulation: Install in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations. Refer to Section 07210. 3.15 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. General: All new concrete unit masonry, where exposed to view in the completed work and not scheduled to be painted, shall be thoroughly cleaned upon completion of the work. B. Adhere to the following procedures for cleaning brick. Never clean brick before mortar has set, minimum 14 days. 1. Dry clean wall with wood paddles or scrapers, removing large particles of mortar. 2. Presoak wall with clean water, scrub with a solution of 1 /2 cup trisodium phosphate and 1 /3 cup household detergent to one gallon of water. Scrub with a stiff fiber brush only. 3. Thoroughly rinse with clean, low-pressure water immediately after scrubbing to remove all cleaning solution, dirt, and mortar crumbs. C. Clean soiled surfaces exposed to view using a non -acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent materials. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. 04220 - 11 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. Leave surfaces prepared for further sealers or coatings, if specified. D. Remove and replace any chipped or broken concrete masonry units. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of masonry work. Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work. 3.16 APPLICATION OF MASONRY SEALER A. Ensure that concrete masonry units have been properly cleaned and dried prior to applying sealer. Protect adjacent materials and surfaces from overspray of sealer. B. Ensure that proper precautions are taken for handling products near sources of heat or open flames. C. Prior to full application, test panels of approximately 4' x 4' shall be treated to determine the degree of color change in the masonry and precise application procedures. D. Apply sealer at consistency and rate of application in accordance with manufacturers instructions and recommendations. E. Apply sealer to all exterior exposed masonry surfaces, unless otherwise noted or scheduled to receive other finishes. F. Clean excess sealer from concrete masonry units and adjacent surfaces. 3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Installation of masonry units, mortar and grout, special curing and workmanship of joints shall be in accordance with the standards approved in the sample panel. B. All concrete unit masonry units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that may interfere with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or performance of the construction. C. Where masonry units are to be exposed in the completed construction, the face or faces that are exposed shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections to the satisfaction of the Architect, except that chips not larger than 1 /4" will be considered acceptable. D. Contractor shall promptly remove any rejected masonry units or portions of the work and replace to match the quality of the approved sample panel. END OF SECTION 04220 - 12 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 04270 GLASS BLOCK MASONRY PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install modular solid glass block masonry units and accessories. B. Furnish and install metal joint reinforcing, unless arranged for otherwise. C. Clean glass block masonry and remove surplus material and waste. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 04100, Mortar. 2. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 3. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Uniform Building Code, current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications for each type of glass block specified. B. Samples: Submit minimum one (1) full size sample of each type of specified glass block for approval of the Architect. C. Sample Panel: Erect sample panel consisting of approved glass block unit masonry that satisfactorily shows proposed pattern(s), bond, mortar and workmanship. 1. Contractor shall not continue work until Architect and Owner's representative have accepted sample panel. 2. Sample panel may be constructed as a part of the permanent building construction if approved by the Architect. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver glass block units to the site in manufacturer's original, sealed cartons. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide glass block unit manufacturer's written one-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. 04270 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MODULAR GLASS BLOCK A. General: Prefabricated solid glass units, partially evacuated, made of clear, colorless glass. B. Size(s): 8" x 8" nominal face dimension x 3" deep. C. Pattern(s): Stipple, "Vistabrick" by PC Glass Block as basis of design. D. Color: Clear. E. Accessories: Provide prefabricated plastic spacers for aligning glass block units. F. Mortar Mix: Type S, in accordance with ASTM C270. 1. Portland Cement: Type 1, in accordance with ASTM C150. 2. Lime: Type S, in accordance with ASTM C207. 3. Sand: Clean, white quartsite type, essentially free of iron compounds, for thin joints, in accordance with ASTM C144. 4. Integral Type Waterproofer (exterior installations): Stearate type, hydrocide powder by Sonneborne or equal. 5. Color: White. G. Approved Manufacturers: 1. PC Glass Block, manufactured by Pittsburgh Corning Corp., Pittsburgh, PA, (800) 992-5769. 2. Solaris U.S.A., Coral Gables, FL, (305) 667-4471. 3, Weck Glass Block, manufactured by Glashaus Inc., Arlington Heights, IL, and distributed locally in Denver, CO, (303) 922-8453. 4. Manufacturers providing units of same design, patterns, function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 REINFORCING AND ACCESSORIES A. Prefabricated Spacers: B. Veneer Ties: Standard 7/8" x 6-3/4" long, 18-gage rigid hot -dipped galvanized corrugated wall ties. C. Horizontal Joint Reinforcing: Prefabricated welded wire units not less than 104" long, with matching corner and tee units. Wire shall be 9-gage, with single pair of deformed side rods and continuous plain diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16" o.c. 1. Approved Manufacturers: a. Dur-O-Wal, Inc., Arlington Heights, IL, and distributed locally at Denver, CO, (303) 321-1836. b. Heckmann Building Products, Inc., Chicago, IL, (800) 621-4140. C. Manufacturers providing products of same performance and function are acceptable. D. Mortar: Refer to Section 04100. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the openings and framing systems into which the glass block 04270 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 masonry is to be installed and report any conditions to the Architect which may prevent the successful installation of the work. Do not begin the glazing installation until these conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. 3.02 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Ensure that concrete surface treatments, including sand or water blasting, grouting and waterproofing, have been completed prior to installation of glass block masonry into openings in the structural precast concrete wall panels. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF GLASS BLOCK MASONRY UNITS A. General: Install glass block units in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. Lay glass block units with directional pattern so that pattern is consistent throughout the field of work. B. Ensure that framing has been installed around and below the openings to receive glass block as detailed on the Drawings, capable of supporting the dead weight of the glass block and imposed wind loads. Consult with the Architect as necessary. C. Ensure that framed openings are properly sized and located. D. Accurately layout work to ensure consistent and symmetrical joints in glass block masonry. E. Use prefabricated plastic spacers as specified above to maintain spacing and alignment of joints. F. Reinforce horizontal courses with ladder -type reinforcing as shown on the Drawings or required by loading conditions. Consult with manufacturer as necessary. G. Grout joints as specified for concrete unit masonry, using white mortar, unless otherwise approved. H. Tool joints concave, and strike clean with straight, crisp lines. I. Remove excess mortar smears from glass block units and adjacent materials and finishes. J. Workmanship standards for installation and joints specified for concrete unit masonry shall also apply to the glass block masonry work. Refer to Section 04220. K. Tolerances: Maximum variation from glass unit to adjacent unit to be 1 /32". 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean all glass block units and protect as necessary during the balance of construction. B. Remove and replace any chipped, cracked or broken glass block units, or units that exhibit crazing, discoloration or other visual defects. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of the installation. Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work. END OF SECTION 04270 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish, fabricate and erect all structural steel framing, including columns, bracing and other framing members. B. Furnish and fabricate items to be imbedded in concrete or masonry such as anchor bolts, angles or plates for attachment of structural steel and other work, except embedded items for attachment of precast concrete, which will be furnished by the precast manufacturer for installation by the General Contractor. C. Furnish, fabricate and install miscellaneous non-structural steel items, such as pipe bollards, trench grates and cover plates, unless arranged for otherwise. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01410, Testing. 2. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 3. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals. 4. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Miscellaneous metal hangers, post caps, etc. 5. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing. 6. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with the following codes and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. AISC: Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. 2. AISC: Manual of Steel Construction. 3. AISC: Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. Make the following modifications to the AISC Code of Standard Practice. a. Delete Paragraph 3.3. Substitute the following: All things which, in the opinion of the Contractor, appear to be deficiencies, omissions, contradictions or ambiguities in the Contract Documents shall be brought to the attention of the Architect/Engineer. The Contract Documents will be corrected or a written interpretation of the alleged deficiency, omission, contradiction or ambiguity will be made by the Architect/Engineer before the affected work proceeds. b. Delete Paragraph 4.2.1. Substitute the following: Approval by the Owner and/or Architect of Shop Drawings prepared by the Fabricator indicates that the Fabricator has correctly interpreted the contract requirements. Approval does not relieve the Fabricator of the responsibility for accuracy of dimensions on Shop Drawings, nor the general fit -up of parts to be assembled in the field. Approval does not relieve the Fabricator of design responsibility for any connections designed or modified as part of the preparation of shop drawings. 05120 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 4. AISC: Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts Approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation. 5. AWS: Code for Welding in Building Construction. 6. ASTM A36: Structural Steel. 7. ASTM A307: Low -Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners. 8. ASTM A325: High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 9. ASTM A500-13: Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Structural Steel. 10. ASTM A572-50: High -Strength, Low -Alloy Columbium Vanadium Structural Steel. 11. FS TT-P-31: Iron Oxide, Ready Mix, red and brown. 12. ASTM A525: Sheet Steel, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dipped Process. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Experienced in fabrication of structural steel for projects of similar size and complexity. C. Welding Qualifications: Welding shall be performed only by welders or welding operators currently certified in accordance with the AWS Code to perform the type of welding involved. 1. All welders shall have evidence of current certification. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Certified Test Reports: Furnish, prior to fabrication, certified mill test reports covering physical and chemical tests of structural steel and high -strength bolts, if requested by Structural Engineer. B. Specifications: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions showing compliance with the specifications for filler metal for welding, shop paint and grout. C. Calibration Data: Submit procedure for calibration of wrenches and installation of high - strength bolts for Engineer's approval. D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections. E. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings, including job standards for shop and field connections, anchor bolt and base plate plans, erection drawings for framing, and detail drawings of all structural members. 1. Erection drawings shall show all necessary erection details, location, type and size of all bolts and welds, clearly distinguishing between shop and field bolts and welds. 2. Indicate all joints and attachments between the work of this Section and the prefabricated wire mesh screens specified in Section 05999. 3. Truss connector plate drawings shall show each plate type or condition to scale, with anchor bolt placement. F. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections. 1.05 TESTING A. Testing and inspection of shop and field welding and high -strength bolting shall be as specified in Section 01410. 05120 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS 00410 Bid Bond 00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications 00430 Schedule of Subcontractors 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials to be Installed by Others: Deliver anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are embedded in cast -in -place concrete to the project site in time to be installed before the start of cast -in -place concrete operations. Provide setting drawings, templates and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other devices. B. Handle members in a manner to prevent damage, distortion or abrasion of shop paint. Repair or replace damaged materials, members or structures as directed by the Architect/ Engineer. C. Storage of Structural Steel: Structural steel members stored at the project site shall be above ground on platforms, skids or other supports and stored upright to prevent twisting. Protect steel from corrosion. Store other materials in a weathertight and dry place until ready for use. Store packaged materials in their original, unbroken package or container. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES A. Structural Steel: Conform to ASTM A36. B. Rolled Steel Shapes: Comply with ASTM A572-50. C. Structural Tubular Steel: Square, cold -rolled steel tubing, fully welded constructions. Comply with ASTM A500, Grade B. D. Structural Steel Pipe: Comply with ASTM A53, Grade B. E. Solid Steel Bars and Plates: Comply with ASTM A36-81 a. 2.02 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS A. Unfinished threaded fasteners shall be regular low -carbon steel bolts and nuts complying with ASTM A307, Grade A. B. High -strength threaded fasteners shall be heavy hexagonal structural bolts and nuts and hardened washers complying with ASTM A325 or ASTM A490. C. Electrodes for manual shielded and metal arc welding shall be covered mild steel electrodes conforming to the AWS Code and ASTM A233, Series E-60 and E-70. D. Bare electrodes and granular flux for submerged arc welding shall conform to the AWS Code and ASTM A588, Series F-60 and F-70. 2.03 PRIMER AND PAINT A. Shop Paint: Provide paint conforming to FS TT-P-636, manufacturer's standard red. Field touch-up paint shall be the same as shop paint. B. Asphaltic Paint: Provide an asphaltic base paint for all surfaces below grade and for all members exposed in crawlspaces, and all exterior members to be in contact with concrete, or as shown on the Drawings. 1. Sonneborn Hydrocide Semi -Mastic. C. Primer: Conform to FS TT-P-31, red. D. Hot -Dipped Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize all structural steel components, conforming to ASTM A525, in exterior locations, including all beams, channels, angles, pipe or wide flange columns and other supports. 05120 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 2.04 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Provide factory -packaged non -shrink non-metallic flowable grout where shown on the Drawings, manufactured by Embeco, Five Star or equal. 1. One (1) day compressive strength of 5,000 psi minimum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to commencing work of this Section. Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing of any discrepancies or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the structural steel work. Do not begin work until conditions are corrected in a manner acceptable to the Erector. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for checking all dimensions, elevations and assuring fit of structural steel members prior to commencing erection. B. Prior to start of erection of the steel, verify the location of embedded anchor bolts and report deviations from the anchor bolt setting plan to the General Contractor in writing. C. Protect adjacent materials or areas below from damage due to weld splatter or sparks during field welding. D. Make provision for erection loads and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb and in true alignment until completion of erection. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS A. Contractor shall be responsible for checking all dimensions, elevations and assuring fit of structural steel members prior to commencing installation. B. Contractor shall ensure the structural stability of the roof and floor framing components during removal or modification of any existing connectors, and the installation of new connectors. 1. Shore or brace walls and framing members as necessary. C. Field welding as a part of this work shall only be allowed where specifically shown on the Drawings or approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1. Contractor shall be responsible for the repair or replacement of any existing construction damaged or destroyed by this work at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Protect adjacent materials or areas below from damage due to weld splatter or sparks during field welding. 3.04 FABRICATION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL A. General: Structural steel shall be detailed and fabricated in accordance with the referenced codes, AISC Specifications and standards and in compliance with the final 05120 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 approved shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members as shown. B. Shop -fabricate and assemble sections in largest practical components for delivery and erection on the site. Extent of shop assembly shall be as approved in the shop drawings. 1. Beam Connectors: Shop -fabricate structural steel tube columns, connector plates and beam seats. C. Properly mark and match mark all materials for field assembly. Coordinate fabrication and delivery sequence to expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials. Plates and anchor bolts to be built into concrete work shall be shipped loose. D. Type of connection most suitable to shop or field facilities shall be used, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. E. Cutting and Fitting: Perform necessary cutting, fitting and drilling for the accommodation of other trades. Secure correct information for same, both before and after steel is delivered. Cutting or drilling will not be permitted on the job without the approval of the Architect/ Engineer. F. Steel to be Exposed in Finished Structure: All steel trusses, truss connector plates, beam seats, columns and other items to be exposed in the completed work shall be fabricated and cut square, true and uniform, with uneven, rough or abraded edges sanded smooth prior to shop painting. 3.05 SHOP AND FIELD CONNECTIONS A. Weld or bolt shop connections, unless otherwise shown. Bolt field connections, except where welded connections are shown or specified. Use bolts conforming to ASTM A325, unless otherwise shown. 1. All welds exposed to view are to be "Architectural Grade". B. No one-sided connections shall be used, unless specifically shown on the Drawings. C. Detailing and fabrication of high -strength bolted joints shall conform to "Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts". Connections are designed as bearing connections. D. Finish work in accordance with the approved shop drawings. Work shall be true and free from twists, kinks, buckles, open joints and other defects. 3.06 SHOP PAINTING A. After fabrication, remove all loose scale, rust, weld slag or flux deposit, oil, grease, dirt or other foreign materials. B. Apply one (1) coat of shop paint to all steel, except as specified herein. Dry film thickness shall not be less than 2 mils. C. Do not paint surfaces of steel in contact areas to be welded or contact surfaces of friction - type high -strength bolted connections. Protect machine -finished surfaces against corrosion. Do not paint surfaces of steel embedded in concrete. D. Do not paint/prime interior steel surfaces to receive application of spray -applied fireproofing. 3.07 ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL A. General: Erect steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and Code of Standard Practice and other specified requirements, including special provision of CSHA and COSH. 05120 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Erection equipment shall be of adequate capacity to perform all work safely. Do not use floor and roof systems of building to support erection equipment. C. Maintain work in safe and stable condition during erection. Provide temporary shoring and bracing as required. D. Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated within specified AISC erection tolerances. Align and adjust various members forming a part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. E. Clean bearing and other surfaces which will be in permanent contact before assembly. 1. Allowable Tolerances: Comply with requirements of AISC Code of Standard Practice. Leveling and plumbing shall be based on a mean temperature of 700 F. Compensate for difference in temperature at time of erection. F. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates on steel wedges or on other adjustable devices. Tighten anchor bolts after the supporting members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims. G. High -strength bolting shall be in accordance with AISC Specifications for Structural Joints. Testing of high -strength bolting procedures shall be as specified in Section 01410. H. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. Do not use gas cutting torches in the field for correcting fabrication errors. All gas cutting must have prior approval of the Engineer. I. Where reinforcing bars are shown welded to structural steel, bars are to be furnished by rebar supplier and welded in place by structural steel erector. J. Field Modifications: Written approval of the Architect/Engineer must be obtained before using cutting torch for field modification or refabrication of structural steel. Contractor shall be responsible for errors in fabrication and for correct fit in the field. 3.08 FIELD PAINTING A. Paint only when ambient air temperature is above 40' F. Surfaces to be painted shall be free of rust, oil, dirt and mud. Immediately after erection, touch-up field welds, bolted connections and abrasions of the shop coat. B. Apply asphaltic paint to portions of columns, including base plate that will be below grade or top of slab -on -grade, and to all connections or other surfaces exposed in crawlspaces or to be in contact with concrete in exterior applications. C. Refer to Section 09900, Painting, for field finishing of exposed steel surfaces. 3.09 PLACEMENT OF NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Inspect surfaces prior to placement of grout. Check for cleanliness and proper placement and installation of steel work to be in general conformance with the Drawings. B. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use. Follow manufacturers printed instructions. C. Place in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Pack grout solid taking care that there are no voids. Refrain from tightening anchor bolts until grout has set and cured. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean all steel surfaces in preparation for field finishing. 05120 - 6 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Shop- and field -welding of exposed structural steel members shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 1. Alignment of members. 2. Flushness and plumb of adjacent members. 3. Quality and appearance of finished welds. END OF SECTION 05120 - 7 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 05999 MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install miscellaneous fabricated items of ferrous and non-ferrous metals as shown on the Drawings, including but not limited to: 1. Pipe bollards. 2. Miscellaneous steel channels, angles, lintels, and straps, if not furnished by other Sections. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 2. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED BY OTHERS A. Section 02515, Portland Cement Paving: Metal fabrications cast in concrete. B. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete: Metal fabrications cast in concrete. C. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Loose lintels and metal fabrications laid into concrete block masonry. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to requirements of the following standards and codes: 1. ASTM A36: Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A307: Low -Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners. 3. ASTM A325: High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 4. AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code. 5. FS TT-P-86: Paint, Red -Lead Base, Ready Mixed. 6. FS TT-P-645: Primer, Paint, Zinc -Chromate, Alkyd Type. 7. Uniform Building Code, current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of expanded metal mesh screen/steel angle frame panels, illustrating dimensions, components, spacing of predrilled holes for anchorage, finishes and shop welds or other attachments. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections. 05999 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: Conform to ASTM A36. 1. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: High -strength type recommended for structural steel joints, ASTM A307. 2. Plate for Toilet Partition Screens: 11-gage sheet steel. 3. Welding Materials: Applicable AWS D1.1, type required for materials being welded. 4. Primer: Zinc -chromate alkyd FS TT-P-645. B. Structural Tubular Steel: Square, cold -rolled steel tubing, fully welded construction. Conform to ASTM A500, Grade B. C. Structural Steel Pipe: Comply with ASTM A53, Grade B. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Shop -fabricate and assemble items in largest practical components for delivery and installation on the site. Extent of shop assembly shall be as approved in the shop drawings. B. Fabricate items with joints neatly fitted and properly secured. C. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent finished surfaces. 1. All welds exposed to view to be "Architectural Grade." D. Supply components required for proper anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, unless otherwise specified. E. Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease and foreign matter prior to prime painting. F. Prime paint items for field finishing as specified in Section 09900. Do not shop -prime surfaces in contact with concrete or requiring field welding. Shop -prime in one (1) coat. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to commencing work of this Section. Notify Architect/Engineer of any discrepancies or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the work. Do not begin work until such conditions are corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall field verify all dimensions affecting the work of this Section and coordinate fit and installation details with related trades prior to fabrication. C. Ensure that items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry are supplied to the site prior to concrete or masonry work, complete with necessary setting templates. D. Ensure that ferrous metal surfaces have been properly painted where in contact with aluminum or other dissimilar metals as required to prevent electrolysis. E. Pipe Bollards: Ensure that bollards have been properly located in relation to openings in concrete, masonry or other materials or equipment to be protected by the bollards. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or required by specific site requirements, locate 05999 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 bollards as follows: 1. Jambs: Centerline of bollard aligned with centerline of jamb opening, and placed 12" out from face of wall. 2. Corners: Centerline of bollard placed 12" out from corner in both directions. 3. Equipment: Centerline of bollard placed 12" out from edge or corner of gas meters, electrical transformers, pad -mounted condensing units and other equipment. Coordinate clearance requirements with utility providers, as applicable. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install prefabricated items in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Install items square and level, accurately fitted and free from distortion. B. Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. C. Replace items damaged in course of installation. D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. E. Pipe Bollards: Embed bollards minimum 24" deep into concrete piers with a minimum dimension of 12" diameter x 36" depth below grade, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 1. Fill bollards with concrete and form top surface smooth, dense, and flush or crowned to a maximum of 1 /4" allow proper drainage. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 SCHEDULE OF MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Pipe Bollards: 6" o.d. steel pipe x 6 4' long (24" embedment), concrete filled, as detailed on the Drawings. B. Miscellaneous Steel Channels, Angles, Lintels and Straps: Furnish under this Section, unless arranged for otherwise. END OF SECTION 05999 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish materials and labor for installation of rough carpentry, including but not limited to: 1. Studs, joists and plates for wall, roof, ceiling and soffit framing. 2. Furring, stripping, blocking and sleepers. 3. Fireblocking and draft stops. 4. Plywood and/or oriented strand board (OSB) wall, roof and floor sheathing. 5. Roof crickets, curbs, blocking and plates. 6. Miscellaneous wall -mounted plywood backer boards for electrical and related equipment. B. Furnish and install pressure -treated and/or fire -treated wood materials. C. Furnish nails, screws, bolts, fasteners, construction adhesives, and other related or accessory materials required for a complete installation. D. Furnish materials and labor for installation of Redwood items, including but not limited to: 1. Fascias and miscellaneous trims. E. Furnish and install prefabricated decorative plywood sheathings for soffits, as shown on the Drawings. F. Installation of prefabricated wood beams, floor joists, roof trusses and miscellaneous blocking and bridging. G. Installation of primed hardboard siding and trims, unless arranged for otherwise. H. Furnish and install prefabricated wood siding and trims, unless arranged for otherwise. I. Furnish and install light -gage metal joist/truss connectors. J. Coordination of all other trades as required for a complete installation. K. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. 2. Section 05120, Structural Steel. 3. Section 06170, Prefabricated Structural Wood. 4. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 5. Section 07464, Primed Hardboard Siding. 6. Section 07466, Wood Siding: Siding and soffit materials, T-1-11 and MDO plywood products. 7. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 8. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard: Blocking and draft stops. 9. Division 15, Mechanical. 10. Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to requirements of the following standards and codes: 1. PS 1: Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard. 06100 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3. NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 4. APA: American Plywood Association, Plywood Specification and Grade Guide. 5. AWPA: American Wood -Preservers' Association. a. AWPA Cl: All timber products - preservative treatment by pressure processes. b. AWPA C9: Plywood - preservative treatment by pressure processes. C. AWPA C15: Wood for commercial -residential construction - preservative treatment by pressure processes. 6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 7. California Redwood Association. 8. Uniform Building Code, current edition. B. Rough Carpentry Lumber: Materials shall carry the visible grade stamp of agency certified by National Forest Products Association (NFPA). C. Plywood panels shall be identified with APA grade trademark of the American Plywood Association. D. Grading of lumber shall be in accordance with the current edition of the Western Wood Products Association. E. Pressure -Treated Lumber: Pressure -treated lumber materials shall not contain chromated copper arsenate (CCA). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Preservative Treatment Certification: Treating plant's certification of compliance with specified standards, process employed and preservative retention values. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect lumber and plywood and keep under cover in transit and at job site. B. Do not deliver material unduly long before it is required to be installed in the work. B. Store on level racks and keep free of the ground to avoid warping. Stack to ensure proper ventilation and drainage. C. Pressure -Treated Wood Materials: Protect wood products against moisture and dimensional changes, in accordance with instructions from treating plant. D. Deliver packaged materials in manufacturer's original unbroken boxes or cartons or containers, with labels intact. Store in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 1.05 COMPLIANCE A. Do not permit materials not complying with the provisions of this Section to be brought onto or to be stored at the job site. B. Promptly remove non -complying materials from the job site and replace with materials meeting the requirements of this Section. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written lifetime warranty for pressure -treated wood products covering defects in materials and workmanship. 06100 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 8. BID SCHEDULE (lump sum) Bid Item # Description jUnit I Unit Price I Estimated Q Total 1 Demolition 2 Restroom building 3 Irrigation modifications 4 Landscaping TOTAL LS I LS S 1 LS S i LS S 1 S 9 Dollars (written) 9. PRICES The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for. Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Agreement Price. RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED: CONTRACTOR Signature Title License Number (If Applicable) (Seal - if Bid is by corporation) Attest: Address Telephone Email Date 7/96 Section 00300 Page 2 SECTION 00410 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned as Principal, and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, as OWNER, in the sum of $ for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and assigns. THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, 5941 Buckingham Park Restrooms. NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER. W96 Section 00410 Page 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A. Framing Lumber: PS 20, grade in accordance with established WPA grading rules, maximum moisture content of 12% to 19% (S-Dry) S4S, of the following species and grades: 1. Structural Framing: Hem -Fir #2 or better, 1,200 psi fiber stress in bending (grades and stresses as indicated on the Structural Drawings). 2. Studs: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, standard grade or better. 3. Non -Structural Light Framing: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, construction grade or better. 4. Blocking and Miscellaneous Furring and Stripping: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, construction grade or better. 5. Sill Plates: Redwood or pressure -treated Hem -Fir, where in contact with concrete or masonry. Pressure -treated lumber shall not contain CCA. B. Waferboard: Oriented strand board (OSB), exterior APA. 2.02 PRESSURE -TREATED ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A. Semi -Concealed Structural Members: PS 20, grade in accordance with established WPA grading rules, maximum moisture content of 12% to 19% (S-Dry) S4S, with preservative treatment specified below, of the following species and grades: 1. Structural Framing: Hem -Fir #2 or better, 1,200 psi fiber stress in bending. 2. Non -Structural Light Framing: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, construction grade or better. 3. Sill Plates: Redwood or pressure -treated Hem -Fir, where in contact with concrete. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. ACQ Preserve by Chemical Specialties, Inc., Charlotte, NC, and distributed locally by ECO Products, Boulder, CO, (303) 449-1876, as basis of design. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance and quality, and meeting the requirements of paragraph 2.07 below, are acceptable. 2.03 PLYWOOD MATERIALS A. General: APA-rated softwood plywood, meeting the grading requirements of PS-1. 1. Sizes: Manufacturer's standard 4'-0" wide x 8'-0" long x thicknesses as shown on the Drawings. 2. Edges: Tongue -and -groove. B. Exterior/Interior Plywood Structural Sheathing: As specified on the Drawings. C. Exterior Exposed Plywood: A/D or A/C, Exterior APA, for exposed soffits, sheathing and other semi -exposed areas with sheets narrower than T-0" wide, for painted opaque finish. D. Exterior Concealed Plywood: CDX, Exterior APA. E. Exterior Decorative Plywood: APA Texture 1-11 (T-1-11), specified in Section 07466, Wood Siding. F. Exterior Plywood Siding: Refer to Section 07466. G. Interior Exposed Plywood: A/D or A/C, Interior APA, for painted opaque finish. H. Interior Concealed Plywood: C/D plugged, Interior APA with exterior glue. 06100 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 I. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Weyerhaeuser Corp., Tacoma, WA. 2. Georgia Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, (404) 652-4000. 3. Manufacturers providing products of the same design, function, quality and performance are acceptable. 2.04 REDWOOD MATERIALS A. Redwood Fascias and Miscellaneous Trims (Exposed to View): Construction Heart grade or better (no sapwood), vertical grain, unseasoned, smooth finish to be stained. B. Redwood Fascias and Miscellaneous Trims (Concealed from View): Construction Heart grade or better, flat grain, unseasoned, smooth finish. Materials in this classification shall be covered with other finish materials, such as prefinished metal, as specified in other Sections. 2.05 FASTENERS, ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Metal Wall Bracing: Galvanized metal "T' profile wall and corner bracing, 20-gage. 1. Ampcor "T'-Brace Series 6700 by Anderson Metal Products Co., Taylorsvilte, MS, (800) 426-7267, or equal. B. Nails: Size and type to suit application. 1. Framing: 8d to 12d rosin -coated box. 2. Sheathing: 8d, 2 1 /2" long box nails, zinc -coated. C. Botts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws: Size and type to suit application or as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Medium Carbon Steel: Galvanized for exterior locations, high -humidity locations and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations or when in contact with concrete. D. Construction Adhesives: Mastic -type, multi -purpose adhesive, formulated for fietd-gluing for interior or exterior use, meeting the following specifications: 1. Reference Standards: a. APA Spec. AFG-01. b. ASTM D3498-76. C. HUD/FHA requirements in Bulletin UM-60. 2. Type: Solvent dispersion. 3. Base: Synthetic elastomer. 4. Consistency: Approx. 200,000 cps, Brookfield viscometer. 5. Weight/Gallon: 8.8 lbs. minimum. 6. Solids content: 64%, +/- 2%. 7. Strength: 400 psi by ASTM D905-49 (wood to wood). 8. Aging: Retains flexibility after 500 hrs. at 300 psi and 1580 F by ASTM D572-61. 9. Water Resistance: Waterproof. 10. Application Method: Caulking gun or trowel. 11. Application Temperature: 250-1200 F. 12. Service Range: -250 to +1500 F. 13. Material Suitability: Bonds wood, gypsum wallboard, concrete, stone, brick, metals and polyurethane foam. Not suitable for polystyrene foam and most plastics. 06100 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 14. Approved Product and Manufacturer: M-D 400 Construction Adhesive, manufactured by Macklanburg-Duncan, Oklahoma City, OK or equal. E. Sill Plate Sealer: Preformed type. 1. Sill Seal or equal. F. Prefabricated Soffit and Roof Vents: Specified in Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. G. Gable End Vents: Prefabricated Redwood gable end louvered vents, size as noted on the Drawings, with insect screening. 1. Awsco or equal. H. Gable End Vents: Prefabricated metal gable end louvered vents. Refer to Section 10, Metal Wall Louvers. 2.06 LIGHT -GAGE METAL JOIST/TRUSS CONNECTORS A. General: Light -gage, galvanized metal hangers, clips, base and column caps, size and type as indicated on the Drawings, as required to suit job conditions or as recommended by manufacturer for intended application. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc., Pleasanton, CA, (800) 999-5099. 2. Timber Engineering Co. 3. KC Metal Products Inc., San Jose, CA, (408) 436-8754. 4. Semco, Jacksonville, FL, (800) 874-0335. 5. Manufacturers providing framing connectors and accessories of same design, function, performance and structural capabilities are acceptable. 2.07 WOOD TREATMENTS A. Preservative Treatment: Where lumber or plywood is indicated on the Drawings or specified herein to be pressure -treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA standards C2, C9, C14, C15, C16, C17 or ICBO ER4981, as applicable. Pressure -treat items with waterborne preservatives complying with WPA LP-2, except that in no case shall chromated copper arsenate (CCA) be used. After treatment, kiln dry to a maximum moisture content of 19% for lumber and 18% for plywood. Mark each treated item with the WPA quality mark requirements. 1. Application Rates: Apply specified preservative treatment as follows, or as recommended by approved manufacturers: a. Preservative treatment for above ground use: 0.25 lb./cu.ft. minimum. b. Preservative treatment where in contact with ground: 0.40 lb./cu.ft. minimum. C. Preservative treatment for wood foundation systems: 0.60 lb./cu.ft. minimum. 2. Treated wood products shall be used in the following locations, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings: a. In contact with roofing, flashing or waterproofing. b. In contact with masonry or concrete. C. Exposed to weather. d. Other locations indicated. 06100 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Fire -Retardant Treatment: Where fire -retardant or treated lumber or plywood is indicated or required by applicable building codes, comply with AWPA C20 for lumber and C27 for plywood, using types required for interior and exterior use. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. General: For new construction, the Contractor shall inspect the concrete or masonry walls and foundation structures and/or concrete flatwork that will support the rough carpentry structures associated with the work of this project, and notify the Architect/Engineer of any condition that may affect the structural integrity, quality or appearance of the completed project. Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Contractor. B. Upon inspection by the Architect and Owner, the deteriorated materials will be replaced on a unit price basis. Refer to Section 01022. C. Ensure that prefabricated roof trusses are properly sized and marked upon delivery to the site. Check connector plate sizes for compliance with specification requirements. D. Selection of Lumber Pieces: 1. Carefully select the members. Select individual pieces so that knots and obvious defects will not interfere with placing bolts or proper nailing and will allow for proper connections. 2. Cut out and discard defects which render a piece unable to serve its intended function. 3. Lumber may be rejected by the Architect/Engineer, whether or not it has been installed, for excessive warp, twist, bow, crook, mildew, fungus or mold, as well as for improper cutting and fitting, provided such defects exceed the criteria allowed by referenced standards for the lumber grade specified. The Contractor shall replace rejected material at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. Do not shim any framing component. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ROUGH CARPENTRY A. General: 1. Erect wood framing, furring, stripping and nailing members true to lines and levels; do not deviate from true alignment more than 1 /4". 2. Space members as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein. 3. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths. 4. Construct and erect required built-up beams and headers. 5. Produce joints which are tight, true and well nailed, with members assembled in accordance with the Drawings and with applicable codes and regulations. 6. Set horizontal and sloped members with the crown up. Crowns to be set in the same direction for vertical or horizontal application. 7. Make bearings full and uniform for solid support. 8. On framing members to receive a finished surface, align the finish subsurface to vary not more than 1 /8" from the plane of surfaces of adjacent furring and framing members. 06100 - 6 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 9. Where scheduled, leave wood surfaces prepared for finishing specified in Section 09900, Painting, and Section 09930, Transparent Finishes. 10. Coordinate rough openings for non -cased and trimmed doors and windows where gypsum board returns are detailed at jambs and headers. Framed opening shall be square and plumb to within 1 /16" vertically from floor to header at trimmer and 1 /16" horizontally between trimmers at header. B. Fastening: 1. Nailing shall be in accordance with the requirements of applicable sections of the building code, current edition, unless indicated otherwise. a. Nail without splitting wood. b. Prebore as required. C. Remove split members and replace with members complying with the specified requirements. 2. Bolting: a. Drill holes 1/16" larger in diameter than the bolts being used. b. Drill straight and true from one side only. C. Do not bear bolt heads on wood, but use washers under head and nut where both bear on wood, and use washers under all nuts. 3. Screws: For lag screws and wood screws, prebore holes same diameter as root of threads, enlarging holes to shank diameter for length of shank. C. Wall Framing: Conform to the framing requirements of the jurisdiction with authority over this project, unless more stringent requirements are shown on the Structural Drawings or specified herein. 1. Exterior Wall Framing: 2x4 stud framing at 16" o.c., unless otherwise indicated. Install let -in metal wall and corner bracing at all external corners, or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. External Corners: As shown on the Drawings for specific conditions. 3. Jamb Framing at Openings: Double studs at all interior openings; triple studs at all exterior openings, or as specified on the Structural Drawings. Studs in exterior bearing walls to provide continuous bearing to foundation. 4. Top Plates in Bearing Partitions: Double and lapped, stagger joints at minimum 4'- 0" intervals. 5. Headers: As shown on the Drawings. Provide built-up headers to match the wall framing thickness, using 1/2" plywood spacers, continuously nailed and glued. 6. Sill Plates: Bolt to foundation as indicated on the Drawings. D. Roof Framing: Conform to the framing requirements of the jurisdiction with authority over this project, unless more stringent requirements are shown on the Structural Drawings or specified herein. 1. Rafter Framing: Dimensional framing at 24" o.c., lumber sizes as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Prefabricated Roof Truss Framing: 24" o.c., or as indicated on the Drawings. Refer to paragraph 3.04. 3. Overframing: Provide 2x6 overframing at 24" o.c., where indicated on the Drawings or required by project conditions. 4. Miscellaneous: Provide ridge boards, valley rafters and other roof framing components as required, one (1) size larger than rafter members unless otherwise approved by the jurisdiction with authority over the project. E. Firestops and Blocking: As shown on the Drawings or required for applicable Building Code compliance, but spaced to not exceed 10'-0" vertically and horizontally. 06100 - 7 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1. Provide blocking at all ends and edges of gypsum wallboard requiring support. F. Wall and Corner Bracing: 1. Install metal "T' bracing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions at all external corners and door/window openings. 2. Cut single -saw kerf 1 /2" deep into studs and plates along line of installation. Insert base of "T' brace in grooves and nail along the nailing grooves into each stud and plate. 3. Nail to studs and plates with two (2) 16d or three (3) 8d nails. 4. Bend corners of bracing over top and bottom plates. G. Lowered Ceiling and Soffit Framing: 2x4 stud framing at 24" o.c., unless otherwise indicated. Support from floor or roof trusses above at intermediate points as required by applicable codes. 1. Frame with framing members laid flat where required for ductwork clearances, etc. Coordinate as necessary with the Contractor. 2. Coordinate lowered ceiling and soffit framing with requirements of gypsum wallboard "pre -rock" applications specified in Section 09260. H. Furring and Stripping: Member sizes as indicated on the Drawings spaced at maximum 24" o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL WOOD A. Roof Trusses: 1. Handle trusses carefully to prevent damage or separation of members and to maintain structural capacity. 2. Do not install damaged or broken trusses. 3. Adequately support and brace work until tied into building structure to ensure against collapse due to wind or other forces. 4. Attach or hang trusses using specified light -gage metal hangers and other attachments. Comply with all applicable building codes and regulations for attachments. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF SHEATHING A. Wall Sheathing: 1. Panel edges shall bear on framing members and butt along their centerlines. Back - block panel edges which do not bear on framing members with 2" nominal framing. 2. Place sheathing with end joints staggered, perpendicular to framing members. 3. Maintain minimum 1 /16" and maximum 1 /8" joint spacing. 4. Nail heads shall be flush with, but not penetrate, plywood surfaces. B. Roof Sheathing: 1. Place sheathing with face grain perpendicular to framing members, except where plywood diaphragm must be continuous to shear walls. 2. Place sheathing with end joints staggered. 3. Protect sheathing from moisture until roofings are installed. 4. Install prefabricated continuous roof vents in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations, unless arranged for otherwise. a. Refer to the Drawings for extent of work. 5. Place textured and routed plywood sheathing in pattern and direction shown on the Drawings. 06100 - 8 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.05 INSTALLATION OF PRIMED HARDBOARD SIDING AND TRIM A. General: Installation of primed hardboard siding and trim shall be work of this Section, unless arranged for otherwise. B. Refer to Section 07464 for installation specifications. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD SIDING, SOFFITS AND CEILINGS A. General: Installation of plywood siding, soffits, ceiling panels, etc. shall be work of this Section, unless arranged for otherwise. 3.07 TOLERANCES A. Maintain the following tolerances for all rough carpentry work. Defective work shall be removed and replaced at the Contractors expense. 1. Variation from Plumb: a. 0-10': 1 /4" maximum 2. Variation in Plan: a. 0-10': 1 /4" maximum b. 20' or more: 3/8" maximum 3. Variation in Openings: a. Size: +/-1 /8" b. Location: +/-1/4" 3.08 PROTECTION A. Protect waferboard, oriented strand board (OSB) and plywood sheathing from exposure to excessive moisture and accumulations of snow. Broom snow off of uncovered floor sheathing within 4 hours of snowfall. B. Replace sheathing panels that exhibit delamination, swelling or other deterioration from exposure to moisture, or as directed by the Architect. 3.09 COORDINATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination required by all other Sections of the Specifications as a part of the work of this Section. Coordination shall be provided to ensure the proper, timely and complete installation of all materials, equipment and systems of the project. END OF SECTION 06100 - 9 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 06170 PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL WOOD PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish prefabricated roof trusses and connectors. B. Furnish steel hardware and connector plates, saddles, beam seats, post caps, etc., unless furnished by Division 5, Metals. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 05120, Structural Steel: Steel connector plates and beam seats. 2. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Hangers and clips, and installation of prefabri- cated wood items. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications showing compliance with requirements of this Section. 1. Include drawings, specifications and product data for all components and parts of structural system, spacing and layout of members, gusset plates and connectors. Clearly mark all components and parts. Show critical dimensions for determining fit and placement in building, as well as the loads that members are designed to support. 2. Indicate compliance with specified design criteria. 3. Include erection drawings for identification and assembly of parts. 4. Indicate loads for all joist hangers and other connectors. 5. Drawings: Stamp and signature of registered Colorado Professional Engineer responsible for preparation of shop drawings. B. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Truss Design Calculations: Submit in accordance with Division 1. Calculations shall be signed and sealed by a registered Colorado Professional Engineer. 2. Testing Data: a. Fire assemblies as indicated on the Drawings. b. Sound control assemblies as indicated on the Drawings. C. Building Permit: Prepare and submit drawings, calculations, specifications and other information as may be required to secure building permit by local building authority. D. Refer to paragraph 2.01. C. for submittals required prior to bidding for approval of equals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Quality Control: Conform to applicable requirements of the following standards: 1. Fabricator shall be licensed by American or Canadian Institute of Timber Con- struction. 2. Fabricate in accordance with Voluntary Product Standard PS 56-73 and bear AITC or CITC quality mark. 06170 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3. Parallel Strand Lumber Beams: Design and fabricate in accordance with National Evaluation Service Inc., NER-481, or Canadian Construction Materials Centre, CCMC-11161-R. B. Design Criteria: 1. Prefabricated structural wood members and components shall be designed under the supervision of a registered Colorado Professional Engineer. Designs shall be in accordance with allowable values assigned by the local building official. 2. Design and fabricate in compliance with latest edition of the applicable building code. 3. Only connections and webs currently approved by Research Committee of ICBO are acceptable for use. 4. Structural Requirements: Design and construct structural system to comply with (criteria indicated on the Structural Drawings): a. Dead Loads: Actual materials, including partitions. b. Roof Snow Load: 30 psf. C. Horizontal Wind Load: 100 mph wind loading, exposure as determined by the Uniform Building Code, current edition: 1. Exposure C. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prefabricated wood beams shalt be wrapped separately with heavy water-repellent cover. Protect against damage in transit and on site. B. Store and handle to ensure maintenance of appearance and to prevent damage. C. Store joists in vertical position, on racks to prevent contact with the ground and cover until ready for installation. D. Store roof trusses on site to prevent warping or splitting of members or loosening of gusset plate connectors. Store on racks to prevent contact with the ground and cover until ready for installation. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written lifetime warranty for all prefabricated wood products covering manufacturing errors, and defects in materials and workmanship. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 PREFABRICATED ROOF TRUSSES A. Materials: Douglas Fir or Southern Pine, select structural #1 or #2, maximum moisture content of 12-19%, S4S. B. Construction: Nominal 2x4 or 2x6 construction with raised heel or as detailed on the Drawings and approved in shop drawings. C. Configuration: Fan or Howe type or as recommended by truss fabricator. 1. Gable End Trusses: Provide gable end truss configuration where shown on the Drawings or recommended by truss fabricator. 2. Jack and Hip Trusses: Provide truncated jack and/or hip truss configuration where shown on the Drawings or recommended by truss fabricator. 06170 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 D. Connector Plates: Galvanized gusset plates, sized as per fabricators requirements, except that no plate shall be less than 15 sq. in. 1. Gang -Nail Systems, Inc., Miami, FL, or equal. 2.02 LIGHT -GAGE METAL TRUSS/JOIST CONNECTORS A. Joist Hangers, Connectors, Column Bases and Caps: Refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. B. Truss Connector Plates: Galvanized gusset plates, sized as per fabricator's requirements, except that no plate shall be less than 15 sq. in. 1. Refer to the Drawings for specific size requirements of truss connector plates at exposed truss locations. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Gang -Nail Systems, Inc., Miami, FL. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, design and performance are acceptable. 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Glue: Exterior type with mold inhibitor. B: Hardware: Refer to Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals. C. Steel Connector Plates and Beam Seats: Refer to Section 05120, Structural Steel. 2.04 FABRICATION OF PREFABRICATED ROOF TRUSSES A. General: Fabricate trusses from the approved shop drawings, in accordance with industry standards. B. Fabricate trusses in jigs with members accurately cut to provide good bearing at joints. Joints shall be acceptable if the average opening between ends of members immediately after fabrication is less than 1 / 16", except that truss compression chord joints at splices and ridges shall have full contact between members. C. Each chord section shall extend through two (2) panel points before being spliced. D. Provide 1 /8" camber for each 6' of truss, unless otherwise indicated. E. Accurately place connector plates over truss members, as required to provide the attachment area into each member per the approved shop drawings, except that no plate shall be less than 15 sq. in. 1. Press plates into members to obtain full penetration without crushing outer surface of wood. Plate embedment is acceptable if the opening between the plate and the wood surface is less than 1 /32". 2. Lumber defects and plate misplacement, in combination, shall not reduce the plate area or number of effective teeth, prones or nails by more than 10%. F. Do not apply metal gusset plates after shop fabrication. Field repairs, additions and splices shall maintain design strength. 06170 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this day of , 20 , and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. PRINCIPAL Name: Address: By: Title: ATTEST: By: (SEAL) SURETY M Title: (SEAL) 7/96 Section 00410 Page 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Do not proceed with fabrication and/or cutting until shop drawings and design calculations (when required) have been reviewed and approved by the Architect/Engineer. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL WOOD A. Refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. B. Bracing of roof trusses shall be in accordance with the requirements and recommendations of the Truss Plate Institute, 'Bracing Wood Trusses: Commentary and Recommendations". END OF SECTION 06170 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install all hardwood finish carpentry, running and standing trim and casings. B. Furnish and install all softwood finish carpentry, running and standing trim. C. Furnish and install all medium density fiberboard (MDF) finish carpentry, running and standing trim, casings and base. D. Installation of the following items, unless arranged for otherwise: 1. Hollow metal doors and frames. 2. Finish hardware specified in Division 8. 3. Building specialties specified in Division 10. 4. Miscellaneous equipment and accessories as specified elsewhere. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals: Mounting Brackets. 2. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Redwood fascia and trim. 3. Section 06170, Prefabricated Structural Wood. 4. Section 07467, Fiber Cement Siding. 5. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations and quality standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). B. Reference Standards: Conform to quality requirements of current editions of the following standards: 1. PS 51: Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. 2. PS 58: Basic Hardwood. 3. NFPA (National Forest Products Association) National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 4. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association 5. California Redwood Association. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature illustrating all items of specified shelving hardware. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for all prefabricated millwork components. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver materials and fabricated carpentry items until site conditions are prepared to receive the work. Protect items from weather while in transit. 06200 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Store indoors in ventilated areas with a constant, minimum temperature of 600 F, maximum relative humidity of 25-55%. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide two-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship for all hardware and shelving components. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH CARPENTRY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Softwood: Graded in accordance with AWI requirements. 1. Finger -Jointed Hem -Fir or Pine, Paint Grade, S4S: a. Running and standing interior wood trim. B. Nails: Size and type to suit application. C. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws: Size and type to suit application; non -rust finish in concealed location and finish to match material in exposed locations. D. Exterior Wood Trims: Refer to Section 07466, Wood Siding. 2.02 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations of AWI and in accordance with site -determined measurements. B. Fabricate running and standing trim, interior stair railing components, casings and base as detailed on the Drawings. C. Shop -fabricate finish carpentry items to greatest extent practicable. Shop -assemble finish carpentry items for delivery to site in sizes easily handled and to ensure passage through building openings. D. Field -fabricated running and standing trim and other finish carpentry items shall be fabricated in accordance with the workmanship standards specified in paragraph 3.02 below. E. Attachments: Fabricate all finish carpentry items for countersunk attachment to substrates. Provide wood plugs, same species as surrounding wood. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall field measure conditions as required for the successful installation of all finish carpentry items. B. Installer shall examine other substrates and finishes under which the finish carpentry work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of any condition that will prevent the successful installation of the work of this Section. Do not proceed with the installation until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Proceeding with the work shall be considered acceptance of substrates and site conditions. 06200 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 C. Installer shall be responsible for inspecting all finish carpentry materials and culling any material not meeting the quality standards of these Specifications, or that exhibit defects such as knots, checks, splits, warping, bowing or excessive variation in color or grain. All materials installed in the finished construction shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP FOR SITE -FABRICATED FINISH CARPENTRY A. General: Site fabricate running and standing trim, casings and other finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations of AWI and in accordance with site -determined measurements. B. Scribe, miter and join running and standing trim accurately and neatly to conform to details. C. Layout running and standing trim and other site -fabricated finish carpentry work to balance lengths of material at each end of runs. Use longest possible lengths of material; joints will not be allowed where single -length pieces can be used, in accordance with the following: 1. Running and standing trim, where grain is parallel to the length of the piece: 8'-0" long minimum. 2. Running and standing trim, where grain is perpendicular to the length of the piece: 4'-0" long minimum. 3. No lengths less than 24" long will be allowed. D. All vertical end joints of finished carpentry along the run of running or standing trim shall have scarf -type joints. E. Tolerances: Conform to applicable AWI Standards for custom grade finish carpentry. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF FINISH CARPENTRY MATERIALS A. General: Set and secure finish carpentry items in place rigid, plumb and square in a manner consistent with AWI requirements and recommendations. B. Materials shall be installed in accordance with site -determined measurements. When necessary to cut and fit on site, make material with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. Ensure tolerances of not more than 1 /8" in 10'. C. Tolerances: Conform to applicable AWI Standards for custom grade finish carpentry. D. Countersink semi -concealed anchorage devices used for wall -mount components and conceal with solid plugs of species to match surrounding wood. Place flush and ensure that direction of grain matches surrounding wood where scheduled for transparent finish. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PREFABRICATED WOOD MILLWORK A. General: Install prefabricated millwork components in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Erect the components plumb and square, true to lines, levels and/or elevations shown on the Drawings. C. Position supports and anchorage devices and set components in place prior to securing fasteners. D. Site cut components as required to meet site conditions, unless factory fabricated to exact dimensions. If field cuts are made, consult with the Architect as necessary to maintain design intent of installation. 06200 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.05 INSTALLATION OF ITEMS SUPPLIED BY OTHER SECTIONS A. Install doors and frames, windows, finish hardware, fixtures, accessories, specialties and equipment supplied under other Sections for installation. Install items in accordance with manufacturers instructions and recommendations. 3.06 PREPARATION OF FINISH CARPENTRY FOR FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. 1. Items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler which matches surrounding surfaces and of types recommended for applied finishes. 2. Items to receive opaque finishes, caulk all joints in running and standing trim. C. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, outlet boxes and other fixtures and equipment. Verify locations of cutouts from site dimensions. D. Fiberboard: MDF carpentry items shall be factory primed. E. Refer to Sections 09900, Painting, and 09930, Transparent Finishes, for field finishing. 3.07 MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Install finish carpentry items at mounting heights shown on the Drawings or specified herein. All items in handicapped accessible areas shall comply with American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) publication A117.1-1992 and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) 1990. B. Consult with Architect for mounting heights of items not specifically listed. END OF SECTION 06200 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 07150 DAMPPROOFING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prepare and prime surfaces to receive dampproofing. B. Furnish and apply bituminous dampproofing to all below -grade concrete or concrete unit masonry wall surfaces adjacent to earthen backfill, including but not limited to the following locations: 1. Areas where shown on the Drawings, or required by project conditions. C. Seal joints and protrusions through dampproofing. D. Furnish and install protection material over applied dampproofing. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Masonry sealer. 3. Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers. 4. Section 07210, Building Insulation. 5. Section 07215, Foundation Insulation. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. Mastic: FS SS-C-00153C Type 1, Class B; ASTM D2822-75, Type 1. 2. Semi -Mastic: FS SS-A-694D; ASTM D2823-75. 3. Liquid or Spray -Applied: FS SS-A-694D; ASTM D2823, Type 1. 4. Fiber -Free: FS SS-A-701 B. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature and instructions for proper application. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Weather Conditions: Comply with manufacturer's requirements and recommendations for the application and curing of the dampproofing materials. B. Do not apply bituminous dampproofing materials unless ambient air temperature is above 400 F. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in material performance. 07150 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Provide types and product selections indicated for bituminous dampproofing or, where not otherwise indicated, provide type recommended specifically by manufacturer for application indicated. 1. Spray -on, liquid form where substrate is smooth. 2. Semi -mastic form where substrate is textured or porous. 3. Heavy -mastic form where substrate is coarse, very porous or with deep joints or cracks. 4. Other special-purpose form as indicated. B. Dampproofing: ASTM D1227 Type I and FS-R-1981 Type I multi -purpose cold -applied dampproofing, solvent -base, clay emulsion with fibers. Provide brush -on or trowel type, 1 /8" thick minimum. 1. Approved Product and Manufacturer: Hydrocide Series by Sonneborn Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. C. Protective Fabric: Roll roofing type, minimum 30 lbs. per square or polyethylene film type, minimum 6 mil thickness. D. Protection Material: 1 /4" protection board, Celotex or equal. E. Protection Material: Rigid foundation insulation, specified in Section 07215. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Ensure that surfaces to receive dampproofing materials are fully cured, dry and free from frost, oil, grease, form release agents, curing compounds, laitance and loose materials detrimental to adhesion and monolithic application of dampproofing. B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter with scraper, wire brush or other recommended method. Remove grease or oil with solvent, effective alkaline cleaner or detergent. If solvents are used, follow with an application of alkaline cleaner or detergent and scrub surfaces clean with water. 3.02 APPLICATION OF DAMPPROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Apply dampproofing in accordance with the manufacturer's written instruc-tions and recommendations. Apply in one (1) continuous and uniform coat. B. Application Rate: 1. Liquid Form: 1.0 gal. per 30-35 sq. ft. of surface. 2. Semi -Mastic Form: 1 /8" wet film; 8-9 gal. per 100 sq. ft. of surface. C. Coverage: Apply from 2" below finished grade, down to one of the following, as required for the particular application or as shown on the Drawings. 1. Bottom of grade beam or footing for slab -on -grade applications. 07150 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 D. Seal construction joints occurring below grade, including joints between concrete walls, footings and floor slabs. Ensure that coating is continuous and free from breaks and pinholes. Form cover at junctions of horizontal and vertical surfaces for drainage away from the structure. E. Seal around items and services projecting through dampproofing surfaces. Apply in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and ensure that sealed areas are moisture -tight. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION MATERIAL A. Protect dampproofing from damage during backfill operations by adhering protective fabric over treated surfaces. Use of dampproofing materials as an adhesive is not acceptable. B. Backfill within seven (7) days of application, but not before allowing 24-48 hours for curing of the dampproofing, or as recommended by the manufacturer. Ensure that back fill is placed so as not to dislodge the protective fabric, rupture or damage the dampproofing membrane or dislodge the dampproofing from the coated substrate. C. Reapply dampproofing where damaged by backfilling or compaction processes to provide continuous, moisture -tight membrane. END OF SECTION 07150 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 07180 WATER REPELLANT SEALERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install clear silicone graffiti -resistance concrete unit masonry. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 03450, Architectural Precast Concrete: 2. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 3. Section 07150, Dampproofing. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE sealer for precast concrete and Clear sealer. A. Application of water repellant sealer shall be by skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts, and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Applicator shall be certified by the manufacturer of the specified water repellant system as an approved applicator. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature indicating compliance with the requirements of this Section, including installation instructions. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver the materials to the job site in the manufacturer's unopened containers with all labels intact and legible at the time of use. B. Maintain the products in a dry condition during delivery, storage, handling, and installation. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written 5-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. B. Provide installer's written 5-year warranty covering application. C. Should water penetrate through the work of this Section within warranty period following the date of Substantial Completion of the work, and promptly upon receipt of notice from the Owner to that affect, the materials supplier will provide such additional water repellant materials as are required, and the applicator will provide such equipment, labor and other materials as are required and will properly repair the area through which water penetrated, at no additional cost to the Owner. 07180 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 D. Should the water penetration not be due to faulty original workmanship or labor of this Section, the equipment, labor and materials will be paid for promptly by the Owner at the current rates of the Contractor, material supplier and applicator. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEAR SILICONE GRAFFITI -RESISTANT SEALER A. Type: Clear, penetrating solvent -based silicone elastomer, breathable to allow moisture vapor transmission, specifically formulated for graffiti control on precast concrete, brick, stucco, and other dense surfaces without altering the natural appearance. B. Performance Criteria: Provide the following minimum performance standards: 1. Water permeance: Greater than 94% when tested in accordance with ASTM E-514. 2. Moisture vapor transmission rate: 95% minimum when tested in accordance with ASTM E-96 and D-1653. 3. Accelerated weathering: No change at 1500 hours. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Sure Klean Blok-Guard and Graffiti Control by Prosoco Inc., Lawrence, KS, (785) 865-4200, as the basis of design. 2. Chemprobe Technologies, Inc., (800) 760-6776. 3. Huts America, Inc., Somerset, NJ, (800) 828-0919. 4. Okon, Inc., Lakewood, CO (303) 232-3571. 5. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, quality, durability, and performance are acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Applicator shall examine the wall surfaces to receive the specified water repellant sealer and notify the Contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to the successful application or performance of the product. Do not proceed with application until unacceptable conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Applicator. B. Prior to beginning application, the Applicator shall attend a job -site meeting with the Contractor, Architect, and Owner to discuss the application procedure and any necessary safeguards or precautions that need to be taken by the Contractor. C. Ensure that windows, doors, glazing, metal flashings, louvers, and other materials installed in the walls or wall panels to receive water repellant sealers are properly masked and protected prior to beginning application. D. Remove loose materials, debris, and other items which might adversely affect integrity of the water repellant. E. Ensure that all precast concrete and masonry to receive the specified water repellant sealer has been thoroughly cleaned as specified in their respective Sections. F. Take all necessary precautions to prevent contamination of stormwater run-off areas or other drainageways. G. Coordinate scheduling of the work of this Section with other trades as necessary for the timely completion of the work. 07180 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires. 1. Name of Bidder: 2. Permanent main office address: 3. When organized: 4. If a corporation, where incorporated: 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion) 7. General character of Work performed by your company: 8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you? If so, where and why? 9. Have your ever defaulted on a contract? If so, where and why? 10 Are you debarred by any government agency? If yes list agency name. 7/96 Section 00420 Page 1 3.02 INSTALLATION OF GRAFFITI -RESISTANT SEALER A. General: Apply specified graffiti -resistant, water repellant sealer in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and with any applicable requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction over this project. B. Apply one (1) coat (wet on wet) of the specified clear sealer, at the application rate required by the manufacturer's instructions. C. Upon completion, any further soiling or damage to the precast concrete or masonry surfaces shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor. PART 4 SCHEDULE 4.01 APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. General: Apply the specified clear sealer to the following areas: 1. Architectural precast concrete wall caps and copings. 2. Concrete unit masonry walls and columns. END OF SECTION 07180 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 07190 VAPOR RETARDERS PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install vapor barriers in attic construction where optional blown -in -place roof insulation is utilized. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 2. Section 07200, Building Insulation. 3. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Vapor Barrier: Translucent polyethylene sheets, as recommended by manufacturer for intended uses. 1. Attic Construction: 4 mil minimum. B. Moisture/Air Infiltration Flashings: Refer to Section 07270. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation of Vapor Barrier in Attics: 1. Install using 1 /2" minimum staples through cardboard disc or strip reinforcement. Staple every 6" along structural members and blocking and 3" in from edge of sheet. Run long edge of sheet along structural member. 2. Seal joints with vapor -resistant tape of type recommended by manufacturer. 3. Seal penetrations through vapor barrier immediately prior to installation of gypsum board. B. At completion of vapor barrier installation and at completion of project, inspect exposed plastic vapor barrier for holes, tears and punctures and repair damaged areas. Vapor barrier is to be airtight and free from holes, tears and punctures. END OF SECTION 07190 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install building insulation materials to provide thermal and vapor barrier for building elements and spaces, including: 1. Foil -faced batt insulation in exterior wall and roof construction and return air plenums where left exposed. 2. Blown -in -place insulation in exterior roof construction. 3. Foamed -in masonry cell insulation for hollow core masonry construction. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Installation of foamed -in masonry cell insulation. 2. Section 07150, Dampproofing. 3. Section 07190, Vapor Retarders. 4. Section 07215, Foundation Insulation 5. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim: Insulation baffles. 6. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 7. Division 15, Mechanical: Ductwork and piping insulations. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards: 1. FS HH-1-524: Insulation Board, Thermal (Polystyrene). 2. FS L-P-375C (2): Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl -Chloride. 3. FS HH-1-521: Insulation Blankets, Thermal Fiber, for ambient temperatures. 4. FS HH-1-103B: Insulation, Blown -in Fiberglass. 5. ASTM E 84: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 6. ASTM C665: Faced Insulation Materials. B. Certification: Manufacturers shall certify that insulation materials are free of asbestos and urea formaldehyde and are non -toxic. C. Certification: Installer shall install an insulation certification card upon completion of the insulation work as specified in paragraph 3.04. D. Recycled Materials Content: Fiberglass batt insulation materials furnished for this Project shall contain a minimum 25% recycled glass content. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product literature and specifications indicating compliance with the requirements of this Section for each type of insulation material specified. Clearly mark each submittal for R-value of insulation material being furnished. 07210 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Furnish materials in manufacturer's original packaging, complete with installation instructions. B. Store materials away from sources of intense heat such as open flames or welder's torches. C. Protect materials from exposure to moisture and sunlight with an opaque light-colored tarp or equal. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide the manufacturer's written warranty covering materials, workmanship and retention of R-value of insulation materials for the following terms: 1. Faced and Unfaced Blanket Insulation: Two (2) years. 2. Foil -Faced Rigid Board Insulation: Fifteen (15) years. 3. Foamed -in Insulation: Two (2) years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION A. General: Comply with FS HH-1-524C, Type IV, high -density, extruded polystyrene rigid board insulation, square edges. Compressive strength of 25 psi. R-value of 5.0 minimum per inch at 750 F K-value of 0.20. 1. Apply at foundation as indicated on the Drawings. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Styrofoam SM, Dow Chemical Co., Midland, MI, (800) 232-2436. 2. Foamular 250, UC Industries, Chicago, IL. 3. Amofoam CM or RCY, Amoco Foam Products Co., Atlanta, GA, (800) 241-4402. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 BATT INSULATION, FOIL -FACED A. General: FS HH-1-521 F, Type I. Flame -resistant, foil-skrim-kraft laminate faced glass or other inorganic fibers and resinous binders formed into flexible blankets, flame spread/smoke rating of 25/50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Density not less than 1.5 lbs. per cu. ft. K-value of 0.27 at 750 F. R-value as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Apply in framed exterior walls, vaulted ceilings and attics where materials are not covered or protected by gypsum wallboard or other approved materials, as required for wall/ceiling/floor/roof fire assemblies, or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Apply in attic or concealed spaces designed as return air plenums. B. Sizes: Provide manufacturers' standard rolls, roll width as follows: 1. Wood Framing at 16" o.c.: 15" wide. 2. Wood Framing at 24" o.c.: 23" wide. 07210 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Thermal -Shield Flame Resistant FSK-25 by Johns Manville International, Inc., Denver, CO, (800) 654-3103, as basis of design. 2. Certainteed, Valley Forge, PA, and distributed from Arlington, TX, (817) 461-5535. 3. Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corp., Toledo, OH, and represented locally in Denver, CO, (303) 757-6121. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 2.03 BLOWN -IN -PLACE INSULATION A. General: FS HH-1-1030B and ASTM C764. Blown -in fiberglass suitable for intended use. Class A, flame spread of 5 or less (ASTM E84) and smoke developed of 5, non-combustible (ASTM E136). 1. Apply in attic spaces where allowed by Paragraph 3.05. Contractors option. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Insul-Safe III by Certainteed, Valley Forge, PA, (913) 342-5759. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 2.04 FOAMED -IN MASONRY CELL INSULATION A. General: Two -component foamed -in -plate insulation system, consisting of amino-platt resin and a catalyst foaming agent surfactant, Class A fire rating when tested in accordance with ESTM E-84. R-value of 9.1 when installed in 8" thick concrete unit masonry walls. 1. Apply in all non -grouted cells of hollow concrete unit masonry walls where shown on the Drawings. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Core -Fill 500 by Tailored Chemical Products, Inc., Hickory, NC, (800) 627-1687. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 2.05 INSULATION ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive or Attachments: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer, capable of securely adhering insulation to applicable surfaces. B. Vapor Barrier: Specified in Section 07190. B. Vapor Barrier in Attic Construction: Translucent polyethylene sheets, as recommended by manufacturer for intended uses, 4 mil minimum, when used in conjunction with blown -in - place insulation. D. Insulation Baffles: Specified in Section 07621. E. Tape: 2" wide self -adhering type, polyethylene -faced. F. Air Infiltration Wrap: Specified in Section 07270. G. Suspension Wire: Type and gage as recommended by insulation manufacturer, as required to hang anticipated weight of insulation blankets. 07210 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the surfaces, substrates, wall, floor and ceiling cavities and conditions under which the insulation work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the insulation work until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Ensure that insulation baffles have been properly installed in attic spaces. C. Ensure that all electrical lighting fixtures, mechanical equipment and other devices protruding into rafter, attic or soffit cavities are properly rated to be in contact with insulation. If they are not, Contractor shall build enclosures around such fixtures to hold insulation materials away as required by the fixture manufacturer's warranty and installation requirements. Maintain tops of enclosures open to allow adequate ventilation of fixtures and devices. D. Ensure that all existing and/or new electrical wiring and other devices protruding into wall cavities are properly rated to be in contact with foamed -in insulation materials. E. Installer shall discuss specific site conditions with the Architect concerning the proper selection of appropriate materials for ceiling/attic installations, as referenced in Paragraph 3.03. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. General: Cut and trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Butt edges and ends tight. B. Install insulation to fit tightly between framing members and fill all voids. C. Fit insulation tight against mechanical, electrical and other items which protrude through plane of insulation; fit insulation to outside of plumbing in exterior walls. D. Ensure that cavities, chases and other void spaces open to attics, crawlspaces, etc. are sealed with insulation, unless used as approved mechanical plenums. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF FOIL -FACED EXTRUDED POLYISOCYANURATE BOARD INSULATION A. General: Install rigid board insulation materials in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and recommendations. If instructions do not apply to project conditions, consult with manufacturer's technical representative before proceeding with the work. B. Ensure that surfaces which are to receive board insulation are clean, free of deleterious matter and are sufficiently level to allow proper installation of insulation. C. Install rigid insulation to maintain continuous and complete thermal protection for building spaces and elements. Use board insulation free of broken or chipped edges. D. Secure rigid insulation in place using material of panel width required for spacing of Z- furring, specified in Section 09110. Place insulation vertically, stagger horizontal joints and fit tightly between furring members without gaps. E. Install insulation with foil -face to the warm side of building spaces using method recommended by manufacturer with specified adhesive. 07210 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.04 INSTALLATION OF BLANKET -TYPE BATT INSULATION A. General: Install batt insulation materials in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Use unfaced, paper -faced or foil -faced insulation materials as scheduled herein, or required by the provisions of applicable building codes. B. Use batt insulation free of ripped back or edges, with vapor barrier intact. C. Install batt insulation in wall cavities without visible gaps or separations. Use roll widths as required for type and spacing of framing members, as scheduled above. Fit insulation tight within spaces and tight to and behind mechanical and electrical services. D. Install batt insulation and vapor barrier in accordance with manufacturer's recommend- ations. Install after mechanical and electrical services within walls have been installed. Provide R-value as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. E. Install insulation with vapor barrier membrane facing warm side of building spaces. Lap ends and side flanges of membranes over framing members. Tape in place. Tape seal butt ends and lapped side flanges and ends. Do not tear or cut membranes. F. Place vapor barrier on interior face of insulation by taping to framing members. Tape seal areas where wires penetrate vapor barrier. G. Extend vapor barrier tight to full perimeter of adjacent items interrupting the plane of membrane. Tape seal in place. H. Suspended Roof/Attic Areas: Hang insulation along lines of roof/attic cavities where shown on the Drawings using specified hanger wire strung between framing members. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF BLOWN -IN INSULATION A. General: Install blown -in -place insulation in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions for the particular conditions of installation in each case. If instructions do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative before proceeding with the work. B. Do not use blown -in insulation in vaulted ceiling cavities steeper than 3 in 12 pitch, where vaulted attic cavity is too narrow to allow the proper installation of blown -in materials, or where blown -in insulation will not remain in place due to ceiling/roof slope, ventilation of drafts through the attic or other potential cause of insulation displacement. Install blanket -type insulation materials in these conditions. 1. Install blanket -type insulation in attic areas within 48" of perimeter eave soffit vents. C. Where blown -in -place insulation is used in lieu of faced blanket -type batt insulation, install specified vapor barrier to the warm side of the attic prior to placing insulation. Ensure full coverage of vapor barrier. 1. Lap seams minimum 6" and seal joints with vapor -resistant tape of type recommended by manufacturer. 2. Attach and seal edges to perimeter wood plates as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Install insulation in attic cavities in a manner to completely fill all voids. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF FOAMED -IN MASONRY CELL INSULATION A. General: Install foamed -in -place insulation in all non -grouted areas of 8" hollow concrete unit masonry, in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 07210 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Drill holes in mortar joints in increments recommended by the manufacturer, unless insulation is to be installed from the top of uncapped walls. C. Install insulation to completely fill all cavities and voids. D. Patch holes in mortar joints upon completion of installation. 3.07 SPECIFIC INSTALLATION APPLICATIONS A. Attic Access Doors: Install insulation over doors to maintain thermal barrier. 1. Batt Insulation: Tape seal insulation to attic side of doors, cut to fit tightly. 2. Blown -in -Place Insulation: Adhere two (2) layers of rigid board insulation specified above to attic side of doors, minimum R-value of 20. 3.08 INSULATION CERTIFICATION A. Upon completion, the Installer shalt install an insulation certification card in the attic space of each unit or applicable portion of building, at the access panel, stating the following information: 1. Name of installer. 2. Date of installation. 3. Manufacturer(s) of insulation materials installed. 4. Types of insulation materials installed. 5. R-values of insulation materials installed. END OF SECTION 07210 - 6 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 07464 PRIMED HARDBOARD SIDING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install primed hardboard siding, complete with fasteners and accessories. B. Furnish and install primed hardboard fascia, casing, mouldings and trim. C. Furnish and install primed hardboard soffits, complete with fasteners and accessories. D. Furnish and install coated organic felt base sheet over wall sheathing, if specified. E. Install wall sheathing furnished by others, unless arranged for otherwise. F. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Installation. 2. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 3. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing. 4. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 5. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 6. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform with applicable requirements of the following standards and codes: 1. NFPA: National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 2. APA: Plywood Specification and Grade Guide C20. 3. Uniform Building Code, current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature and installation instructions, illustrating the manufacturer's full line of sizes, lap patterns, exposures, textures and finishes. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full line of standard patterns and textures for selection by the Architect. Submit samples of each siding and trim type specified. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials stored on the site shall be kept off the ground on pallets or stringers and covered top and sides. B. Siding shall be stored level on properly aligned stringers. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written 5-year warranty on the primed finish and 25-year warranty on the substrate, covering defects in materials and workmanship. 07464 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide the Owner with 1% additional stock of each size and type of siding specified for replacement. Refer to Section 01600, Material and Equipment. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 PRIMED HARDBOARD PLANK SIDING MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. General: Hardwood formed from expanded wood fibers, rejoined under heat and pressure, factory primed for field finishing, conforming to ANSI Al35.6, with the following physical properties: 1. Flexural Strength (Modulus of Rupture): 1800 psi minimum. 2. Tensile Strength (Parallel to Panel): 1500 psi minimum. 3. Tensile Strength (Perpendicular to Panel): 75 psi minimum. 4. Water Absorption (24 hr. Immersion): 15% maximum. 5. Caliper swell (24 hr. Immersion): 10% maximum. B. Primed Hardboard Plank Siding: 1. Size(s): 8" width planks x 16-0" Lengths x nominal 1/2" thick, or as required to match the existing exposure and profile. 2. Profile: Manufacturers standard formed bevel lap. 3. Exposure: 4". 4. Edge Construction: Top and bottom horizontal edges of planks shall be shiplapped for flush, bevel lap installation. 5. Weight: 1.75 psf for 1 /2" nominal thickness. 6. Thermal Resistance for 1 /2" nominal thickness: R = .58. 7. Texture: Manufacturer's standard weathered pine or wood grain (smooth) texture. 8. Finish: Manufacturer's standard prime coat finish, ready for field finishing specified in Section 09900. C. Primed Hardboard Fascia, Casings, Mouldings, and Trim: Manufacturer's standard squared edged, board -type primed hardboard trim: 1. Size(s): Widths as shown on the Drawings x manufacturer's standard lengths. 2. Thickness(es): Manufacturer's standard nominal material thickness(es), as required for the following installation methods: a. Installed Butted to Siding: Nominal 1" thick. 3. Texture: Smooth. 4. Finish: Manufacturer's standard prime coat finish, ready for field finishing specified in Section 09900. D. Primed Hardboard Soffits: Manufacturer's standard primed hardboard sheet soffit material: 1. Size: T-0" width x 16-0" length x nominal 1 /2" thick. 2. Texture: Manufacturer's standard rough -sawn cedar or wood grain texture. 3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard prime coat finish, ready for field finishing specified in Section 09900. E. Accessories: Provide all necessary accessories by the manufacturer for complete installation of siding, soffit and trim systems. 07464 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of construction: 12. List your major equipment available for this contract: 13. Experience in construction work similar in importance to this project: 14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including officers: 15. Credit available: $ 16. Bank reference: 17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER? 19 Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR? If yes, in what city, county and state? What class, license and numbers? Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract? If yes, what percent of total contract? and to whom? 20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time? IF yes, DETAIL 7/96 Section 00420 Page 2 F. Nails: Galvanized box nails with a minimum 1 /4" diameter head x length required by the manufacturer. Use of staples or T-nails is not acceptable. G. Underlayment: 30 lb. asphalt saturated and coated organic felt base sheet meeting requirements of ASTM D2626-81 without perforations. H. Approved Style and Manufacturer: 1. Masonite Corp., Laurel, MS, and distributed in Denver, CO, (800) 255-0785. 2. Sturbridge Series by Georgia Pacific Corp., Atlanta, GA, and distributed locally in Denver, CO, (800) 830-7370. 3. Louisiana Pacific Corp., Portland, OR, (503) 221-0800. 4. Weyerhauser Company, Klamath Falls, OR, and distributed in Denver, CO, (800) 332-8291. 5. Forestex Company, Portland, OR, (503) 295-0951. 6. All siding, accessories, exposed fasteners, caulking and other components shall be by the same manufacturer throughout the project, unless specifically approved otherwise. 7. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function and performance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Installer shall inspect rough framing, wall sheathing and/or existing solid substrate and notify the Contractor of any conditions which will affect the successful installation of the siding, soffit and trim systems. Installer shall not proceed with the work of this Section until such conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Layout siding work to minimize number of lap joints. Refer to the Drawings for locations of vertical trim boards or other details intended to eliminate or reduce the amount of vertical siding joints. C. Install insulative and/or wood wall sheathing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations, unless arranged for otherwise. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF SIDING AND SOFFIT PANELS A. General: Install siding over approved sheathing in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Use plank siding and soffit panels of longest possible length to minimize butt edge joints between panels. In no case shall butt edge joints be allowed in siding panel spans shorter than the specified panel length. Where vertical trim boards are shown on the Drawings to specifically break the siding panel span, no butt edge joints shall be allowed between trim boards. C. Locate panel edge joints over centerlines of wall framing, or provide solid blocking behind edges. Stagger panels vertically as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Nailing: Nail type and length shall be as required by the manufacturer. Nail spacing shall not exceed 16" o.c. at locations where stud backing is at 16" o.c.; nail spacing shall not exceed 12" o.c. at locations where stud backing is at 24" o.c. Do not overdrive or countersink nail heads, do not drive nails at an angle, and do not break the primed hardboard surface of the siding and soffit panels and trims. 07464 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 E. Joints: Provide joints between vertical and horizontal surfaces of siding panels, soffits, fascias, trims and other dissimilar materials as recommended by the manufacturer, but in no case less than 3/16" wide. Make cuts in panels and trim straight, true and in proper alignment, maintaining joint width tolerance of ± 1 /16". 1. Butt edge joints between siding panels and other horizontal and vertical joints shall be caulked with sealants specified in Section 07900. 2. Use of plastic T- or H-shaped trims to cover butt edge joints in siding panels will not be allowed. F. Finishing: Primed hardboard siding and soffit panels to be field finished as specified in Section 09900. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF HARDBOARD TRIM A. General: Install hardboard fascias and other running and standing trims in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Use boards of longest practicable length to minimize butt edge joints. Where joints are necessary, cut board ends to provide scarf -type joints, with angle facing downward in vertical trims. C. Install trims as detailed on the Drawings or specified herein: 1. Installed Butted to Siding: Provide joints of uniform width between edges of siding panels and trims, as specified in paragraph 3.02 above. Caulk joints between edges of siding and trim, specified in Section 07900. D. Trim pieces forming outside corners of fascia, eave, wall corners, or similar conditions shall be screwed together, not nailed, where these pieces are to remain exposed to view in the final construction. E. Installation of caulking and sealants shall be the work of this Section, unless arranged for otherwise. F. Finishing: Primed hardboard fascias, casings, mouldings, and trims are to be field finished as specified in Section 09900. END OF SECTION 07464 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SFffm 07610 PREFINISHED METAL ROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install prefinished metal roofing, mechanically -seamed, complete with all associated copings, flashings and trims. B. Furnish and install prefinished, ventilated soffit systems, complete with all associated attachments and trims. C. Furnish and install prefinished metal fascia and/or siding systems, as a part of the prefinished roofing system, complete with all associated attachments and trims. D. Furnish and install pPotective underlayments. E. Furnish and install prefabricated snow guards, complete with adhesive system. F. Furnish all equipment required for field forming and cutting operations of the prefinished metal roofing system. G. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim. 2. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the following reference standards and codes: 1. ASTM D226: Asphalt -Saturated Organic Felt. 2. NAAMM: Metal Finishes Handbook. 3. SMACNA: Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 4. ASTM B209: Aluminum. 5. ASTM A446: Hot -Dipped Galvanized Steel. 6. Uniform Building Code, current edition. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Prefinished roofing material shall be by a manufacturer who has been in business for a minimum of ten (10) years. C. Installer Qualifications: Installation shall be by an installer with minimum of five (5) years successful experience on projects of similar scale and complexity. 1. Certification: Installer shall be a manufacturer -certified installer, and provide copy of such certification as specified in paragraph 1.03 below. D. Manufacturer shall ensure the compatibility of all components, accessories and equipment that are part of the fabrication of the roofing and siding and the overall quality and reliability of the system. E. Manufacturer shall be responsible for any redesign of the basic building components, roof and wall panel layout or accessories required by variance between the manufacture►'s standard fabrication process and that shown on the Drawings as the basis of design. F. Design Criteria: 1. Roof Live Load (snow): 30 psf. 2. Horizontal Wind Load: 100 mph wind loading, Exposure C, UBC current edition. 07610 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 G. Manufacturer will provide a field representative for on -site inspection of the components to ensure that the installation is complete and weathertight and meets the factory quality control requirements of the manufacturer and as specified in this Section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Literature: Submit manufacturers written product literature and specifications illustrating the proposed roofing materials and components showing compliance with the requirements of this Section. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating proposed panelization of the roofs, fabrication and fastening details, trims, closures and accessories and installation details and instructions. C. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full line of prefinished metal textures and colors for selection by the Architect. 1. Submit sample of roofing system, minimum 12" x 12", illustrating typical interlocked standing seam condition. D. Installer Certification: Submit manufacturer's letter or certificate demonstrating certification by the manufacturer. E. Test Data: Submit air infiltration test data specified in paragraph 1.05 below. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Installer shall coordinate the delivery schedule for the roofing systems with the Contractor to assure that all roof and wall substrates are properly prepared when the components are delivered to the site. 1.05 TESTING A. Manufacturer shall submit negative load test performed by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM E330-70 (Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors under the Influence of Wind Loads). When tested in multiple spans of three (3) or more sections, the .032" (0.81 mm) aluminum roofing/siding material shall span 5-6" (1.68m) and withstand a negative load of 40 psf (1915.2 pascals) without damage; .040" (1.02mm) aluminum roofing/siding material shall span 68" (2.03m) and withstand a negative load of 50 psf (2394.0 pascals) without damage. B. Seals between pans shall be affected such that at 18 psf (8862 pascals) static pressure, air infiltration shall not exceed .012 cfm per sq. ft. (.0037 cu. meters per minute per sq. meter). Manufacturer shall submit air infiltration tests performed by an independent testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM E283. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written two-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, including installation on the site. B. Provide manufacturer's standard 20-year warranty covering failure of the specified finish. 07610 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART PRODUCTS 2.01 PREFINISHED MECHANICALLY -SEAMED METAL ROOFING A. General: Prefinished metal roofing shall be factory fabricated and field rolled and seamed, using site -based manufacturer -approved equipment suitable for application. System shall include all ridge and hip caps and/or standing seams, parapet flashings and caps, flashings, copings, trims and accessories necessary for a complete and weathertight installation. 1. Roofing Type: Standing, narrow profile interlocked seams with flat pans. B. Materials: 24-gage minimum galvanized steel or .032" aluminum alloy, 3004 coil stock. 1. Texture: Smooth. 2. Ribs: Provide two (2) rigidizing striation ribs in each pan width, manufacturer's standard profile, as required for pan rigidity. 3. Finish: Prefinished by manufacturer, Kynar 500 fluorocarbon coating, minimum 1 mil (.025mm) thick consisting of a prime coat and finish coat. 4. Color: The Architect shall select color(s) from the manufacturer's full line of standard prefinished colors. A maximum of three (3) different colors may be used for this project. C. Fabrication: Roll -form manufacturer's prefinished coil stock to produce finished, exposed pan width of 16" maximum, flat panel. 1. Panelization of roofing shall be as shown on the Drawings, unless otherwise approved. Factory fabricate to the greatest extent possible. 2. Panel Clips: 30-gage stainless steel, fabricated to be interlockable with sheet, if used. 3. Pan Lengths: Form pans to run full length from eave or pitch break to ridge, without horizontal joints. 4. Hem exposed edges on underside 1 /2". Miter and seam corners. 5. Standing Seams: Form material for standing seams at spacing specified for finished, exposed pan width. Seam height shalt be 1-1 /2" (2") maximum, narrow profile with maximum 1 /2" width. D. Installation Type: Interlocking, standing seam. E. Fasteners: All fasteners shall be aluminum, steel or the same material as the prefinished roofing and shall be concealed, except as shown on the Drawings. 1. Staples: Standard epoxy -coated steel. F. Approved System and Manufacturers: 1. Zee -Lock Standing Seam Roofing by Berridge Manufacturing, Houston, TX, and represented in Denver, CO, (800) 735-3703, as the basis of design. 2. Aeicor Metal Products, Inc., Fort Lauderdale, FL, (305) 974-3300. 3. AEP-Span, Dallas, TX, (800) 527-2503. 4. A Et S Building Systems, Inc., Caryville, TN, (615) 426-2141. 5. Atas Aluminum Corp., Allentown, PA, (215) 395-8445. 6. Copper Sales, Inc., Minneapolis, MN, (800) 426-7737. 7. Delcoa Industries, Inc., Pompano Beach, FL, (305) 979-5004. 8. Englert, Inc., Perth Amboy, NJ, and represented locally in Commerce City, CO, (303)288-8070. 9. Follansbee Steel, Follansbee, WV, (304) 527-1260. 10. Merchant and Evans, Inc., Burlington, NJ, (609) 387-3033. 11. M M Systems Corp., Tucker, GA, (800) 241-3460. 07610 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 12. Overly Manufacturing Co., Greensburg, PA, (412) 834-7300. 13. Petersen Aluminum Corp., Elk Grove Village, IL, (800) 722-2523. 14. Ultra Seam, Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 292-1511. 15. Manufacturers providing prefinished metal roofing systems of same design, appearance, function, quality, performance and components are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. All systems shall be based upon the specified systems and components. Alternate manufacturers accepted by the Architect prior to bid date shall not relieve the manufacturers of an obligation to, at his own expense, make changes in the structure, etc. as necessary to accommodate the alternate systems. 2.02 ASSOCIATED FLASHINGS AND TRIMS A. Contractor shall coordinate the furnishing of associated flashings, trims, gutters and downspouts specified in other Sections for exposed locations with the work of this Section. Such work shall be by the same manufacturer/installer as the prefinished metal roofing to the greatest extent possible. B. Gage: Provide the following minimum gages for accessory materials: 1. 24-gage for cap flashings and step flashings. 2. 24-gage for gutters and open -face box downspouts. 3. 24-gage for conductor heads and thru-wall scrupper flashings. 4. 24-gage for ridge and hip cap flashings. 5. 26-gage for valley flashings. 6. 24-gage for other miscellaneous trims not specified for other gages. 2.03 UNDERLAYMENTS A. Primary Underlayment: Asphalt saturated and coated organic felt base sheet meeting requirements of ASTM D-2626-81 without perforations. Provide minimum 30 lb. weight for felt sheets, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. B. Secondary Underlayment: Unreinforced elastomeric sheet roofing, minimum 45 mil thickness, black, 3'-0" and/or 6'-0" wide rolls, Sure -Seal Elastomeric Membrane by Carlisle Tire and Rubber Co., Carlisle, PA, (800) 433-5326, or equal. 2.04 PREFABRICATED SNOW GUARDS A. General: Prefabricated, prefinished polycarbonate polymer ice and snow guards, adhered to prefinished metal roofing pans where shown on the Drawings or recommended by the manufacturer. B. Material: Polycarbonate polymer material shall be one of the following: 1. General Electric Lexan. 2. Bayer Makrolon. 3. Dow Calibre. 4. Approved equal. C. Shape and Size: Manufacturer's standard diamond shaped, 3 dimensional guards, providing minimum 7" snow holding area at base of unit. D. Finish: Solid color to match specified metal roofing color. E. Adhesive System: Manufacturer's standard adhesive system to provide minimum 1,300 lbs. Of sheer strength per unit, Scotch VHB double coated acrylic foam tape by 3M, factory- 07610 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 applied to guards, with Tape Primer 94 for adhesive of the 3M tape to metal roofing, or approved equal. F. Installation Appearance: Diagonal installation method. G. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Sno-Gem Inc., McHenry, IL, (888) 766-4367, as basis of design. 2. Manufacturers providing products of same design, function, quality and performance are acceptable. 2.05 FABRICATION A. General: Prefinished metal roofing system shall be factory fabricated, rolled and finished for field forming, installation and seaming. B. Valley Pans: All metal valley pans shall be fabricated with inverted dams at the center of the valley. C. Edges: All exposed edges, including pan edges at valleys, shall have edges hemmed 1 /2" minimum. D. Profiles shall conform to current SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual standards and details. 1. Cap Flashings and Counterflashings: As shown on the Drawings. 2. Drip/Fascia Flashings: As shown on the Drawings. E. Galvanized Valley and Sill Flashings: Refer to Section 07621. 2.06 FIELD EQUIPMENT A. Installer shall furnish and maintain all site -based cutting, forming and seaming equipment as necessary to fabricate and install all metal roofing, accessories and trim for a complete and weathertight installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which metal roofing work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions which would prevent the successful completion of this work. Do not start work until unacceptable conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Installer shall be responsible for ensuring delivery of the prefinished materials and roll - forming equipment to the site, as specified in paragraph 1.04, at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Ensure that substrate is sound, dry, properly sloped for drainage and -securely anchored in position. D. Ensure that proper subframing and/or blocking has been installed as required for installation of the prefinished siding, soffit and fascia systems. E. Ensure that provision has been made for roof drains, scuppers, flashings and all other interface items attaching to or penetrating through the prefinished metal roofing. F. Ensure that adjacent work of other trades has been completed and approved prior to beginning work, to the greatest extent possible. 07610 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 G. Verify requirements for secondary underlayments with the Building Official with jurisdiction over this Project. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF UNDERLAYMENT A. Primary Underlayment: 1. Over entire roof deck area, place piles of 36" wide underlayment, with ends and edges weatherlapped minimum 6". Stagger end joints of each consecutive layer. Nail underlayment sufficiently to hold in place. 2. Install underlayment perpendicular to slope of roof. 3. Weatherlap and seal with plastic cement items protecting through or mounted on roof. B. Secondary Underlayment: 1. General: Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 2. Install in locations as shown on the Drawings, or specified herein, but in no case less than as required by local codes. 3. Apply one (1) width of secondary underlayment at gutters and overhanging eaves, width as required to completely cover projected eaves, wrap concealed gutters and other features where shown on the Drawings, and extend up the slope of the roof minimum 24" or to the minimum extent required by the local jurisdiction. Lap end joints 4" and side joints 2". Use multiple widths or larger single -width rolls if required by project conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PREFINISHED METAL ROOFING A. General: Field fabrication and installation shall be done in accordance with all applicable building codes, standards and the written instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer of the approved prefinished metal roofing. Roofing shall be anchored firmly into position, forming a completely watertight and weathertight installation. 1. Field Fabrication Details: All aspects of field rolling, cutting and installation processes shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, including but not limited to, the following: a. Pan length, including separation from adjacent pans at roof valleys. b. Ridge cap flashings. C. Hip transition flashings. d. Drip edge flashings at gutters. e. Eave and rake edge flashings. 2. Fabricate and install prefinished metal roofing (and siding) to allow for expansion and contraction of all components and assemblies without compromising the structural capacity or weathertightness of the system. B. Roofing shall be formed on the job site in continuous lengths, manufactured to actual field measurements. Transitions of roofing at ridge, sloped roof to fascia, fascia to soffit, etc. shall be made in a continuous manner without flashings, closures, etc. Horizontal lap joints are not acceptable. Neoprene secured by metal profile closures shall be provided when a one-piece change of direction is not applicable. Hold-down brackets shall allow for thermal movement and shall be installed at each panel joint. Longitudinal spacing of hold-down brackets shall be arranged to allow for positive uniform load of 40 psf (1915.2 pascals), negative uniform load of 30 psf (1436.4 pascals) or other required loading. No 07610 - 6 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 perforations shall be made in roofing or siding by fasteners, except as shown on the Drawings. C. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual specifications shall govern for material and workmanship not otherwise specified herein. D. Standing Seam System: Standing seams of the prefinished roof system shall be 16" o.c., formed 1-1/2" high maximum and mechanically closed in the field with manufacturers continuous seaming equipment. Install cleats at spacing recommended by manufacturer for pan width, roof span and wind exposure. The roofing system shall be installed plumb, straight and true to adjacent work. Ribs shall be equidistant from rake ends, corners, hips, mullions, etc. in accordance with design concept and as shown on the Drawings. 1. Cut ends of pans and standing seams on curved roof edges to produce a uniformly formed and smooth edge. 2. Finish exposed ends of standing seams in accordance with manufacturer's standard details and the approved shop drawings. 3. Hip Transitions: Soldered transitions are required where shown on the Drawings, or specified elsewhere in this Section. In these applications, hip closure cap flashings will not be acceptable. E. Ridge Closures: Ridge lines of the prefinished roof system shall be closed with manufacturer's standard ridge cap flashing trims, unless a continuous pan break over the ridge is specifically specified. F. Miscellaneous Flashings and Break Metal: Form sheet materials as detailed on the Drawings for miscellaneous flashings, counterf lashings and trims. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PREFABRICATED SNOW GUARDS A. General: Install prefabricated snow guards in strict accordance with the manufacturers instructions and recommendations. B. Install guards in locations shown on the Drawings or recommended by the manufacturer. C. Install in pattern shown on the Drawings, using specified installation appearance. D. Adhesive Installation: Conform to the installation requirements of the manufacturer for this installation method. 1. Apply thin coat of primer to roof surface. 2. Peel release paper backing off adhesive tape on snow guard base. 3. Place snow guard in position on metal surface, applying form, even pressure perpendicular to roof surface. 4. Apply bead of sealant around snow guard perimeter. 5. Contact manufacturer for time periods and ambient temperatures required for full curing of 3M adhesive tape. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Installer shall thoroughly clean installed prefinished roof panels and trim, using only cleaning products recommended by the manufacturer for this application. Cleaning operation shall not mar or abrade the metal finish. B. Do not permit unnecessary walking on the finished roofing system. Require all personnel to wear rubber -soled shoes when installing or walking on the finished roof. C. Remove all excess material and scraps from the site. END OF SECTION 07610 - 7 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 07621 GALVANIZED METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install new galvanized sheet metal reglets, flashings, counterf lashings, gutters, downspouts and overflow scuppers as indicated on the Drawings. B. Furnish and install new prefinished galvanized sheet metal seamless gutters, downspouts, trims, flashings and accessories. C. Furnish and install galvanized sheet metal valley and drip flashings. D. Furnish and install prefinished metal soffit vents and roof vents. E. Furnish and install new galvanized sheet metal attic insulation baffles. F. Furnish miscellaneous metal flashings to other Sections as required. G. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Flexible masonry flashings. 2. Section 07210, Building Insulation. 3. Section 07466, Wood Siding. 4. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing: Prefinished gutters, downspouts and trim. 5. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 6. Section 09900, Painting. 7. Section 10210, Metal Wall Louvers: Prefinished gable end vents. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. SMACNA, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, current edition. B. Fabrication and installation shall be by manufacturers personnel or manufacturerapproved subcontractor with minimum five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and shop drawings indicating materials, shapes, proposed layout of joints, special details and intersections, and fabrication and assembly details. B. Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard colors of prefinished flashings, gutters and downspouts for selection by the Architect. C. Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard profiles of galvanized flashings and trim for selection by the Architect. 07621 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 21. What are the limits of your public liability? (provide detail) What company? 22. What are your company's bonding limitations? 23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications. Dated at this day of Name of Bidder By: Title: State of County of , 20 being duly sworn deposes and says that he is of and that (name of organization) the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 Notary Public My commission expires 7/96 Section 00420 Page 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PREFINISHED GALVANIZED METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. Prefinished Galvanized Metal: Commercial quality with 0.20% copper, ASTM A525, except ASTM 527 for lock -forming hot -dipped galvanized: G90 hot -dip galvanized, mill phosphatized. 1. Gages: a. 24-gage for cap flashings and exposed step flashings. b. 24-gage for gutters and open -face box downspouts. C. 24-gage for conductor heads and thru-wall scupper flashings. d. 24-gage for kick flashings. e. 22-gage for clips, retainers and other concealed backer materials. f. 26-gage for edge flashings and other miscellaneous trims not specified for other gages. 2. Finish: Supply galvanized sheet metal flashings and trim with manufacturer's standard baked -on enamel finish. Color to be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. 3. Profiles: Specified in paragraph 2.03 below, shop formed to extent possible. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Fasteners: Concealed clip -type of same material as flashings, sized to suit application. B. Nails: Hot -dipped galvanized steel roofing type. C. Screws: Hot -dipped galvanized Phillips head, with neoprene washers. D. Solder and Flux: Type recommended for materials being used. E. Bituminous Paint: Acid- and alkali -resistant type, black color. F. Plastic Cement: Cutback asphaltic type, FS SS-C-00153a. G. Sealant: One (1) component silicone, conforming to FS TT-S-00230, non -staining, non - bleeding, non -sagging, of color suitable for material matching. 1. Dow 790 or equal. H. Soffit Vents (Disk Type): Galvanized sheet metal round disk vents for installation in soffits or rafter rim joints/blocking, 26-gage. 1. Size: 3" diameter or manufacturer's standard. 2. Finish: Galvanized for field finishing. I. Gable End Vents: Prefinished metal wall louvers, specified in Section 10210. J. Insulation Baffles: Galvanized sheet metal insulation baffles for installation between roof trusses or rafters. 1. Size: 24" wide (or as required for condition) x 31" overall length. 2. Approved Manufacturer: Ampcor Series BV by Anderson Metal Products Co., Taylorsville, MS, or equal. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Form sections square, true and accurate to size, free from distortion and other defects detrimental to appearance or performance. B. Form sections in maximum lengths possible. Make allowances for expansion and contraction at joints. 07621 -2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1. Provide for thermal expansion at 10' intervals, unless otherwise shown. Use material in longest practical lengths. Sections shorter than 3'-U' will not be allowed. C. Form stepped parapet cap flashings as detailed on the Drawings. Provide mitered intersections between horizontal and vertical sections. D. Joints and seams exposed to view are to be flat -lock type, except corners, or detailed as flat -butt joints with back-up plate. Open -lap seams are not permitted for joints exposed to view. Fabricate corners minimum 18" x 18", mitered, soldered and sealed as one (1) piece. Seal all seams with elastic cement. E. Wipe and wash clean soldered joints to remove traces of flux immediately after soldering. F. Hem exposed edges of flashings to underside 1 /2". Hemmed edges shall be straight, square design, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. G. Backpaint flashings with bituminous paint where expected to be in contact with cementitious materials or dissimilar metals. H. Profiles shall conform to current SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual standards and details. 1. Valley Flashings: 24" wide x continuous lengths. 2. Drip/Fascia Flashings: As shown on the Drawings. 3. Sill Flashings at Masonry Veneer: As shown on the Drawings. 2.05 FIELD EQUIPMENT A. Installer shall furnish and maintain any site -based cutting, forming and seaming equipment as necessary to fabricate and install all metal flashings, accessories and trims (not factory fabricated) for a complete and weathertight installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which flashing and trim work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions which would prevent the successful completion of this work. Do not start work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Ensure miscellaneous galvanized metal flashings and trims are fabricated in accordance with paragraph 2.03 above. C. Coordinate installation of flashings with Contractor for prefinished metal roofing as required. D. Coordinate installation of valley and edge/drip flashings with primary and secondary roof underlayments specified in other sections. E. Coordinate installation of sill flashings with Contractor for masonry veneer. F. Coordinate installation of miscellaneous drip and sill flashings and counterf lashings with Contractor for wood siding as required. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install flashings, reglets, counterf lashings and trim in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 07621 -3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1. Ensure adequate clearances for thermal expansion and contraction of fabricated sections of materials. B. Secure flashings in place using specified fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only in locations approved by Architect. When using exposed fasteners, they are to be of same finish as flashings. C. Conform to applicable SMACNA details, unless otherwise shown. Consult with Architect as necessary. D. Install kick flashings at all roof edge or eave conditions adjacent to vertical walls and other conditions requiring diversion of drainage away from a particular point. Coordinate specific conditions with Architect as necessary. E. Apply sealing compound at junction of metal flashings and asphalt felt flashings. F. Lock seams and end joints. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes and lines accurate to profiles. G. Counterflash mechanical, plumbing and electrical items projecting through roofing. 1. Mechanical, plumbing and electrical details may be schematic in nature. Install all flashings in accordance with current SMACNA requirements. 2. Refer to the Drawings for any special flashing conditions. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean all exposed galvanized surfaces and leave prepared for field finishing as specified in Section 09900. 1. Remove excess sealants, flux, plastic cement and bituminous paint. 2. Clean soiled surfaces with a solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces. B. Clean all exposed prefinished galvanized surfaces. Remove smudges and other imperfections using cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer. Remove excess sealant from prefinished materials and leave installation in clean condition. C. Advise Contractor of measures to be taken to protect prefinished surfaces from damage during the balance of construction. END OF SECTION 07621 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 07900 SEALANTS AND JOINT FILLERS PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Clean and prepare joint surfaces. B. Furnish and install joint backing materials. C. Furnish and install joint caulking and sealants. D. Furnish and install sealants for firestopping systems. E. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 02515, Portland Cement Paving. 2. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork: Joint fillers for cast -in -place concrete work. 3. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 4. Section 03450, Architectural Precast Concrete: Joint sealants. 5. Section 03480, Precast Concrete Accessories: Joint sealants. 6. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 7. Section 07464, Primed Hardboard Siding. 8. Section 07467, Fiber Cement Siding. 9. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing. 10. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashings and Trim. 11. Section 07622, Aluminum Flashings and Trim. 12. Division 8, Doors and Windows. 13. Section 09900, Painting: Joints of walls and/or ceilings of dissimilar colors. 14. Section 10800, Toilet and Bath Accessories. 15. Section 13123, Glazed Structures. 16. Division 15, Mechanical. 17. Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer of sealants and caulking shall have minimum five (5) years of successful experience with projects of similar size and complexity. B. Installer shall be continuously employed in work of this type. C. Certification: Manufacturer/Supplier of sealant and accessory materials shall certify that materials supplied are acceptable and appropriate for the materials, substrates and conditions under which sealants are to be installed. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers specifications, recommendations and installation instructions for each type of sealant, caulking compound and associated miscellaneous material required. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's standard color line for each type of sealant specified for exposed locations for selection by the Architect. 07900 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 C. Sample Installation: Select a test area on the exterior and install caulking. Notify the Architect for approval and acceptance prior to proceeding with caulking. The test area will become the standard for quality control of remaining caulking. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions or when temperatures are below 400 F or above 1000 F. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable for proper curing and development of high early bond strength. Where joint width is affected by ambient temperature variations, install elastomeric sealants only when temperatures are in lower third of the manufacturer's recommended installation temperature range so that sealant will not be subjected to excessive elongation and bond stress by subsequent low temperatures. Coordinate time schedule with Contractor to avoid delay of project. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturers written 5-year warranty covering defects in materials when such materials are properly applied and fully cured as described in the manufacturer's product data sheets. The Contractor further agrees to replace sealants which fail because of loss of cohesion or adhesion, or that do not cure properly due to improper application or curing, or when the materials installed are not appropriate for that application, joint type or other factor beyond the manufacturer's control, for a period of five (5) years. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANT MATERIALS A. General: Supplier/Installer of work of this Section shall certify that materials specified and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications for the following criteria: 1. Compatibility of sealant material with adjacent materials. 2. Compatibility of sealant material with type and degree of weather exposure. 3. Compatibility of sealant material with expected use of space. 4. Compatibility of sealant material with joint type, width and depth. B. Exterior: One- or two-part polyurethane -based elastomeric sealants complying with FS TT- S-00230, Class A, Type I (self -leveling) or Type II (non -sag). 1. One -Part Sealant: Sonolastic NP-1 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. 2. Two -Part Sealant: Sonolastic NP-2 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. C. Interior: One -part silicone -based non -sag, elastomeric sealant, resistant to mildew complying with FS TT-S-01543, Class A, and FF TT-S-00230, Class A. 1. Sonolastic Omniseal and OmniPlus by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. D. Interior Paintable: One -part non -sag mildew -resistant acrylic emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C834, paintable. 07900 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1. Sonolac by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by the manufacturer for type of application. E. Concrete Slab Joints: One -part non -priming urethane -based self -leveling pourable sealant complying with FS TT-S-00230C, Class A, Type 1 (horizontal use). 1. Sonolastic SL-1 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by manufacturer for type of application. 2. Ensure that sealant is compatible with seamless flooring systems specified in Division 9. 3. Ensure that sealant is compatible with special concrete floor finish system specified in Section 09800. F. Color(s): 1. Colors are to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. 2. Design intent is to match sealant color to color of adjacent material, unless indicated otherwise. The Architect shall have final authority for color selection, including variations from this policy. 3. Clear silicone sealant shall be installed at the following locations, including but not limited to: a. Perimeter of water closets and lavatories. b. Perimeter edges of countertops and backsplashes to walls. G. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Sonneborne Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434. 2. Tremco Sealants, Cleveland, OH, (800) 321-7906. 3. Schnee -Morehead Inc., Irving, TX, (800) 255-9427. 4. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 SEALANTS FOR FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS A. General: UL-classified elastomeric sealants, capable of providing the fire ratings as indicated on the Drawings, flame spread of 25 or less, ASTM E84. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Plusil 100f200 Series firestop sealants by GE Silicones, Waterford, NY, (800) 255- 8886. 2. 3M Fire Protection Products, St. Paul, MN, (612) 733-3300. 3. Fire Stop Sealant 2000 by Dow Corning Corp., Midland, MI, and represented locally in Englewood, CO, (303) 930-2231. 4. Fyre Putty by the Carborundum Co., Niagara Falls, NY, (716) 278-6221. 5. Flame Stop V by Flame Stop, Inc., Roanoke, TX, (817) 431-3747. 6. Manufacturers providing materials of the same function and performance are acceptable. C. Ensure that sealants for firestopping systems supplied are compatible with firestop insulation specified in Section 07250. 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Primer: Non -staining type for joints as recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining type recommended by sealant manu- facturer, compatible with joint forming materials. 07900 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 C. Joint Filler: ASTM D1056, round polyethylene foam rod, over -sized 30-50%, as recommended by manufacturer of sealant used. 1. Provide closed cell or open cell foam rod materials, as recommended by the Installer for specific applications. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure -sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. E. Joint Fillers for Cast -in -Place Concrete Work: Refer to Section 03100. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine joint surfaces, backing and anchorage of units forming sealing rabbet and conditions under which sealant work is to be performed and notify Contractor of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work, performance and curing of sealants. Do not proceed with sealant work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Clean, prepare and size joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. C. Ensure that horizontal and vertical surfaces are of sufficient dimension for required bonding of sealant materials as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Ensure that sealants are compatible with the substrates to which they are to adhere. E. Verify that joint shaping materials and release tapes are compatible with sealant. F. Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. G. Install joint filler to achieve required joint depths to allow sealants to perform properly. H. Install bond breaker where required. I. Mask or otherwise protect adjacent surfaces which may be marred or damaged by sealant materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS A. General: Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. B. Tool joints slightly concave in vertical surfaces and flush in horizontal surfaces. C. Maintain joints free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges or sags. D. Ensure that sealant is applied leaving crisp, clean lines with adjacent materials. Do not allow sealant to bleed onto adjacent surfaces. Immediately wipe excess sealant materials off adjacent surfaces. E. Remove and replace any sealants improperly applied, to the satisfaction of the Architect. F. Repair and replace any adjacent materials that have been damaged, marred or discolored by work of this Section, to the satisfaction of the Architect. 07900 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 SCHEDULE OF SEALANT WORK A. Install sealants as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein, including but not limited to: 1. Expansion joints in exterior concrete flatwork adjacent to buildings and retaining walls. 2. Expansion joints in exterior concrete pavements, aprons, sidewalks, ramps and curb and gutter sections. 3. Expansion joints and control joints in interior concrete slabs where surfaces are scheduled to be sealed and/or exposed to view. 4. Vertical expansion and control joints in concrete unit walls. 5. Perimeter of window and door frames. 6. Perimeter of materials and equipment passing through building walls and roofs. 7. Horizontal and vertical joints between primed hardboard siding, soffits, and running and standing trims. 8. Horizontal and vertical joints between prefinished hardboard siding, soffits and running and standing trims. 9. Horizontal and vertical joints between walls, ceilings, soffits and running and standing trims. 10. Perimeter joints of metal flashings and accessories. 11. Miscellaneous vertical and horizontal joints between dissimilar materials, where required for contraction and expansion of joints, or where required to maintain the weathertightness of the project. 12. Other joints as indicated, as required for neat appearance, or as directed by the Architect. B. Install sealants for firestopping systems in the following locations: 1. Duct, cable, conduit and pipe penetrations through fire -rated partition walls. 2. Openings between walls and roof/ceilings of fire -rated assemblies. 3. Openings between walls and soffits of fire -rated assemblies. 4. Other locations indicated or required for types of fire separations specified. C. Refer to other Division 2 sections for sealants required for site concrete work and other materials. END OF SECTION 07900 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 08110 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish standard hollow metal doors and frames. B. Furnish standard hollow metal window frames. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry: Anchorages. 2. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation of doors and frames. 3. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers. 4. Section 08700, Finish Hardware. 5. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. 6. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard: Installation of frames in fire -rated walls. 7. Section 09900, Painting. 8. Division 15 Mechanical: Mechanical units and louvers installed in hollow metal doors and/or frames. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Member of Steel Door Institute (SDI). B. Reference Standards: Conform to applicable portions of the following standards: 1. SDI-100: Recommended Specifications of Standard Steel Doors and Frames of Steel Door Institute (SDI). 2. ASTM A366: Steel, Carbon, Cold -Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 3. NFPA 80: Fire -rated door assemblies. 4. NFPA 65: Smoke -control door assemblies. C. Manufacturer shall comply with all requirements of Underwriters Laboratories where labeled doors and frames are required. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product literature and installation schedules. B. Door Schedules: Submit schedule of doors and frames, using same reference marks or numbers for doors and details as that shown on the Drawings. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating general construction, configurations, jointing methods, reinforcement and Location of cutouts for louvers or glazing. D. Samples: Submit representative sample of corner section of standard hollow metal doors and frames to Architect for approval. Sample section shall indicate all details of construction and finish. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle all hollow metal doors and frames in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. 08110 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Provide packaging, including corner guards, separators, spreaders, banding and, if prefinished, plastic or vinyl wrappings as required to protect all metal doors and frames during transportation and storage. C. Store doors upright, in a protected area, off the ground, with air space between individual pieces. Protect all finished surfaces. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. Hollow Metal Doors: Doors shall be cold -rolled, pickled and oiled, stretcher -leveled, all bonderized steel sheets with clean smooth surfaces, complying with Steel Door Institute SDI-100, except as amended in this Section. 1. Type: Composite construction with flush faces and seamless with hemmed edges. Provide insulated doors where scheduled. a. Interior Doors: Grade I, standard -duty, Model 1, full flush design. b. Exterior Doors: Grade II, heavy-duty, Model 1, full flush design. 2. Construction: Steel face sheets bonded to 1-3/4" honeycomb or unitized steel core, 14-gage top and bottom channels and 7-gage hinge reinforcement. Provide full urethane core on exterior doors or where scheduled to be insulated door. Furnish the following minimum face sheets: a. Exterior Doors: 16-gage. b. Interior Doors over 36" Wide or 72" High: 16-gage. C. All Other Interior Doors: 18-gage. 3. Sizes: As scheduled on the Drawings, 1-3/4" thick, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Style: a. "Regent Door" by Ceco as basis of design for honeycomb core. b. "Imperial Door" by Ceco as basis of design for insulated core. C. "Medallion Door' by Ceco as basis of design for unitized steel core. 5. Finish: Shop -prime as specified below. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Ceco Corp., Brentwood, TN, distributed locally by Architectural Doors, Denver, CO, (303) 322-1410. 2. Curries, Mason City, IA, (515) 423-1334. 3. Kewanee Corp., Kewanee, IL, (800) 447-5687. 4. Republic Doors, distributed by Hahl-Kern Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 733-5909. 5. Manufacturers providing products of same design, performance and function are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 2.02 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Hollow Metal Frames: Frames shall be cold -rolled or hot -rolled, pickled and oiled steel, all bonderized sheets, complying with Steel Door Institute SDI-100, except as amended by this Section. Except where other gages are indicated or specified, fabricate frames from steel not lighter than the following: a. Exterior Doors: 14-gage. b. Pairs of Interior Doors: 14-gage. C. Single Interior Doors over 36" Wide: 14-gage. 08110 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 00430 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over 15% of the contract. ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR 7/96 Section 00430 Page 1 d. All Other Frames: 16-gage. 1. Type: Mitered corners, fully welded frames. Knockdown -type frames are not permitted, unless approved for use in interior fire -rated assemblies. 2. Sizes: As shown and scheduled on the Drawings. 3. Finish: Shop -primed as specified below. 4. Silencers: Manufacturer's standard resilient type, minimum three (3) per jamb, equally spaced. 5. Jamb Anchors: a. Wood or Metal Stud Construction: Stud anchors, four (4) per jamb, securely welded to back of frames. b. Masonry Construction: Corrugated or other deformed type, adjustable anchors, four (4) per jamb. 6. Floor Anchors: 16-gage, one (1) per jamb. B. Removable Center Mullions: Provide manufacturer's standard removable center mullions where scheduled on the Drawings. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Ceco Corp., Oak Brook, IL, distributed locally by Ceco Door Division, Fountain, CO, (303)382-7930. 2. Curries, Mason City, IA, (515) 423-1334. 3. Kewanee Corp., Kewanee, IL, (800) 447-5687. 4. Republic Doors, distributed by Hahl-Kern Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 733-5909. 5. Manufacturers shall be the same as those for hollow metal doors. 2.03 FIRE -RATED HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Doors and Frames: Manufacturers standard door and frame construction for fire -rated assemblies. Refer to the Drawings for UL label requirements. 2.04 PROFILES A. Hollow Metal Frames for Doors: Jamb sections shall be standard 2" wide x 5-3/4' deep, double -rabbeted, with 7/ 16" returns, or as shown on the Drawings or required by specified wall construction, except as noted below. Supplier to verify profile specified with wall construction and furnish jamb sections with the required depth. 1. Head Sections: Provide 4" head sections for frames where shown or scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Frames at 4" Framing: 2" wide x 61 /4" deep, double rabbeted with 7/ 16" returns. 3. Frames at 6" Framing: 2" wide x 8-1/4" deep, double rabbeted with 7/ 16" returns. 4. Sill Sections of Transoms: As shown on the Drawings. 5. Removable Center Mullions: Match door frames. B. Hollow Metal Frames for Windows: Jamb sections shall be standard 2" wide x 3" deep, single -rabbeted, with 1 /2 returns. 1. Sill and Intermediate Sections: Match jamb sections, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. C. Miscellaneous Filler and Closure Shapes: Fully weld to standard profiles and grind smooth as detailed on the Drawings. 08110 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 2.05 FABRICATION A. Hollow Metal Doors: Fabricate doors in accordance with Steel Door Institute requirements and recommendations. 1. Fabricate doors of type, sizes and designs indicated. Provide door clearance of 1 /8" at jambs and heads and 5/8" at bottoms. Doors shall havelock edges beveled 1/8" in 2". 2. Finished work shall be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. Form moulded members straight and true, with joints coped or mitered, well formed and in true alignment. All welded joints on exposed surfaces shall be dressed smooth so they are invisible after finishing. 3. Mechanically interlock longitudinal seams. Leave seams invisible or weld, fill and grind smooth. Close top and bottom edges of all hollow metal exterior doors to provide a weather seal, provided as part of door construction. 4. Fabricate exterior doors with face sheets welded to perimeter stiles and inner frame members. Form perimeter frame with continuous one-piece channel at hinge edge, continuous one-piece channel at lock edge and channels at top and bottom. Inner frame members shall be continuous one-piece vertical steel rib stiffeners spaced not to exceed 6" o.c. Face sheets are to be continuously arc welded to perimeter channels. Weld face sheets to interior frame members in manner to provide a door with smooth surfaces. Spaces between stiffeners shall be sound -deadened and insulated full height of door where scheduled. 5. Fabricate interior doors with honeycomb core and steel face sheets welded to perimeter stiles and inner frame members, same as specified above. 6. Reinforce and prepare doors to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware requirements. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap doors at factory to receive all mortise -type hardware. Provide reinforcing only for doors to receive surface -applied hardware as required. Gages of metal for reinforcing plates shall comply with manufacturers recommendations for type of hardware used and size and thickness of doors. 7. Fill surface depressions with metallic paste filler and grind to smooth uniform finish. 8. Prepare cutouts for louvers or glazing where scheduled on the Drawings and factory install louvers where possible. 9. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer. B. Hollow Metal Frames: Fabricate frames in accordance with Steel Door Institute re- quirements and recommendations. 1. Form frames of steel to sizes and shapes as detailed. Frames shall be combination - type with integral trim and fabricated with full -welded type construction at joints. 2. Form frames with full mitered corners and stops, butt T-joints of frames and continuously weld all joints for full depth and width of frame and trim. Close all contact edges tight and dress all welds on exposed surfaces smooth and flush. 3. Mullions and transom bars shall be closed or tubular construction and shall join with and be secured to heads and jambs with continuous butt -welded joints. Reinforce joints between members with concealed clip angles of same thickness as frame. 4. Finished work shall be strong and rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. Fabricate moulded members straight and true with corner joints well formed, in true alignment and fastenings concealed. 08110 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 5. Reinforce and prepare frames to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for hardware requirements. a. Prepare frames at factory by templates for installation of specified type hardware. Welding of hinges to frames is not acceptable. Provide frames to receive surface -applied hardware with reinforcing plates only. Provide cover boxes in back of all hardware cutouts. 6. Provide jamb anchors per Steel Door Institute recommendations for type of wall substrate. a. Fabricate jambs of frames with dimples for machine bolt anchorage specified in paragraph 2.02 above. 7. Provide floor anchors per Steel Door Institute recommendations for anchoring frame to type of floor construction. Clips shall be adjustable and drilled for two (2) 3/8" anchor bolts. 8. Removable Mullions: Provide manufacturer's standard machine screw connections, including mullion clips. 9. Provide predrilled holes or other attachment or anchorage devices supplied by or required by other Sections. a. Aluminum sliding service windows, specified in Section 08520. 10. Glazing: When glazed or louvered panels are required, furnish 18-gage metal glazing beads. Drill and tap frames to receive oval -head countersunk machine screws, spaced approximately 9" o.c. Beads shall be mitered at corners. Fabricate frames so that glazing will be installed from the inside of the building or room. 11. Place minimum of three (3) silencers on each interior single door frame. Space equally along jamb strike. Set out and adjust lock strikes to provide clearance for silencers. Delete silencers where door jamb gaskets or continuous weather- stripping are specified in Section 08700. 12. Fill surface depressions of hollow metal frames with metallic paste filler and grind to smooth finish. 13. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer as specified below. 2.06 FINISHES A. Shop -prime by manufacturer using a phosphatized treatment followed by a prime coat paint finish to all surfaces. Clean and chemically treat surfaces to ensure complete paint adherence. Follow with a baked -on coat of rust -inhibitive metallic oxide, zinc -chromate or synthetic resin primer on all surfaces. Air -drying is acceptable when metal is electro- galvanized. Field finishing is specified in Section 09900. B. Shop -prime by manufacturer using a hot -dipped galvanized process in accordance with ASTM A525, with A60 or G60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. Field finishing is specified in Section 09900. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the substrates, wall openings and conditions under which the hollow metal door and frames are to be installed and notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until 08110 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Contractor shall field verify dimensions and conditions governing the work of this Section prior to beginning fabrication. C. Contractor shall verify depth of all frames with specified wall constructions prior to fabrication. Notify Architect of any discrepancies or propose required modifications in the shop drawings, noted as deviations as specified in Section 01340. D. For welded frames, provide temporary steel shipping spreaders fastened across bottom of frames. Where construction will permit concealment, leave spreaders in place after installation; otherwise remove spreaders when frames are set and anchored. In place of spreaders, frames may be strapped together in pairs with heads inverted for bracing during shipment. Before shipping, label each frame with metal or plastic tags to show their location, size, door swing and other pertinent information. Number frames to correspond to opening numbers on construction drawings. E. For doors and frames to be installed in prefabricated steel structures erected by others, Contractor shall ensure that framed opening structurals are properly sized and erected, with clearances provided as required by the hollow metal fabricator. Furnish welded frames to the site in a timely manner so as not to interfere with the erection schedule of the buildings. F. Ensure that air infiltration wrap has been properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation of the door frames. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Installation of hollow metal doors and frames is specified in Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. B. Install frames and doors in accordance with SDI-100, except as amended in this Section. Remove shipping spreaders, set frames in position, plumb, align and brace securely until permanent anchors are set. Anchor bottom of frames to floors with expansion bolts or with power fasteners. Provide wood spreaders to maintain jamb alignment. Build wall anchors into walls, or secure to adjoining construction as indicated or specified. Where frames require ceiling struts or other overhead bracing, they shall be anchored securely to ceilings or structural framing above, as indicated or as required by site conditions. C. Frames: Install hollow metal frames plumb and square with maximum diagonal distortion of 1 /16". Ensure frames are accurately and rigidly anchored to adjacent construction. D. Grout all exterior hollow metal frames full with masonry mortar after installation in masonry or concrete construction; foam in insulation in frames scheduled for insulated doors in other construction, and frames in fire -rated assemblies where required by the applicable assembly. E. Doors: Install hollow metal doors plumb and square with maximum diagonal distortion of 1 /16". Install hardware in accordance with requirements of Section 08700 and adjust as necessary for proper operation. F. After installation, touch-up scratched or damaged surfaces. Use type of primer identical to that used for shop coat. G. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing in doors, sidelites, and transoms, where scheduled. H. Coordinate installation of mechanical units or louvers, furnished by Division 15, into hollow metal doors and/or frames, if applicable. Ensure the compatibility of sizes, materials, finishes and anchorages. 08110 - 6 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 I. Doors are to be finished without hardware. Coordinate with painting trades. Masking of hardware is unacceptable. 3.03 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect doors and frames from damage during transportation and at site. After installation, protect doors and frames from damage during subsequent construction activities. Damaged work will be rejected and shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Clean all surfaces of hollow metal doors and frames, and leave prepared for field finishing. Refer to Section 09900, Painting. END OF SECTION 08110 - 7 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 08700 FINISH HARDWARE PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish finish hardware for interior and exterior doors, other than specified in specific door Sections. B. Furnish specialty finish hardware items, including electronic, timer -controlled magnetic locks. C. Furnish keys in keyed groups as indicated, and deliver keys to Owner as specified. D. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Limitations on substitute products. 2. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry: Installation. 3. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 4. Section 08331, Steel Sectional Overhead Doors. 5. Division 16, Electrical: Timer -controlled Magnetic Locks. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. 1. ANSI Al 15.2: Door and Frame Preparation for Bored or Cylindrical Locks for 1-3/4" Doors. 2. ANSI Al 15.4: Door and Frame Preparation for Lever Extension Flush Bolts. 3. ANSI Al 15.9: Door and Frame Preparation for Closer, Offset Hung, Single -Acting. 4. ANSI A156.1: Butts and Hinges. 5. ANSI Al56.2: Locks and Lock Trim. 6. ANSI A156.4: Door Controls (Closers). 7. ANSI A156.6: Architectural Door Trim. 8. ANSI A117.1-1992: Specifications for Handicapped Accessibility. 9. Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990: Specifications for Handicapped Accessibility. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Hardware Schedule: Submit schedule of each type of hardware required for job in accordance with Section 01340, indicating door location, type, quantity required, style, finish and keying group. B. Templates: Supply hardware templates to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry, and respective Sections of Divisions 8 and 13 prior to hardware installation. C. Provide manufacturer's parts list and maintenance instructions for each type of hardware supplied and necessary tools required for proper maintenance of hardware. 08700 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1.04 KEYING A. Provide two (2) change keys for each lock. B. Provide two (2) master keys for each master keyed group. C. Provide two (2) grand master keys, if required. D. Provide one (1) master key for installation in the key access box, specified in Section 10520, for fire department use. E. Master Key Groups (review with Owner and Architect): 1. Key entire building to Owner's existing Master key system. 2. Key all building entry doors together. 3. Key all maintenance service rooms, janitors equipment rooms and mechanical/ electrical equipment rooms together. F. Stamp or engrave each key with appropriate keying designation (MASTER, 1 AA, 2AA, etc.). When keys are turned over to Owner at completion of the project, secure keys with same keying designation on same ring, one (1) ring for each keying designation. G. Key Blanks: Provide Owner with specified quantity of blanks for keying separate from this contract. 1. Quantity: 5. H. Deliver keys to the Owner as specified in paragraph 1.06.B. below. 1.05 HARDWARE FUNCTIONS - CYLINDER LOCKS (BHMA) A. F-75 (410) Passage Latch: Latchbolt operated by knob from either side at all times. B. F-76 (420) Privacy Lock: Latchbolt operated by knob from either side. Outside knob locked by push button inside and unlocked by emergency key from outside or rotating knob from inside. C. F-81 (451) Office or Entry Lock: Deadlocking latchbolt operated by knob from either side, except when outside knob is locked by turn button in inside knob. When outside knob is locked, latchbott is operated by key in outside knob or by rotating inside knob. Turn button must be manually rotated to unlock outside knob. D. F-84 (455) Classroom Lock: Deadlocking latchbott operated by knob from either side, except when outside knob is locked, latchbott is operated by key in outside knob or by rotating inside knob. E. F-86 (457) Storeroom/Utility Space Door Lock: Deadlocking latchbott operated by key in outside knob or by rotating inside knob. Outside knob is always fixed. F. F-91 Door Locks: Deadlocking latchbolt operated by key from both sides. G. Deadlocks: 1. E-2141: Deadbolt operated by key from either side. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Neatly and securely package hardware items and identify for individual location and use. B. Keys shall be delivered directly to the Owner by certified mail, unless arranged otherwise at the Pre -Construction Conference or by subsequent written direction from the Owner. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's two-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. 08700 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH HARDWARE A. General: Furnish hardware items of the type, function, quality and quantity to meet the requirements of this Section and for a complete and operational installation. Products listed are indicative of the design, grade, construction, size and type to be used by the listed manufacturer. Alternate products of same quality, function, performance and design are acceptable in conformance with Section 01600, unless limited by the specific requirements of Section 01600 or this Section. 1. Hinges: Stanley, Bommer, Hager, Mont -Hard or McKinney. 2. Closers: LCN, Norton or Dorma. 3. Locksets and Latchsets: a. Commercial Line: Schlage only. 4. Deadbolts: Schlage only. 5. Thresholds and Weatherstripping: Pemko, Reese, Zero, Master Manufacturers or Barrier Systems by Hager. 6. Trim, Stop and Holders: Hager, Trimco, Rockwood, Quality or Master Manufacturers. 7. Panic Sets: Corbin, Sargent, Dorma or Von Duprin. 8. Door Gaskets and Sweeps: Pemko, Reese, Zero, National Guard Products Inc. or Barrier Systems by Hager. 9. Electric Power Supply: Securitron, BPS-24-1 with battery. 10. Panic Set: Securitron, TSB-3CL touch bar. 11. Electronic Timer: Access Support, DT-7. 12. Electromagnetic Lock: Magnalock Model 62, with bracket as required by location. 13. Manufacturers furnishing finish hardware items of the same function, design, appearance, quality and performance are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding except where restricted in Section 01600 or elsewhere in this Section. B. Consistency: Hardware lines shall be coordinated and by the same manufacturer, at a minimum to the extent scheduled: 1. All closers shall be by the same manufacturer throughout the project. 2. All cylinders, locksets and passage sets shall be by the same manufacturer and of the same finish, unless otherwise indicated. Coordination of keying shall be the responsibility of the hardware supplier for these items. 3. Deviations from consistency of one manufacturer are only acceptable when available designs are not satisfactory. C. Handing: Handing shall be the responsibility of the hardware supplier, to be reviewed by the Architect as a part of the Hardware Schedule submittal. D. Special Requirements: 1. All hinges shall be ball -bearing type, unless otherwise indicated. Provide non - removable pins in all hinges of exterior outswinging doors. 2. All cores of cylinder locksets shall be interchangeable, unless otherwise specified. 3. Provide concave -shaped wall stops where scheduled with privacy -type push button locksets. Use convex -shaped wall stops elsewhere. 4. Where kickplates are specified for only one side of each door leaf, install on active side, or as recommended by the supplier. 08700 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 5. Closers shall be provided with hold -open capability, except where part of a fire - rated door assembly. 6. Closers shall be parallel arm type for push side applications, and mounted on the room side of all doors where possible. Regular arm -type closers are acceptable for pull side applications. E. Accessibility: Door hardware shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Al17.1, current edition, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) for handicapped accessibility, and the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards. 1. All doors shall have lever trim as scheduled in this Section. F. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Refer to paragraph 2.01.A. above for approved manufacturers for specific types of finish hardware. 2. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware, Charlotte, NC, (800) 543-3658. 3. Dorma Architectural Hardware, Reamstown, PA, (800) 523-8483. 4. Emtek Products, Inc., Industry, CA, (800) 356-2741. 5. Glynn -Johnson, Indianapolis, IN, (317) 613-8940. 6. Hager Companies, St. Louis, MO, (800) 325-9995. 7. Itco Unican, Winston Salem, NC, (800) 849-8324. 8. LCN, Princeton, IL, (800) 526-2400. 9. Pemko, Ventura, CA, (800) 283-9988. 10. Schlage Lock Co., Colorado Springs, CO, (719) 264-5300. 11. The Stanley Works, New Britain, CT, (800) 337-4393. 12. Trimco, Los Angeles, CA, (323) 262-4191. 13. Weiser Lock, Tuscon, AZ, (800) 677-5625. 14. Manufacturers providing products of same quality, function, performance, design and finishes are acceptable in conformance with Section 01600, unless limited by the specific requirements of Section 01600 or this Section. 2.02 COMMERCIAL HARDWARE DESIGNS AND FINISHES A. General: Design of finish hardware shall comply with the requirements specified in paragraph 2.01 above. B. Commercial Line: Heavy-duty, commercial grade hardware. 1. Sargent 10 Line key -in -lever handle as basis of design. C. Commercial Grade Trims: 1. Lever trim: LL by Sargent or equal. D. Commercial Line Finish: 1. US26D, Satin Chromium. E. Threshold Finish: Mill finish cast or extruded bronze. 2.03 SCHEDULE OF HARDWARE ITEMS A. Approved models and manufacturers, as basis of design: 1. Locksets and Latchsets: a. Commercial Line: Sargent Line 10 with lever handle as scheduled, 2-3/4" backset. 2. Hinges: McKinney TA2714, Stanley or Hager B61279, steel, full -mortised, 5-knuckle ball bearing, 4.1 /2" x 4-1/2", NRP. 08700 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3. Deadbolts: a. Commercial Line: Schlage B-600 Series, Heavy Duty. 4. Closers: LCN 4000 Series, with full molded cover. Provide delayed -action option where scheduled. 5. Push Plates/Pull Bars: Master Manufacturing M-604 x M-163, 8". 6. Kickplates: Trimco, 10" x length recommended for door width, 16-gage, (.050" aluminum) (polished brass), beveled edges. 7. Saddle Thresholds: Pemko 271A-5, flat, or Reese S483AV-5" with integral vinyl stop. All thresholds shall be handicapped accessible. 8. Sweep: Pemko 307AV. 9. Weatherstripping: Pemko 316AV for hollow metal doors/frames. 10. Wall Stop: Ives 407. Use wall -type, unless door position requires otherwise. 11. Floor Stop: Ives 438. 12. Walt Stop/Holder: Ives 449 holder and stop. 13. Floor Stop/Holder: Ives 450 holder and stop. 14. Door Bottom: Pemko 317AN. Mount with neoprene bulb under door if conditions permit. B. Furnish hardware items as listed in Schedule at the end of this Section, complete to the function intended. C. Furnish all accessory hardware items as required for a complete installation, including strikes and anchorage devices. 2.04 SPECIALTY FINISH HARDWARE A. Electronic, Timer -Controlled Magnetic Lock: Low -voltage electronic magnetic lock with a holding force of at least 1,200 lbs. for standard 1-3/4" hollow metal door applications. 1. Operating Voltage: 24VDC. 2. Current Draw: 0.50 amp at 24 volts. 3. Door/Frame Mounting Position: Manufacturer's standard head mounting. 4. Options: Provide manufacturer's standard adjustable time delay to allow automatic delay relocking signal from 4 to 30 seconds. 5. Power Supply: UL-listed modular power unit with plug-in dual control modules and field -selectable 24V output voltage, BPS-24-1 Series by Securitron or approved equal. Provide the following power supply options: a. Dual Control Module: Plug-in PC card providing separate sections for control of two (2) individual doors. b. Time Delay Module: Plug-in PC card providing an adjustable (0-30 seconds) delay on relock. 6. Accessories and Hardware: Provide all required accessories, strikes, hardware, trims and other items necessary for a complete and operational locking system. a. All wiring shall be concealed and vandal resistant. b. All exposed fasteners shall be tamper resistant. 7. Finish: Manufacturer's standard finish, to match finishes specified in paragraph 2.02 above. 8. Approved Manufacturers: a. BPS Series by Securitron, Sparks, NV, as basis of design. b. Manufacturers providing products of same design, function, performance and quality are acceptable as approved by Architect prior to bidding. 08700 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT FORMS 00510 Notice of Award 00520 Agreement 00530 Notice to Proceed B. Electronic Magnetic Controller: Manufacturer's standard, general-purpose 24-hour digital timer, to be compatible with the electronic magnetic lock specified in paragraph A. above. 1. Controller shall provide accurate, dependable, fully automatic control on a daily repeating cycle for a 7-day period. 2. Time of Day Clock: Manufacturer's standard 60-minute vernier time digital clock. 3. Housing: NEMA-1 type indoor cabinet of heavy gage sheet steel with permanently hinged, lockable cover. Provide manufacturer's standard knockouts for conduit/wire connections. 4. Manual Control: Provide manufacturers standard manual operation by means of an "ON/OFF' switch. Such manual override will not interfere with subsequent automatic operations or require reprogramming of the timer. 5. Finish: Housing shall be manufacturer's standard gray enamel finish. 6. Approved Manufacturers: a. DT-7 Automatic Time Switch by Securitron, Sparks, NV, as basis of design. b. Manufacturer providing products of same design, function, performance and quality are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding, provided controller is by the same manufacturer as the specified electronic lockset. C. Control Stations: Manufacturer's standard manual override/emergency exit touch bar, to allow the electronic magnet to be released from the inside of the room. 1. Touch bar: Manufacturer's standard 36" long touch bar, handicapped accessible, clear finish. 2. Status Indicator Lights: None. 3. Provide one (1) manual touch bar in each restroom equipped with the specified electronic magnetic lock. 4. Approved Manufacturer's: a. TSB Series by Securitron, Sparks, NV, as basis of design. b. Manufacturer providing products of same design, function, performance and quality are acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding, provided manual control station is by the same manufacturer as the specified electronic lockset. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the doors, frames and other substrates that are to receive finish hardware and notify the Contractor of any existing condition that will be detrimental to the successful installation and performance of the hardware. Do not install hardware until such conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer. B. Ensure that door cutouts or bores for hardware and frame cutouts for strike plates are properly aligned. C. Do not install finish hardware until doors, frames and other substrates have been painted, stained or otherwise finished as specified in other Sections. 08700 - 6 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.02 INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE A. General: Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using proper templates. B. Mounting Heights: Maintain following mounting heights for doors, from finished floor to center line of hardware item: 1. Locksets and Latchsets: 40", unless special height requirements are specified elsewhere. 2. Pulls and Push Plates: 39". 3. Deadlocks: 48". C. Verify compliance of mounting heights with ANSI Al 17.1-1992 and ADA-1990 requirements. D. Ensure proper operation of all finish hardware items. Adjust alignments as necessary for smooth operation. 3.03 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. General: While the following Hardware Schedule is intended to cover all doors and other movable parts of the project and establish a type and standard of quality, it shalt be the specific responsibility of the finish hardware supplier to examine the Drawings and Specifications and furnish proper hardware for all openings, whether listed or not. If there are any omissions in the hardware groups, the hardware supplier shall notify the Architect prior to bid opening for instructions; otherwise, the list will be considered complete. No extras will be allowed by the Owner or the Architect. B. It is intended that the following groups be complete in the coverage of required items, but it is the responsibility of the hardware supplier to furnish finish hardware necessary for a complete installation, particularly in regard to fire -rated doors. Where items are referred to in the singular, they shall be furnished in numbers sufficient for a complete installation. C. Every attempt has been made to coordinate the finish hardware items between each other and with doors, etc. to which they are to be installed. It is the responsibility of the hardware supplier to ensure the compatibility of the finish hardware supplied with both related hardware items and the doors, etc. to which they are to be used. D. Hardware Notes: 1. Ea. refers to each leaf. 2. LH refers to left-hand leaf only. 3. RH refers to right-hand leaf only. 4. ALL other handing shall be the responsibility of the hardware supplier. PART 4 SCHEDULE 4.01 HARDWARE GROUPS Group A Double Doors 1 ea. Lockset F-86 1 ea. Deadlock 1-1/2 pr. each leaf Hinges 1 ea. Closer 2 ea. Kickplates 1 ea. Door stop 08700 - 7 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 2 ea. leaf Flushbolts, inactive leaf, top and bottom 1 ea. Threshold 1 ea. Sweep 1 set Weatherstripping Group B 1 ea. Deadlock 1 ea. Panic set 1 ea. Magnetic lock 1-1/2 pr. ea. leaf Hinges (1 electric hinge) 1 ea. Closer 1 ea. Threshold 2 ea. Kickplates 1 ea. Push/pull 1 ea. Door stop 1 ea. Door bottom 1 set Weatherstripping 1 Power supply 1 Battery 1 Timer Group C 1 ea. Lockset F-86 1 ea. Deadlock 1-1/2 pr. ea. leaf Hinges 1 ea. Closer 1 ea. Kickplate 1 ea. Door stop w/hold open 1 ea. Door bottom 1 set Weatherstripping END OF SECTION 08700 - 8 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install polycarbonate sheet glazing for hollow metal windows, unless factory installed. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: 1. FS TT-S-001543: Sealing Compound, Silicone Base (for caulking and glazing in buildings and other structures). 2. NAAMM#SS-1B-68: Non -Skinning Resilient Preformed Compounds -Tapes, Ribbons, Beads with Release Paper. 3. Uniform Building Code, current edition: Wind exposure classification. B. Manufacturer: Certified by the Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC). C. Installer: Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. D. Design Criteria: 1. Wind Load (horizontal): 80 mph, Exposure C in accordance with the Uniform Building Code, or as required by the governmental agencies having jurisdiction over this Project. 2. Refer to Part 2 Products for required increases in glass thicknesses based upon glazing unit sizes. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product literature and specifications for polycarbonate glazing. B. Samples: Submit minimum 12" x 12" samples of specified types of glazing for approval of the Architect. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Schedule glass deliveries to coincide with glazing schedules. B. Deliver glass to the site in manufacturer's original, sealed cartons. C. Support cases on both sides when stored vertically. D. After unpacking, place interleaving protection between individual lites. Keep glass and interleaving dry by storing inside where temperatures are above dewpoint. If outside storage is necessary, cover the glass and interleaving with opaque tarpaulins or plastic and inspect periodically. 08800 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 E. Protect glazing materials to comply with manufacturer's directions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. 1. Where insulating glass units will be exposed to substantial altitude changes, comply with insulating glass fabricator's recommendations for venting and sealing to avoid hermetic seal ruptures. F. Stack individual lites on edge and lean against sturdy supports at a slope of 50-70 from vertical. Cushion the bottom edges with soft, firm pads free of dirt, grit, glass chips or other foreign material. G. Avoid rotating or cartwheeling factory sealed insulated glass units over their corners. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by glazing materials manufacturer or when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1. Install liquid sealants at ambient and substrate temperatures above 400 F. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Polycarbonate Sheet Glazing: Submit manufacturer's written warranty signed by manu- facturer of polycarbonate sheet glazing agreeing to furnish replacements for shatter - resistant glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Warranty period: Manufacturers standard but not less than 10 years after date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHATTER -RESISTANT GLAZING A. Polycarbonate Glazing: Monolithic coated polycarbonate sheet glazing, 1 /4" thick, clear, Lexan XL Sheet, or approved equal. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Polycarbonate Sheet Glazing: Lexan by G.E. Plastics manufactured by General Electric Co., Pittsfield, MA, and distributed locally in Denver, CO, (303) 753-2272. 2. Manufacturers providing materials of same appearance, function and performance are acceptable. 2.02 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for glazing application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. 08800 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.17 B. Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85 ± 5. D. Glazing Gaskets: Extruded or neoprene molded fabricated into frames with molded corners, ASTM C542. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side -walking). F. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, non -staining, non - extruding, non-outgassing, strips of closed -cell plastic foam of density, size, and shape to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to produce optimum sealant performance. G. Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl type, NAAMM SS-1 B-68, with integral spacing devices, 10- 15 durometer hardness, paper release, by Kawneer or equal. 1. Color: Clear or white for painted wood or hollow metal frames; dark bronze for bronze aluminum frames. H. Silicone Sealer: Clear GE Silicone Sealer or equal. I. Screens: 18 x 14 mesh with 0.013" diameter aluminum wire or fiberglass. Color to be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. J. Glazing Putty: Dap or equal. 2.03 FABRICATION OF GLASS AND GLAZING PRODUCTS A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required for glazed openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with recommendations of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard as required to comply with system performance requirements. B. Clean cut or flat grind vertical edges of butt -glazed monolithic lites in a manner that produces square edges with slight kerfs at junctions with indoor and outdoor faces. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Installer shall examine the openings and framing systems into which the glass and glazing is to be installed and report any conditions in writing to the Contractor which may prevent the successful installation of the work. Do not begin the glazing installation until these conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Clean glazing channels, stops and rabbets to receive the glazing materials, making free from obstructions and deleterious substances which might impair the work. 1. Remove protective coatings which might fail in adhesion or interfere with bond of sealants. . 2. Comply with manufacturers instructions for final wiping of surfaces immediately prior to application of primer and glazing compounds or tapes. 3. Prime surfaces to receive glazing compounds in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Verify site dimensions of all tempered or other glazings that cannot be field cut prior to ordering. 08800 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.02 PREPARATION A. Unpack the glass from cases in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Do not move partially unpacked cases or "end pick" individual liter. B. Inspect each piece of glass immediately prior to start of installation. 1. Do not install items which are improperly sized, have damaged edges or are scratched, abraded or damaged in any other manner. C. Prevent contact of surfaces of individual lites; do not slide one lite over another. D. Installation personnel shall wear gloves, safety shoes, hard hats and glazing gauntlets at all times during the handling and installation of the glass. E. Protection: Completely cover glass during spray painting, application of masonry sealer, texturing or other construction operations that might cause damage to glass. Complete clean down of masonry shall be completed prior to installation. 3.03 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Ensure that stripping and paint removal from existing brick and stone masonry have been completed prior to glazing of openings. B. Ensure that concrete surface treatments, including sand or water blasting, grouting and waterproofing, have been completed prior to glazing of openings in the structural precast concrete wall panels. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF GLASS AND GLAZING A. General: All glazing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 1. Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. 2. Glazing channel dimensions shall provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thickness, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by site conditions during installation. B. Glazing of fixed hollow metal windows shall be done from the inside of the building. Glazing shall be performed using the dry -pressure preformed glazing channel method, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. C. Clean surfaces with appropriate solvent and wipe dry. Cut glazing channel to proper length and install on glass pane. Weld joints by butting channel and dabbing with sealant. D. Locate setting blocks at sills 1 /4 of the width of the glass in from each end of the glass, unless otherwise recommended by the glass manufacturer. 1. Use blocks of proper size to support the glass in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Provide spacers for all glass sizes larger than 50 united inches, to separate glass from stops, except where continuous glazing gaskets or felts are provided. a. Locate spacers no more than 24" apart and no closer than 12" to a corner. b. Place spacers opposite one another. C. Make bite of spacer on glass 1 /4" or more. E. Set glass in a manner which produces the greatest possible degree of uniformity in appearance. 1. Install glass so distortion waves, if present, run in the horizontal direction. 08800 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 2. Install glass with special coatings as required for proper performance and to meet the design intent. F. Do not use two different glazing materials in the same joint system, unless the joint use is approved in advance by the Architect. G. Mask or otherwise protect surfaces adjacent to installation of sealants. H. Miter -cut and seal the joints of glazing gaskets in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations, to provide watertight and airtight seal at corners and other locations where joints are required. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect installed glass with screens of plywood or plastic wherever welding, cutting, sandblasting, fireproofing, painting or other potentially damaging work is in process. B. Do not mark glass with X or other identity symbol after glazing. C. Final clean all glass surfaces in accordance with Section 01710, and remove all labels. END OF SECTION 08800 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 09260 GYPSUM WALLBOARD PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install interior gypsum wallboard materials, adhesives, accessories and trim. B. Furnish and install exterior gypsum wallboard, adhesives, accessories and trim, except exterior gypsum sheathing specified elsewhere. C. Furnish and install interior gypsum wallboard, adhesives and accessories as required for "pre -rock" applications, unless arranged for otherwise. D. Furnish and install interior gypsum wallboard, adhesives and accessories for required blocking and draft stops. E. Tape and finish joints of gypsum wallboard. F. Texture and finish gypsum wallboard surfaces as specified. G. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 2. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. 3. Section 07270, Air Infiltration Barriers. 4. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 5. Section 09900, Painting. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. B. Fire -Rated Partitions: Listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories (UL), 1-hour or as indicated on the Drawings. C. Reference Standards: Install gypsum wallboard in accordance with applicable Gypsum Association (GA) publications, including but not limited to: 1. Gypsum Board Finishes: GA-214-89. 2. Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board: GA-216-89. 3. Fire -Rated Door Frames in Fire -Rated Partitions: GA-219. 4. Weather Protection: GA-220. 5. Gypsum Board Applied to Curved Surfaces: GA-226. 6. Application of Gypsum Sheathing: GA-253. 7. Application of Gypsum Board as a Roofing Substrate: GA-275. 8. Fire -Resistive Construction: GA-600-92. D. Reference Standards: Install gypsum wallboard in accordance with applicable sections of the following codes and standards: 1. Uniform Building Code, current edition: Blocking and draft stops. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for all specialty gypsum wallboard products specified or required for Project conditions. 09260 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Samples: Texturing subcontractor shall prepare a series of minimum 24" x 24" samples of each type of texture specified for approval of the Architect. C. Sample Area: Contractor shall prepare a wall/ceiling area within one room for approval of general quality and workmanship by the Owner and Architect, to include gypsum wallboard installation, taping, joint preparation, sanding and texturing. Sample area, when approved, shall be used for the standard of comparison for the balance of work. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the site in original unopened packages, containers or bundles with labels intact bearing type, sizes and thicknesses, brand name and name of manufacturer. B. Handle wallboard carefully to avoid abrading surfaces or edges. C. Store materials flat, under cover, on level platforms, with edges, ends and surfaces properly protected from weather, undue sagging and damage. D. Protection During Construction: Contractor shall adequately protect all gypsum wallboard materials, wall and roof/ceiling assemblies during construction from weather and moisture penetration, when these materials are installed prior to the structure being enclosed and "dried -in". 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures at not less than 550 F for the period of 24 hours before drywall finishing, during installation and until compounds are dry. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. General: Provide gypsum wallboard materials in 48" widths complying with FS SS-L-30D. B. Fire -Rated Gypsum Wallboard: 1. UL-rated, Type "X", 5/8" thick, maximum permissible lengths, tapered edges. 2. UL-rated, Type "X", 5/8" thick, maximum permissible lengths, tapered edges, where required by applicable fire -rated roof/ceiling assemblies. C. Fire -rated, Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: UL-rated, 5/8" thick, maximum permissible lengths, tapered edges, exterior -grade facings. D. Fire -Rated, Moisture -Resistant Gypsum Wallboard: UL-rated, Type "X", 5/8" thick, maximum permissible lengths, tapered edges. E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. United States Gypsum Co. Chicago, IL, and represented locally in Denver, CO, (303) 721-9394. 2. G-P Gypsum (Georgia-Pacific) Corp., (800) 225-6119. 3. Gold Bond Building Products, Charlotte, NC, and represented locally in Lakewood, CO, (303) 988-5005. 4. American Gypsum, Albuquerque, NM, (800) 545-6302. 5. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. 09260 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 00510 NOTICE OF AWARD Date: TO: PROJECT: 5941 Buckingham Park Restrooms OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER") You are hereby notified that your Bid dated , 20 for the above project has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an Agreement for Buckingham Park Restrooms. The Price of your Agreement is Dollars ($ ) Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by , 20 1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page. 2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5.1) and Supplementary Conditions. Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited. Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1) fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached. City of Fort Collins OWNER By: James B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP Director of Purchasing & Risk Management 9/12/01 Section 00510 Page 1 2.02 GYPSUM WALLBOARD ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide gypsum wallboard accessories in accordance with GA 216. B. Corner Beads and Edge Trim: Manufacturer's standard galvanized steel beaded units with flanges for concealment in joint compound. C. Radius Corners, Coves and Special Mouldings: Aluminum or galvanized steel units with flanges for concealment in joint compound. Refer to the Drawings for specific conditions or details. 1. Beadex Drywall Accessories, Renton, WA, (800) 726-2397, or equal. D. Shims: 2" wide cardboard or paper drywall shims, for shimming wood frame construction. E. Joint Tape: Perforated or nylon mesh type, as recommended by the manufacturer. F. Joint Compound and Finishing Systems: ASTM C474 and C475, Type I and Type II, ready - mixed vinyl type for interior use. Use two (2) separate grades: one specifically for bedding tapes and filling depressions, and one for topping and sanding. 1. Beadex Drywall Accessories, Renton, WA, (800) 726-2397. 2. Hamilton Materials, Orange, CA, (714) 637-2770. 3. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable. G. Channels: Refer to Section 09110, Non -Load -Bearing Metal Framing. H. Fasteners: Screws: 1. Type W bugle head, lengths as recommended by manufacturer of gypsum wallboard material for installation in wood construction. 2. Type S bugle head, lengths as recommended by manufacturers of gypsum wallboard material for installation in steel stud construction. I. Control Joints: E-Z strip vinyl expansion joint or as recommended by manufacturer of gypsum wallboard. J. Primer: Products as recommended by the manufacturer, compatible with both the gypsum wallboard and texturing materials furnished. K. Texturing: 1. Spray -Applied Texture: Light orange peel texture, USG Spray Texture Finish, or equal. L. Adhesive: Manufacturer -approved drywall adhesive, oil -based. 1. Formula 38 Drywall and Construction Adhesive, Ohio Sealants, Inc. or equal. M. Provide auxiliary materials and accessories for gypsum drywall work of the type and grade recommended by the gypsum wallboard manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine the wall, ceiling and soffit rough framing, and other substrates to receive gypsum drywall and the conditions under which gypsum drywall is to be installed and notify Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Ensure that wood or metal stud framing has been properly installed, providing substrates that will permit the gypsum wallboard systems to be installed creating level, smooth and flush surfaces, sharp and straight edges and corners, and plumb and even returns. 09260 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1. Install gypsum wallboard shims where necessary to remove minor variations in framing and to provide finished surfaces of specified levelness and flushness. 2. Advise Contractor to remove and replace sections of watt, ceiling or soffit framing that cannot adequately be corrected by the installation of shims. C. Ensure that plywood underlayment has been properly installed over framing for gypsum wallboard applications. D. Fire Assemblies: Coordinate gypsum wallboard with requirements of fire assemblies specified. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. General: Install gypsum wallboard in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, specifications and applicable Gypsum Association (GA) publications, including but not limited to: 1. Gypsum Board Finishes: GA-214-89. 2. Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board: GA-216-89. 3. Fire -Rated Door Frames in Fire -Rated Partitions: GA-219. 4. Weather Protection: GA-220. 5. Gypsum Board Applied to Curved Surfaces: GA-226. 6. Application of Gypsum Sheathing: GA-253. 7. Application of Gypsum Board as a Roofing Substrate: GA-275. 8. Fire -Resistive Construction: GA-600-92. B. Install gypsum wallboard in locations as specified in the Installation Schedule at the end of this Section, or as required by applicable codes or standards. C. Installation Method: 1. Gypsum Wallboard for Interior Wood Stud Walls: Nail and screw. 2. Gypsum Wallboard for Interior Soffits and Ceilings: Screw only. D. Treat cut edges and holes in moisture -resistant gypsum wallboard with sealant. E. Wood Frame Construction: Install specified cardboard or paper shims as necessary to correct minor defects and alignment in wood framing members. F. Refer to paragraph 3.04 for installation of expansion joints, corner and edge trims, and other miscellaneous trims. G. Tape, fill and sand exposed joints, edges, corners, openings and fixtures to produce surface ready to receive surface finishes. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1 /32". Taping, filling and sanding are required at all locations. Apply primer coat prior to texturing. H. Tolerances: Install, tape and finish all gypsum wallboard surfaces to maintain tolerances required by the referenced standards. I. Remove and reinstall defective work. J. Refer to Section 09270 for installation of tile backer wallboard materials. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF BLOCKING AND DRAFT STOPS A. General: The Installer shall furnish and install gypsum wallboard for miscellaneous blocking and draft stops, whether specifically indicated on the Drawings or not, including but not limited to: 1. Draft stops in attic spaces. 2. Draft stops in soffit or other concealed spaces. 09260 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3. Blocking in wall cavities where required to isolate electrical outlet boxes, switch boxes, or other penetrations in fire -rated partitions or party walls. 4. Other areas as may be required by applicable building codes, or by state or local building officials or inspectors. B. Coordinate installation of required fireblocking and draft stops with firestops and blocking specified in Section 06100, Rough Carpentry, and/or Section 09110, Non -Load -Bearing Metal Framing. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS TRIMS A. General: Install specified metal corner, edge and joint trims as specified herein or shown on the Drawings, or where required by field conditions to provide a complete and finished installation. B. Expansion Joints: Place expansion/control joints at locations as indicated on the Drawings or in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Joints shall not be placed at intervals greater than that recommended by gypsum wallboard manufacturer. Coordinate locations where joints are not specifically shown with the Architect in the field prior to layout. 1. Install control/expansion joints at watt or ceilings of dissimilar materials straight and flush with surfaces. 2. Install control/expansion joints at vertical intersections where interior partition walls abut exterior walls. C. Corner Beads: Place corner beads at all external corners using longest practical lengths, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. D. Edge and Miscellaneous Trims: Place edge trim where gypsum wallboard abuts dissimilar materials and at reveals, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Wrap all exposed edges of gypsum wallboard with specified edge or reveal trim, unless conditions allow the use of full-size corner bead trims. 1. Install trims at walls or ceilings of dissimilar materials straight and flush with surfaces. 2. Install trims at columns, beams or other materials protruding from the plane of the gypsum wallboard straight and accurate, with consistent tolerance of 1 /4" maximum joint width, unless otherwise shown. 3.05 PRIMING OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. General: Prime all gypsum wallboard surfaces to receive texturing and further finishing in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Use only priming materials that are compatible with the drywall and texturing materials to which they are applied. B. Application of primer coat shall occur prior to texturing, unless otherwise approved. C. Additional priming after texturing, if any, shall be provided by the painting subcontractor as specified in Section 09900. 3.06 FINISHING OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. General: Apply texturing in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and referenced standards. Ensure uniform coverage and appearance, using specified equipment. Do not texture walls to receive ceramic tile, vinyl wall coverings or adhered 09260 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 acoustical tile ceilings. B. Spray -Applied Texture: Spray -applied texturing shall be applied with commercial truck - mounted spray equipment. Use of hopper -type equipment will be permitted only with the specific approval of the Architect and Owner. 3.07 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove soil, stains and extraneous materials from adjacent surfaces caused by installation of drywall materials. Remove and replace materials that cannot be satisfactorily cleaned. B. Leave gypsum wallboard surfaces clean and prepared for further finish work specified in other Sections. C. Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for protection of the gypsum wallboard work from damage and deterioration during the remainder of the construction period. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Texturing shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 1. Consistency. 2. Coverage. 3. Uniformity. 4. Compliance with approved sample(s). B. Texturing which exhibits bubbles after drying shall be removed and reapplied. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Install 5/8" fire -rated moisture -resistant gypsum wallboard in the following locations: 1. Interior walls of restrooms at vaults. B. Install 5/8" fire -rated, exterior gypsum soffit wallboard in the following locations: 1. All ceilings. C. Moisture -resistant gypsum wallboard panels shall not be installed on ceilings or horizontal soffits. END OF SECTION 09260 - 6 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC TILE PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install ceramic tile sills with bullnose edges at glass block unit windows. B. Furnish and install tile grout, mastic and other accessory materials. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: 1. Materials and workmanship shall conform to the requirements and recommen- dations of applicable portions of the Tile Council of America, Inc. (TCA) "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation", current edition. 2. ANSI A108.41 Ceramic Tile Installed with Water -Resistant Organic Adhesives. 3. ANSI Al18.4, Latex -Portland Cement Mortar. 4. ANSI A136.1, Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile. 5. TCA 137.1, Recommended Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile. B. Quality Control: All materials used for work in this Section shall be made in one (1) batch or consecutive batches to give the greatest assurance in consistency of color, texture and size. Sufficient quantities, plus replacement of material damaged due to shipping or handling, shall be produced with reserve retained by the manufacturer for no less than 90 days from date of order. C. All materials shall be shipped with clear labeling or stamping to identify batch numbers, dates of manufacture and other pertinent information. D. Installer shall employ only tile setters who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the work for projects of similar size and complexity. Installer shall certify that tile setters are completely familiar with the requirements and recommendations of the referenced standards. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions and recommendations, illustrating pertinent details for each type of ceramic tile and accessory specified. B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of colors and/or patterns of the ceramic tile materials, within the pricing categories specified, for selection by the Architect. Include all internal and external corners, bullnose and other specialty trim units. C. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full range of grout colors for selection by the Architect. 09310 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original sealed cartons, with labels legible and intact identifying brand name and contents. Tile cartons shall be grade -sealed by manufacturer in accordance with ANSI A137.1, Section 9, with grade seals unbroken. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Provide sufficient heat and ventilation in areas where work of this Section is to be performed to allow ceramic tile to properly set. Take precautionary measures necessary to ensure that excessive temperature changes do not occur. B. Make necessary provisions for dust control. Use dustless operations wherever possible. C. Vent temporary heating devices directly to the outside to avoid carbon dioxide damage to new tile work. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturers two-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 CERAMIC TILE A. General: Glazed ceramic tile, mounted -type, conforming to ANSI A137.1, Section 5, standard grade. B. Material: Standard buff body. C. Face Finish: As scheduled below. D. Edges: Cushioned, with spacer lugs on edges. E. Thickness: 5/16" minimum. F. Styles and Sizes: 1. Miscellaneous trims and shapes as required for a complete installation, including bullnose outside and inside corners. 2. Grout joints shall align. G. Tile Pricing Categories: Dal -Tile pricing categories as basis of design, or other manufacturer's comparable selections: 1. Tile: Categories 2 - 3. H. Colors: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors for material line(s) and pricing categories specified. I. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Dal -Tile, Dallas, TX, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 744-1743. 2. American Olean, Lansdale, PA, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 371-9596. 3. Buchtal Ceramics, Roswell, GA, (404) 442-5500. 4. Crossville Ceramics, Crossville, TN, (615) 484-8418. 5. Florida Tile, Lakeland, FL, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 744-2433. 6. Mannington Ceramic Tile, Lexington, NC, (704) 249-3931. 7. Monarch Tile, Florence, AL, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 777-6651. 8. Summitville Tile, Summitville, OH, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 744-1743. 09310 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 9. U.S. Ceramic Tile Co., East Sparta, OH, distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 373- 9090. 10. Impo Glaztile, Inc., Fiorano, Italy, and distributed from Denver, CO, (303) 722- 4627. 11. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, performance and color range specified are acceptable. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Mastic: Water-resistant latex solvent -based mastic CMC-52, as manufactured by Chicago Mastic Corp. or equal. B. Grout: Commercial dry -set Portland acrylic cement grout. Follow manufacturers printed instructions for mixing and application. 1. Approved Manufacturers: Mapei or approved equal. C. Sealant for Expansion Joints: GE Silicone Sealant, white, or equal as specified in Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall examine surfaces that are to receive ceramic wall, floor and base tile and report unsatisfactory conditions to Contractor. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Proceeding with installation of materials will be construed as evidence of acceptance of conditions. B. Ensure that surfaces are level, with maximum surface variation of 114' in 10'. Level as necessary prior to beginning work. C. Lay out work prior to installation to center and balance tile to greatest extent possible. Refer to Drawings for stripes, patterns or other special layouts required. Consult with Architect on the site as necessary during layout of all ceramic tile work. D. Coordinate installation of plumbing rough -ins, prefabricated roll -in shower stalls, shower floor receptors, and other work to be built into the ceramic tile. E. Whenever possible, Contractor shall schedule installation of ceramic tile work prior to installation of plumbing fixtures, countertops, toilet partitions or accessories. F. Backsplashes: Ensure that casework and plastic laminate countertops are properly installed and approved prior to beginning installation. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage, soiling, adhesives and extraneous materials. Take precautions to protect plumbing fixtures in the vicinity of the ceramic tile work by covering with cardboard or other protective coverings. Protect ceramic tile work from damage by weather and moisture. B. Close spaces to traffic that are to receive work of this Section and keep closed until tile is firmly set. 09310 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE A. General: Set ceramic tile in place with mastic in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Lay out tile work on floors and lengthwise on walls so that wherever possible no tiles less than half full-size will occur. For heights stated in feet and inches, unless tile work is intended to exactly fill vertical spaces, maintain courses full to produce nearest attainable height within variation, above or below, equivalent to less than one-half course. B. Align joints of wall, base and floor tile and trim shapes. Properly lay out and space work, creating required stripes, patterns or other special layouts. Install ceramic tile maintaining required tolerances. C. Form intersections and returns perfectly. Cut and drill tiles neatly without marring surface. Carefully grind and joint -cut edges of tiles against any trim, finish and built-in fixtures. Fit tile close around electric outlets, plumbing pipes, fixtures and fittings so that usual plates, collars or covering will overlap tile. D. Form internal wall angles of wall tile square and external angles bullnosed. E. Form internal and external angles of coved base tile bullnosed. F. Use a neat bead of silicone sealant applied in all corners and at junction with ceiling. G. Thoroughly grout all joints so they are completely filled with grout material. Ensure tile joints are uniform in width, subject to normal variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Ensure joints are watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar or grout. Pinholes in grout are not acceptable. Grout over sealant. H. Finished tile work shall be clean and free of pitted, chipped, cracked or scratched tiles. Replace broken tile or materials with marred surfaces to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Allow no traffic in tile -laying areas after start of work and for a period of 72 hours after completion, allowing a minimum of 72 hours to damp -cure grout. B. Clean ceramic tile work in accordance with TCA instructions and recommendations. C. Clean all mastic and grout from face of tile. All joints shall be clearly struck and polished after grouting. D. Clean all grout from adjacent fixtures, countertops and other materials or equipment installed prior to ceramic tile work. END OF SECTION 09310 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prepare surfaces to receive opaque painted finishes as specified. B. Finish surfaces as indicated in the schedule at the end of this Section. Generally, the scope of work shall include painting all exposed surfaces, whether specifically noted or not, and certain concealed surfaces, except where materials are prefinished or where intended to remain unfinished as described in paragraph 1.02 below. C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Maintenance materials. 2. Section 02580, Pavement Markings. 3. Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers. 4. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard: Priming, 5. Section 10440, Signage. 6. Division 15, Mechanical. 7. Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, foundation spaces, utility tunnels, pipe spaces and duct shafts. B. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require painting under this Section, except as may be so specified. C. Materials, fixtures and equipment specified or supplied by the manufacturer as prefinished shall not be painted, unless otherwise indicated in the Schedule at the end of this Section. Materials supplied with factory -applied primer coats shall be field finished by this Section, unless otherwise indicated. D. Do not paint moving parts of operating units, mechanical or electrical parts such as valve operators, linkages, sensing devices and motor shafts, unless otherwise indicated. E. Priming or finishing of certain surfaces may be specified to be factory -applied or installer - performed under other Sections. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Finish work shall be performed only by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing in work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size and complexity. B. Materials shall be applied with appropriate equipment and tools as specified herein, or as required to provide the specified quality. 09900 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 C. Coordination of Paint Finishes, Primers and Substrates: 1. Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime coats actually used. 2. Review other Sections of these Specifications as required, verifying the prime coats to be used and assuring compatibility of the total coating system for the various substrates. 3. Upon request, furnish information on the characteristics of the specific finish materials to assure that compatible prime coats are used. 4. Provide barrier coats over non -compatible primers or remove the primer and reprime as required. 5. Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems over prime coatings or substrates supplied under other Sections. D. Certification: Supplier shall certify that all paint materials supplied contain no lead or other toxic substances. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product literature and specifications to show compliance with the specified requirements. B. Materials List: Submit materials list of all items proposed to be provided under this Section. C. Samples: Painting Contractor shall prepare samples of each substrate and finish specified, as directed by the Architect, including but not limited to: 1. Paint samples for typical interior gypsum wallboard. 2. Paint samples for interior wood casings, trim and interior doors. 3. Paint samples for interior and exterior metal doors, pipe railings and miscellaneous metal work. 4. Paint samples for typical interior concrete unit masonry to receive epoxy finish. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver paint materials in original, sealed and labeled containers bearing manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, color, designation and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. B. Provide adequate storage facilities to store materials at minimum ambient temperature of 450 F in a well -ventilated area. C. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. General: Follow manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations for product handling and application. Adhere to all applicable OSHA regulations related to product application and handling of removed paint, rinse water and other residual materials. B. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes, unless moisture contents of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Gypsum Wallboard: 12%. 2. Interior Wood: 6%. 3. Exterior Wood: 15%. 09900 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of in the year of 20 and shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City. The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is defined as the construction of the neighborhood park restroom. The project will include demolition of the existing restroom, construction of the new restroom, landscaping and irrigation modifications. Building permits will be applied for by the contractor and paid for by the city. The contractor will be responsible for calling for inspections.and is generally described in Section 01010. ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER The Project has been designed by Aller-Lingle Architects, who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES 3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete within seventy five (75) calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions within eighty nine (89)calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 1 C. Ensure that surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is above 400 F before applying finishes. Minimum application temperatures for latex paints for interior work is 450 F; 500 F for exterior work. D. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain temperatures above 450 F for 24 hours before, during and 48 hours after application of finishes. E. Provide minimum 15 footcandles of lighting on surfaces to be finished. 1.07 PROTECTION A. Adequately protect other surfaces from paint and damage. Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection. B. Furnish sufficient dropcloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or droppings from soiling surfaces not being painted and, in particular, surfaces within storage and preparation area. C. Place cotton cloths and any material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed, metal containers and remove daily from the site. D. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to painting operations. These items are to be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced on completion of work in each area. Do not use solvents to clean hardware that may remove permanent lacquer finish. 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock of not less than five (5) gallons of each color of finish coating, except that one (1) gallon shall be adequate for all accent and trim colors. B. Containers are to be tightly sealed and clearly labeled for identification. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH MATERIALS A. Paints, Enamels and Fillers: Type and brand scheduled herein, ready -mixed, except field - catalyzed coatings. Pigments fully ground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of readily and uniformly being dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture. Paints shall have good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 1. Paint materials shall contain no lead or other toxic substances. Refer to paragraph 1.03. c. B. Paint Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine and other materials not specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified, of high quality and approved manufacturer. C. Color(s) as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full color selection, unless otherwise indicated. Painter shall prepare samples for the Architect's approval of each paint color selected. Remake samples until approved, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Approved Manufacturers: Use the same brand throughout the project for each type of paint material specified: 09900 - 3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1. Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200, as basis of design. 2. Paint: Pittsburgh, Diamond Vogel, ICI Dulux, Fuller O'Brien, Benjamin Moore, Kelly Moore, Kwal-Howell and Sophir Morris. Using product lines of same quality, function and performance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 3. Strippers and Paint Removers: Refer to Section 09905. 2.02 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT A. For application of the specified paint, use only such equipment as is recommended for application of the particular paint by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect, except as limited by paragraph 2.02.C. B. Prior to use of application equipment, verify that the proposed equipment is actually compatible with the material to be applied and that integrity of the finish wilt not be jeopardized by use of this equipment. C. Contractor shall use the following application equipment for the specific condition listed, unless otherwise approved: 1. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Spray application only. Brushing or rolling is not permitted. 2. Other areas indicated in paragraph 3.03. 2.03 COLOR SCHEDULES A. The Architect will prepare marked -up elevations or a color schedule with samples for guidance in painting. Contractor shall furnish samples of all other related finish materials for coordination in preparation of the color schedule. B. The Architect may select, allocate and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the work, subject to the following: 1. Exterior Work: A maximum of three (3) different colors will be used, plus variations for trim, doors, miscellaneous work and metal work. 2. Interior Work: A maximum of three (3) different pigmented colors will be used, plus variations for trim and wall surfaces and wainscots. 3. Dark Tones: A maximum of two (2) dark tones will be used as accent colors for interior. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Subcontractor shall thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted or finished prior to commencing work. Notify the Architect of any condition that may potentially affect proper application and final appearance. Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the painting subcontractor. Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of surfaces. 09900 - 4 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. General: All preparatory work shall be subject to evaluation and acceptance by the Architect. Painting subcontractor will accept responsibility for the preparation of all surfaces, as specified herein, prior to finishing. B. Ensure that the Contractor has corrected defects in all surfaces which may adversely affect work of this Section, including but not limited to: 1. Ceramic tile and porcelain tile. 2. Hollow metal doors and frames. 3. Wood siding and trim. 4. Finish carpentry items. 5. Primed hardboard siding and trims. 6. Gypsum wallboard surfaces and texturing. 7. Welding and other attachments. 8. Steel plate connectors. C. New Wood Surfaces: Wipe dust and grit from hardwood and softwood items and millwork prior to priming. Spot coat knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer. Fill knots, imperfections, nail holes and cracks after primer has dried and sand smooth. Back -prime interior and exterior woodwork. 1. Back -prime interior woodwork which is to receive paint of enamel finish with enamel undercoat paint. 2. Back -prime exterior wood with manufacturer's recommended primer. D. Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse well with clean water and allow the surface to dry completely. E. Remove surface contamination and oils from galvanized surfaces and wash with solvent. Apply a coat of etching -type primer. F. Remove grease, rust, scale, dirt and dust from steel, ferrous metal and iron surfaces. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing, sandblasting or any other necessary method. 1. Clean unprimed surfaces by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring that weld joints, bolts and nuts are similarly cleaned. Prime surfaces as required. 2. Sand and scrape shop -primed surfaces to remove loose primer and rust. Feather out edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent and prime surfaces as required. 3. Back -prime structural steel and ferrous metal surfaces to be in contact with concrete, unless furnished by other Sections. 4. Ensure that excess weld slag or flux deposits are removed, and that all exposed welds are ground or sanded to specified appearance. G. Priming of gypsum wallboard prior to application of texturing is specified in Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard. No further priming is required for the drywall surfaces by this Section, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. H. Prime top and bottom edges of metal doors with enamel undercoat when they are to be painted. I. Prime edges of hardboard siding and trims where exposed in the completed construction to match factory -primed surfaces. J. Remove all hardware from doors before painting. Masking of hardware is unacceptable. K. Schedule painting prior to installation of prefinished materials, specialties, furnishings and fixtures to the extent possible, including but not limited to: 09900 - 5 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1. Toilet and bath accessories. 2. Finish hardware. 3. Fire extinguisher cabinets. 4. Surface -mounted mechanical and electrical devices such as thermostats, prefinished grilles and diffusers, switchplates and outlet cover plates, etc. 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: Apply finish materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Ensure that surfaces have been properly prepared and primed prior to application of finish coats. B. Apply each coat at the proper consistency. Allow each coat of finish to dry before the following coat is applied, unless directed otherwise by manufacturer. Sand lightly between coats to achieve the required finish. C. Brush Applications: 1. Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film. 2. Finish coats shall be finished by roping the paint, moving from wet to dry areas. 3. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness and other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. D. Spray Applications: 1. Except as specifically otherwise approved by the Architect, confine spray application to metal framework and similar surfaces where hand brush work would be inferior. 2. Gypsum wallboard walls, ceilings and soffits shall be finished by spray application, then back -rolled with roller equipment to result in specified mil thickness, moving from wet to dry areas. 3. Where spray application is used, apply each coat to provide the hiding equivalent of brush coats. 4. Do not double back with spray equipment to build up film thickness of two (2) coats in one (1) pass. E. For completed work, match the approved samples as to texture, color and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with the specified requirements. 3.04 PAINTING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. General: Painting of exposed equipment, louvers, ductwork, piping, conduits, etc. shall be work of this Section, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Paint all ductwork, piping, conduit and devices to be exposed to view in the completed project, unless prefinished or in concealed areas as defined in paragraph 1.02. 2. Coordinate extent of field finishing of mechanical and electrical equipment with the Architect as necessary. 3. Architect retains the right to require prefinished diffusers, grilles and other mechanical or electrical devices to be field finished, whether or not specifically called for. 4. Prime and paint insulated and bare pipes, conduits, boxes, insulated and bare ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports in exposed locations, except where items are plated or covered with a prefinished coating, or where located in mechanical chase spaces. Finish paint primed equipment to color selected. 09900 - 6 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 B. Color Coding: Refer to Mechanical and Electrical Sections for requirements concerning color coding, identification branding of equipment, ducting, piping and conduit, if required. 1. Color code equipment, piping, conduit and exposed ductwork in accordance with requirements indicated. 2. Color banding and identification (flow arrows, naming, numbering, etc.). C. Remove grilles, covers and access panels for mechanical and electrical systems from location and paint separately. D. Paint face(s) and edges of plywood backboards for electrical equipment before installing backboards and mounting equipment on them. 1. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted over or spattered. E. Do not paint gas meters, electric meters and similar exterior equipment provided by outside utility providers, if not permitted by those agencies. Coordinate requirements with the appropriate Subcontractor prior to painting. 1. Exposed gas piping leading to the gas meters shall be painted. 2. Exterior surface -mounted meter centers, disconnects, CT cabinets and similar equipment shall be painted, where not specifically excluded above. 3. Interior panelboard cabinet frames and doors shall not be painted, unless specified elsewhere. 3.05 PAINTING ROOFTOP ACCESSORIES A. Paint exposed roof penetrations, flues, roof vents, exhaust vent caps, pipe vents, etc., where located on sloped roofs or otherwise exposed to view, unless prefinished or otherwise indicated. B. Paint housings of rooftop mechanical equipment when not prefinished, as directed by the Architect. 1. Rooftop mechanical equipment, exhaust fan hoods, roof access and smoke hatches, pipe vents and other roof penetrations need not be painted where concealed from view by parapet walls at least 2'-0" high or other obstructions, as determined by the Architect. The Architect retains the right to require these items to be painted, if in his sole opinion, they are exposed to view. 3.06 CLEANING A. Promptly remove paint from adjacent materials or surfaces as work proceeds where spilled, splashed or splattered. B. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris. C. Place cotton cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from the site. D. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean, to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.07 QUALITY CONTROL A. Painted finishes shall be subject to evaluation and approval to the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: 09900 - 7 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 1. Consistency and smoothness of surface. 2. Coverage and mil thickness. 3. Color match between adjacent areas. 4. Compliance with approved sample(s). 5. Renovation Projects: Satisfactory match to adjacent materials or surfaces, where entire wall or ceiling area is not scheduled to receive new finish. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 EXTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE NOTE: MWF indicates minimum wet film thickness which is a per coat measurement in mils thickness. Systems are based on Sherwin-Williams (S-W) or as noted. A. Exterior Exposed Steel Surfaces: 1. Location: Exposed surfaces of exterior steel, stair components and metal decking. 2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils. 4. Product: S-W Industrial Enamel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. B. Exterior Hollow Metal or Ferrous Metal Surfaces: 1. Location: Hollow metal doors and frames, insulated steel doors, pipe bollards, site signage poles, ornamental fencing, handrails and guardrails. 2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils. 4. Product: S-W Industrial Enamel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. C. Exterior Wood Surfaces (Latex): 1. Location: Exterior wood siding, wood fascias and trim, hardboard siding, hardboard fascias and trim. 2. Primer: Preprimed by manufacturer. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex, satin, MWF 4.0 mils. 4. Product: S-W A-100 Satin Latex House and Trim. 5. Color(s): To be selected. D. Metal Boxes, Conduits and Mechanical Equipment: 1. Location: As shown on the Drawings. 2. Primer: One (1) coat, factory primed. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex, MWF 3.6 mils where not factory finished. 4. Product: S-W A-100 Satin Latex House and Trim. 5. Color: To match adjacent surfaces. E. Soffit and Roof Vents: Prefinished by manufacturer. F. Louvers: Paint where not prefinished by manufacturer. G. Pavement Markings: Specified in Section 02580. H. Concrete Unit Masonry: Color added integrally by block manufacturer. Refer to Section 04220 for sealer, if applicable. I. Exterior Signage: Prefinished by manufacturer. J. Hardboard Siding: Paint as if wood siding. K. Gutter and Downspouts: Prefinished coil stock by manufacturer for seamless installation. 09900 - 8 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 4.02 INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE A. Interior Wood Surfaces, Opaque Finish (Latex): 1. Location: Miscellaneous standing and running trim. 2. Primer: PrepRite Classic Latex Primer, MWF 1.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex, satin, MWF 1.6 mils per coat. 4. Product: S-W ProMar 200 Interior Latex Eg-Shel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. B. Interior Hollow Metal or Ferrous Metal Surfaces: 1. Location: Hollow metal doors and frames, insulated steel doors and miscellaneous metals. 2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils. 4. Product: S-W ProMar 200 Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. C. Interior Concrete Unit Masonry Surfaces: 1. Location: Exposed concrete block, unless scheduled for integral coloration or epoxy finish. 2. Primer: One (1) coat vinyl emulsion block filler, MWF. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex, MWF 3.6 mils. 4. Product: S-W ProMar 200 Latex Eg-Shel Enamel. 5. Color(s): To be selected. D. Interior Concrete Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled for Epoxy Finish: 1. Location: Walls of restrooms. 2. Primer: One (1) coat vinyl -acrylic emulsion block filler, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats two-part acrylic epoxy, semi -gloss, MWF 3.0 mils. 4. Product: S-W Water -Based Catalyzed Epoxy. 6. Color: To be selected. E. Interior Gypsum Wallboard Surfaces: 1. Location: Walls, ceilings and soffits as scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Primer: Vinyl emulsion sealer, flat, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex, satin, MWF 3.6 mils per coat. 4. Product: S-W ProMar 200 Interior Latex, Satin Latex. 5. Color(s): To be selected. F. Interior Gypsum Wallboard Surfaces Scheduled for Epoxy Finish: 1. Location: Walls, ceilings and soffits as scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Primer: Latex emulsion sealer, flat, MWF 3.6 mils. 3. Finish: Two (2) coats two-part acrylic epoxy, semi -gloss satin, MWF 6 mils. 4. Product: S-W Water -Based Catalyzed Epoxy. 5. Color: To be selected. G. Toilet Partitions: Paint as ferrous metal. H. Fire Protection Specialties: Prefinished by manufacturer. I. Toilet and Bath Accessories: Prefinished by manufacturer. J. Door and Cabinet Hardware: Prefinished by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 09900 - 9 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 SECTION 10210 METAL WALL LOUVERS PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install prefinished architectural metal wall louvers, including but not limited to: 1. Exterior wall louvers for outside air intake. 2. Exterior wall louvers for attic ventilation. 3. Exterior wall louvers for exhaust fan discharge. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 07610, Prefinished Metal Roofing: Openings in prefinished metal roofing and siding. 2. Division 15, Mechanical. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials shall be certified by the Air Movement and Control Association, Inc. (AMCA) for air performance and water penetration. B. ASTM B221: Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications and installation instructions for all components or products, including certified test reports of required testing. B. Shop Drawings: Submit plans and elevations of each section of metal wall louvers specified, including installation details. C. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's standard finishes for selection by the Architect. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver metal wall louvers to the site until wall panels are fully prepared to accept installation. B. Maintain protective coverings on all components and finishes until louvers are permanently installed. C. Protect louvers and finishes from damage during installation and protect adjacent surfaces, finishes and materials from damage during installation of louvers. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's written two-year warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship. 10210 - 1 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WALL LOUVERS A. Prefinished stationary (fixed) blade extruded aluminum louvers in locations shown on the Drawings. B. Sizes: 1. Exterior: As shown on the Drawings. 2. Thickness: 4". C. Blade Style: Stationary (fixed), mounted at 450 slope to the "outside" face. Blades shall be spaced at 4" o.c. or manufacturer's standard spacing as required for cut-off of sight lines. 1. Exterior outside air intake and attic ventilation louver blades shall have vertical offset "hook" in blades for moisture elimination. D. Bird/Insect Screens: 18x14 aluminum mesh, .0123" diameter, 5056 clad. E. Free Air Space: 1. Exterior: Minimum 46% free area. 2. Interior: Minimum 6.67 sq. ft. per 4'x4' unit. F. Construction: Fabricate frame and blades from minimum 14-gage (0.081") extruded aluminum 6063-T52 alloy with reinforcing bosses. G. Frames: Provide manufacturer's standard integral head, sill, jamb frames and interlocking vertical mullions at multiple panelized sections. 1. Head sections to have exterior drip lip. 2. Sill sections to have integral water stop. 3. Jamb sections to have returns, acting as a water bar. 4. Heads, sills and jambs to be one-piece structural members with integral caulking slot and retaining bead. 5. Slideable interlocking mullion sections to have provision for expansion and contraction. H. Anchorage Devices: Manufacturer's standard concealed or countersunk aluminum or stainless steel fasteners. I. Finish: Kynar 500 coating with color to be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard colors. J. Approved Models and Manufacturers: 1. Exterior: Model A4110 by Construction Specialties (C/S), Cranford, NJ, (800) 631- 7379, as the basis of design. 3. Arrow United Industries, Wyalusing, PA, (570) 746-1888. 4. The Airolite Company, Marietta, OH, (740) 373-7676. 5. American Warming and Ventilating, Holland, OH, (419) 865-5000. 6. Greenheck, Schofield, WI, (715) 359-6171. 7. Industrial Louvers Inc., Delano, MN, (800) 328-3421. 8. Ruskin, Kansas City, MO, (816) 761-7476. 9. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function, performance, quality, and appearance are acceptable. 10210 - 2 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Installer shall inspect the conditions under which work is to installed and notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory dimensions or conditions. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of conditions. B. Field verify dimensions affecting work of this Section prior to fabrication. C. Ensure that openings have been properly sized, framed and prepared for installation of louvers and frames. D. Ensure that flashings have been properly installed to divert moisture to the exterior of the building. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install wall louvers and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Install louvers in openings properly aligned and level. C. Install louvers rigid and square with specified fasteners of non -corrosive metals. D. Maintain required clearances and allow for expansion and contraction of materials. E. Leave installation of metal wall louvers prepared to receive sealants, specified in Section 07900. F. Coordinate installation of wall louvers with Division 15, Mechanical, for installation of fans, filters, ductwork and other mechanical equipment behind louvers. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 EXTERIOR LOUVER SCHEDULE A. Furnish and install exterior prefinished architectural louvers in the following locations: 1. Gable -end attic vent louvers. 2. Outside air intake louvers. END OF SECTION 10210-3 Buckingham Park Restroom 0437.12 completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter. 1) Substantial Completion: Three Hundred Dollars ($300) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after the seventy five (75) calendar day period for Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete. 2) Final Acceptance: After Substantial Completion, One Hundred Fifty($150) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after the fourteen (14) calendar day period for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is ready for Final Payment and Acceptance. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: ($ ), $ Dollars, in accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this reference. ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be in the amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. 900 of the value of Work completed until the Work has been 50° completed as determined by ENGINEER, when the retainage equals 50 of the Contract Price, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 2 SECTION 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish toilet, bath and janitorial accessories and associated hardware. B. Furnish rough -in frames supplied to other Sections. C. Furnish electric hand dryers. D. Installation of Owner -furnished toilet and bath accessories. E. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise. F. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. 2. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals: Sheet steel toilet partitions. 3. Section 09310, Ceramic Tile. 1.02 RELATED WORK FURNISHED BY OTHERS A. Certain toilet accessories shall be furnished by the Owner for installation by the Contractor as scheduled in this Section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to current requirements and recommendations of applicable sections of the standards listed. 1. ASTM A167: Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. 2. ASTM A366: Cold -Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets, Commercial Quality. B. Accessory lines shall be coordinated and by the same manufacturer throughout the project. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product list and data sheets indicating materials, components, finishes and method of installation. B. Samples: Provide one (1) sample of representative accessory specified herein, upon request by the Architect. Sample will be returned upon approval. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver accessories to site until rooms in which they are to be installed are ready to receive them. B. Pack accessories individually in a manner to protect accessory and its finish. C. Protect adjacent or adjoining finished surfaces and work from damage during installation of the work of this Section. Buckingham Park Restroom 10800-1 0437.12 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty for all accessories covering defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES A. Type: Surface -mounted or semi -recessed construction, as scheduled in paragraph 2.02. B. Materials: 1. Sheet Steel: ASTM A366, cold -rolled stretcher leveled, 1.25 oz. /sq. ft. galvanized coating. 2. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM Al67, commercial grade, 22-gage. 3. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269, commercial grade, seamless welded. 4. Brass: Solid brass alloy. C. Anchorage and Attachment Devices: 1. Adhesive: Epoxy -type contact cement. 2. Fasteners, Screws and Bolts: Hot -dip galvanized or stainless steel. 3. Expansion Shields: Fiber, lead or rubber as recommended by manufacturer for component and substrate. 4. Anchor Plates: Steel anchor plates as recommended by manufacturer for secure installation. D. Fabrication: 1. Weld and grind smooth all joints of fabricated components. 2. Form exposed surfaces from one (1) sheet of stock, free of joints. 3. Provide steel anchor plates and anchor components for installation on building finishes. 4. Form surfaces flat and without distortion. Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or dents. 5. Back -prime components where accessories will be in contact with dissimilar building finishes to prevent electrolysis. 6. Hot -dip galvanize ferrous metal anchors and fastening devices. 7. Shop assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittings. E. Keying: Keyed accessories scheduled for installation in new expansion shall be keyed to match balance of existing building. (Key all new accessories together.) F. Finishes: 1. Chrome/Nickel Plating: Satin finish. 2. Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin finish. G. Mounting: Concealed -screw mounting, unless otherwise indicated. Surface -mounted type, unless scheduled as semi -recessed. H. Approved Manufacturers: 1. General: Accessory lines shall be coordinated and by the same manufacturer throughout the project, at least to the extent scheduled. Deviations from consistency of one manufacturer are only acceptable when available designs are not satisfactory. 2. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., N. Hollywood, CA, and represented locally by Architectural Hardware Sales Co., Englewood, CO, (303) 790-8240. Buckingham Park Restroom 10800-2 0437.12 3. Bradley Corporation, Menomonee Falls, WI, (414) 354-0100. 4. American Specialties, Inc., Yonkers, NY, (914) 476-9000. 5. AEtJ Washroom Accessories, New Windsor, NY, (914) 562-3332. 6. General Accessory Manufacturing (Gamco). 7. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance, design and appearance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. 2.02 ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS A. General: Fully -recessed type, porcelain enameled steel housing, U.L.-listed, 115V, 20 amp, 2300 watts, 50/60 Hz. B. Operation: Manual push-button. C. Drying Cycle: 30 seconds. D. Features: 1. Fixed nozzle. 2. Provide ground fault interrupter type (GFI) where required by mounting location and governing codes. E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard porcelain enamel, with stainless steel nozzle, push button and trims. F. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturers full line of standard colors. G. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Model RA-5, manual operation, by World Dryer, Berkeley, IL, (800) 449-6950. 2.03 SCHEDULE OF ACCESSORIES A. Approved Models, as basis of design: 1. Grab Bars, Two -Piece Horizontal at HC Accessible Toilet Compartments: Bobrick B- 6206 x 36" and 48" lengths with peened gripping surfaces, concealed mounting. 2. Multi -Roll Toilet Paper Dispensers: Furnished by Owner; installed by Contractor. 3. Mop and Broom Holders: Furnished by Owner; installed by Contractor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough -in frames to the job site at appropriate time for building into the work. Provide templates and rough -in measurements to the Contractor as required. B. Before starting work, notify the Contractor in writing of any conflicts detrimental to the installation or operation of the accessories. C. Ensure that proper blocking has been provided in walls as required for installation of recessed and surface -mounted accessories and grab bars, including accessories for handicapped adaptable units that will not be installed at this time. D. Ensure that cut-outs in specified toilet partitions for thru-partition mounted accessories have been properly located and sized. Provide templates and rough -in dimensions to the toilet partition manufacturer. E. Coordinate exact location of accessories with the Architect as necessary. F. Ensure that electrical conduit has been properly located and installed to location(s) of electric hand dryers. Buckingham Park Restroom 10800-3 0437.12 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES A. General: Install fixtures, accessories and items in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Install true, plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. 3.03 MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Install accessories in public restrooms at mounting heights to comply with American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) publication A117.1-1992 and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), 1990, for handicapped accessible accessories: 1. Mounting Heights (above finished floor): a. Grab Bars, Toilet Compartments: 3Y-36". b. Toilet Paper Dispensers: 20" to centerline of roller. Verify clearances with grab bars. C. Electric Hand Dryers: 48" maximum to operating device. B. Balance of accessories not located in handicapped accessible areas to be mounted at manufacturer's recommended height. Comply with all governing regulations. PART 4 SCHEDULES 4.01 INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Quantities are the responsibility of the Contractor. Refer to the Drawings for locations. B. Women's Restroom #02: 1. Grab bars, two-piece, as shown on the Drawings. 2. Toilet Paper Holders: One (1) multi -roll holder per toilet compartment. C. Men's Restroom #04: 1. Grab bars, two-piece, as shown on the Drawings. 2. Toilet Paper Holders: One (1) multi -roll holder per toilet compartment. D. Chase Room #03: 1. Mop and Broom Holder: One (1). END OF SECTION Buckingham Park Restroom 10800-4 0437.12 SECTION 15010 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 GENERAL A. Provisions of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - General Requirements, and applicable provisions elsewhere in the Contract Documents apply to the work of Division 15 Mechanical. 1.02 SUMMARY OF WORK A. Work Included: unless specified otherwise, provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary for completely finished and operational mechanical systems. Provide all minor incidental items such as offsets, fittings, etc., required as part of the work even though not specified or indicated. B. Description of Systems: The work of Division 15 includes but is not limited to: 1. Heating and Ventilating System 2. Plumbing System C. Related Requirements: 1. Mechanical and Electrical Coordination: Section 15020 2. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Section 15050 3. Mechanical: Division 15 - All Sections 4. General Requirements: Division 1 - All Sections D. Inspection: Inspect work preceding or interfacing with work of Division 15 sections and report any known or observed defects that affect the work to the General Contractor. Do not proceed with the work until defects are corrected. E. Existing Utilities: Are indicated as accurately as possible on the Drawings. Work on utilities encountered and not indicated on Drawings will be directed by change order after being brought to the attention of the Architect. Close openings and repair damage in acceptable manner to utilities encountered. AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15010 - 1 F. Definitions: "Provide" means Contractor is responsible for the furnishing and installation of. 1.03 COORDINATION A. General: Coordinate and order the progress of mechanical work to conform to the progress of the work of the other trades. Complete the entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will permit. B. Coordination with Electrical Work: Section 15020. C. Utility Interruptions: Coordinate mechanical utility interruptions with the Owner and the Utility Company. Plan work so that duration of the interruption is kept to a minimum. D. Cutting and Patching: Section 15050. E. Drawings and Specifications: The mechanical Drawings indicate the general design and arrangement of lines, equipment, systems, etc. Information shown is diagrammatic in character and does not necessarily indicate every required offset, fitting, etc. Do not scale the Drawings for dimensions. Take dimensions, measurements, locations, levels, etc., from the Architectural Drawings and equipment to be furnished, and from the building. F. Discrepancies: Examine Drawings and Specifications for other parts of the work, and If any discrepancies occur between the plans for the work of this Division and the plans for the work of others, report such discrepancies to the General Contractor and obtain written instructions for any changes necessary. G. Order of Precedence: The precedence of mechanical construction documents is as follows: Addenda and modifications for the Drawings and Specifications take precedence over the original Drawings and Specifications. 2. Should there be conflict within the Specifications or within Drawings of the same scale, the more stringent or higher quality requirements shall apply. 3. In the Drawings, the precedence shall be Drawings of larger scale over those of smaller scale, figured dimensions over scaled dimensions, and noted materials over graphic indications. AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15010 - 2 4. Should a conflict arise between the Drawings and the Specifications for products indicated on the Drawings, the Specifications shall have precedence. 1.04 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS A. Specification Language Explanation: These Specifications are of abbreviated, simplified or streamlined type and include incomplete sentences. Omissions of words or phrases such as "the Contractor shall," "a," "the," are intentional. Supply omitted words or phrases by inference in same manner as they are when "NOTE" occurs on Drawings. Supply words "shall be" or "shall" by inference when colon is used with sentences or phrases. Supply words "on the Drawings" by inference when "as indicated" is used with sentences or phrases. B. Schedule of Drawing Codes (Abbreviations) (* = Codes Referenced in Text) AD Area Drain* CO Cleanout Plug* CW Domestic Cold Water* DF Drinking Fountain* EF Exhaust Fan* EUH Electric Unit Heater* FCO Floor Cleanout* FD Floor Drain* FWH Frostproof Wall Hydrant GCO Grade Cleanout* G Grille* JF Jug Fitter* L Louver* LAV Lavatory* SA Shock Absorber* TSTAT Thermostat* V Sanitary Vent* VTR Vent Through Roof W Waste WC Water Closet* WCO Wall Cleanout* AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15010 - 3 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. References: For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. 2. The date of the standard is that in effect as the bid date, or date of Owner/Contractor Agreement when there are no bids, except when a specific date is specified or when the standard is part of an applicable code which includes an edition date. 3. When required by individual Specifications section, obtain copy of standard. Maintain copy at job site during work until Substantial Completion. B. Schedule of Referenced Organizations: The following is a list of the acronyms of organizations referenced in these Specifications: ADC Air Diffusion Council 435 North Michigan Ave. Chicago, IL 60611 AMCA Air Movement and Control Association 30 West University Dr. Arlington Heights, IL 60004 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, N.Y. 10018 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, N.Y. 10017 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 45th Street New York, N.Y. 10017 ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers 15233 Ventura Blvd., Suite 811 Sherman Oaks, CA 91403 AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15010 - 4 ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers 960 Illuminating Building Cleveland, OH 44113 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 W. Quincy Ave. Denver, CO 80235 CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute 1499 Chain Bridge Road McLean, VA 22101 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association 2101 L St., NW Washington, DC 20037 NSF National Sanitation Foundation Box 1468 Ann Arbor, MI 48106 NSWMA National Solid Wastes Management Association 1120 Connecticut Ave., NW Washington, DC 20036 PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute 5342 Boulevard Place Indianapolis, IN 46208 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association 8224 Old Courthouse Rd. Vienna, VA 22180 UL Underwriter Laboratories, Inc. 333 Kingston Rd. Northbrook, IL 60062 AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15010 - 5 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Samples, Shop Drawings, and Product Data as required by various sections of Division 15 in accordance with Division 1. Contractor is to make Submittals to Architect, plus one copy to Owner. Do not make submittals directly to Engineer. Include one additional copy above the requirements of Division 1. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preparation: Base final installation of materials and equipment on actual dimensions and conditions at the project site. Field measure for materials or equipment requiring exact fit. B. Workmanship: Perform work in accordance with good commercial practice. The good appearance of the finished work shall be of equal importance with its mechanical efficiency. C. Supervision: Be responsible for and coordinate the work of all subcontractors working under Division 15. D. Installation Procedures: Confer and cooperate with other trades and coordinate the work in proper relation with theirs. . Coordinate ceiling cavity space carefully with other trades. E. Properly locate anchors, chases, recesses, and openings required for the proper installation of the work. Arrange with the proper contractors for the building of anchors, etc., and for the leaving of the required chases, recesses, and openings. F. Install equipment and materials in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations unless specifically indicated otherwise, or where local codes or regulations take precedence. G. Testing: See other Division 15 sections for testing of mechanical work. H. Protection: Close ends of pipe and ductwork during construction to prevent entry of foreign material. Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical or mechanical damage before, during, and after installation. Protect fixtures and equipment against damage during mechanical work. 1.09 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Permits and fees. Refer to General Conditions, Special Conditions, and Division 1. AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15010 - 6 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS 00410 Bid Bond 00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications 00430 Schedule of Subcontractors determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of work completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 1000 of the Work completed. 90% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application for payment. 5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 950 of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law. 5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13. ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions. 6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 3 B. Comply with state and local code requirements and ordinances. Comply with requirements of the Utility Companies. Call for inspections required by local building inspection authority. C. Applicable Building Codes and Ordinances: Including but not limited to the following: (See Section 01060) Uniform Building Code, 1997 Edition International Mechanical Code, 2003 Edition International Plumbing Code, 2003 Edition Governing Fire Department Requirements State of Colorado Energy Standards State Department of Labor Requirements State Department of Health Requirements National Fire Protection Association Standards State and Federal Safety and Health Laws NFPA 70 1981 Edition --National Electrical Code NFPA 90A 1976 Edition --Fire Detection in Mechanical Systems 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Division 1. B. General: Deliver and store materials and equipment in manufacturer's unopened containers fully identified with manufacturer's name, trade name, type, class, grade, size, and color. C. Protection: Store materials and equipment off the ground and under cover, protected from damage. D. Acceptance: Check and sign for materials to be furnished by others for installation under Division 15 upon delivery. Assume responsibility for the storage and safekeeping of such materials from time of delivery until final acceptance. 1.10 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions: Comply with Division 1. B. Some materials and equipment are specified by manufacturer and catalog numbers. The manufacturer and catalog numbers are used to establish a degree of quality and type for such equipment and material. C. When alternate or substitute materials and equipment are used, be responsible for space requirements, configurations, performance, changes in bases, supports, structural members and openings in structure, and other apparatus and trades that may be affected by their use. AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15010 - 7 1.11 CLEANING A. General: Comply with Division 1. B. Clean exposed surfaces of piping, hangers, ducts, and other exposed items of grease, dirt or other foreign materials. At the completion of the work, remove rubbish and debris resulting from the operations and leave equipment spaces clean and ready for use. 1.12 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General: Comply with Division 1. B. Job Site Documents: Maintain at the job site, one record copy of the following: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Reviewed Shop Drawings 5. Field Test Records C. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition, apart from documents used for construction. D. Record Information: Label each document "Record Document." Mark information with contrasting color using ink. Keep each record current. Do not permanently conceal any work until required information is recorded. E. Record following information on Drawings: Field changes of dimension and detail. 2. Changes by change order or field order. 3. Details not on original contract drawings. F. Record following information on Specifications: Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes by change order or field order. 3. Other matters not originally specified. AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15010 - 8 G. Shop Drawings: Maintain Shop Drawings as record documents recording changes made after review as specified for drawings above. H. Submittal: At completion of project, deliver Project Record Documents to General Contractor. 1.13 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. General: Comply with Division 1. B. Submission: Submit three typed and bound copies of Operating and Maintenance Manual, 8 and 1/2 inches by I inches in size to the Architect for approval prior to scheduling any systems demonstration for the Owner. C. Requirement Contents: Manuals shall have index with tab dividers for each major equipment section to facilitate locating information on specific piece of equipment. Identify data within each section with drawing code numbers as they appear on Drawings and Specifications. Include as a minimum the following data: 1. Alphabetical list of system components, with the name, address, and 24-hour telephone number of the company responsible for servicing each item during the first year of operation. 2. Operating instructions for complete system including: a. Emergency procedures for fire or failure of major equipment. b. Major start, operation, and shutdown procedures. 3. Maintenance instructions, including: a. Valve tags and other identified equipment lists. b. Proper lubricants and lubricating instructions for each piece of equipment. C. Necessary cleaning, replacement, and/or adjustment schedule. 4. Product data on each piece of equipment, including: a. Installation instructions. b. Drawings and Specifications. C. Parts lists. AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15010 - 9 d. Complete wiring and temperature control diagrams (as built). e. Marked or changed prints locating concealed parts and variation from the original system design. 5. Warranty information as listed below. 1.14 WARRANTIES A. Warranty: In accordance with Division 1, provide a written warranty to the Owner covering the entire mechanical work to be free from defective materials, equipment and workmanship for a period of one year after Date of Acceptance. During this period provide labor and materials as required to repair or replace defects at no additional cost to the Owner. Provide certificates for such items of equipment, which have warranties in excess of one year. Submit to the General Contractor. B. This warranty will be superseded by the terms of any specific equipment warranties which are in excess of one year. Provide certificates for such items of equipment which have warranties in excess of one year. C. This warranty may be voided by improper Owner maintenance. 1.15 CERTIFICATES A. General: Comply with requirements of Division 1. B. Certificates: Upon completion of the work, deliver to the General Contractor one copy of Certificate of Final Inspection. END OF SECTION AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15010 - 10 SECTION 15020 - MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Responsibility: Unless otherwise indicated, all motors and controls shall be furnished, set in place and wired in accordance with the following schedule: (MD is Mechanical Division; ED is Electrical Division). FURNISHED SET IN PLACE WIRED AND UNDER OR MOUNTED CONNECTED ITEM UNDER UNDER 1. Equipment Motors MD MD ED 2. Magnetic Motor Starters: (a) Automatically controlled, with or without HOA switches MD MD ED (b) Automatically controlled with or without HOA switches and furnished as part of factory wired equipment MD MD ED (c) Manually con- trolled ED ED ED (d) Manually con- trolled and furnished as part of factory wired equipment MD MD ED AE 0544 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15020 - 1 FURNISHED SET IN PLACE WIRED AND UNDER OR MOUNTED CONNECTED ITEM UNDER UNDER 3. Line voltage therm- ostats, time clocks, etc., not connected to control panel Systems MD ED ED 4. Electric thermostats, time clocks, remote bulb thermostats motor valves, float controls, etc., which are an integral part or directly attached to ducts pipes, etc. which do not carry full load current or line voltage MD MD MD 5. Temperature control Panels and time switches mounted on temperature control panels MD MD MD 6. Motor valves, damper motor, solenoid valves, EP and PE switches, etc. MD MD MD 7. Alarm bells MD MD MD 8. Control circuit feeders ED ED ED 9. Low voltage controls, thermostats and valves, dampers, etc. MD MD MD 10. Fire protection controls MD MD ED AE 0544 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15020 - 2 FURNISHED SET IN PLACE WIRED AND UNDER OR MOUNTED CONNECTED ITEM UNDER UNDER 11. Fire and smoke detectors ED ED ED (1) 12. Boiler and water heater controls, boiler burner control panels, internally wired MD MD MD 13. Pushbutton stations, pilot lights, line voltage or carrying full load current ED ED ED 14. Heat tape ED ED ED 15. Disconnect switches, thermal overload switches, manual operating switches ED ED ED 16. Multi -speed switches MD ED ED 17. Contactors ED ED ED 18. Control relays, transformers MD MD MD 19. Refrigeration cycle, cooling tower and controls MD MD MD Notes: (1) Wiring from alarm contacts to alarm system by ED; control function wiring by MD. C. Connections: Make connections to controls directly attached to ducts, piping and mechanical equipment with flexible connections. END OF SECTION AE 0544 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15020 - 3 SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Work Included in This Section: 1. Pipe Supports, Anchors and Seals 2. Motors 3. Valves 4. Access Panels Provided by Mechanical for Installation by Others 5. Mechanical Excavation and Backfill 6. Pipe Installation 7. Electrical Requirements 8. Supporting Steel B. Related Requirements: 1. Mechanical and electrical Coordination: Section 15020 2. Cutting and patching: Division 1 3. Excavation and Backfill: Division 2 4. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010 1.02 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards: 1. American Water Works Association 2. ANSI B31 Code for Pressure Piping 3. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 5. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA) 6. National Electric Code (NEC) AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15050 - 1 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. 1. Pipe Hangers and Supports 2. Valves 3. Items Shown With an Asterisk in These Specifications PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS* A. General: Use adjustable pipe hangers on suspended pipe. Chain or perforated strap hangers will not be permitted. Isolate hangers coming in contact with bare copper pipe with dielectric hanger connectors. Provide supports between piping and building structure where necessary to prevent swaying. B. Concrete Inserts: Steel case and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods and lugs for attaching to forms; or machine bolt expansion anchors. Size inserts to match size of threaded hanger rods. C. Hanger Rods: Continuous threaded steel, sizes as specified D. Hangers: 1. Cold Pipes: a. 1/2" through 1-1/2": Adjustable Wrought Steel Ring b. 2" and Over: Adjustable Wrought Steel Clevis 2. Multiple or Trapeze: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods one size larger than for largest pipe in trapeze. Where trapeze length exceeds three feet, install additional hanger rod at mid span. AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15050 - 2 3. Hanger Sizes and Spacing: Provide hangers with maximum spacing and hanger rods with minimum sizes as follows: Maximum Minimum Hanger Pipe Type Pipe Size Spacing Rod Size Copper Pipe 1/2" through 1" 8'-0" 3/8" 1-1/4" through 2" 10'-0" 3/8" Cast Iron 2" 1 Each Joint 3/8" 3" 1 Each Joint 1/2" 4" and 5" 1 Each Joint 5/8" E. Wall Supports: 1. 1/2" through 3": Cast iron hook 2.02 SLEEVES A. Steel pipe sized large enough to allow for movement and for insulation. 2.03 MOTORS A. Motors: 1. General: Minimum motor horsepower ratings are specified or scheduled on the Drawings. Minimum requirements for motors are: a. Constructed for operation at worksite altitude b. Dustproof/leak-proof bearing rings C. Built to NEMA standards d. Factory balanced e. Open drip -proof f. Thermal overload protection g. Motors shall have 1.15 S.F. at altitude. h. Additional requirements for motors and starting equipment appear throughout Specifications as they pertain to specified equipment. 2. Voltage Ratings: a. All motors 1/2 HP and smaller shall be 120V, single phase. b. All motors larger than 1/2 HP shall be 240V, single phase. AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15050 - 3 6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions. 6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE V. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of "Contract Documents" in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. 7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to, the following: 7.2.1Certificate of Substantial Completion 7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance 7.2.3Lien Waiver Releases 7.2.4 Consent of Surety 7 .2. 5 Application for Exemption Certificate 7.2.6Application for Payment 7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows: ARCHITECTURAL SDQ BUCKINGHAM PARK SITE PLANS Al PLAN AND ELEVATIONS A2 ELEVATIONS AND WALL SECTIONS A3 WALL SECTIONS A4 WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 4 B. Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment: General: Provide motors, starters, and all necessary control devices such as pushbutton stations, speed controls, transformers and relays as required for proper operation of all equipment furnished under this Division. 2. Remote Switches and Pushbutton Stations: Provide remote switches and pushbutton stations required for manually operated equipment complete with pilot lights of an approved type lighted by current from load side of starter. 3. Control Voltage: Maximum allowable control voltage 120V. Fully protect control circuit conductors in accordance with NEC. 2.04 VALVES* A. General: All valves of a given type shall be of one manufacturer and shall be listed with the Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry. B. Valve Connections: I Provide valves suitable to connect to adjoining piping as specified for pipe joints. 2. Thread pipe sizes two inches and smaller. 3. Solder or screw to solder adapters for copper tubing. C. Ball Valves (Drawing Code BV): 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. American b. Apollo 2. Description: Bronze, swing -away design, full port, chrome plated bronze ball with Teflon seats, 150 WSP, 400 WOG, screwed or soldered ends. AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15050 - 4 D. Drain Valves (Drawing Code DV): Acceptable Manufacturers: a. American b. Crane C. Nibco d. Stockham 2. Description: Bronze, compression stop with nipple and cap or hose thread. E. Pressure Ratings: Unless otherwise indicated, use valves suitable for minimum 125 psig and 450 degrees F. and 200 prig and 250 degrees F. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect preceding work in accordance with Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Base final installation of materials and equipment on job site dimensions and conditions. Job site dimensions shall take precedence over drawing dimensions. Field measures critical dimensions and do not fabricate or cut materials to length until such measurements are made. Be responsible for accurate location of rough -ins as required for equipment being serviced. B. Cleaning: Ream pipes and tubes. Clean off scale and dirt, inside and outside before joining, leaving ready for painting or identification as required. 3.03 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. General: Be responsible for excavation, trenching and backfiring required or work under Division 15. Comply with requirements of Division 2. B. Utilities: Verify locations of existing and new underground utilities prior to trenching and, if damaged by this contractor, replace immediately in an approved manner at no expense to the Owner. C. Trenches: For pipe laid in trenches below slabs on grade, compact bottom of trenches in accordance with Division 2 and the Geotechnical Report. Remove rock and stones from bottom of trench. AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15050 - 5 D. Backfilling: Remove rocks and stones from backfill material. Backfill by hand tamping earth under the haunch of the pipe to specified compaction. Backfill and compaction in thin layers until tip of pipe is covered. Complete backfill and compaction in accordance with Division 2 and the Geotechnical Report. E. Do not places backfill over pipelines until lines are properly tested and approved. 3.04 SLEEVES A. Where pipes or ducts pass through concrete construction, install sleeves accurately set in place. 3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Be responsible for the costs of cutting and patching for work under Division 15 caused by improper coordination or notification. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. B. Cutting: Coordinate and supervise cutting required. Notify Architect before any cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling. Use rotary type drill or other method as approved by the Architect. Holes cut with pneumatic hammer will not be accepted. C. Patching: Seal openings and repair and refinish any damage to building elements using skilled mechanics of trades involved in manner acceptable to Architect. 3.06 PIPE AND DUCTWORK PENETRATIONS A. Where horizontal ducts and pipe pass through walls, and vertical ducts and pipes pass through floors, seal off void between opening and duct, or pipe and sleeve. B. Wherever any pipe, duct, conduit, steel member, bracket, equipment or other material penetrates or passes through fire- resistant wall, ceiling or floor, completely seal voids in Construction with cement grout, plaster or other fire-resistant material, embedding sealing material full thickness of material is penetrated. 3.07 FLASHING A. Provide pitch pockets at piping penetrations through the roof. Be responsible for the exact locations of penetrations and coordinate location and sizes with General Contractor. B. Vents and Drains: See Section 15410 Plumbing Piping. AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15050 - 6 3.08 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Installation: Install piping without springing or forcing, and clear windows, doors, and other openings. Excessive cutting or other weakening of the building structure to facilitate piping installation not permitted. B. Provide sufficient swing joints necessary to permit free expansion and contraction without causing undue stresses. Make changes in direction with fittings. Support piping independently at equipment so its weight will not be supported by the equipment. C. Install vertical risers plumb and straight, horizontal lines parallel with walls and partitions. Conceal piping above ceilings and within furring and walls unless otherwise indicated. D. Shut -Off Valves: Where indicated, provide shut-off valves and unions suitably located, to isolate each item of equipment, branch circuit or section of piping. E. Provide dielectric unions at junctions of dissimilar metals in fresh water systems. F. Clearance: Provide clearance for proper installation of insulation and for access to valves, air vents, drains and unions. Provide minimum 1/2-inch clearance between pipes after insulation. G. Install below grade piping material specified for building interior to a point five feet outside the building foundation. H. Routes and Grades: Route piping in general locations indicated, in an orderly manner and to maintain required grades. Coordinate with other piping, conduits, ducts and equipment making necessary offsets to accommodate the same. Install piping to conserve headroom and interfere as little as possible with use of available space. Group piping wherever possible at common elevations. Install concealed pipes close to the building structure to keep furring to a minimum. Slope water piping one inch in forty feet and arrange to drain at low points. 2. Grade horizontal drainage and vent piping in accordance with applicable code. AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15050 - 7 3.09 CONCRETE INSERTS A. Use inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams wherever practicable. Set inserts in position in advance of concrete work. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, finish inserts flush with slab surface. B. Where allowed by Architect, drill through concrete slab from below and provide rod with recessed square steel plate and nut above slab. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF PIPE HANGERS A. Adequately supports piping from the building structure with adjustable hangers to maintain uniform grading where required and to prevent sagging and pocketing. Provide supports between piping and building structure where necessary to prevent swaying. B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch clear space between finished covering and adjacent work. Place a hanger within one foot of each horizontal elbow. Space hangers generally as called for in Table in Part 2, Products. C. Use hangers who are vertically adjustable 1-1/2 inches minimum after piping is erected. D. Support horizontal soil pipe near each hub with five feet maximum between hangers. E. Support vertical soil pipe at each floor. Where practical, support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 3.11 VALVES A. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. B. Install ball valves for shut-off and isolating service to isolate equipment, part of systems or vertical risers. C. Provide drains valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and apparatus. 3.12 ACCESS PANELS A. Deliver access panels to General Contractor for installation by trade responsible for surface in which installed. Provide instructions for location. AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15050 - 8 3.13 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Supporting Steel: Provide supporting steel not indicated on the Structural Drawings for equipment requiring it. Fabricate supports in accordance with AISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Building. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. 3.14 PAINTING A. Supporting steel shall receive one coat of primer paint in the shop after fabrication welding is complete. Paint field joints with one coat of matching primer. Finish painting under Division 9. 3.15 ELECTRICAL A. Install speed controls, transformers, relays, alarm switches, interlock and control wiring that does not handle full load motor or heating equipment current. Wiring shall not be less than No. 14 gauge insulated, color coded, and installed in conduit. See Section 15020. 3.16 ESCUTCHEONS A. Install nickel -plated floor, wall and ceiling escutcheons of adjustable type on pipes passing through walls, floor or ceiling in finished areas after painting is completed. END OF SECTION AE 0544 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15050 - 9 SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: 1. Domestic Cold Water Piping 2. Sanitary Drainage and Vent Piping 3. Floor Drainage Piping and Drains 4. Valves and Specialties 5. Cleanouts 6. Anti -Siphon Equipment 7. Rough -In for Equipment and Fixtures B. Related Requirements: 1. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010 2. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Section 15050 3. Hangers and Supports and Valves: Section 15050 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Sanitary Sewage System: Division 2 B. Site Utilities: Division 2 C. Plumbing Fixtures and Connection: Section 15440 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. Include manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Plumbing Specialties 2. Floor and Area Drains 3. Cleanouts 4. Pressure Reducing Valves 5. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventors AE 0544 PLUMBING PIPING Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15410 - 1 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS A. Domestic Cold Water - Inside Buildings: 1. Above Grade a. Smaller than 3": Type L hard copper with wrought copper, bronze or cast brass fittings and 95-5 solder joints. 2. Below Grade: a. 3" and Smaller: Type K soft copper and flared tube joints or Type K hard drawn copper with wrought copper fittings and 95-5 solder joints. 3. Drawing Codes: a. Domestic Cold Water: CW B. Water Service - Outside Building: 1. 3" and Smaller: Type K hard drawn copper with wrought copper fittings and 95-5 solder. C. Sanitary Drainage and Vents - Inside Building: 1. Above Grade: Service weight cast iron no -hub with gasket and clamp fittings or PVC rigid plastic with PVC fittings and solvent weld, elastomeric seal, threaded or mechanical clamp joints, where allowed by Code. 2. Below Grade: Service weight cast iron with bell and spigot fittings and elastomeric joints. Service weight cast iron no hub with gasket and clamp fittings. 3. Drawing Codes: a. Sanitary Drainage: W b. Sanitary Vent: V 2.02 UNIONS AND COUPLINGS A. 3" and Under: 1. For Copper Piping: Bronze or Wrought AE 0544 PLUMBING PIPING Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15410 - 2 B. Dielectric Unions: Use dielectric unions at connections between steel and copper pipe. 2.03 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES A. Shock Absorbers (Water Hammer Arrestors) (Drawing Code SA): 1. General: Provide Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI) approved types and sizes as scheduled or required. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. J.R. Smith b. Josam C. Wade d. Zurn e. Approved Substitute B. Wall Hydrants - Frostproof (Drawing Code FWH): 1. General: Provide bronze locking box frostproof wall hydrant as indicated. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. J.R. Smith b. Josam C. Wade d. Zurn e. Approved Substitute C. Plumbing Specialties Schedule: See Schedule on plans. 2.04 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 2.05 VALVES A. Provide in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 2.06 FLOOR DRAINS AND AREA DRAINS, (DRAWING CODE FD OR AD) A. General: Provide types, finishes, materials and accessories as scheduled. AE 0544 PLUMBING PIPING Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15410 - 3 B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. J.R. Smith 2. Josam 3. Wade 4. Zurn 5. Approved Substitute C. Floor Drain Schedule: See Schedule on plans. D. Area Drain Schedule: See Schedule on plans. 2.07 CLEANOUTS AND CLEANOUT COVERS (DRAWING CODES FCO, WCO, CO AND GCO) A. General: Provide types as specified for finishes or areas in which installed. Provide cleanouts full size of pipe for lines up to 4". Connections shall be lead caulk or no hub or spigot type with caulk or spigot type with elastomeric gasket. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. J.R. Smith 2. Josam 3. Wade 4. Zurn 5. Approved Substitute C. Cleanout Schedule: See Schedule on plans. 2.08 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (DRAWING CODE PRV) A. General: Provide where indicated, a domestic water pressure reducing valve. Valve shall be installed with specialties as indicated including pressure gauge, stainless steel strainer, and isolation valves. Valve shall be of bronze body construction with removable stainless steel seat, adjustable outlet pressure, and suitable for inlet pressures up to 150 prig. Valve shall be initially set for 80 psig discharge pressure. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Fisher 2. Watts 3. Approved Substitute AE 0544 PLUMBING PIPING Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15410 - 4 STRUCTURAL S1 STRUCTURAL PLANS AND DETAILS MECHANICAL M1 MECHANICAL PLANS M2 MECHANICAL DETAILS ELECTRICAL E1 ELECTRICAL PLANS AND DETAILS The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated. 7.4. Addenda Numbers to , inclusive. 7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. 7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS 8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Document. 8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document. 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 5 C. Pressure Reducing Valve Schedule: Watts Model S-HP-223. 2.09 REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTOR (DRAWING CODE RPBP) A. General: Provide where indicated a domestic water reduced pressure backflow preventor with atmospheric vent and air gap fitting. Valve shall be installed with specialties as indicated, including test cocks, bronze strainer, and '/a turn ball isolation valves on inlet and outlet with flanges adapter ends or unions. Valve shall be of bronze body construction with replaceable stainless steel seats. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Watts 2. Approved Substitute C. Pressure Reducing Valve Schedule: Watts Model QT-S-FAE-909-AG-F. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect preceding work in conformance with Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Take field measurements and clean in accordance with Preparation, Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.03 BASIC METHODS A. Excavate and backfill, cut and patch, sleeve and flash in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.04 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM A. Service: Furnish and install domestic water service required valves, etc. as required by jurisdictional water company. B. Installation: Run piping as direct as possible to required connections, and slope to drain valves at low points for complete system blow out and drain down. Locate drain valves at accessible points within the system. AE 0544 PLUMBING PIPING Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15410 - 5 2. Sleeve and caulk wall or floor penetrations of water services with non -hardening adhesive sealant compound. Provide gate valves on shock absorbers, stop and drain valves for exterior sillcocks. 3. Provide unions at connections to fixtures and equipment including valves when union trim is not furnished as a standard part of the equipment trim or where items cannot be removed from line without unions. 4. Provide ball valves for branch lines off main, sub -main take -offs and main take -offs as indicated. 5. Provide building shutoff and separate hose end drain valve with vacuum breaker at main service entry. 6. Provide adequate allowance for expansion, contraction and vibration in the piping system by isolation, looping and anchoring means. Provide hangers of the same material as the piping system, or line with isolating material where hangers and piping are of dissimilar materials. 7. Provide dielectric unions at connections between dissimilar piping materials, i.e., iron valves and copper pipes, etc. 3.05 ROUGH -IN A. Furnish and install cold water, waste and vent rough -ins for fixtures and equipment as indicated and required. Provide sizes as indicated and scheduled in Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures. 3.06 SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM A. Service: Make connections to public sanitary sewer as applicable and in accordance with rules and regulation of jurisdictional utility company. B. Installation: Run soil and waste piping at a grade of not less than 2.08 percent for piping up to four inches in diameter. Run soil and waste piping at a grade of not less than 1.04 percent for larger piping. 2. Bushings in soil waste piping will not be permitted. 3. Provide waste connections between fixtures and the waste and vent system of galvanized steel nipples. AE 0544 PLUMBING PIPING Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15410 - 6 4. Provide vents through roofs of at least the minimum size and height as required flashed with four lb. sheet lead (24 inches x 24 inches x 4 lb. minimum). Extend lead five inches above the vent and turned down into vent pipe. Vents may also be flashed as recommended by the roofing material manufacturer. 5. Do not install vents within two feet of roof edge, parapet or wall line of an "on -the -roof structure". 3.07 FLOOR DRAINS, AREA DRAINS AND CLEANOUTS A. Coordination: Coordinate placement with other trades and building structure for elimination of interference. B. Provide test plugs in floor drains at the time of installation. Leave test plugs in place for the duration of construction. Install strainers as required immediately after completion of finish floor installation. C. Install floor drains with P traps and vent as required. 3.08 PLUMBING SPECIALITIES A. Shock Absorbers (SA): Install each shock absorber in an accessible location. B. Wall Hydrants - Frostproof (FWH): Install each wall hydrant with accessible stop and drain valve in branch line ahead of wall hydrant. 3.09 VALVES A. General: Install valves in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Materials and Methods. B. Install ball valves for shut-off and isolating service, to isolate equipment, part of systems or vertical risers. C. Provide drains valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and apparatus. D. See Section 15440 for additional valve requirements. 3.10 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (DRAWING CODE PRV) A. General: Install valves in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Materials and Methods. B. Install pressure reducing valves for all water services where water pressure may exceed 80 psi. AE 0544 PLUMBING PIPING Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15410 - 7 C. Install so device may easily be tested and serviced. Devices shall be mounted no higher than 48" AFF. 3.11 REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTOR (DRAWING CODE RPBP) A. General: Install valves in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Materials and Methods. B. Install pressure reducing valves for all water services where required by applicable codes or local water provider. C. Install so device may easily be tested and serviced. Devices shall be mounted no higher than 48" AFF. 3.12 EXPANSION COMPENSATION A. Furnish and install in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.13 PRESSURE TESTING A. General: Be responsible for pressure testing of piping systems. Such tests shall be observed by the Architect and Owner. Maintain required records of tests made and provide instruments required for testing. Leave a copy of the field report with the General Contractor before leaving the site. Follow up with a typed and signed report within one week of the test. B. Testing: 1. General: Test piping systems prior to concealment. Insure that the test pressure which might damage fixtures or equipment do not reach such units by valving them off or otherwise isolating them during the test. Keep field records and submit to Architect in 4 copies. 2. Test Procedures: a. Drainage Systems including Sanitary Sewers and Sanitary Vents: Plug low points of system and fill with water to uppermost outlet or to 12 feet high, whichever is lower. Let system stand full of water with no indication of leaks. Test system prior to installing air admittance valves. b. Pressure Sewage: 100 psi hydrostatic test. Hold hydrostatic tests for a minimum of twenty four hours without loss of pressure. AE 0544 PLUMBING PIPING Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15410 - 8 C. Domestic Cold Water: hydrostatic tests for a without loss of pressure. 100 psi hydrostatic test. Hold minimum of twenty four hours C. Retesting: Retest piping failing initial tests following correction of defective work. Requirements of initial tests shall apply. 3.14 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Domestic Water System: Clean piping of dirt, debris, slag and solder by flushing with water to remove or dissolve foreign particles that may be within the piping system. B. Sterilize potable water piping with a chlorine solution containing not less than 50 parts per million of the pipe volume. Chlorine shall consist of either liquid chlorine or sodium hypochlorite solution. Gas chlorine will not be permitted. C. Maintain chlorine solution in the system for a period of not less than six hours, during which time open and close all valves and faucets at least three times. D. After the sterilization period is completed, flush the entire system with potable water until the residual chlorine content is not greater than 0.2 parts per million. END OF SECTION AE 0544 PLUMBING PIPING Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15410 - 9 SECTION 15440 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: 1. Plumbing Fixtures 2. Carriers, Trim and Accessory Items B. Related Requirements: 1. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010 2. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Section 15050 L02 RELATED WORK A. Piping and Fixture Rough In: Section 15410 Plumbing Piping 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010 and for items shown with an asterisk herein. 1. Plumbing Fixtures 2. Carriers 1.04 DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 15010. B. Delivery of Materials: Deliver all materials in manufacturer unopened containers fully identified with manufacturer's name, trade name, type, class, grade, model, size and color. C. Storage of Materials: Store all materials, and fixtures in unopened containers. Store off ground, under cover, and protected against damage from elements and physical hazards. D. Handling of Materials: Handle materials in a manner to avoid damage. Use appropriate material handling means to protect materials from damage. AE 0544 PLUMBING FIXTURES Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15440 - 1 1.05 WARRANTY A. General: All plumbing fixtures, trim, accessories and components shall be warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year from date set by Notice of Substantial Completion. Submit warranty to the Owner immediately upon occupancy of any portion of the building in accordance with Section 15010. B. Remedial Work: Upon notification of defects, or malfunction within the warranty period, make necessary corrections or replacement at the convenience of the Owner. Repairs and replacements shall include resultant damage to adjacent or remote materials, systems, equipment and furnishing without charge to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURES A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Acorn stainless steel fixtures 2. Bradley stainless steel fixtureg 3. Willoughby stainless steel fixtures 4. Elkay stainless steel lavatories 5. Haws 6. Chicago faucets 7. Zurn faucets 8. Approved Substitutes B. Fixture Schedule: See Schedule on plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect preceding work in accordance with Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Take field measurements and clean in accordance with Preparation, Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. AE 0544 PLUMBING FIXTURES Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15440 - 2 B. Provide chrome plated rigid supplies to fixtures with loose key stops, reducers and escutcheons. C. Install urinals and water closets with wall carriers. D. Install wall hydrants with vacuum breakers as indicated or specified. E. Finish wall and floor penetrations when exposed to view in finished areas with set screw type chrome plated escutcheons. F. Securely anchor flush valves behind or within walls to be rigid and not subject to movement due to push or pull action on the valve. G. Set plumbing fixtures level and plumb, spaced in accordance with dimensioned Drawings, and securely install to be rigid. H. Fixture Mounting Height: Mount fixtures to the following heights above finish floor: 1. Water Closet (WC): a. Standard: 15 inches to top of bowl rim b. Handicapped: 18 inches to top of seat 2. Drinking Fountain (DF): a. Handicapped: 36 inches to top of spout maximum 3. Jug Filler (JF): a. Standard: 24 inches to spout 3.04 FIXTURE CONNECTIONS A. Connect fixtures in accordance with following table of minimum sizes or as required for particular fixtures. 1. Drinking Fountains (DF) 2. Jug Filler (JF) 3. Lavatories (LAV) 4. Wall Hydrants (FWH) 5. Water Closet (WC) a. Flush Valve AE 0544 Buckingham - Rossborough Parks Cold Water Waste Vent 1/2" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 3/4" - - 1,, 4" 2" PLUMBING FIXTURES 15440 - 3 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Cleaning: Clean strainers, traps, aerators, and valves of debris, sand and dirt. At completion, thoroughly clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. B. Adjusting: Adjust flush valves, faucets, etc. for proper flow, after cleaning and flushing operations are accomplished. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect fixtures and related components from damage before, during and after installation to date of Final of Acceptance or Owner move -in. Provide protective coverings or other protection as required. END OF SECTION AE 0544 PLUMBING FIXTURES Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15440 - 4 SECTION 15750 - HEAT TRANSFER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: 1. Unit Heaters, hanging type. B. Furnish Only: I . Access Panels for appropriate sections for installation. C. Related Requirements: t. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010 2. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Section 15050 3. Hangers and Supports: Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. Include manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Unit Heaters B. Operating and Maintenance Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. 1. Unit Heaters 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with Section 15010. Exercise care to prevent damage to materials and equipment during loading, transporting and unloading. Deliver packaged units in original crates. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Unit Heaters: Provide 1 year manufacturer's warranty in accordance with Section 15010. AE 0544 HEAT TRANSFER Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15750 - 1 OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS CONTRACTOR: By: JAMES B. O'NEILL II, CPPO, FNIGP DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING AND RISK MANAGEMENT Date: Attest: City Clerk By: Title: Date: (CORPORATE SEAL) Attest: Address for giving notices: Address for giving notices: P. O. Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 LICENSE NO.: Approved as to Form Assistant City Attorney 9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 6 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER (PLAN CODE EUH) A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Berko 2. Chromalox 3. Markel 4. Raywall 5. Approved Substitute B. Manufacturer, Model and Sizes: As indicated on schedule on plan. C. Casings: Constructed of die -formed steel parts, treated for resistance, finished in baked -on enamel. Hardware cadium plated, wire safety guards around fans, individually adjustable discharge louvers, horizontal and vertical. D. Heating Elements: Totally enclosed finned type, with automatic reset limit control. E. Fans: Rubber mounted fan -motor assembly. F. Controls: Integral control thermostat. 2.02 ACCESS PANEL (DRAWING CODE AP) A. Furnish in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Take field measurements and clean in accordance with Preparation, Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.02 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Suspend units from structure as indicated on Drawings, and as recommended by manufacturer. B. Coordinate with General Contractor to determine requirements of supporting steel elements. END OF SECTION AE 0544 HEAT TRANSFER Buckingham - Rossborou hg Parks 15750 - 2 SECTION 15850 - AIR HANDLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division I -Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install 1. Exhaust Fans B. Furnish Only: 1. Access panels for appropriate sections for installation. C. Related Requirements: 1. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010 2. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Section 15050 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Ductwork: Section 15880 Air Distribution 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. Include manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Exhaust Fans B. Operating and Maintenance Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. 1. Exhaust Fans 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with Section 15010. Exercise care to prevent damage to materials and equipment during loading, transporting and unloading. Deliver packaged units in original crates. AE 0544 AIR HANDLING Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15850 - 1 1.05 WARRANTY A. Exhaust Fans: Provide 1 year manufacturer's warranty in accordance with Section 15010. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 EXHAUST FANS (PLAN CODE EF) A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Acme 2. Cook 3. Greenheck 4. Approved Substitute B. Type, Capacity and Size: As indicated. C. General: Provide fans with statically and dynamically balanced wheels, free from objectionable vibrations. Capacities to be AMCA certified. Provide fans with permanently lubricated ball bearing motors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect preceding work in accordance with Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Take field measurements and clean in accordance with Preparation, Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, good industry standards, and SMACNA Installation Standards for Heating, Air Conditioning and Solar Systems, 1981 edition. 3.04 COMPLETION SERVICES A. Start -Up Service: Start-up system and verify proper operation of all equipment. B. Demonstration: Instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of all equipment. END OF SECTION AE 0544 AIR HANDLING Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15850 - 2 SECTION 15880 - AIR DISTRIBUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install: 1. Ductwork 2. Louvers 3, Fire Dampers B. Furnish Only: 1. Access panels for appropriate sections for installation. C. Related Requirements: 1. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010 2. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Section 15050 1.02 OUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following standards: 1. NFPA 90A-1981: Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 2. NFPA 90B-1980: Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems 3. UL 181: Factory -Made Duct Materials and Air Duct Connections 1.03 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable portions of the following: 1. ASHRAE Handbook: Sheet Metal Design Standards 2. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, 1985 edition with supplements AE 0544 AIR DISTRIBUTION Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15880 - 1 3. SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards, 1979 edition 4. SMACNA Flexible Duct Performance and Installation Standards, 1980 edition 5. SMACNA Duct Liner Application Standard, 1975 edition 6. SMACNA Installation Standards for Heating, Air Conditioning and Solar Systems, 1981 edition 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with Section 15010. Exercise care to prevent damage to materials and equipment during loading, transporting and unloading. Deliver packaged units in original crates. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings and Product Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. Include manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Louvers 2. Fire Dampers 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide one-year manufacturer's warranty in accordance with Section 15010. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTWORK A. General: 1. Fabricate ductwork to meet job conditions from dimensions taken from job site. 2. Fabricate and install ductwork so no undue vibration or noise results. Provide flex connectors at fan inlets and outlets. 3. Fabricate rectangular ductwork from galvanized steel. 4. Do not provide holes in the duct systems for the installation of hangers, conduits, etc. Coordinate work of other trades to render this unnecessary. AE 0544 AIR DISTRIBUTION Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15880 - 2 5. Dimensions on Drawings are net clear inside dimensions. B. Hangers: Provide in accordance with referenced SMACNA standards. Hang ducts with strap from attached to bottom of ducts spaced not over 5 ft. center to center. Provide 1" angle collars for exposed ducts passing through walls, ceilings or floors. Anchor collars in position after installation is complete. C. Low Velocity Ductwork: General: Fabricate in accordance with referenced SMACNA Duct Construction Standards. 2. Use when subjected to total static pressures below 2" wg. 3. Elbows: Curved elbows shall have a center line radius equal to 1- 1/2 times the duct width. Square elbows shall have single thickness turning vanes. Job fabricated turning vanes will not be accepted without prior approval. 4. Joints: Make tight with galvanized steel angles and cleats. 2.02 DAMPERS A. Automatic Dampers: Furnished under Section 15950. B. Fire Dampers: Rated for vertical installation for 1-hour fire rated ceiling. 2.04 ACCESS PANELS (DRAWING CODE AP) A. Inspect preceding work in accordance with Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 2.05 STATIONARY LOUVERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. American Warming and Ventilating 2. Dowco 3. Greenheck 4. Louvers and Dampers 5. Vent Products Company 6. Approved Substitute B. Stationary Louvers (Drawing Code L) As scheduled on plan. AE 0544 AIR DISTRIBUTION Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15880 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect preceding work in accordance with Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Take field measurements and clean in accordance with Preparation, Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.03 DUCTWORK INSTALLATION A. General: Install in accordance with referenced SMACNA Standards. B. Painting: When indicated at places where inside of duct will be visible through return air grilles, louvers, etc., paint normally visible inside portion of duct with flat black paint. C. Passage Through Construction: 1. Sealing: Where horizontal ducts pass through walls, tightly seal off opening to provide a tight seal between duct and opening. 2. Fire rated ceilings: Where vertical ducts pass through fire rated ceilings, tightly seal off opening with 4 hour fore rated caulking to provide a tight seal between duct and opening. D. Joints: Make joints airtight with additional caulking if necessary. E. Job Conditions: In the installation of the ducts, make necessary allowances and provisions for structural conditions of the building. Make duct transformations as required. Maintain the required cross -sectional areas. 3.04 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES A. Dampers: 1. Install automatic dampers furnished under Section 15950. 2. Fire Dampers: Install per manufacturers' recommendations with sleeve through rated ceiling. AE 0544 AIR DISTRIBUTION Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15880 - 4 3.06 STATIONARY LOUVERS A. Install louvers, where indicated on the plans, according to manufacturer's recommendations. Provide anchor clips and caulk as required for a sound, watertight installation. Make airtight duct connections to the installed louvers. END OF SECTION AE 0544 AIR DISTRIBUTION Buckingham - Rossborough Parks 15880 - 5 SECTION 15950 - AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.01 GENERAL A. Control system shall be electric and electronic -electric type. B. In general, the control instruments and equipment furnished for this installation shall be the best product of its type produced by the manufacturer. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and Install 1. Automatic Temperature Control System B. Related Requirements: 1. Basic Mechanical Requirements: Section 15010 2. Mechanical and Electrical Coordination: Section 15020 3. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Section 15050 4. Heat Transfer: Section 15750 5. Air Handling: Section 15850 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Ductwork: Section 15880 Air Distribution 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15010. Include manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Dampers 2. Motors 3. Thermostats B. Operating and Maintenance Data: Submit for the following in accordance with Section 15016. 1. Controls Instruments and Equipment AE 05449 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Buckingham -Rossborough Parks 15950 - 1 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with Section 15010. Exercise care to prevent damage to materials and equipment during loading, transporting and unloading. Deliver packaged units in original crates. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Controls Instruments and Equipment: Provide 1 year manufacturer's warranty in accordance with Section 15010. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DAMPERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Greenheck 2. Honeywell 3. Johnson Controls 4. Siebe - Robertshaw 5. Approved Substitute B. Damper blades shall be of not less than 16 gauge galvanized steel formed for strength and high velocity performance with closed -cell neoprene edging. Damper blades shall not exceed 8 inches in width. Blades shall be secured to 1/2 inch diameter zinc plated axles by zinc plated bolts and nuts. All blade bearings shall be nylon. Blade side edges shall seal off against spring stainless steel seals. Teflon coated thrust bearings shall be provided at each end of every blade to minimize torque requirements and ensure smooth operation. All blade linkage hardware shall be constructed of corrosion resistant zinc plated steel and brass. Dampers shall be suitable for operation within the following temperature limits: -40 deg. to 200 deg. F. 2.02 MOTORS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Belimo 2. Honeywell 3. Johnson Controls 4. Siebe - Robertshaw 5. Approved Substitute B. All power units shall be split -phase motors with all- immersed gear trains. They shall have ample capacity to handle required loads under all normal operating conditions. Motors shall have an integral spring return feature AE 05449 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Buckingham -Rossborough Parks 15950 - 2 SECTION 00530 NOTICE TO PROCEED Description of Work:5941 Buckingham Park Restrooms To: This notice is to advise you: That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER. That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received by the OWNER. That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents. Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby authorized and directed to proceed within ( ) calendar days from receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement. Dated this day of , 20 The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be , 20_ and 20_, respectively. City of Fort Collins OWNER By: Title: ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day of , 20 CONTRACTOR By: Title: 7/96 Section 00530 Page 1 where required. They shall be of the modulating type unless otherwise specified. 2.03 THERMOSTATS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Belimo 2. Honeywell 3. Johnson Controls 4. Siebe - Robertshaw 5. Approved Substitute B. Electric Unit Heater: Integral thermostat or Honeywell T810D1003. Coordinate with Unit Heater Supplier. C. Exhaust fan - heating: Honeywell T675AI516 or approved equal. Remote bulb Commercial Temperature Controller, 0 F to 100 F, 5 ft. capillary, Copper bulb sensing element. D. Coordinate exact type of thermostat and/or sub-base/relays required to work with installed dampers. Coordinate electrical requirements with Electrical Contractor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect preceding work in accordance with Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Take field measurements and clean in accordance with Preparation, Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and good industry standards. B. WIRING 1. Except where otherwise specified under Sequence of Controls, wire all electrical controls furnished under this Section of the specifications. AE 05449 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Buckingham -Rossborough Parks 15950 - 3 2. This installation shall comply with all rules and regulations of the National Electrical Code and all state and local codes and regulations. 3. Install all conduit in a neat and orderly manner with conduit grouped as much as possible following horizontal and vertical building lines and rigidly secure conduit to the building construction. 4. Work performed under this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with associated work being done under Division 16. 5. Except where otherwise specified, voltages for control of circuiting associated with motors and their starters and all control devices shall be rated at 120 volts, single phase motors load side rated at 120V. For all control circuitry not associated with motors and their starters, all devices shall be rated at 120V. C. EQUIPMENT 1. Coordinate the installation of temperature control equipment furnished under this section but installed under other sections of this Division. Installation under Ventilation Section will include automatic control dampers. D. DAMPERS 1. All automatic dampers shall be furnished and installed by the Mechanical Contractor. E. THERMOSTATS 1. All thermostats not integral to equipment shall be furnished and installed by the Mechanical Contractor. 3.04 SEQUENCE OF CONTROL A. General: The following description gives the intent of the sequence of operation. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate existing controls and controls furnished with the equipment with necessary supplementary controls under this Section to provide a working system as described below. B. Wire automatic control damper to be open with its respective exhaust fan on, closed when fan is off. C. Toilet Exhaust fans shall be controlled from motion detectors for the lights. AE 05449 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Buckingham-Rossborough Parks 15950 - 4 3.05 D. Room circulation exhaust fans shall be controlled by a duct mounted thermostat set at 49 degrees F. (adjustable). E. Electric unit heater thermostat furnished with unit set at 49 degrees F. (adjustable). COMPLETION SERVICES A. Start -Up Service: Start-up system and verify proper operation of all equipment. B. Demonstration: Instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of all equipment. END OF SECTION AE 05449 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL Buckingham -Rossborough Parks 15950 - 5 SECTION 16000 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work covered by this section shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment, supplies and materials unless otherwise specified and of performing all operations necessary for the installation of complete electrical systems as required by these specifications and/or as indicated on the Drawings. 1. All work under this section shall also be governed by the project general conditions, along with all supplements and amendments thereto, as published by the Engineer. Work shall also include the completion of all labor and the supply of all materials, whether specifically mentioned or not, for the successful operation of all electrical systems described on the Drawings or required by these specifications. 1. Oversights at the bidding stage will not relieve the Contractor of providing complete electrical systems including equipment, materials, tools and labor. C. The scope of electrical work shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Underground secondary service and service entrance equipment for the rest room building. 2. Power distribution and branch circuit wiring to all equipment. 3. Installation of building lighting system. 4. Control and instrument wiring as required to all equipment. 5. Branch circuit wiring to remote lift station. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Codes and Regulations: Comply with all applicable state and local codes, regulations and ordinances and the latest applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code as interpreted by the local inspection authority who shall have final jurisdiction. B. Permits and Fees: Secure and pay for all permits, fees, taxes, royalties, licenses and inspections in connection with the electrical work. Upon completion of work, furnish to the Engineer a Certificate of Inspection indicating final approval by the local inspection authority. C. Examination of Premises: Examine the premises prior to bidding and become fully familiar with existing conditions. D. Construction Power and Lighting: Provide all temporary power, lighting and wiring as required during the construction period for the use of all the trades. Temporary facilities shall be installed per NEC and are to be properly grounded throughout. Remove all temporary facilities upon completion of the project. 1.3 DRAWINGS A. The Drawings show functional requirements of the system described herein; components not itemized on the Drawings and Specifications shall be provided by the Contractor to provide a complete working system as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Before installing any wiring, equipment, outlets or other devices, examine architectural, structural and mechanical drawings and specifications; if any discrepancies occur between them and the electrical drawings and specifications, report same to the Engineer in writing and obtain written instructions for changes in the work. The architectural, structural and Buckingham Park 16000-1 September 2005 mechanical drawings and specifications take precedence over the electrical. 2. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction of the building and work of other trades will permit. All changes from Drawings necessary to make the electrical work conform to the building as constructed and to fit work of other trades shall be made without cost to the Owner and shall be marked on the documents for later submittal to the Engineer. 3. Data given herein and on the Drawings is as exact as could be secured, but absolute accuracy is not guaranteed. Specifications and Drawings are for assistance and guidance to the Contractor. Exact locations, distances, levels and dimensions will be governed by the building; the Contractor shall use same with this understanding. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials and equipment shall be manufactured, tested and installed in accordance with the following: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. Underwriters' Laboratory (UL). 3. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). 4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 5. Illuminating Engineering Society (IES). B. The Contractor shall submit proof, if requested by the Engineer, that the materials, equipment or devices that he installs under this contract meet the requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. in regard to fire and casualty hazards. C. All electrical material shall display a UL label. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coordination: The Contractor shall coordinate electrical work with the progress of other work and with the work of other trades on the job without cost to the Owner. B. Cleanup: If so directed by the Engineer, remove any materials not installed in the work which conflict with the work of other trades. At completion of work, clean up and remove from premises all debris and materials not installed so premises will be left clean. 3.2 INSPECTION AND TESTS A. When and if directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall test, under supervision of the Engineer, all wiring and connections for continuity and grounds. B. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall demonstrate by megger test the insulation resistance of any circuit. Where such a test indicates the presence of faulty insulation, the Contractor shall locate the point of fault, replace with no additional cost to the Owner and demonstrate by further test the elimination of such a fault. Buckingham Park 16000-2 September 2005 C. After the installation has been completed and at such time as the Engineer may direct, the Contractor shall conduct an operating test for approval in accordance with the requirements of this Specification. Buckingham Park 16000-3 September 2005 SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all new materials consistent with the requirements of Section 16000 and as specified below. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog cut sheets on all basic materials to be used and receive Engineer's acceptance. 1. See supplemental conditions for distribution and count. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAYS - ACCEPTABLE CLASSES A. Description of System. 1. Provide raceways as required below for raceway systems. 2. Conduit sizes not noted on Drawings shall be in accordance with NEC requirements for the quantities and size of wire installed therein. 3. Where nonmetallic raceways are utilized, size as required to conform with the grounding conductor considered as an insulated additional conductor. 4. Where metallic raceways are used, they must establish positive low -resistance paths to ground and effectively isolate conductors so that any short-circuit arcs will be confined. 5. Reference Section 16450, Grounding. B. Acceptable Classes. 1. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT). a. Install 2" and smaller for all exposed branch circuit wiring. b. Galvanize on the outside and coat on the inside with a smooth hard finish of lacquer, varnish or enamel. C. Fittings. 1) Steel set screw. d. Comply with Underwriters' Laboratories Standard UL 797 and USA Standards Institute C80-3. 2. Poly -Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Conduit. a. Provide in the following locations. 1) In or below slabs on grade. 2) In earth or gravel. b. Schedule 40 Heavy Wall, 90 degrees Celsius, UL listed for above ground and underground uses. C. Conform to NEMA TC-2 and UL-651 standards. d. UL listed in conformity with Article 347 of the National Electric Code. e. 1-1/2" and larger shall conform to NEMA Publications No. TC-1-1965. 3. Surface Metal Wireway. a. Provide surface metal wceway of a dimension permitting the number of conductors and splices installed. NEMA 1 enclosure. b. The raceway shall meet all NEC Article 352A requirements and shall be UL listed. C. Provide with appropriate boxes and fittings by same manufacturer. Buckingham Park 16100-1 September 2005 4. Flexible Metal Conduit. a. Provide in sufficient lengths for: 1) Make-up of motor or equipment raceway connections. b. Non-liquidtight type: Steel, galvanized, flexible metallic, same manufacturers as for rigid. C. Liquidtight: American Brass Company Sealtite Type VA, General Electric Type UA or equal. 2.2 WIRES AND CABLES A. Description of System. 1. Provide a complete system of conductors in raceway systems with minimum wire size to be No. 12, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, wire sizes noted on Drawings are to be extended for the entire length of a circuit including taps and risers. 3. 120 volt branch circuits shall be No. 10 or larger where the distance to the first outlet exceeds 75 feet. Conductor Material. 1. Copper conductors shall be high conductivity tin coated annealed copper in accordance with ASTM B-33. a. Use copper conductors for all wiring. C. Insulation. 1. Thermoplastic Insulated, Nylon Sheathed - Use for all branch circuit conductors installed in conduit. a. UL Type THW N, suitable for operation at 600 volts in wet or dry locations at conductor temperatures not to exceed 75°C. b. Poly -vinyl chloride insulation that is UL defined as heat, abrasion, moisture and oil resistant. 2.3 WIRE CONNECTORS AND DEVICES A. Description of System. 1. Provide wire connectors, crimp terminals, splice connectors, mechanical lugs, compression lugs, pin connectors, split bolt connectors and associated insulating devices for a complete wiring connection system suitable for specified cables furnished. 2. Connectors shall be in accordance with NEC, state and local requirements for size and color installed therein. 3. Connectors and devices shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's and UL standard requirements for tightening torques. Use proper torquing tools to achieve accurate values. 2.4 JUNCTION BOXES A. General Requirements. 1. Provide all covers of same gauge metal and include screws. B. Concealed Junction Boxes. 1. Provide code gauge sheet metal boxes located and sized as required with suitable covers and trims. a. Make of material resistant to corrosion or suitably protected, both internally and externally, by galvanizing. b. Boxes installed in damp or wet locations shall be UL approved for the purpose. Buckingham Park 16100-2 September 2005 C. Comply with UL Standard 50. d. Metal boxes to meet NEC construction specifications. C. Exposed Junction Boxes. 1. Boxes exposed or surface mounted shall be die-cast or permanent -mold cast aluminum body with threaded external hub and cast cover. 2.5 OUTLET BOXES A. Description of System. 1. Provide outlet boxes for all wiring devices, receptacles, switches, telephone connections and clock connections of material construction to suit environmental conditions. 2. Locate outlet boxes as indicated on Drawings and in accordance with actual structural conditions to eliminate obstructions and interference with other work and equipment. a. Verify final location for all outlets, panels and equipment with Engineer - see Architectural Drawings. B, Concealed Boxes. 1. Furnish sheet steel boxes and fittings which shall be made corrosion resistant both internally and externally by galvanizing. a. Provide with matching manufactured cover. C. Surface Boxes. 1. Furnish die-cast or permanent -mold cast aluminum boxes with threaded external hubs. a. Provide threaded plugs for unused hubs. 2. Boxes shall be of a corrosion -resistant alloy. 3. Boxes shall be deep -body series, single -gang through four -gang with corresponding device cover plates. 2.6 WIRING DEVICES A. Description of System. 1. Provide wiring devices and device plates as specified below. Provide in the quantities and at the locations indicated on the Drawings. B. Specification Grade Receptacles. 1. Specification grade receptacles shall be 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding duplex, 20 amp, 125 volts. 2. Manufacturers. a. Leviton 5362. b. Hubbell 5362. C. Ground Fault Interrupting Receptacles. 1. GFI receptacles shall be 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding duplex, 20 amp, 125 volts. 2. Ground -fault receptacles shall have NEMA 5-20 configuration with the following characteristics: a. 5 milliamp sensitivity to earth leakage current. b. 1/30th of a second trip time. C. Local "test' button. d. Local "reset' button. Manufacturers. a. Leviton 6399. b. Hubbell GF-5362. Buckingham Park 16100-3 September 2005 D. Switches. 1. Switches shall be heavy duty, AC quiet type, toggle handle, 20 amp, 120-277 volts, corrosion resistant. 2. Manufacturers. a. Single -pole 1) Leviton: No. 54521-1 2) Hubbell1221-1 b. Three-way 1) Leviton: No. 54523-1 E. Motion Detector: Ultrasonic sensor for switching restroom lighting. 1. Model SC20 by Tork. 2. Mounting: Mount in center of restroom F. Provide stainless steel wall plates for all receptacles and switches. G. Materials shall conform and be consistent throughout. 2.7 PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards shall be of deadfront construction incorporating switching and protective devices of the number, rating and type noted herein or indicated on the Drawings. 1. Electrical characteristics, ratings and branch circuit wiring of panelboard shall be in accordance with panel schedules and elementary drawings. 2. Panelboard circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic type. a. Breakers shall have a minimum interrupting rating of 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical short circuit capacity. b. Breakers shall be operated by a toggle -type handle and shall have a quick -make, quick - break switching mechanism with overload or short circuit tripping being clearly indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Raceways. 1. Layout work in advance to avoid excessive concentrations of multiple raceway runs. 2. Securely fasten raceways at intervals and locations required by NEC or the type raceway employed. 3. Route exposed conduit and surface metal raceways parallel or perpendicular to building lines with neat right angle turns. 4. Turn conduits with neat symmetrical concentric bends. B. Wire and Cable. 1. Install wire in approved raceways only after all concrete and plastering work is complete and all moisture has been swabbed from conduits. 2. All wiring shall be furnished and installed complete from point of service connection to all receptacles, lighting fixtures, utilization equipment, etc., as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Suitable installation equipment shall be provided to prevent cutting and abrasion of conductors and conduits during the pulling of feeders and branch circuits. Repeated bending shall be avoided, and the minimum bending radius for the particular conductor shall be strictly observed. 4. Ropes used for pulling feeders shall be made of polyethylene. a. Metallic ropes shall not be used. Buckingham Park 16100-4 September 2005 SECTION 00600 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00610 Performance Bond 00615 Payment Bond 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR) 00660 Consent of Surety 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 5. Wire pulling lubricants shall conform to UL requirements applicable to the several insulation and raceway materials used. 6. Pulling lines are to be attached to wires and cables by means of either woven basket grips or pulling eyes. a. Rope hitcher shall not be used. 7. All cables to be installed in a single conduit shall be installed together. 8. Apply color coding to all three- and four -wire circuits as follows: 120/240 Volts Phase 277/480 Volt Black A Yellow Red B Brown C Orange White Neutral White Green Ground Green 9. Where home run circuit numbers are indicated on the Drawings, such numbers shall be followed in connecting circuits to panelboards. C. Wire Connectors and Devices. 1. Any connectors and lugs installed shall not exceed manufacturer's recommended connecting combinations. 2. Install wire connecting devices to provide a tight mechanical and electrical make-up. 3. Re -check splices and terminations and make tight prior to substantial completion. Junction Boxes. 1. Install junction boxes so that covers are readily accessible after the completion of the installation. 2. Mount rigidly in place with fronts straight and plumb. 3. Support sheet steel adequately to maintain shape. 4. Secure covers with corrosion resistant screws and bolts. 5. All surface mounted special boxes shall be secured to cement and/or block walls using 1/4" x 3/4" lead anchors. E. Outlet Boxes. 1. Except as required otherwise by actual construction conditions, locate outlets as follows (all dimensions given are from finished floor to centerline of outlet boxes). a. Wall Switches: 4'-6". b. Convenience outlets: V-0" except over such items as counters, benches, special equipment where they shall be at a height to service equipment or as indicated on Drawings. 2. Adjust height so the height of all units will be consistent in one direction. Wiring Devices. 1. Install ground fault interrupting receptacles and isolated ground receptacles at locations indicated on the Drawings. 2. Install specification grade receptacles in all remaining areas as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Install the proper type of device and plate for the particular appliance or equipment. a. Verify with Engineer. G. Panelboards. 1. Mount panelboards rigidly in place with fronts straight and plumb. 2. Provide complete mounting brackets and hardware as necessary for complete support of panelboards at locations indicated on Drawings. 3. Provide a typed panel directory for each panelboard; enclose in plastic. a. Label panel as indicated on one -line diagram. Submit sample of label to Engineer for approval. Buckingham Park 16100-5 September 2005 SECTION 16410 ELECTRIC SERVICE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The electric service includes all conductors and equipment from the point at which the electric utility delivers the power to the site to the metering equipment and to the line side of the service disconnecting means. 1. Single phase service at the rest room. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and coordinate with the local electric utility for installation of the concrete transformer pad, transformer, metering equipment and the service conductor terminations inside the transformer. B. Size of the service entrance conductors, number of conductors, service entrance raceway size and type, service voltage and associated equipment are indicated on the Drawings. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. National Electric Code. B. Local Electric Utility Specifications. C. Local Codes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Acceptable classes of materials for use in conjunction with the electric service shall be in accordance with the appropriate reference sections listed below. 1. Basic Materials and Methods, 16100. B. The service entrance equipment shall consist of a main circuit breaker. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate the installation of the transformer pads with the local utility. The utility will install the pad, and the contractor will install the service entrance raceways. B. The electric utility will furnish and install the padmount transformer. The contractor shall install the service entrance conductors leaving sufficient length of conductor for terminations inside the transformer. 1. The electric utility will make all the necessary terminations inside their transformer. Buckingham Park 16410-1 September 2005 C. The Contractor shall install the service entrance conductors from the padmount transformer and terminate them at the main breaker. D. Coordinate underground conduit installations with other work to eliminate conflict and avoid interference with other underground piping systems. END OF SECTION Buckingham Park 16410-2 September 2005 SECTION 16450 GROUNDING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Description of System. 1. The grounded neutral of the secondary distribution system shall be supplemented by an equipment grounding system to properly safeguard the equipment and personnel. The equipment grounding system shall be installed so all metallic structures, enclosures, raceways, junction boxes, outlet boxes, cabinets, machine frames, portable equipment and other conductive items in close proximity with electrical circuits operate continuously at ground potential and provide a low impedance path for possible ground fault currents. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. System to comply with NEC. 1. Reference Article 250. B. Reference Standards. 1. ANSI. 2. Local Codes. 3. NEC. C. Installation Tests. 1. Grounding Tests. 2. Continuity. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Provide bonding jumpers and wire, grounding circuit conductors, grounding electrodes, grounding bushings, clamps and appurtenances required for complete grounding. 1. Grounding electrode: 3i4" x 10'-0" copperclad. B. All grounding circuit conductors for general purpose branch circuits serving appliances and utilization equipment shall be insulated high conductivity copper wire. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide separate grounding conductor securely connected to grounding screws, clamps, etc. on each side of new raceways. B. Provide a separate grounding conductor securely grounded on each side of raceway system for each motor. 1. Size in accordance with the NEC. 2. Route inside raceway. Buckingham Park 16450-1 September 2005 C. Provide a grounding type bushing for feeder conduits. 1. Individually bond these raceways to the ground lug in the wireway and panel board. Provide a green insulated wire grounding jumper from the ground screw to a box grounding screw or clip for grounding type devices or utilize approved self -grounding type. E. Install a driven ground rod as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Bond the nearest metal underground water pipe, concrete encased electrodes (concrete foundation reinforcing steel) and driven ground rod together to the unspliced grounding electrode conductor. Buckingham Park 16450-2 September 2005 SECTION 16500 LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide a complete lighting system as indicated on Drawings and in fixture schedules, all wired, assembled and in working order. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards. 1. IES minimum standards. 2. UL approved auxiliaries. 3. NEMA. 4. CBM-ETL certified. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog cut sheets for all lighting fixture types to the Engineer. These shall include the following information: 1. Photometric data. 2. Mounting provisions and accessories. 3. Ballast electrical characteristics. B. Submit the operating temperature rating and the noise level ratings for all ballasts. 1. Report the maximum ambient temperature in degrees Fahrenheit in which the fixture will function continuously without interruption. 2. Guarantee operation under conditions of this project. C. Reference supplemental conditions for distribution. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONSTRUCTION A. Fixtures installed in damp or wet locations shall be suitable for the environment and display appropriate UL label. B. All fixtures shall be constructed of adequate gauge steel, including interior barriers, channels, end caps and reflectors. C. Ballast case temperatures not to exceed the UL 900C limit in a 250C ambient. 2.2 BALLASTS A. All fluorescent ballasts to conform to the following: 1. UL approved. 2. CBM-ETL certified. Buckingham Park 16500-1 September 2005 3. High power factor energy saving. 4. Conform to applicable UL designated Class "P" requirements. 5. Operable on nominal applied system voltage with allowable voltage variations. 6. Automatic -resetting type thermal protectors. 7. Sound ratings equal to G.E. "A." B. All HID ballasts shall be designed and constructed to meet the American National Standard Institute specifications. They shall also comply with UL 1029 and be UL listed. 1. All ballasts shall be encased. 2. All ballasts shall be the high power factor type. 3. Each ballast shall display its ballast data plus wiring connections on an aluminized label on the case. 2.3 FINISH A. Furnish ferrous metal surface with protective finish having rust inhibiting properties. B. Painted Finishes: Minimum of 1.5 mils thick; balance between hardness and bending properties suitable for the application. C. White Finishes: 87% minimum reflectance. 2.4 DIFFUSERS A. Plastic Used for Light Transmission. 1. Acrylic throughout; no styrene permitted. 2. 100% virgin materials. 3. 0.125 inch minimum thickness. 4. No blends or copolymers permitted. 5. ETL certified as light stabilized and non -yellowing. B. Aging Properties. 1. Guaranteed to conform with minimum standard of IES. 2. SPI-NEMA conformance when installed in interior locations utilizing standards W W or CW lamp. 2.5 FIXTURES A. Provide as specified in the fixture schedule or approved equal. 2.6 LAMPS A. Lamps shall be manufactured by General Electric or Phillips. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set luminaries true and free from light leaks, warps, dents and other defects. B. Provide fixtures having proper flanges, trim and mounting. Buckingham Park 16500-2 September 2005 C. Mount outlets at position and height to clear ductwork, piping and obstructions. D. Install fluorescent lamps aligned for proper lamp contact. E. Fixture Wiring: conform to NEC. F. Protect wiring with tape or tubing at points where abrasion is likely to occur. G. Provide chase nipples where field wiring through knockouts. Install wire in fluorescent fixtures that meets temperature requirements with a minimum rating of 900C (1940F). Provide special plates, barriers and rings as required to comply with the NEC. Buckingham Park 16500-3 September 2005 CTLTHOMPSON 411°' RESTROOM FACILITY BUCKINGHAM PARK FORT COLLINS, COLORADO amm�� The City of Fort Coffins Parks Department 413 South Bryan Avenue Fort Collins, Colorado 80521 Attenbow Ms. Eileen Scholl Project No. FC03584-125, septt'-)mber 7, 20W5 '-"0'0� "",I) oi I �on' "Nay �1 Un it 2,100 1 C"')r� L t€(i Col 'I S0 "J6 SCOPE I SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS 1 SITE CONDITIONS I PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION 2 INVESTIGATION 2 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 2 UTILITIES 3 FOUNDATION 3 CONCRETE SLAB -ON -GRADE FLOORS AND EXTERIOR FLATWORK 5 SURFACE DRAINAGE 5 CONCRETE 6 LIMITATIONS 7 FIGURE I - APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS FIGURE 2 - SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS FIGURE 3 - SWELL -CONSOLIDATION TEST RESULTS TABLE 1 - SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS O9Tly OF FORT COLL NiS PARKS DEPARTMENT BUCKINGHAM PARK RESTROCAl GTL i TPROJECT NO FC03564126 SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Firm) (Address) (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) (Address) hereinafter referred to City of Fort Collins, (Municipal Corporation) sum of as "the Surety", 300 Laporte Ave, hereinafter referred States, for the payment of which sum well ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly presents. are held and firmly bound unto Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a to as the "OWNER", in the penal _ in lawful money of the United and truly to be made, we bind and severally, firmly by these THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the day of , 20_, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project,5941 Buckingham Park Restrooms. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 7/96 Section 00610 Page 1 This report presents the results of our soils and foundation investigation for the proposed new restroom at Buckingham Park in Fort Collins, Colorado (Figure 1), The purpose of this investigation was to evaluate the subsurface Conditions ind provide foundation recommendations for the proposed restroom facility. This report was prepared from data developed during our field exploration, laboratory testing, engineering analysis and experience with similar conditions. This report sends our opinions, conclusions and recommendations for geotechnical criteria for design and construction of foundations, a slab -on -grade floor, and drainage precautions for the proposed restroom building. A surnmary Of OUr conclusions and recommendations follows. The borings penetrated 7 feet of loose, clayey sand over very dense, sandy gravel. Groundwater was encountered at 10 feet during drilling, 2. in our opinion, the restroorn building can be founded with footings bearing on natural soils andlor densely compacted engineered fill. The ground floor can be a slab -on -grade. 3. Surface drainage should be designed, constructed and maintained to provide rapid runoff of surface water away from the proposed restroom building. Conservative irrigation practices should be followed to avoid excessive wetting, Buckingham Park is located at the northwest corner of Lincoln Avenue and First Street in northeast Fort Collins, Colorado. The existing restroorn building is 40 be demolished and replaced with the new restroom building. The building site is relatively flat. Ground cover in the area consisted of mature grass and trees, CITY OF FORT COLLINS - PARKS OE"ARP PENT SUCKINGHAW PARK RESI ROOM CT.. j T PROJECT NO. FCC'3584-1 25 The site included in this investigation is planned for a restroom building, We understand that the restroom building will be a concrete masonry, single -story s u'AXP indicated on Figure 2 for our analysis. Foundation loads are expected to vary between 1,000 pounds per Unear foot and 2,000 pounds per linear foot (plf) of foundation wall. If final designs are different from our assumptions, we should be advised so we can review our criteria. INVESTIGATION exploratory borings. The borings were drilled to depths of 10 feet and 15 feet using a truck -mounted drill with 4-inch diameter, continuous -flight augers, Drilling was observed by our field representative who logged and sampled the soils, The locations of the borings are shown on Figure 1 and graphic logs of the borings, including results of field penetration resistance tests are shown on Figure 2, Soil samples obtained during drilling were returned to our laboratory and visually examined by the geologist for this project. Laboratory testing included natural moisture content, dry density, swell -consolidation, and water-soluble sulfate tests. The swell sample tested was wetted at a confining stress of 1,000 pounds per square foot (psf). The results of the laboratory tests are presented on Figure 3 and Our borings penetrated I feet of loose, very moist and dark brown clayey sand over ver!,� dense yen., moist to wet and brown sanduaravel, A sample of the clamf sand exhibited compression in a laboratory swell/consolidation test. At the Urne of drilling, ground water was encountered in TH-1 at a depth of 10 feet below the existing ground surface. CITY OF FORT COLLINS PARKS DE-PARTIMEN1 2 BUCKINGHAM PARK RESTROOM CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03584-125 UTILITIES Utility excavation sides will need to be sloped or braced. We believe the sails penetrated by our borings are Type C as described in the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards governing excavations published by the Department of Labor. The publication indicates a minimum slope of 1-112:1 (horizontal: vertical) for Type C soils above ground water level. Soils removed from an excavation should not be stockpiled at the edge of the excavation. Werecornmend the excavated soils be placed a distance from the edge of the top of the excavation equal to at least the depth of the excavation. OSHA regulations require bracing and/or slopes for excavations greater than 20 feet tall to be designed by a Registered Professional Engineer. The width of the top of an excavation may be limited in some areas, Bracing of "trench box" construction may be necessary. Bracing systems include sheet Idling, braced sheeting and others. Lateral loading of bracing depends on the depth of excavation, slope of excavation above the bracing, surface loads, hydrostatic pressures, and allowable movement. For trench boxes and bracing allowed to move enough to mobilize the strength of the soils with associated cracking of the grOUnd surface, the "active" earth pressure conditions are appropriate for design. If movement is not tolerable, the "at rest" earth pressures are appropriate. We suggest an equivalent fluid weight of 30 pcf for "active" earth pressure and 45 pcf for "at rest" earth pressure, assuming level backfill. These pressures do not include allowances for surcharge loading or for hydrostatic conditions. We are available to assistfurther with bracing design if desired, 111111111111111111119M If IM77-YaMMIMs M*13 k - The existing building foundations, floor, buried piping and other parts of the -xisting building should be removed from under the new building, The excavations CRY OF FOR' COLUNS -HARKS CEPARI MENT BUCKINGHAW PARK RFSTROOM CTL T PROJECT NO, FQ03584 12', resulting from removal of the existing restrooms should be backfilled with densely compacted, engineered fill (see Item 2, below). Loose clayey sand and then very dense gravel underlie the site for the proposed new restroom building. We have considered low pressure footings bearing on the loose clayey sands and high pressure footings bearing on densely compacted, engineered fill replacing the looses sands for founding the restroom building. We believe the building can be feasibly founded with low pressure footings bearing on the natural, undisturbed soil andlor well -compacted fill for the restroom building. Any excavations made during the removal of the existing restroom should be filled and well compacted. We recommend the following geotech nical criteria for the design of low pressure footings. We would be pleased to send geotechnical design criteria for the other alternatives considered if required. 1 Footings should bear on the undisturbed natural, clayey sand andlor densely compacted engineered fill and be designed for a maximum sui� bearing pressure of 1,000 psf. Where soils are loosened during excavation or in the footing forming process, or if any loose or soft soils are encountered at the footing level, the soils should be removed or compacted. Engineered fill should be constructed with the onsite sand or similar offsIte sand. Imported fill soils should be non - expansive, placed in 8-inch maximum loose lifts at 2 percent below optimum moisture to I percent above optimum moisture content and be compacted to at least 95 percent of maximum dry density (ASTM D698). 2. Footings should have a minimum width of 16 inches. Foundations fat isolated columns should have minimum dimensions of 24 inches by 24 inches. Larger sizes may be required depending upon the loads and structural system used. 3. Foundation walls for continuous footings should be well reinforced, top and bottom. We recommend reinforcement equivalent to that required for a simply supported span of 10 feet. 4. The soil below exterior footings must be protected frorn freexttva Normally, 3 feet of cover over footings is assumed in the area feli, protection from freezing. 5. The completed foundation excavation should be observoci Oy a representative of our firm prior to placing the forms to verify thfl subsurface conditions are those we anticipated from our borings. CITY OF FORT COLLAS - PARKS DEPARTMENT BUCKINGHAM PARK RES FROOM CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC03684 125 Engineered fill and backfill should be tested for compaction, Each one - foot lift of compacted fill should be tested and approved prior to placement of the footing forms. The owner's representative should notify the testing agency at least 3 days in advance to prepare moistureldensity relationship tests (ASTM D698) and schedule compaction testing. We assumed the finished ground floor elevation shown on Figure 2 for out, analysis. Minor cutting may be needed to create the required subgrade elevation. In our opinion, the onsite soils or similar non -expansive (maximum liquid limit of 30 and maximum plasticity index of 15) offsite soils free of organic matter and other deleterious materials can be used to construct the engineered fill Linder the, floor (See Item 1 in the FOUNDATION section above). We suggest the following recommendations for the slab -on -grade, ground I Slabs should be separated from exterior walls and interior bearing members with a slip joint that allows free vertical movement of the slab. Utilities that pass through the slab should be isolated from the slab. 2. A 4-inch thick layer of free -draining, reasonably well -graded sand and gravel or gravel can be provided under the slab to prevent capillary rise. 3. Frequent control joints should be provided in the slab to reduce problems associated with shrinkage. The American Concrete Institute (ACI) recommendations should be followed. 4. • concrete flatwork should be separated from the buildin This concrete should be reinforced to function independent of t • Movement of exterior slabs should not be transmitted the foundations. Frequent control joints should be provided according to the recommendations of the ACI. I CITY OF FORT" CCLUNS - PARKS DEPARTMENT UCKING HAM, PARK R ESTROOM C1 L 1 T PR)JF-T NO FC08584-M the foundation soils can be reduced by planned and maintained surface grading. We recommend the following precautions be observed during construction, and that they be maintained at all times after completion of the addition: 1 The ground surface surrounding the exterior of the addition should be sloped to drain away from the addition in all directions. 2. Backfill around grade beams andlor foundation walls should be on -site soils placed in thin lifts, moisture conditioned to 2 percent below to 2 percent above optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 90 percent of maximum dry density (ASTM D 698). All backfill that supports pavement or sidewalks should be compacted to at least 95 percent of maximum dry density (ASTM D 698). 1 Roof downspouts and drains should discharge well beyond the limits of all backfill. We recommend providing splash blocks at all downspout locations. Concrete swales can be used to convey concentrated water flows through paved areas to drains and gutters. Concrete that comes into contact with soils can be subject to sulfate attack. A water-soluble sulfate concentration of 0.00 percent in one sample was measured from this site. Sulfate concentrations less than 0.1 percent indicate Class 0 exposure to sulfate attack for concrete that comes into contact with the subsoils, according to the American Concrete Institute (ACI). For this level of sulfate concentration, ACI indicates any type of cement can be used for concrete that comes into contact with the subsoils. In our experience, superficial damage may occur to the exposed surfaces of highly permeable concrete, even though sulfate levels are relatively tow. To controi, this risk and to resist freeze -thaw deterioration, the water-to-comentitious material ratio should not exceed 0.50 for concrete in contact with soils that are likely to stay moist due to surface drainage or high water tables. Concrete exposed to freezing temperatures should be air entrained. CITY OF FORT COLUNS - PARKS DEPARTMENTBUCKINGHAM PARK RESTROOM CTL I T PROJECT NO FC03584-125 Two borings were drilled during this investigation to obtain a reasonably accurate picture of foundation soil conditions. Variations in the subsurface conditions not indicated by our borings are possible. A representative of our firm should observe the foundation excavations where spread footings are recommended or the drilling of pier holes to confirm the exposed materials are as anticipated from our borings. We believe this investigation was conducted with that level of skill and care ordinarily used by geotechnical engineers practicing in this area at this time, No warranty, express or implied, is made. If we can be of further service in discussing the contents of this report or in the analysis of the Influence of subsoil Conditions on design of the structures, please call. L*19E�;M# a # W33EM . I I • 4 f . .1 •'' TWF:RD:FJH Ibly (6 copies sent) CITY OF FORT COLLINS --PARKS L,E.PARTMENT 7 BUCKINGHAM PARK RESTROOM CTL. IT PROJECT No. FCC3584-125 * ) SCALE: NOT TO SC mweww *w FORT COLLINS BUCKINGHAM Ua RESTROOM JPROJECT NO, G» m aSTING s m, m LA I >NYT MAP THI APPRo«»KTE « -EXPI-DRATORY S 3NG3 By v P> R : e CJR AT CORNER SSsuv 9u« W F ; TH-1 ? kH-2 El. 100 El' '( f 102 102 100 - CCi - 98 17r12 9 96 15i12 {3r`z 96 r 94 O -0 Lu 90 : 86 Sots 86 84 84 82" LEGEND: SAND, CLAYEY, LOOSE, VERY MOIST WITH SCATTERED ORGANICS, DARK BRO7,IVN 4S'-i GRAVEL. SANDY, VERY DENSE; VERY MOIST TO WET, BROWN DRIVE SAMPLE. THE SYMBOL 7112 INDICATES 7 BLOWS OF A 140-POUND HAMMER FALLING 30 INCHES WERE REQUIRED TO DRIVE A 2.5-INCH O D SAMPLER 12 INCHES. WATER LEVEL MEASURED AT TIME OF DRILLING. INDICATES PROPOSED FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION 1, THE BORINGS WERE DRILLED ON AUGUST 22, 2005 USING 4-INCH DIAMEL ER GOIN `INIJ01"S FLIGHT AUGER AND A TRUCK MOUNTED DRILL RIG. 2. BORING LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS WERE SURVEYED BY A RERRESENI A FIVE E-, iR FIRM REFERENCHING THE TEMPORARY BENCHMARK SHOWN OF FIG _ 1_ i ESE LOGS ARE SUBdECTTO THE EXPLANATIONS, LIMITATIONS AND CCFLti;LRISIE)IS IN THIS REPORT. cr-v c,r tour --DLLg4S B UCKINGI �. A PAi2K RPSTaCO"d SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS =IG 'RE . m -2 -3 z 0 us 4 z x tiJ Jz z 0 (5 0 LU 0 0 -6 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Snrnple of SAND, CLAYEY (SC) SAMPLE DRY UN i T From TH�-1AT4FEEI SAMPLE MIST RF tS rat Swell Consolidation PROJECT NO. FC03584-125 (BUCKMGHAM) Test Results Fk�" 3 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of , 20 IN PRESENCE OF: Principal (Title) (Address) (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners -32 By: IN PRESENCE OF: Surety By: M (Surety Seal) (Address) NOTE: DATE OF BOND MUST NOT BE PRIOR TO THE DATE OF THE AGREEMENT. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. '7J96 Section 00610 Page 2 No Text SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND Bond No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Firm) (Address) (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) (Address) hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the day of , 20_, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins project, 5941 Buckingham Park Restrooms. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 7196 Section 00615 Page 1 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this _ day of 20 IN PRESENCE OF: (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: IN PRESENCE OF: (Surety Seal) Principal By: (Title) (Address) Other Partners Surety By: By: (Address) NOTE: DATE OF BOND MUST NOT BE PRIOR TO THE DATE OF THE AGREEMENT. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. 7/96 Section 00615 Page 2 SECTION 00410 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned as Principal, and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, as OWNER, in the sum of $ for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and assigns. THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, 5941 Buckingham Park Restrooms. NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER. 7/96 Section 00410 Page 1 SECTION 00630 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance. 7/96 Section 00630 Page 1 SECTION 00635 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER) DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE:5941 Buckingham Park Restrooms PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado INCLUDE: OWNER: Citv of Fort Collins CONTRACTOR: CONTRACT DATE: The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated. By: CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substantially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below. CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By: OWNER REMARKS: AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE 7/96 Section 00635 Page 1 SECTION 00640 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE TO: Gentlemen: 20 You are hereby notified that on the _ day of , 20 , the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by for the City of Fort Collins project, 5941 Buckingham Park Restrooms. A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated , 20 In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date: , 20 . Sincerely, OWNER: City of Fort Collins By: Title: ATTEST: Title: -//96 Section 00640 Page 1 SECTION 00650 LIEN WAIVER RELEASE (CONTRACTOR) TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER) FROM: (CONTRACTOR) PROJECT: 5941 Buckingham Park Restrooms 1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project. 2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the project. 3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns against the project or against the 7/96 Section 00650 Page 1 OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns arising out of the project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result of such claims. 5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds for the project. Signed this day of , 20 CONTRACTOR By: Title: ATTEST: Secretary STATE OF COLORADO ) )ss. COUNTY OF LARIMER ) Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 , by Witness my hand and official seal. My Commission Expires: Notary Public 7/96 Section 00650 Page 2 SECTION 00660 CONSENT OF SURETY TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER") CONTRACTOR: PROJECT: 5941 Buckingham Park Restrooms CONTRACT DATE: In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for (Surety) on bond of hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of , (Surety Company) 0 ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in- Fact. 7/96 Section 00660 Page 1 SECTION 00670 APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE DR 0172 (12198) COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE DENVER CO 2-2416 61 (303) 232-2416 CONTRACTOR APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Pursuantto Statute Section 39-26.114(1)(a)QU) The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only fort he purpose of purchasing construction and building materials for the exempt project described below. This exemption does not Include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment, supplies, and materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become part oft he structure, highway, road, street, or other public works awned and used by the exempt organization. Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation ofyour exemption certificate and other penalties provided by law. A separate certificate is required for each contract. Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue, It is the responsibility of the prime contractor to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors. (See reverse side). FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED. RegisratlorJAccom No. to be assigned by DO Period 89 - 0170-750 (999) $0.00 m l.fads nae/D A ner P.ner, or corporate name Mailing address(City. Slate,Zip) : ontacl Person E-Mail address: Federal Employer's IdentIcaton Number. id amount foryour conUact $ ex um er Buslness telephone Colorado withholding tax amount number 100 of 460fai in 3 19iIP 1 1 Ili C631 M4MIN par ies an`oP0) bitivib*4 Name of exempt organization as shown on contract):1,5oampt organize on s number 98 - Address of exempt organization ( ity, Stale, ip) Principal contact at exempt organization: Principal contact's telephone number. Physical locaron of project site give actual address w on applicable and Uites and/or County(!as) witere protect is located) Scheduled M.Oth W, ear co conMn on start date. Estimated ant ay ear mropli.n date: t dedare under penalty of perjury in the second degree, that the statements made in this application are true and complete to the best of my knowledge Signature of owner. partner or corporateoi 11117 otcorporate onlcer_ ate um nvr "Mic UCLU111r 1111. Llrwt Section 00670 Page 1 Special Notice Contractors who have completed this application in the past, please note the following changes in procedure: The Department will no longer issue individual Certificates of exem ption to subcontractors. Only prime contrac- tors will receive a Contractor's Exemption Certificate on exempt projects. Upon receipt of the Certificate, the prime contractor should make a copy for each subcontractor involved in the project and complete it by filling in the subcontractor's name and address and signing it. The original Certificate should always be retained by the prime contractor. Copies of all Certificates that the prime contractor issued to subcontractors should be kept at the prime contractor's place of business for a minimum of three years and be available for inspection in the event of an audit. Once an 89# has been assigned to you, please use the next five numbers following it for any applications submitted for future projects. This should be your permanent number. For instance, if you were assigned 89- 12345-0001, every application submitted thereafter should contain 89-12345 on the application. The succeed- ing numbers will be issued by the Department of Revenue. DO NOT enter what you believe to be the next in sequence as this may delay processing of your application. Section 00670 Page 2 SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT These GENERAL CONDITIONS have been developed by using the STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee, EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 Edition), as a base. Changes to that document are shown by underlining text that has been added and striking through text that has been deleted. EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this day of , 20 , and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. PRINCIPAL Name• Address: By: Title: ATTEST: By: (SEAL) By: Title: SURETY (SEAL) 7/96 Section 00410 Page 2 'TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number I . DEFINITIONS 1 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 3 1.1 Addenda 1 2.1 Delivery of Bonds 3 1.2 Agreement............_............................1 12 Copies of Documents, ... .__..............3 1.3 Application for Payment .................... 2.3 Commencement of Contract 1.4 Asbestosl Times; Notice to Proceed_____..,_,3 1.5 Bid .... ...... 1. 2.4 Starting the Work ............._.... _.... 3 1.6 Bidding Documents ............ ._.,..,__..,_ J. 2.5-2.7 Before Starting Construction, L7 Bidding Requirements. I CONTRACTOR's Responsibility 1.8 Bonds,,,,,,, .,.__. _..1 to Report, Preliminary Schedlles; 19 Change Order, ___ I Delivery of Certificates of 1.10 Contract Documents I Insurance 3-4 1.11 Contract Price 1 2.9 Preconstruction Conference 4 1 12 _ Contract Times..,......__ ...................... 2.9 Initially Acceptable Schedules..,,_.._ 4 1,13 CONTRACTOR, ....... I ............ I .... ........ 1 1.14 defective _......... .......................... ____1 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, 1.15 Drawings... ......... ............... AMENDING, REUSE ... ........ __..,.__...4 1.16 Effective Date of the Agreement,, .._...,_.1 3.13.2 Intent...,,_................_..,._,_.,..,...._„4 1.17 ENGINEER I.................. 1 3.3 Reference to Standards and Speci- 1.18 ENGINEER's Consultant ................... _1 fications of Technical Societies; 1.19 Field Order ................._ -_„..._,.I Reporting and Resolving Dis- 1.20 General Requirements ...... crepancies........... ................... 4-5 1.21 Hazardous Waste ................................. 2 3.4 Intent of Certain Terms or 122.a Laws and Regulations; Laws or Adjectives... ..... ** 5 Regulations............._...,.........._.-,.,...2 3.5 Amending Contrac...,..,..5 1.22.b Legal holidays ..... .,,... -_, _2 3.6 Supplementing Contract 1.23 Liens- .............. .................................2 Documents............._.. .................5 124 Milestone 2 3.7 Reuse of Documents 5 1.25 Notice of Award.................................. 2 L26 Notice to Proceed.............._....,......,...-_2 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; 1,27 OWNER 2 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; 1.28 Partial Utilization 2 REFERENCE POINTS 5 1.29 PCBs.........._.._ ........... ...................2 4.1 Availability of Lands..._......,..._....5-6 1.30 Petroleum ........................................ 2 4.2 Subsurface and Physical 1.31 Project ........ ................ ........................ 2 Conditions.........._.......................6 1.32.a Radioactive Materia]? 4.2.1 Reports and Drawings..., 6 1.32.b Regular Working Hours,_.. ........ 4,22 Limited Reliance by CONTRAC- 1.33 Resident Project Representative ............ 2 TORAuthorized.,Technical 1.34 Samples .......................................... ...2 Data...._..............._.... _......... .6 1.35 Shop Drawings... ............. _.... _ .......... 2 4.2.3 Notice of Differing Subsurface 1,36 Specifications ...... ....... _-...., 2 or Physical Conditions .......... .... ..6 1.37 Subcontractor 2 4.2.4 ENGINEER's Review 6 1.39 Substantial Completion._,..... ,..__...,.,,.2 425 Possible Contract Documents 1.39 Supplementary Conditions ..... ....... ....... 2 Change.,.,... ' 1.40 Supplier,...._..........................I...._.,..,..2 4.2.6 Possible Price and Times 1.41 Underground Facilities_,_.............._1-3 Adjustments ... _... ........_....._...._.6-7 1.42. Unit Price Work._ ............................._3 4.3 Physical Conditions --Underground 1,43 Work 3 Facilities 7 1.44 Work Change Directive_...__...._._.._,..3 4.3.1 Shown or Indicated „... ,,- 7 L45 Written Amendment 3 4.3.2 Not Shown or Indicated 7 4A Reference Points 7 E3CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910 -9 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number 4.5 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, 6,25 Submittal Proceedures, CON - Hazardous Waste or TRACTOR's Review Prior Radioactive Material,,.- .............. 7-8 to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal .............................. ...... 16 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE ....... .___._. 8 6,26 Shop Drawing & Sample Submit- 5.1-5.2 Performance, Payment and Other talc Review by ENGINEER ...... 16-17 Bonds ......... ................................ .....8 6.27 Responsibility for Variations 5.3 Licensed Sureties and Insurers, From Contract Documents..._.,,,._17 Certificates of Insurance ..................... 8 628 Related Work Performed Prior 5.4 CONTRACTOR's Liability to ENGINEER's Review and Insurance.,_ ............... ...... _,.... ,_, ...... 9 Approval of Required 5S OWNEiR'sLiabilityInsurance 9 Submittals ,..,.__,......„,__..,.,_._,..17 5.6 Property Insurance _........_...._.......9-10 629 Continuing the Work, ..... ,..,._........ 17 57 Boiler and Machinery or Addi- 6.30 CONTRACTOR's General tional Property Insurance _...............10 Warranty and Guarantee ....,_.,....,17 5.8 Notice ofCancellaticriPromslon._..„_..10 631-6.33 Indemnification ...............„_....17-18 5.9 CONTRACTOR's Responsibility 6,34 Survival of Obligations .............._._ 18 for Deductible Amounts .................... 10 5.10 Other Special Insurance...,_..............10 7. OTHERWORK......._..............,,_....,.,.„._....,.,,,.18 5.11 Waiver of Rights.,,_.....................11 7.1-7.3 Related Work at Site ...... ,_...,.....,.._18 5.12-5.13 Receipt and Application of 7.4 Coordination_,., ._...... _ IS Insurance Proceeds ...................... 10-11 5.14 Acceptance of Bonds and Insu- 8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES .. ...... _ ... 18 ante; Option to Replace,,11 8.1 Communications to CON- 5.15 Partial Utilization-- Property TRACTOR... _....__,__..- 18 Insurance... ... ........ 11 9.2 Replacement of ENGINEER ............ 18 8.3 Furnish Data andPay Promptly 6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 11 When Due 18 6.1-6.2 Supervision and Superintendence.....,, 11 8A Lands and Easements; Reports 6.3-6.5 Labor, Materials and Equipment_..11-12 and Tests .,...... ........ _,_.,.,.... 19-19 6.6 Progress Schedule.,......_ _._......,,.,_..12 8.5 Insurance ......... ..........19 6.7 Substitutes and 'Or -Equal" Items, 8.6 Change Orders., ..... CONTRACTOR's Expense; 8.7 Inspections. Tests and Substitute Construction Approvals... .................19 Methods or Procedures, 8.8 Stop or Suspend Work, ENGINEER's Evaluation 12-13 Terminate CONTRACTOR's 6.8-6.11 Concerning Subcontractors, Services ... __.....,,,.._..„,........„_....19 Suppliers and Others; 8.9 Limitations on OWNER'S Waiver of Rights ..... .... ............ 13-14 Responsibilities. .............. ........ .... 1.9 6.12 Patent Fees and Royalties, ,_.1... ,_„_ ... 14 8,10 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, 6.13 Permits ... ...... .........I.._., ...... __14 Hazardous Waste or 6.14 Laws and Regulations,... .......,...14 Radioactive Material ........ . .........19 6.15 Taxes...................................._...,.14-15 8.11 Evidence ofFinancill 6,16 Use of Premises ...................... ........„ 15 Arrangements..,_,....,,, ,.,._....... .... 6.17 Site Cleanliness 15 6,18 Safe Structural Loading ..................... 15 9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING 6.19 Record Documents 15 CONSTRUCTION 19 620 Salety and Protection.,,_................15-16 9.1 OWNER's Representative ,,...._.. 19 6.21 Safety Representative 16 9.2 Visits to Site ..... 622 Hazard Communication Programs,,,... 16 9.3 Project Representative- ,...,_„__... 19-21 6.23 Emergencies . ........ ....... .............. .__ 16 9.4 Clarifications and Interpre- 624 Shop Drawings and Samples .,...._,,.16 tations.__....... ...... 21 9.5 Authorized Variations in %k 21 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITIOM w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Num her 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work .......... _.......21 13.8-13.9 Uncovering Work at ENGI- 9.7-99 Shop Drawings, Change Orders NEER's Request .....................27-28 and Pavments ................_... ....... ...,.21 13A0 OWNER May Stop the Work .... ....,28 9.10 Determinations for Unit Prices__..,. 21-22 13.11 Correction or Removal of 9,11-9,12 Decisions on Disputes; ENGI- Defective Work.............„...__...,.28 NEERas Initial Interpreter .,_.._....._22 13.12 Correction Period ........................._ 8 9.13 Limitations on ENGINEER's 13.13 Acceptance ofDefective Work 28 Authority and Responsibilities .... 22 2-3 13.14 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ................................. 18-29 CHANGES IN THE WORK 23 10.1 OWNERsOrdered Change ....... ,..,.... 1-3 14. PAYMENTS'TOCONTRACTOR ANT) 10.2 Claim for Adjustment, .... I ...... ..._......23 COMPLETION ..._..._.,........_.._.. 29 10.3 Work Not Required by Contract 14.1 ....... Schedule of Values ....... .... ..... _..29 Documents ,,,_.,,..... I ........ ...............23 142 Application for Progress 10.4 Change OrderS._......_..._..................23 Papnent......... ...._... .................. 29 10.5 Notification of Surety ...... ..... ..... .... _23 14.3 CONTRACTOWs Warranty of Title .................... .............. ... 29 ...- CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE .........._23 14.4-14.7 Review of Applications for 11.1-11.3 Contract Price, Claim for Progress Payments ..,._._.,...__29-30 Adjustment; Value of 14.8-14.9 Substantial Completion .... ,_.,.,___ ... 30 the Work...........__..,.23 24 14.10 Partial Utilization ....,...„..._...,,30-31 11.4 Cost of the Work.._.,._._., ...... I—, ..24-25 14.11 Final Inspection..._ .............._...._.31 11.5 Exclusions to Cost of the Work__,,.__,_ 25 14,12 Final Application for Payment_ ..31 1L6 CONTRACTORS Fee25 14.13-14.14 Final Payment and Acceptance ._..__31 11.7 Cost Records.. ..2526 14.15 Waiver of Claims.,_,.. _.__... 31-32 11.8 Cash Allowances .............................. 26 ... 11.9 Unit Price Work ........................ .......26 15- SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ............................ _....... _........32 CHANGE OF CONTRACT'rihlES,,...... ... _............._M 15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work .... _...,32 12.1 Claim for Adjustment ...................... 26 15.2-15A OWNER May Terminate ............ ...32 12.2 Time of the Essence,... ........., _26 15.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop 12.3 Delays BeyondCONACTOR's TR Work or Terminate, .......... __.32-33 Control ....................................... 26-27 12.4 Delays Beyond OWNER'S and 16. DISPUTE RE SOLUTION .... ............................33 CONTRACTOR's Control ................. 27 17. MISCELLANEOUS 33 TESTS AND FNSPF.CTIONS, CORRECTION, 17.1 Giving Notice ...... .............. ... _._.,_ 33 REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF 17.2 Computation of Times„_...............33 DEFECTIVE WORK ....... .......... I ........ ._......_.. ....._=7 17.3 Notice of Claim ...... ........ ...... .33 13.1 Notice of Defects ......... ......... _.27 17.4 Cumulative Remedies................_.,_33 132 Access to the W'ork.., _.. ...... „ .27 17.5 Professional Fees and Court 13.3 Tests and Inspections; Costs Included ........................... 33 CONTRACTOR's Cooperation _........ 7 17.6 Applicable State Laws, ... _... ,...,.33-34 13.4 OWNER'sResponsibilities: Intentionally left blank..,.., _..,_............. ...... ... ,.,35 Independent Testing Laboratory..., ,. 27 13.5 CONTRACTOR'S EXHIBIT GC -A: (Optional) Responsibilities .............................27 Dispute Resolution Agreement ............ GC -AI 13.6-13.7 Covering Work Prior toInspec- 16.1-16.6 Arbitration GC -Al tion, Testing or Approval _....____,_..27 16.7 Mediation.,__,.. GC -Al ry EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-3 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) INDEX TO GENERAL, CONDITIONS City of Fort Collins modifications to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract are not shown in this index Article or Paragraph Number Acceptance of - Bonds and Insurance ................_,..,,_ .,..,,......., S.14 defective Work ...... ..... ....... ..........10.4.1, 13.5, 13.13 final payment ......................9.1'_, 14.15 insurance 5,14 other Work, by CONTRACTOR ..................... _...7.3 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items...... Work by OWNER ....._ 2.5,6.30,6,34 Access to the -- Lands, OWNER andCONTRACTOR responsibilities ............. _............. ... ,....... ......4.1 site, related Work ...................... .............._........7.2 Work, . ...... ............ .................. 13.2, 13.14, 149 Acts or Omissions--, Acts and Om issions-- CONTRACTOR .................. _..............6.9.1, 9.13.3 ENGINEER ....... ..................................6.20, 9.13.3 OWNER .............................. ............... - 6.20, 8.9 Addenda --definition of (also see definition of Specifications) ....... (1.6, 1.10, 6.19), 1.1 Additional Property Insurances ....._.... __..... ,,,.,_,,.,_.. 5.7 Adjustments -- Contract Price or Contract Times, ............ ...... _.. 1, 5, 15, 4.1, 4.3.2, 4.5.2, ..... ....... ......... ...._.4.5.3, 9.4, 95, 10.2-10A, ........ ._...........................1.11,12,14.8,15.1 progress schedule ................ I ...... ............. ........... .6 Agreement -- definition of............................_........................1.2 "All -Risk" Insurance, policy form .......................... 5.62 Allowances, Cash .. .. ......... 11.8 Amending Contract Documents ................................ 3.5 Amendment, Written -- in general................1.10, 1.45, 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.62 6.8.2. 6.19. 10.1, 10A, 11.2 12.1, 13,12,2, 14.7.2 Appeal, OWNER or CONTRACTOR intent to........ _.............. 9,10, 9.117 10.4, 162, 16.5 Application for Payment -- definition of....._....._.......................................1.3 ENGINEER's Responsibility .............................. 99 final payment..,_._.,,,...., 9.13.4, 9.13.5, 14.12-14 1.5 in general..........................2.8, 2.9, 5.6.4, 9.10, 15.5 progress payment ....... ........ ...... .................. 14.1-14.7 review of .. _.............................................:14 4-14.7 Arbitration ............. _....... ....... ......... .... ........... 6.1-16.6 Asbestos -- claims pursuant thereto _ .... _ ...... _... , _ _ _ 4.5.2, 4.5.3 CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work ..... 4.5.2 definition of............................ _..... _.... _. _......... 1..4 Article or Paragraph Number OWNER responsibility for ........................... _.4.5.1, 8.10 possible price and limes change ................._.... 4.52 Authorized Variations in Work....,,,,, 3.6, ti25, 6.27, 9.5 Availability of Lands.., .._........ ..4.1, 8.4 Award, Notice of --defined _..,.., ....... ... 125 Before Starting Construction ___.. ...._ .:2.5-2.8 Bid -definition of..__.._ _... __... 1.5 (1.1, 1.10, 2 3, 3.3, ......... 4.2.6.4, 6.11 11.4.3, 11.9.1) Bidding Documents --definition of _ ............ ....... ... ..... ........... _.....1.6 (6.8.2) Bidding Requirements --definition of ..... ._......_.......... _......_....,1.7(1.1,4.2.6.2) Bonds -- acceptanceof ................_....._..,................._.5.14 additional bonds .... .............................. 10.5, 11.45.9 Cost of the Work..._......_ ....... ...._........ __... ..1 1,5.4 definition of........................._............................1.8 deliveryof ................ ....................................2.1, 5.1 final Application for Payment, ................. 14.12-14,14 general ........ ........ ._._............... .1.10, 5.1-5.3, 5.13, _................ ...... 1—. 9.13, 10.5, 14.7.6 Performance, Payment and Other.................5.1-5.2 Bonds and Insurance --in general .................._..,.,,._.,.5 Builder's risk "all-risk" policy form.... ................... ..5.6.2 Cancellation Provisions, Insurance.,,...,, 5A.11, 5.8, 5A5 Cash Allowances ............. _............................... _....1 L8 Certificate of Substantial Completion ., ..... .f.38, 6.30.2.3, _...14.8, 14.10 Certificates of Inspection., ................9.13.4, 13.5, 14,12 Certificates of Insurance ............. 2.7, 5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13, _...,5.6.5, 5.8, 5.14, 9A3.4, 14.12 Change in Contract Price-- CashAllowances............... _..........,.... 11.8 claim for price adjustment,_ .........4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15, 6.8.2, 9.4 _....._..........95, 911, 1(2, 105, 11 2, 13.9, ...13.13, 13,14, 14.7, 15_I, 15.5 CONTRACTOR'sfee-,... .,,.. .............. __..._.....11.6 Cost of the Work general. ...... ....... .... . _ ._................11.4-1 L7 Exclusions to...............................................11.5 Cost Records...._............_..... _..........._ .............1.1.7 in general.............1.19, 1,44, 9.1I, 10.4.2, 10A 3, 11 Lutnp Sum Pricing... .__....... ...._.... __.11.32 Notification of Surety _,. _ _..,10,5 Scope of, _..._.... _ .. ..._..._.10.3-10.4 Testing and Inspection, Uncovering the Work .......................... _...... 13.9 v EJCDC. GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION WYCITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS iREV 9/99) Unit Price Work 11.9 Article or Paragraph Num her Value of Work 113 Change in Contract Times -- Claim for times adjustment ........ 4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5,15, 6.8.2, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2. 10.5, 12.1, 119, 13.13,13.14, 14.7, 15.1, 15.5 Contractual time limits,.,.....,.. I ......................... I Delays beyond CONTRACTORs control. .......... 12.3 Delays beyond OWNFR's and CONTRACTOR's control..... 12.4 Notification of surety,_.,._......__..___.,__,.._,_... 10.5 Scope of change........._._._..._ ... _10.3-10 4 Change Orders -- Acceptance of'Defective Work......_ ..................1113 Amending Contract Documents ... ....................... 3,5 Cash Allowances 8 Change of Contract Price I Change of Contract Times........,. ............. .......... 12 Changes in the Work 10 CONTRACTORs fee 11.6 Cost of the Work 11.4-IL7 Cost Records 11.7 definition of 1.9 emergencies................................... ......... ...... 6.23 ENGTNFERs responsibility. -9.8, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1 execution of ..10A ............ Indemnifiction .6,12, 6.16, 6 31-6.33 Insurance, Bonds and ...... I I.. _ ... 5.10, 5.13, 10.5 OWNER may terminate..__,_,.._.__ ...... ....... 15.2-15.4 OWNERs Responsibility... ...............8.6, 10.4 Physical Conditions -- Subsurface and 4,2 Underground Facilities--.,,..,,,__ ................4.3.2 Record Documents 6.19 Scope of Change ............ .......... Substitutes........._ .. ....... ...... ...... . ... 6.7.3, 6.8.2 Unit Price Work 11.9 value of Work, covered by ....... Changes in the Work 10 Notification of surety__...._....,., _. ... ... ..... . 10.5 OWNERs and CONTRACTORs responsibilities.........._..... _ ................. I... JDA Right to an adjustment......._...._ 10.2 Scope of change.._......_ . .... ....... 10.3-10A Claims -- against CONTRACTOR. _.........6.16 against ENGINEER ....... 632 against OWNER 6.32 Change of Contract Price ........ 11.2 Change of Contract Times... . . ....... . ...... 9A, 121 CONTRACTOR!s .. ..... .. 4, 71, 9.4, 9,5, 9.11, 102, .. .... 1. 2, 11,9, 121, 13.9, 148, vi ..... 151, 15.5, 173 CONTRACTOR's Fee ., ...... I ... 1 - .1 .... ..... 11.6 Article or Paragraph Number CONTRACTORs liability..... _ ... 5.4, 6,12. 6.16, 6.31 Cost of the Work IIA11.5 Decisions on Disputes.,.,_... .__........9.11, 9.12 Dispute Resolution. . ............ _ .... ........... .... 16.1 Dispute Resolution Agreement .................. ..16.1-16.6 ENGINEER as initial interpretor .............. ...... 9,11 Lump Suni Pricing...._ ...... ........... I .......... 1. 11.3.2 Notice of, . .. ............ .. . ........... . ... ..... 17.3 OWNFR's ............. ... . 9A 9.5, 9.11, 10.2. 11.2, 11,9 ...... 12.1, 119, 13.13, 131.14, 173 OW'NER's liability........ .......... 5�5 OWNER. may refuse to make payment .................14.7 14.7 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included 17.5 request for formal decision on.._..__,,,._ ..............9.11 Substitute Items 67.1.2 Time Extension 12.1 Time requirements.,,.__ ...........................9.11, 12.1 Unit Price Work ............. 11. 9.3 Value of 11.3 Waiver of --on Final Payment, ...... 14.14, 14.15 Work Change Directive,,... . .. ........... � I0.2 written notice required ...... _ ..... 9.11. 11.2, 12.1 Clarifications and Interpretations..,......... 3.63, 9.4, 9.11 Clean Site 617 Codes of Technical Society, Organization or Association 333 Commencement of Contract Times ........... 2.3 Communications -- general . .... - ............ ........... _.6.2, 6. 9.2, 8.1 Hazard Communication Programs ............... .... 6,22 Completion_ Final Application for Payment......,,__..,........._ 1.4.12 Final Inspection .. ....... ... _ ............. _ . ........ �. 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance .... ........... 14.13-14.14 Partial Utilization 14.10 Substantial Completion_......,_,. .......... 1,38, 14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims......,,, ......... . . ........ _ ., 14.15 Computation of Times ..... .... _ ... ......... 17.2.1-17.2,22 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others 6,8-6.11 Conferences -- initially acceptable schedules., preconstruction.................. _ ....... 8 Conflict, Error, Ambiguity, Discrepancy_ CONTRACTOR to Report ............. ......... 15, 3.12 Construction, before starting by CONTRACTOR 2.5-17 Construction Machinery, Equipment, etc,. 64 Continuing the Work 10.4 Contract Documents -- Am ending ... .......... 3 5 Bonds 5.1 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910 -8 (1990 EDITION) w"CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS IRE V 9/99) Cash Al lowances.. ...... 1.. 1. 1 .. - 11, 8 Article or Fhragraph Number Change of Contract Price Change of Contract Times,..,. ........ Changes in the Work .... - .... I ... - ...... . I I .... 10. check and verify, . ............ . .................. Clarifications and Interpretations..._3.2,36,9.4 definition of ENGINEER as initial interpreter of.... .... FVV NGINEER as ONER's representative..,.,...., gencral3 Insurance Intent 3 minor variations in the Work OWNER'S responsibility to furnish data..,_....,., OWNER's responsibility to make prompt paym ent .... ... __ ............ ..8.3, 14.4, precedence..... . 1. 1.. 1. 1 ........ ......... -.3 1, Record Documents Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies Related Work......... ..... Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies. 2. Reuse of Supplementing, ..................... ........... ......... Termination of ENO WEE R! s Ent p I oym ent, Unit Price Work variations ...... 36,623 Visits to Site, ENGINFER's ... ..................... Contract Price-- adjustment of 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 11. Changeof.. I ...... ..... I.. I ........................ Decision on Disputes ............ .............. ....... .. definition of Contract Times - adjustment of .... ...... --- ........ 3.5, 4.1, 9A, 10 Change of .... ...... ................... ............ 12.1 Commencement of. I .... ...... ...... definition of CONTRACTOR-- Acceptance of Insurance ....................... ....... Communications. ....... ... -6.2, Continue Work -.6.29 coordination and scheduling .......................... definition of Limited Reliance on Technical Data Authorized May Stop Work or Terminate_ provide site access to others.. .72 Safety and Protection,_................9.3.L2,6.16, 9.11 10 9,11 9'1 -1.51 1 .1 .1-3.4 .36 83 14,13 3.33 6.19 33 7.2 5, 3.3 .3.7 16 8.2 11,9 1627 9.2 13, 12 -12.4 1.12 ..5.14 6,9-2 10A 6.9.11 1.13 .4.2.2 15.5 13.2 6.18, 6.21-6.217.2, 132 Shop Drawing and Sample Review Prior to Submittal, .... . 25 Stop Work requirements ..... . . 11 ... .............. COI,TfRACTOWs- Article or Paragraph Number Compensation,......_ ........... .... - .... - Continuing Obligation., ..... 14.15 Defective Work 9.6, 13.10-13.14 Duty to correct defective Work ...... .................... 13.11 Duty to Report - Changes in the Work caused by Emergency... ..... 6.23 Defects in Work of Others ......... ........ ...... 7.1 Differing conditions ' 4.2.3 Discrepancy in Documents- ..... , 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Underground Facilities not indicated..... _ 4 3.2 Emergencies., .. ............. .... .623 Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cost of the Work ...........................................11.4.5.3 Fee -Cost Plus 11,4.5,6, 11.5.1, 11.6 General Warranty and Guarantee.......................6.30 Hazard Communication Programs ...................... 622 Indemnification * '... 6.12, 6,16, 6.31-6.33 Inspection of the Work.....,.,.... ..... 73, 13.4 Labor, Materials and Equipment., .. ..... .... . 6.3-6.5 Laws and Regulations, Compliance by ... ...6.14.1 Liability Insurance ........... Notice of Intent to Appeal_ _ ... ...... ..... 9.10, 10.4 obligation to perform and complete the Work 6.30 Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by ........... 6.12 Performance and Other Bonds,. - .... ......... ....... 5.1 Perm its, obtained and paid for by. _.. . , ............ 116.13 Progress Schedule-- ..... - ... - ..... -16, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6, ............. ..................... 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Request for formal decisionon disputes_....,_..,,,. 9.11 Responsibilities - Changes in the Work,,.,..__ ...... ...... IO'l Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others 6.9-6.11 Conlin wing the Work. .......... ........ 6.29, 10.4 CONTRACTOR's expense ........................... 67.1 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee 6.30 CONTRACTOR's review prior to Shop Drawing or Sample submittal ..... .1-1- ... 6.25 Coordination of Work.... I ...................... ..... 6.9.2 Emergencies - 1. .1. 11, 6.23 ENGE-MERs evaluation, Substitutes or "Or -Equal" Items, ..... ...... ........ ...... 6.7.3 For Acts and Omissions of Others 6.9,1-6.9.2, 9.13 for deductible am ounts, insurance 5.9 general ... ........... _ ...... .... _ .... � .6, 7.2, 7.3, 8,9 Hazardous Communication Programs,,...., .... 16.22 Indemnification- ........ ... 631-6.33 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) wl CITY OF FORT' COLLINS MODIFICA11ON5 tREV 9/99) Labor, Materials and Equipment.,_,.,_.....6.3-6.5 CONTRACTORS--other.................„_,..._„...,..,.,..,,_..7 Laws and Regulations_. . ...... ...... .......... 6,14 Contractual Liability Insurance... .................... _..... 5A.I0 Liability Insurance. ....... ,,..__.,....,, 5.4 Contractual Time Limits ......_,,, ...... ,,...12.2 Article or Paragraph Number Notice of variation from Contract Documents.... _ ..................................... 6.27 Patent Fees and Royalties_......... _ ......... _. _.... , 6.12 Permits ........................................................ 6.13 Progress Schedule...._......., _........._„„-_.....,., 6.6 Record Documents 6,19 related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's approval of required submittals......__....._.._..........._...........6.28 safe structural loading ............. ..................6 18 Safety and Protection..,....._.,_.__..620, 7 21 13.2 Safety Representative .... ................... ............ 6.21 Scheduling the Work _-...6.9.2 Shop Drawings and Samples_ ..................... 6.24 Shop Drawings and Samples Review by ENGINEER....................................6.26 Site Cleanliness ........................................... 6.17 Submittal Procedures ................................... b.25 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures _......... _.._.... _ .._... 6.7.2 Substitutes and" Or -Equal" Items _..... ..__.._6.7.1 Superintendence ......... .... I ... ... I ...... ._............6.2 Supervision..... _..................... _........ _ ...... Survival of Obligations_ ........... „....... ,,,_.... 6.34 Taxes...................................... _.................6.15 Tests and Inspections.. _..................... _........13.5 ToReport ................._..._._..._ ...2.5 Use of Premises ....................6.16-6.18, 6.30.2.4 Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal ........................... _-......... 6.25 Right to adjustment for changes in the Work.,...102 right to claim ... _........ 97. , 1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,11.2, _.,,,... 11.9, 12.1, 139,14.9, 15.1, 15.5, 17.3 Safety and Protection ......... ........ 6.20-622, 7.2, 13.2 Safety Representative .............. ............ 6.21 Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals. .,_.6,24-628 Special Consultants..._.............................._...11A.4 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures, 6.7 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items, Expense.._........................_............6.7.1, 6.72 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others...,,.._ 6.8-6.11 Supervision and Superintendence 6.1, 6.2, 621 Taxes. Paymentby...._ ................ ............_..615 Use of Prom ises ......................................... 6.16-6.1 F Warranties and guarantees,, , , , 6.5, 6.30 Warranty of Title „14.3 Written Notice Required -- CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate, . 15.5 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions ,__.,..,...............,4.2.3 Substantial Completion_ vill .... 14.8 Article or Paragraph Number Coordination— responsibility.... ........... ...... ..092 Copies of Documents .,, .......,. . 2.2 Correction Perial ,,....--..,,,.,....,.,„.,13.12 Correction, Removal or Acceptance ofDefeetive Work-- in general.... .......... . ........ ......... 10.4.1, 13.10-13.14 Acceptance ofDefecti ve Work... _ .... .. ........... ...1.3.13 Correction or Removal of Defective Work.... ...... -6.30, 1111 Correction Period ............................................. 13.12 OWNER May Correct Defective Work . . ... ..... . .. .13.14 OWNER Mry Stop Work._ . .......... ........13.10 Cost -- of Tests and Inspections_ ....... ............... ,._.......... 13.4 Records 11.7 Cost of the Work -- Bonds and insurance, additional....,.,, ... ... 11.4.5.9 Cash Discounts ._ ...... ......___.......__..._ 11.4.2 CONTRACTOR'S Fee 11.6 Employee Expenses ........ .........._....11.4.5.1 Exclusions to.......... _........ _.............................. 11.5 General LA-1 1, Home office and overhead expenses .... .......... I IS Losses and damages ..................................... Materials and equipment.__.............................11.4.2 Minor expenses......... ... .............................. A 1 A.5.8 Payroll costs on changes_ _.._.....,_.._._, _.,...._...1 L4.1 performed by Subcontractors ..... ......1..1.4.3 Records l 1 Rentals of construction equipment and machinery. _.........................-.... _...11 A.5.3 Royalty payments, permits and license fees_................._....................11.4.5.5 Site office and temporary facilities................11.4.5.2 Special Consultants, CONTRACTOR'S.._ ..... Supplemental ... .._................................._...11.4.5 Taxes related to the ............................1.1.4.5.4 Tests and Inspection ............. .............. 13.4 Trade Discounts .................. _....... _„_......,......,11.4.2 Utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities ...... __...._11.4.5,7 Work after regular hours,__,. _.__, ..._,.,1.1.4.1 Covering Work...... Cumulative Remedies ...................................... 17.4-175 Cutting, fitting and patching ..... .......... _......__.._....7.2 Data, to be furnished by OWNER ..._.................. 8.3 Day --definition of ..... _......... Decisions on Disputes. _....................... _ ,... _ ...9.11. 9,12 defective--definitionof,,,,,... __ _...,_„_,1.14 defective Work -- Acceptance of _._....._.__._.. .............10A 1, 13.13 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Correction or Removal of,....., ..... _... _ _ A 0.4.1, 13,11 OWNER's Representative_... _...., _... __..., __..,._...,, 9.1 Correction Period... _ .....__.. ..... Payments to the CONTRACTOR, in general ....... ....... ............ ............. 13, 14.7, 14.11 Responsibility for ........... ........... .............9.9, 14 Recommendation of Payment...................144, 14.13 Article. or Paragraph Number Article or Paragraph Number Observation by ENGINEER ................................ 9.2 _ OWNER May Stop Work..,,...........................13.10 Prom pt Notice of Defects, ... .......... _................_ 13.1 Rejecting........... _ ...............I...... I .......... _....... ....9.6 Uncovering the Work, ..... ............... _ .............. 13.8 Definitions ............................................................... 1 Delays ... ........ .........4,1,6,29, 12.3-t2.4 Del iveryofBonds .............._............ 2.1 Delivery of certificates of insurance... ...... ............ 2.7 Determinations for Unit Prices 9.10 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions -- Noticeof................._................_...._.,............42.3 ENGINEER's Review ....................................... 4.2.4 Possible Contract Documents Change.......... _. _ 42.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments.............4.2.6 Discrepancies -Reporting and Resolving ......... ....... ...............2.5, 3.3.2, 6.142 Dispute Resolution-- Agreement, .... ...._........._..... ...._.16.1-16.6 Arbitration 16.1-16.5 gencra116 Mediation .......................................................... 16.6 Dispute Resolution Agreement.. . ...... . ....... ........1, 6.1-16.6 Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER ..... ............ ............ Documents -- Copiesof _.................. _....... ...... ..................2.2 Record 6.19 Reuse of - Drawings --definition of......... ........... _.....................1.15 Easements_......_................................................... 3.1 Effective date of Agreement -- definition of.., .......... J.16 F.mergencies....................._...._-......................_ ._¢,23 ENGINEER -- as initial interpreter on disputes ..............911-9.12 definition of 17 Limitations on authority and responsibilities.... 9.13 Replacement of, ...... ................_ ,.._..,82 Resident Project Representative_.., _ _... ..... ....... ....9.3 ENGINEER's Consultant -- definition oF.._..............1.18 ENGINEER's-- authorityand responsibility, limitations on ... ...... ,13 Authorized Variations in the Work ....................... 9.5 Change Orders, responsibility for_...., 9.7, 10, It, 12 Clarifications and Interpretations. 9.4 Decisions on Disputes defective Work, notice of.. ..__,,...13.1 Evaluation of Substitute Items............................. 6.7.3 Liability._. ........... _...._. ..._..._...._.,.6.32, 9.12 Notice Work is Acceptable. Observations ...., , _..,,, 6.30.2, 9.2 Responsibilities --Limitations on .... .............. 9.11-9.13 Review of Reports on Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions ............................. 1.2.4 Shop Drawings and Samples, review responsibility.... ... ............... __. .6.26 Status During Construction— authorized variations in the Work..._........._ .9.5 Clarifications and Interpretations ...... ....... ....9.4 Decisions on Disputes... - .......... ...9.11-9.12 Determinations on Unit Price ..,._....,_........,,.9.10 ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter- ..... _9 11-9.112) ENGINEER's Responsibilities .............. _ 9.1-9.12 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities. _.... ...... . ,. _..... _ .. _ 9.13 OWNER's Representative..., ....... ..._ 9.1 Project Representative,...,. _.............._....._....9.3 Rejecting Defective Work..., __.9.6 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments...................................9.7-9.9 Visits to Site.... _..____.... .................. 92 Unit Price determinations............................. ..... 9.10 Visits to Site..................................._..................9.2 Written. consent required..... 7.2,9.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials and,....__............... 6.3-6.5 Equipment rental, Cost of the Work .......... . . ....... 11.4.5.1 Equivalent Materials and Equipment....._ ................ 6.7 error or omissions .................................................... 6.33 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ..................... _9.I I Explorations of physical conditions ..... .................42.1 Fee, CONTRACTOR's--Costs Plus ....... ...... .......... .1L6 Field Order -- definition of ....................................................... 1,19 issued by ENGINEER ............. _.......... _..... 3.6.1, 9.5 Final Application for Payment .............. ............ ..14.12 Final Inspection.... _.. , ., ...... . . ....... . . ..... . 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance ..........._......... ..............14,13-14.14 _.,.. Prior to, for cash allovences....._,_...__. ..... 11.8 Provisions General ....... ................................... 17.3-17.4 General Requirements -- definition of 1.20 principal references to.. .2,6, 6A, 6.6-6.7, 6.24 Giving Notice _...__........_....._...._ .-.........17.1 Guarantee of Work --by CONTRACTOR..... 6.30, 14.12 Hazard Communication Programs„ ....._. .. .. 622 Hazardous Waste -- definition of........_..............._.,......................1.21 general ................ _.......... _....... ............ .... . _..4.5 OWNER's responsibility for__. ._ 8,10 is EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8(1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICA'11ONS tREV 9/99) Indemnification ........ .......... _...... _... . 12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 Initially Acceptable Schedules ....._...... Inspection— Certificates of..._._.._,_ . .9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 Final ............................................................ 14.11 Article or Paragraph Number Special, required by ENGINEER_ .................. _...9.6 Tests and Approval_ .... .......... 8.7, 13.3-13.4 Insurance -- Acceptance of, by OWNER ........... ... .........5,14 Additional, required by changes in the Work 11.4.5.9 Before starting the Work.......... _...._..................2.7 Bonds and --in general....._.............._...__..._.......5 Cancellation Provisions ....................................... 5.8 Certificates of..,. ..... ,___..,_2.7, 5, 53, 5A,11, 5.4.13, ....'.... 5 6.5, 5.9, 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 completed operations......................................5.4.13 CONTRACTOR's Liability._ ...... ........................5.4 CON'I'RACTOR's objection to coverage... ....... _..5.14 Contractual Liability 5.4.10 deductible amounts, CONTRACTOR's responsibility........ ..... . _... _ ....5.9 Final Applicawn for Payment, .......... .......... 14,12 Licensed Insurers ............................................... 5.3 Notice requirements, material changes ........ 5.8, 10.5 Option to Replace.............................................5.14 other special insurances_.,...___.._.,.._.__.._...,__.5,10 OWNER as fiduciary for insureds.. ......5.12-5.13 OWNER's Liability ..................... ......................5.5 OWNER's Responsibility ........................ _...... _..8.5 Partial Utilization, Property Insurance, ,..._..._...5.15 Property _ ... ......... .. .............. 5.6-5.10 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds ....................... _...................5.125.13 Special Insurance __.........................................5.1.0 Waiver of Rights.._..........................................5.11 Intent of Contract Documents.__ .......... .......... .....31-3.4 Interpretations and Clarifications ... ,._._,_......... 36.3, 9A Investigations of physical conditions...._ ................... 12 Labor, Materials and Equipment ... _._..._ ....... 6.3-6.5 Lands -- and Easem cuts 8.4 Availability of. ......... ._........... ....._....... ......4.1, 8.4 Reports and Tests ... ............................. SA Laws and Regulations --Laws or Regulations -- Bonds....._..........._.._ .........................._.. 5.1-52 Changes in the Work ...__.......... _..._.............In.4 Contract Documents ... ..... ..... ......... .... 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S Responsibilities... . ............ ... 6 14 Correction Period, defective Work, 13.12 Cost of the Work, taxes ............... _.... _...... _ 11 A.5A definition of 1 22 genera16-14 Indemnification.....__... ._..................._ 6.31-6.33 Insurance .................... ........... 5.3 Precedence......... _.......3.1.3.3.3 Reference to 3.3.1 ..................................................... Safety and Protection._....._ ........... ...........6,20, 13.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others...,_ ..116.8-6.11 Article or Paragraph Number Tests and Inspections. .... ......... ,..I ...... ....... 13.5 Use of Premises.._.. ................................. .....6.16 Visits to Site. .... ............. ....... ............. ............. 9.2 Liability Insurance— CONTRACTOR's .......................... _.....,...... _...5.4 OWNER'S 5.5 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ........... ........ .......... S.3 Liens -- Application for Progress Payment ......................14.2 CONTRACTOR'S Warranty of Title ...... ... ........ 14.3 Final Application for Payment ........ _ _,.14.12 definition of..........._......._........._ .................... 1.23 Waiver of Claims . ............. ........................ 14.15 Limitations on ENGINEER'S authority and responsibilities........ _.......... ....... ..... ...... 9.13 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized. _..._ _ _.4.2.2 Maintenance and Operating Manuals -- Final Application for Payment. 1.4.12 Manuals (of others) -- Precedence........................... _..., .................. 3.3.3.1 Reference to in Contract Documents..._..,,,,..,... Materials and equipment -- furnished by CONTRACTOR.... . _ ..... ... . .. ... ... 6.3 not incorporated in Work....__................._,..__...14.2 Materials or equipment --equivalent 6.7 Mediation (Optional) ....... , ........... _ 16.7 .Milestones --definition of........................................1.24 Miscellaneous— Computation of Times„_,....__,..._.......................172 Cumulative Remedies ......................................... 17.4 Giving Notice ...................... _......-........... ...... Notice of Claim ...._...__....._..._.........__....._....17.3 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included_.,.._._,17.5 Multi -prime contracts ...__....................... _.7 Not. Shown or Indicated ............... ........................... 4.3.2 Notice of -- Acceptability of Project......_ ..............._._........14.13 Award, definition of., ... ............... .... 1.25 Claim................_....._..........................._......17.3 Defects,13.1 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions,.... _ 4.23 Giving .... Tests and Inspections.. _,......,..._,_.__,__ . , 13.3 Variation, Shop Drawing and Sample.................6.27 Notice to Proceed -- definition of .................._............._...._.._......., 1,26 giving of_,._--_... 2.3 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Notification to Surety ........ .... ........... ....... . ......... 10.5 Observations, by ENGINEER ..... 9.2 Occupancy of the Work ..................5.15, 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10 Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR. . .. ........... 69, 9.13 Open Peril policy form, Insurance .......... Option to Replace.. ...... ............. .............. _.... 5.14 Article or Paragraph Number "Or Equal" Items .......................... .............. .... . ..... 6.7 Other work 7 Overtime Work --prohibition of.. ...... ..... 6.3 OWNER -- Acceptance of defective Work.....,,._. .............13.13 13 appoint an ENGINEER 8.2 as fiduciary......_ ...... ............ ... 5.12-5. 13 Availability of Lands. responsibility ..................... 4J definition of 1 27 data, furnish 8.3 May Correct Defective Work 13. 14 May refuse to make paytuent, ........... I ............... _ -1.4 7 May Stop the Work.... ............. .............. .- ...... 13.10 May Suspend Work, Terminate.._ ............. 8.8, 13,10, 15 1-15.4 Payment, make prompt.„ ................... 8.3, 14.4, 14.13 performance of other work 7.1 permits and licenses, requirements. . . . ..... 6.13 purchased insurance requirements. . .......... 5.6-5,10 OWNERS -- Acceptance of the Work .......... .............. 6,30.15 Change Orders, obligation to execute..., ,.8.6, 10.4 Communications 8.1 Coordination of the Work.,— ............. ........... 7.4 Disputes, request for decision........_..._...._„_ , .9. 11 Inspections, tests and approvals ... ........ ....... 8.7, 13A Liability Insurance_ ............ 1.1-11 . ....... 5.5 Notice of Defects Representative --During Construction, FNGINEER!s Status 9,1 Responsibilities -- Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material ................. 8.10 Change Orders..._ .. .................... 8.6 Changes in the Work...., ....................... communications 8.1 CONTRACTORs responsibilities 8.9 evidence of financial arrangements 8 11 inspections, tests and approvals......_... I..S. 7 insurance 8.5 lands and easements.., ..... ...... ........... .. - 8.4 prompt payment by ............................. .... 83 replacement of ENGINEER... reports and tests ...... I ...... 8A stop or suspend Work..,_ ...... ...... 8.8, 13.10, 15,1 terminate CONTRACTOR's services...........__...._...._ 8,8, 15.2 separate representative at site....__,,,...... .. _193 testing, independent.......... use or occupancy of the Work written consent or approval required ....... ... . .... .... .5,15, 6.302.4, 14.10 1.1- .. 11 ... 9.L 6.3, 11.4 Xi EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 11990 EDITION) W/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires. 1. Name of Bidder: 2. Permanent main office address: 3. When organized: 4. If a corporation, where incorporated: 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion) 7. General character of Work performed by your company: 8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you? If so, where and why? 9. Have your ever defaulted on a contract? If so, where and why? 10. Are you debarred by any government agency? If yes list agency name. 7/96 Section 00420 Page 1 Article or Paragraph Number written notice required ........................7.1, 9.4, 9,11, _..............._........112, 11.9, 14.7, 15 4 PCBs -- definition of. ............._._..... _............._..129 general..................................................... .......4.5 OWNER's responsibility for__ ...........................8.10 Partial Utilization— definition of, ....... I....... ........... _..._.... ,.1.28 . general6.30.2.4, 14.10 Property Insurance..._... .. _..... .... _.._..... .?.15 Patent Fees and Royalties .... ..,...._., ..... ........... ...... 6,12 Payment Bonds.. ...._....... _.... _,,...5.1-5.2 Payments, Recommendation of_..,..,..,,..14.4-14.7, 14.13 Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion -- Application for ProgressPayments ..............._.....14.2 CONTRACTOR's Wan anty of Title _....... _,14.3 Final Application for Payment... _..... .__....,..._14.12 Final Inspection ............................ _-....... _......14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance. _ _..,..... _. 14, t3-14.14 general.......... ...................._._.....8.3, 14 Partial Utilization ...................... ............. ......... 14.10 Retainage........ _...... _ _...... _................. _..... _.....14.2 Review of Applications for Progress Pa}an ents. .. ....... ......... ............ 14.4-14.7 prompt payment .... Schedule of Values....._.....__....,,.,_.._„_.....,,__.14.1 Substantial Completion....., .... .. ....... _ 14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims 14.15 when payments due ...................._.....,.,,. 14A, 14,13 withholding payment_ ..................................„] 4.7 Performance Bonds 5.1-5.2 Permits_.......__...........__..._...._ ............._6.13 Petroleum -- definition of ....................................................... 1.30 general............. ........... .............. .............. .........4.5 OWNER's responsibility for ......._, --- Physical Conditions -- Drawings of, in or relating to., ....... _ ....... .. ..4.2.1.2 ENGINEER's review.. ....................................4.2.4 existing structures........................_.............4.2 general4.2 12 ............................ . .......................... Notice of Differing Subsurface or., . ...........4.2.3 Possible Contract Documents Change...............4.25 Possible Price and Times Adjustments .,........4.2.6 Reports and Drawings......................................42.1 Subsurface and,.... _ ....... _.................................42 Subsurface Conditions .................................... 4.2.1.1 Technical Data, Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized. Underground Facilities -- general ........................ - - . _...... . 4.3 Not Shown or Indicaed ................................ 4.3.2 Protection of ..... ..____...__.............43, 6.20 Article or Paragraph Number Shown or Indicated ........_ _ _............._.............. 4.3.1 T ethnical Data ...................................... .......... 4.2.2 Preconstruction Conference 2.8 Preliminary Matters ........................................ _. _.......2 Preliminary Schedules ...... .............. _ 2.6 Premises, Use of- ti.16-6.18 Price, Change of Contract ........... __............... .........I I Price, Contract --definition of,.,. ......... ....... 1.11 Progress Payment, Applications for ..........................14.2 Progress Payment--retainage.._...... Progress schedule, CONTRACTOR's........... 2.6, 2.8, 2.9, .... 66, 629, 10.4, 15.2.1 Project--defrution of ............._........_.. .._...._...1.31 Project Representative— ENGINFER's Status During Construction...., ,_....9.3 Project Representative, Resident --definition of .,... 1,33 prompt payment by OWNER .... ............................ _..8.3 Property Insurance -- Additional .................. _ . _ ........... .............5.7 general5.6-5.10 Partial Utilization.,,____________________________5.15, 14.102 receipt and application of proceeds ............ 5.12-5.13 Protection, Safety and... ,_,....,,__....___..620-621, 132 Punch list .._........__ .... ................... . 14.71 Radioactive Material-- defintion of......................................................1.32 general4.5 OWNER's responsibility for ,_,,........... _............. 8.10 Recommendation of Payment.................14.4, 14.5, 14.13 Record Documents, ........................ ...... ..... 6.19, 14.12 Records, procedures for maintaining.. ..... ...... ..... _18 Reference Points ........................................................ 4.4 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies ............................... .......... 3.3 Regulations, Laws and(or) ......... .............6,14 Rejecting Defective Work.........................................9.6 Related Work -- atSite.._....................................._.............7.1-7.3 Performed prior to Shop Drawings and Samples submittals review,..._ ............... 6.28 Remedies, cumulative . _......,,.. ....._... 17.4. 17.5 Removal or Correction ofDefective Work ...... ....._,,,13.11 rental agreements, OWNER approval required._...11.4.5.3 replacem ent of ENGINEER, by 01VNER.. . ........... . ...... & 2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ... ........... ......„_.,..,,.... 15, 3.3.2, 6,14.2 Reports -- and Drawings ............................ ... _ ..... _ ......4.2.1 and Tests, OWNER's responsibility. ....., .... . 8A Resident and Project Representative -- definition of-. ...1 ...... I ............... ......... 1-1.11 1.33 provision for...... ............... .... ..__..... ......... _... 3 xii EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w9 CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) Article or Paragraph Number Resident Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's,..,_.._,,.,..A2 Responsibilities-- CONTRACTOR's-in general..,... .... ..................... ENGNEER's-in general ..... _... ............................. 9 Limitations on ............................................. 9. 13 O INMR's-in general., .... ..... 1-1..... ................ ..... 8 Retainage........ ....... ....... .............. ........ ..............14.2 Reuse of Documents 3.7 ............. Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings and Samples Prior to Submittal- ,,.__.._,............. 625 Review of Applications for Progress Payments ...................._,.,.,.,.,._._ 14.4-14.7 Right to an adjustment:......_....._ ............................1Q2 Rights of Way .............. ..._......... ............................ .4.1 Royalties, Patent Fees and ... _ _. _ ................... ...... .. 6.12 Safe Structural Loading ................ ............... ......... 6.18 Safety -- and Protection,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,_._....4.3.2, 6.16, 6.18, 620-621, 7.2, 13.2 general ............................ _..................... 6.20-623 Representative, CONTRACTOR'S__,__,.,. Samples -- definition of genera]..........._............._.......................6.24-628 Review by CONTRACTOR ............................. _6.25 Review by ENGINEER _..... „.._................6.26, 6.27 related Work............................................._,...6.28 submittal of ................................................... 6.24.2 submittal procedures............................_,6.25 Schedule of progress ....... .............__._._.2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.6, ..............6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample Submittals_............................2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.24-6.28 Schedule of Values .... _............ ..............2.6, 2.8-29, 14.1 Schedules -- Adherence to ................................................... 15.2.1 Adjusting............................ _.._... _......... ...6.6 Change of Contract Times..............................._10.4 Initially Acceptable._.. _._._.... ..................2.8, 19 Prelim inary ............................. ....................... .2.6 Scope of Changes_.. . ,_......_.........._ 10.3-10.4 Subsurface Conditions ........... ....................._.4.2.1.1 Shop Drawings -- and Samples, general.................................624-628 Change Orders & Applications for Payments, and .......... ............._..........._..9.7-99 definition of.._............ _.........._.... 1.35 ENGNEER's approval of. _..,_.............. 3.6,2 ENGINEER's responsibility for review ...... _....... ....... __._........ .7, 6.24-628 related Work 628 review procedures .... .........2. 8, 6.24-6.28 Article or Paragraph Number submittal required, ... ...... ...... Submittal Procedures 6.25 use to approve substitutions _ _ 6.7.3 Shown or Indicated .............. ............................... ... 4.3.1 Site Access.. 72, 13.2 Site Cleanliness ........................................................ 6.17 Site, Visits to-- byENGINEER. ...... ._............ 13.2 by others..._ .. _.. ..13.2 "special causes of loss" policy form, insurance . ................ 5.62 definition of 1.36 Specifications-- defination of .................„ „_.. of Technical Societies, reference to...................3.3.1 precedence ........................ ..... 3.3.3 Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies......................................3.3 Starting Construction, Before, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,__, .... 2.5-2.8 Starting the Work....... ........... Stop or Suspend Work -- by CONTRACTOR........... 15.5 by OWNER .... 8.8, 13.10, 15.1 Storage of materials and equipment...,.,,,,___ Structural Loading, Safety .............. ......... Subcontractor-- Concerning,,__.,,,._,,._,_..... .......... definition of... ................ ............................ ....... 1.37 delays............... ................... ........ .............. J.2.3 waiver of rights ........... ............ ....._..... _.. ..... 6.11 Subcontractors --in general.............._...,......_..___.6.8-6.11 Subcontracts --required provisions..,,.,,., 5.11, 6.11, 11.4.3 Submittals-- Applicationsfor Payment ................................. 14.2 Maintenance and Operation Manuals...............14.12 Procedures .................... ................................. ,6.25 Progress Schedules.......... _... _ _....................2.6, 2.9 Samples .......... ..........._.............. _.624-6.28 Schedule of Values .........., .2.6, 14.1 Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples Submissions.....................................2.6, 2.8-2.9 Shop Drawings ............ ......................... 6.24-6.28 Substantial Completion -- certification of6.30.2.3, 14.8-14.9 definition of....._....._...._.. ........._............_.1,38 Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures_..._,.6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or Equal" Items.6.7 CONTR.ACTOR's Expense... ENGINEER'sEvaluation,,,,_____ "Or -Equal"........ 6.7.1.1 Substitute Construction Methods EXEC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8(1990 EDIT101,J) wi CITY Y OF FORT COLLINS MODIFIC TI ONS (REV 9199) Article or Paragraph Number or Procedures 6.7.2 Substitute Items...._......_..............................6.7.1.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions— Drawings of, in or relatngto........ ... _............ .11.2 ENGINEER's Review.....................................4-2A general.................... _........-...................... ..42 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized ..... ........ _......_...... _..... _ ......4.2.2 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions_.._.._....................._...,,-...4.23 Physical Conditions_ .................................... 4.2,12 Possible Contract Documents Change._._ .... _....... 4,25 Possible Price andTimesAdjustments _.....,_,_42.6 Reports and Drawings ...................... ............42.1 Subsurface and.................................................._4.2 Subsurface Conditions at the Site,....................4.2.1.1 Technical Data-....... . ........... . Supervision— CONTRACTOR's responsibility ...... ....... ...... . . _.. _ 0.1 OWNER shall not supervise ................ 8.9 ENGINEER shall not supervise.- _. .. 9.2, 9. G3.2 Superintendence . . ........ ... ....... 6.2 Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's resident.. ,..._.., „6.2 Supplemental costs_.._ ......................__............,, 11AJ Supplementary Conditions -- definition of. .......... _........................I..............1.39 principal references to ... I .... .I.- ..... 1.10, 1,IS, 2.2, 2.7, .... 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4, 5.65.9, _5.11,6.8,6.13,7.4,8,11,9.3,9.10 Supplementing Contract Documents .. .. . ............. ... . ... 3.6 Supplier -- definition of......................................................1.40 principal references to_._ .... _...3.7, 6.5, 6.8-6.11, 620, Waiver of Rights .............. ......... ......-............. ...6.11 Surety -- consent to final payment ........................ 14.12, 14.14 ENGINEER has no duty to.....,,...., _......, _ _....... 9,13 Notification of ..... .......__.,_10.1, 10.5, 152 qualification of .............. _.............-............... 5.1-5.3 Survival of Obligations_..._„.............................._._6.34 Suspend Work, OWNER May ................. __..13.10, 15.1 Suspension of Work andTermination .......... ._............ 15 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate. _...... _..... _.................. _........15.5 OWNER May Suspend Work. 15.1 OWNER May Terminate _..... 152-15A Taxes --Payment by CONTRACTOR. _._.. _.... ....._6.15 Technical Data -- Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR.. ............. 4.2.2 Possible Price and Times Adjustments ..........4.2.6 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions... ....... 4.23 xiv Temporary construction facilities ...... 4.1 Article or Paragraph Num ber Termination— byCONTRACTOR _......................_...... ... ..... .15.5 by OWNER ........ _...-.........&8, 15.1-15.4 of ENGINEER's employment ................ ..... ........8.1 Suspension of Work-in general__„_ .................._._15 Terms and Adjectives. ...... ._....... ..................... ....... 3.4 Tests and Inspections— Access to the Work, by others ..... . . ...... _ ...........13.2 CONTRACTOR's responsibilities_ ....................13.5 cost of 13.4 covering Work prior to .................. ........... .13.6-13.7 Laws and Regulations (or) .... ,................. .... .... 13.5 Notice of Defects... .. 1. _ I . . 1. 1 1.. __....13.1 OWNER May Stop Work ............... _.........,....13,10 OWNER's independent testing,......... _.... I ...... 1.113.4 special, required by ENGINEER............ _.... _,.... _ 96 timely notice required......... I..... 13.4 Uncovering theWork, at ENGINEER's request. .............. ......... _.......... 13, 8-13.9 Times -- Adjusting,.... ... 6.6 Change of Contract _ 12 Computation of . . ..... Contract Times --definition of,....._....._,..._,___.1.12 day _ _...... _........... _ .... ,1,7.2.2 Milestones ........................................................... 12 Requirements-- appeals.................................................9.10, 16 clarifications, claims and disputes .. ....... ... 9.11, 11.2, 12 Commencement of Contract Times.., ..._.__.__2.3 Preconstruction Conference., 2.8 schedules, ...... .... ............_............2.6, 2.9, 6.6 Starting the Work..._...._...._ 2.4 Title, Warranty of.... .... ................ ........................._14.3 Uncovering Work..........................................13.8-13.9 Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions-- definition of._. .... .-..... _....._.........,._........._ ..1.41 Not Shown cr Indicated._......_._...._..._..........4.3.2 protection of ........... ..... ...... ......... _............,4.3, 620 Shown or Indicated., ... _....... ..... .. Unit Price Work-- claims....................................._...__...........1.1.9.3 definition of......_............_..._.............._.......,.1,42 general] 1.9, 14.1, 14.5 Unit Prices-- general11.3.1 Determination for_....._ ..............__ _._.._....._ 9.10 Use of Premises ........ ........ __.... ...,.-.6.16, 6.18, 630.2.4 Utility owners ...... 6.20, 7.1-7.1 132 Utilization, Partial.. ....._._...I 2S, 5.15. 6,30.2.4, 14.10 Value of the Work .................................. _.... 11 3 Values, Schedule of ... ......... __.......... . 2.6, 2.8 19, 14.1 ETCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w! CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) Variations in Work --Minor Authorized ............................. _........ 625, 6.27, 9.5 Article or Paragraph Number Visits to Site --by ENGINEER ........................ 9.2 Waiver of Claims --on Final Payment.. _..... _ _.... _ ...... Waiver of Rights by insured parties, .......... ...... 5,11,6.11 Warranty and Guarantee, General --by CONTRACTOR............._.................................6.30 Warranty of Title, CONTRACTOR'S ....14.3 Work -- Accessto.__...._ .................. .......................13.2 byothers,_............ _....................... ................ . 7 Changes in the ......... .... ........... ......._..................10 Continuing the,. .... .__..._...... ._....._.-......_.........6.29 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate 15.5 Coordination of.__.........._.........._......_ .............7.4 Cost of the ...... ........._........... ............. .......11.4-11.5 definition of .................._................_..............1.43 neglected by CONTRACTOR ...... _...... ,............ , 13.14 other Work.. ................................................... 7 OWNER May Stop Work ......... _..... _...... ........13.10 OWNER May Suspend Work_.__....._.„_...13.10, 15.1 Related. Work at Site..., ...,...... 7.1-7.3 Starting the,_,,, 2.4 Stopping by CONTRACTOR. Stopping by OWNER ....... ....... ........ .... .,.... 15.1-15 4 Variation and deviation authorized, minor .... __..... 1.6 Work Change Directive -- claims pursuant to ..... ............ ..................._.......10.2 definition of .......... ......................... 1.44 principal references to.., ...... ...... 3.5.3, 10,1-102 Written Amendment -- definition of.........._......_.................._..............1.45 principal references to ......... .....ITO, 3.5, 5.10,15A2, ....... .__._........ .6.2, 6.8.2, 6.19, 10.1, 10 4, ........ _...........11.2, 111, 13.12.2, 14.7.2 Written Clarifications and Interpretations.,,_.,.._.__..,,.._.._..._._. 3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11 Written Notice Required -- by CONTRACTOR .... _......... _......... 7.1, 9.10-9.11, 10.4, 112, 12.1 by OWNER _...... ........ 10A, 112, 13.14 xv EJCDC. GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICA'II ONS (REV 9/99) (This page left blank intentionally) xvi EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ C7TY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1--DEFLNITIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 1.1. Addenda --Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 1.2. Agreement —The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed, other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. 1.3. Application for Payment --The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 1A. Asbestos --Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 1.5. Bid --The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 1.6. Bidding Documents --The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids), 1.7. Bidding Requirements --The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, and the Bid form. 1.8. Bonds —Performance and Payment bonds and other instruments of security. 1.9. Change Order —A document recommended by ENGINEER., which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1.M Contract Documents —The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the EKDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 191 M (1990 Edition) wl CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4,12000) same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEER's written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to paragraphs 3.5, 3.6.1 and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals approved pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the reports and drawings referred to in paragraphs 4 2.l and 4.2.2 are not Contract Documents. 1.11. Contract Price --The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work). 1.12. Contract Times —The numbers of days or the dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (it) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. 1.13. CONTRACTOR --The person, turn or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 1.14. defective —An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). 1.15. Drawings --The drawings which show the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by CONTRACTOR and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. 1.16. Effective Date of the Agreement --The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 1.17. ENGINEER --The person, firm or corporation named as such in the Agreement 1.18. F-NGINEER's Consultant —A person, fine or corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 1.19. Field Order —A written order issued by ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times 1.20. General Requirements —Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications 1.21. Hazardous K'aste--The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 1.22.a. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations --Any and all applicable taws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any and all goverrunental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. 1.22_b_ Legal Hoh'dayr--shall be those holidays observed by the Ci of Fort Collins. 1,23. Liens --Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. 1.24. Milestone --A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to anintenmediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.25. Notice of`lward--A written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 1.26. Notice to Proceed --A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. 1.27. OWNER --The public body or authority, corporation, association, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be provided. 1.28. Partial Utilization --Use by OWNER of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29. PCBs --Polychlorinated biphenyls. 1.30. Petroleum—Petroleiun, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 4.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Wastes and crude oils. 1.31. Project —The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1 32-a_ Radioactive Matenal—Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edivao w./ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFIC-.ATIONS (REV 42000) 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 1.32.b. Regular lf'otkng Hours --Regular working hours are _ defined as 7:00am to „6 00pm _unless_ otherwise specified in the -General Requirements, 1.33, Resident Project Representative --The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.34. Samples —Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 1.35. Shop Drawings --All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 1.36. Specifications —Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 1.37. Subcontractor --An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. 138. Substantial Completion --The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 1.39. Supplementcay Conditions —The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 1.40. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, mater ahnan or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with anv Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 1.41. Underground Facilities —All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to famish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water. 1.42. Unit Pnce JVork-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 1.43. H'ork -The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents 1.44. Work Change Directive --A written directive to CONTRACTOR issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph6.23. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in paragraph 10.2. 1.45, 6Vritten Amencbneni--A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related aspects of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2--PRELIMINARY MATTERS Detivery of Bonds: 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5-1. Copies of Documents: 2.2 OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. Commencement of Contract Times: Notice to Proceed- 2 3. The Contract Tunes will commence to run on the thirtieth clay after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or, FJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w./ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV V2000) if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no� 66maleRce to .. later tl.m«the sixtieth day aftef the da„' ef$id opffiing-or-th"hAieth dayafter-the-Effective-Date Starting the Work: 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Tunes commence to run, but no Work shall he clone at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. Before Starting Construction: 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, wiless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review: ^^<Al. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents, 2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and processing such submittal, 2.6.2.1. In no case will a schedule be acceptable which allows less than 21 calendar days for each review by Engineer. 2.6.3. A preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.7. Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR and GkW shall eoeh deliver to the ether OWNER with copies to each-additier v cared id 3.f:4in the Supplementan_, Cond,tion- ENGINE' certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance reasonably—reHuest requested by -OWNER) which CONTRACTOR and O;A,74kR Fe „.,.....ely aFe is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.4, 5.6ane]43. Preconstruetion Conference: 2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to run, but before any Work at the site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals processing Applications for Payment and maintaining required records. Initially Acceptable Schedules: 2.9. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, a` lccct ten days befefe s ubmissien of the a Applicatien#of4layment before anv work at_the site begins, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as au©priate deal Hated by OItNER, will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. and Division 1 - General Requirements CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required. submittals CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance. ARTICLE 3--CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Intent: 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the place of the Project. 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 F.ditim) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4. 3.3. Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies; Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies: 3.3.1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 3.3.2. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or .Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once, and CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 3.3.3. Except as otherwise specifiw1ly stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: 3.3.31, the provisions of anv such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or 3.3.3.2, the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants, agents or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of paragraph 913 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. 3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered". "as directed", "as required", "as allowed", "as approved" or terms of like effect or unport are used, or the adjectives "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "proper" or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review or judgment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction review or judgment will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENNrGENEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents 3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modifv the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: 3.5.1. a formal Written Amendment, 3.52. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4), or ESCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) W1 CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFI CATIONS (REV 4i2000) 3.5.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10.1). 3.6. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: 3.6.1. A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5), 3.6.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or 3.6.3. ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse of Documents: 3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaptation by ENGE TEER ARTICLE 4--AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS Availability of Lands., 4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR F3pen reasonable+itten-request "rmmsr-cv>•. rim rnR-Avi;'vrazonat state of EI_ filing a e,.L,,.. e's litti aggains, .. Gh laFA. in ., 1 —ar 1-1 . i ,t TJ �....I...;,..... .ate a�>a�oo OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights -of - way or easements, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of construction: 12. List your major equipment available for this contract: 13. Experience in construction work similar in importance to this project: 14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including officers: 15. Credit available: $ 16. Bank reference: 17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER? 18. Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR? If yes, in what city, county and state? What class, license and numbers? 19. Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract? If yes, what percent of total contract? and to whom? 20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time? IF yes, DETAIL 7/96 Section 00420 Page 2 CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4..2. Subsurface and Physical Condtions: 4.2. L Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of. 42.1.1. Subsurface Conditions: Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents; and 411.2. Physical Conditions: Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 4.2.2. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized - Technical Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data", CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to 4.2..2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or 42?2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or 4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4.2.3. Notice of Deering Subsurface or Physical Conditions: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered or revealed either: 4.2.3 1, is of such a nature as to establish that anv "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 is materially inaccurate, or 42.3.2, is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.1. differs materially from that shown or EJCDC GEN ,RAL CONDITI DNS 1910-8 (1990 Editiao W CITY OF FORT COLLIN, MODIFICATIONS (,REV 4(2000) indicated in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.23), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such conditions or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. 4.2.4. ENGIArMs Review: ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's endings and conclusions. 4.2.5, Possible Contract Documents Change: If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required as a result of condition that meets one or more of the categories in paragraph 42.3, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the consequences of such change. 42.6. Possible Price and Times ALtuslments: An equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for performance of, the Work, subject, however, to the following: 4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4, inclusive; 42.62. a change in the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 4.2.5 will not be, an automatic authorization of nor a condition precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment, 42.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9; and 4.2-6.4, CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times if, 4.2.6.4.1_ CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract, or 4 2.6.4 the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test or study of the site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making such final commitment, or 4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.2.3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles I and 12. However, OWNER ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.3. Physical Conditions —Underground Facilities: 4.3.1. Shown or lndicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions_ 4.3.1.1, OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (it) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents,(iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. 4,12. Not Shawn or Indicated: If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.23), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and ESCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLMNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document such consequences. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph6.20. CONTRACTOR shall may be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, w the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. however, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. Reference Points: 4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER'S judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. 4.5. Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous A'aste or Radioactive Material: 4.5.L OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, R,Bs. Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by C(.)NTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible_ 4.52. n C-( iiTD 0T�ae T0R shall ll im ffiediaael„� 6) 4op of l i nd and S n\r TIIID _«a rwrt�rnr T __ confirm Sue1t-aetaee-in�vritieg}. consult I,-.m:tt,r�r,Tr_rnrcDn t-.. r� ,o--,✓rvvmr.�actic,:rcu-im�.s '�ci�ccesa+ty -rvr 4VATR-to-retatna-qunliW—eXp <? ewikw e-sueh hapas4ous s if any. C�r.rT Doi-Tn-TnR,$hall'not-be- "ulred'i(/-resume-Work utcannestien-with-seek haz�rdeussoadit-iort-0r in -any ony-Q-pertniks-related�heretc;-a;r��-livered-te ireWork may be resumed safe4y. if OWNFR-and v e amount or extent of an adtuatment,—imany Work stagy n e a�vhich Wer4E is affeedby CONTRACTORto be _ .ied Glti38r-paf�y-Rlay-makL"l-Elaan-�t r...eF� eas ldn Artie-les-l-l-ancN-, 4-5 ' If�fe@ip�sstlsh-Special- wrtttert-nE#iee r✓,nr.r D n n n\v of work based- en -a- reasonable -belief- . eenditjons,-�-nr�nTcn_nray.-i�s ai.��i e�r .,,.h�.n 'oeet agree�,_.m._l, lir..0 ft to Work at Rq v,ith, h L,_lawardou s „_dition of in .,h a ffe_ied area o be deleted from 1,Wor1�F nliWMR gral C-ONTRACTl1D�,a ul.-orv..eu>r sucn-p�vrr .. f the Work, either-l�-maker cla m therefor as -presided- n 4tiel s 11 and In OWNER may have ...,et, .del et..l pertiM-of-a1.WLIIF_l. P,.e_' fcartued_hy-gL4NER's'-owR fereesor-eEhers in aee ercaencT 4.5.4. T a the fullest extent tt d L. Laws . an m6] ilat:ons OAWQ? ..t.,,tr-' '.mnifj�---and bold harm4ess-E'4PITR���o=-TSuhscrErasters, ENGPIERR, PTGrTTn Rs /"-.«-., and th officeFs; direetoFs, ..eruployee�-�e;'.ts, othBF uitan4. and s beentraot,.... ..f ,.F .>a=yesEN�-of Of Fesothig -n-EWr- hazard on, provided that: (0 an-, I oft rm ( he tt.�>�; lx bfk -itself} n6.1:.,. the loss Of ,.,,IN..,. therefrom, ] rs.a�Trr>E�,,�--.o�-� �Fa�ar�-ilr�r..a o,Ir an ebhgate anut 's own-neglsgenee- T �p-eg,ng�ns 4,2 c_a n_x ,. r&t tended to apply, to _Asbestet-PCB Hi-B3e-Rile EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 E(itial) w/ C1TY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) ARTICLE S-RONDS AND INSURANCE Performance, Payment and Other Bonds: 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Rice as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holchng Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department, All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. 5.2. if the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph. 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER 5.3. Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance: 5.3.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.3.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraph 5.4. QIAINkk shall 41:F-q'F3Pi4 RAc4OR, with 60ta3s to each OF- Rny--ether-a(ldtttonaJ-ln9tife", Which _n "�.roirr"�.1 COAYRACTOR's Liability Insurance: 5A CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection fi-om claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 5.4.1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; 5.4.2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR's employees, 5.4.3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR's employees; 5A.4. claims for personal- HIJufy-liability,-Beverage-whie"e-sustaineEF: i dmwtly-related-te t ,vent o€ sash person -by � `ra01T 5.4.5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible propery wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 5.4.6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.4 to be purchased and maintained shall: 5.4.7. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.4.3 through 5.4.6 inclusive and 5.49, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability), OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional Insureds, 5.4.8. include the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater, 5.4.9. include completed operations insurance; ESCDC GENERAL, CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 E(titim) w,' CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4l2000) 5,4.10. include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.12, 6.16 and 6.31 through 6.33; 5.4.11. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty clays' prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.3 2 will so provide); 5.4.12. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12, and 5.4.13. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any, such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). OW7VER's Liability Insurance.• 5.5. In addition to insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.4, OWNER, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER's expense OWNER's own liability insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. Properly Insurance: is Nie-&tpplenaarttaey Conditions; OWNER—shall---purchaw and—ateuttain pmpefty =a` `r' is ui vrihB-ametin dRE111etibit3amounts a15d; in--th Supplementary Go Regulations). This insuffmi,egliall i F l elude the tritefests of GkV£T£}s COMR IV-40R Subcontraeters, ENGINEERS ENGINEEIR-s-ACensultantsandfany t--pBrsens-sr entities a:.,� Ineach of .., om :_ de-ar ed te. have tin trainable interest 5.6.2. be . - en a '1^ Riskrisk" ypWi petit OF r., S F I.. I' r.�tll r r d' 411 at Ise,.gst mof a F h I I ess of the \imc�itiai-iempBra3 bi jkling ,�k an" Wed- in tran, it Had R.- fallowing Penis:re,o--�u i A -_5.6.3. include expenses «�—icpmrrvr �o�awf rs ed-prgmiy-(includtng-butnot limited ofo..00s and- charges of engineeFs-and firehifee*. e s: n :"I" and e _e,l „t the Sae .. vmrmrovr u-v�ja:^pmo:^.G-�'efed a•-mm:ce EN-ai-8Fk3i�30E-1�@tlefi-thaHNa$-Bf�A'0"cu provide I]qat gJaGh, ran-L4gls and equipment have bean D.......,..a .. ..dam J -rajmcr,rrccon�mcrmca ntil fmal payment made tin otherwise �ze-in ritin� 0AINF�NTT�TICTORand«d E i_TNiEEP, with thirty ,leave' ....:tire« notict-1.a-'.v.^.h other addiitltNlRi .:rs.ucato vn,o.rra-cE ...,..-evesc�r-m3vr-anc�nxr�--wen i8sued, 3-1-e�L'AFER shall-pare#iasejinA-tn8a�4aats��h-hailer and itional-property4nsuranee Cabe required L.. the Supple... . . may -��r..•.�-v,v-,�nenfary-�on taws-arid�tegalatiens�uhielr w+N-irielude-ilia-interests-e€ GI •.E . ONTRACT�ois Since:: gctar" E tGn`�� ;�CR-&'Gonsulta�rtd-aff-tN.her-pons-or-entities idontifiad the-� ..vent.« C,.«d:tien each of whemi is deerned to have an imufable interest md shall be listed an-inaufedereddi ] insured (and the certificates -er Tmmmve�mmevr) e;a �-zv--w—rime-.m�ctr may maintained brvitmT+R--w-accordanc$-Wlth-parflgraphs3,6 core age eFF r,1,1 ..:11 i� 1�� ..elie,l ..F-ntateI-kally changed or:enewatTefisedkuntd'-at 4east-thirq` ys!-1rior witten notice h h en—gWCn---i8VA4Et� \vrz--and CONTRACTOR and . each ath.r "dd:.:,,_.d^_ whom " w:F:"..te of :«".r^ace has boon issued and -will contain --waiver- pravi tons --- .-m—aceoFdanca-'-With paragmph-5-4+ 5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in the Wert- to the whent of any identified in the Supplerner.a.. . Conditions The, Fisk of by-CST-RA-� P7--,Subeentraetor-or-others-aati@Firigany ....1. Luse. and :F of thOM ...:"h". P"a.. '« .mmrtv..v -arm-cr-arvaoaar�eaax^r r]c�s�Sma""r«iw erage vvE� limits al such mayPurchase and MfHfft[HR it at the S1� Tf f'nTtTD Al�TftD r ._ ah... ,.th ,. _. ._ _ sictncacrm acr' special the „._lido" .. ..:,tea under « aph" e ,ar c n1vNTD sh*IIT- and the east thereof. ., "barged t_ �CONTRACTOR by ,ppfEf_m. a Change —OFder—eF VIFitter fleiendment. 42F eF to ESCDC GENERAL CONDITI ONS 1910-3 (1990 E(ition) i(l µl CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4R000) _ Ont Of t,. he li'rL At the Site OWN'CD ,hall : �« �ting .advice CONTRACTOR .. he.heF a. .,a other G 11 1 n\XWED ..«,1 /`l1TiTD A(�TlID aL..a .. 11 7T��99-IvixCE.RChX v 33VS�.a OR-infen& gCQSI policies ptawehased-I,. wcar*" "h-paragraph 5-.6 ,�,54 . 11 protect !lkVM;D GONT- ACTl1D S,ubeonttacters nln_ .ni -R--E :G1NEEWs �AngN]tan}S�pd'gll-aEheH-perSBfIS#@AtiLle&ld@ntt�lCd in the G.««lern@ft..r.. C««d:tions to he listed as insureds eF a lditierml-ifsareds--tn- ,u,+ pelieies-and °.. 'inl provide ^Il -p.o.�e -->���as�for damages caused b. the «e_'Ir covered thereby. All « the t F „a ymeat f ' I,...a. «r d"«.^.e th" c event i4ave .rv�ro^r "wr�rzrsrvr-tmxxroao-axe .-:11 h^. :^h." ..F ree..v. era. a �£ a'err'�.-..v.Tab,::�r-a:ry-� the _weds or Additional insureds thereunder OWNER —Pad c.. Ta-a-[Ac'ivi. ���'�i`¢ �,m�- nfigiio 5.11.2. In nttrnIDD all r:..Ma. addition, *so aga.mst _ ON T AC -Q1 — zSubcontfaftem,, ran GMBnn cnrnrwr FRi C,._ault_t-As and the ef€tcErs,, this p:,----@85-and agent-- f-any-6€ tlim,-fer: 541.2.1. less due te of use of Rther consequential less amending be. end ,tweet Y ..hysi 11 —-- -or—damagefie � Any-insumnee_.•,,•hey ra «ea lava ,3ANEB�enng in th a ant'.TalmswmarsrprVPi3ivTG9-;�%r.o-r cicci-irR(r )f payment of any al lose the m6wefs will have no fi^l s of ReeeiptandApplication oflnsuranceProceeds. 5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the monevs so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Ordei or Written Amendment. 5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers enA f ^a -�—r�.rt ^•� '�`' LD �^ frduciari-s431]--gi e-bond-for-the Y.rp^ter................_ .,...».,...._'e_. Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace: 5.14. If OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bends -or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the offiff lam CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of nonconformance with the Contract Documents, the ebjeetng party-s}uull sa netity-Eke-other--mfty OWNER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing within test fifteen days after receipt delivery of the certificates (oF-o efevidenca requested) to OWNER as required by pamgraph 2.7. E3WN$" ��c-mm-'crvivTzvicT'�i�smii-c"oeir-Bro{Ide-Ed-t}te the -required x —Wit heut prejudice -to= -other IT& `tt��inretests al e expm>se of the Pao, who WEIS Faqtmed to PA ^issaecl-te- djust Ehe Partial Utilization --Property Insurance: 5.15, If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplisher) in accordance with paragraph 14.10, provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6--CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Supervision and Superintendence: 6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. tit. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shalt not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR' representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. Labor, bfatefials and Equipment. 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OW'NEWs written consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit requests to the ENGINEER no less than 48 hours in advance of any Work to be performed on Saturday, Sun&ay, Holidays or outside the Re uglarWorkingHours. 6A. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements. CONTRACTOR shall furnishand assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the famishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. 6.41. Purchasing. Restrictions: CONTRACTOR must complywwith the City's purchasing restrictions. A My of the resolutions are available for review in the offices of the Purchasing and Risk MUriagement Division or the City Clerk's office. 6.4.2. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-t21 requires that su Hers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certifv* that the cement was not made in cement kilns that bum hazardous waste as a fuel. 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of goal quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be. applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Progress Schedule: 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below: 6.6. L CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph2.9) proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 6.6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Tilnes (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Omer or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. 6.7, Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items: 6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description 12 EICDC GENER AL CONDITIONS 1910-S (19901]6tiai) w' CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by ENGINEER under the following circumstances: 6.7.1.1. 'Dr-F.qual": 1f in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINEF,R's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for acceptance of proposed substitute items. 6.7.1.2. Substitute Items: If in ENGINF,ER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow ENGINEER to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will include the following as supplemented in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall first make written application to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent, if any, to which the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated_ The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in. evaluating the proposed substitute. ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.1.3..COAIMCTOR's Expense: All data to be provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "or -equal" or substitute item will be at CONTRACTOR's expense 6.7.2. Subslimte Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2. 6.7.3. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any "or -equal" or substitute. ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work an the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute item. 68. Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others: 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization (including those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or ENGINEER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Editim) w,' CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4,'Z000) 6.9. CONTRACTOR shall perform not less than 20 percent of the Work with its own forces (that is without subcontractm�_The 20 percent re uq irement shall be understood to refer to the Work the value of which totals not less than 20 percent, of the Contract Price, 6.8.2. B_ idding Documents require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or organizations (including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials or equipment) to be submitted to OWNER in- advamr- the speeified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER -an if �1RZV[�-IpI.C-lTa- J¢plRic[GL'1—[T-T.11—t]acTGO[-"MII OWNER's or ENGINEFR's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of any-sue"ubeontraster-Supplier -er- other -person -or En so a5' ked on the basis�Ereasenable ©bjeefiona#egation; at- lvltieh-case-OONTRAGTOR-1` ilt—submit-an aeeepWeW bsE arse the-C ntr � ee�w ll -Ue adjusted -by -the difference irrtlte c�s�eseasion�--by such subsEit ition and —anger`f will-be-issued-or-Written--Alnendment-sign& will constitute a condition of the Contract requiring the use of the named subcontractors, suppliers or other persons or organization on the Work unless pd written approval is obtained from OWNER and ENGINEER. No acceptance by OWNER or ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. 6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. OWNER or ENGINEER may furnish to anv subcontractor, supplier or other person or organization evidence of amounts paidt CONTRACTOR in accordance with CONTRACTOR'S "Applications for Payment". 13 6.9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organizations perforating or fir shing any of the Work to communicate with the ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR 6,10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. Why a ssush� greemant is-with--a-Subeentracter-,o Supplier--wltcv is-lsted -as-an addi[ieriaRittsttred-en�he-peoperty-insurance-provided- in GONTRACTGR-an he-,S ,bed Supplief-rill tx�tttain-Prot`isiens--whereby-ilte-Subeeritraete�er- Supplier All lr�-ono van-, T-'�n-[crac�vir 1 __ G&AiEER—I dC�INE R'F�� onst+ltartts-and--all other additional insureds foF all losses !f of fesultirig fren any of the perils covered by such pop to the TVorl- TF .60 :.... ..o... ..... ...... .....1. ....1:,.:..6 re....:r., Supplier, CQNTD ACzTO wi l ..b..:-. the ..,....e Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent ptnnitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors. employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Comr-act Documents. EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910,8 (1990 Editiao 14 NI CITY -OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) Permits: 6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective bate of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall gay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. 6.14. Laws and Regulations: 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6.142. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting therefrom; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.3.2. Taxes 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.15.1. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State and local sales and use taxes on materials to be permanently incorporated into the ur iect. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price. Address: Colorado Del arttment of Revenue State Capital Annex 1375 Sherman Street Denver Colorado, 80261 Sales and Use 'Taxes for the State of Colorado Regional Transportation District _ TD and certain Coloradocounties are collected b_the State of Colorado_ and are included in the Certification of Exemption. All, applicable Sales and Use Taxes (including State collected taxes), on any items other than construction and building materials physically incorporated into the propct are to be paid by CONTRACTOR and are to be included in appropriate bid items. Use of Premises: 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by a based upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. 6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 618. CONTRACTOR shall not. load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacentproperty to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. Record Documents: EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-9 (1990 F(htim) NV/CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV Al2000) 6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction, These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, and prior to release of final payment these record documents, Samples and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. Safety and Protection: 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 6.20.1, all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work; 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them front damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraphs 6.20.2 or 6.203 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGTNEEWs Consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them) - CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a 15 21. What are the limits of your public liability? (provide detail) What company? 22. What are your company's bonding limitations? 23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications. Dated at this day of , 20 Name of Bidder By: Title: State of County of being duly sworn deposes and says that he is of and that (name of organization) the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20 . Notary Public My commission expires 7/96 Section 00420 Page 3 notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.21. Safety Representative: CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Hazard Communication Programs: 6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. Emergencies: 6 23. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or toss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6,24. Shop Drawings and Samples: 6.24.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the materials and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 626. 624.2 CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited 16 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8(1990Editioa) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) purposes required by paragraph6.26. The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. 6.25, Submittal Procedures: 6.25.1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: 6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, 6,25.1.2. all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and 6.25.1.3. all information relative to CONTRACTOR's sole responsibilities in respect of means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.25.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review and approval of that submittal. 6,25.3, At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate front the submittal, and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. 626. ENGINEER wilt review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEERS review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents ENGNEER's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in Much the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals. 6.27. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the time of submission as required by paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25.1. 6.28. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph2.9, any related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Continuingthe 6V"ork: 6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements. except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. 6.30. CONTR4CTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee: 6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEERS Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 630.1.1. abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or 6,3012, normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.302. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute_ None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-9 (1990 Editim) %V a TY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000) accordance with the Contract Document.- or a release of CONTRAC'TOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 6.30.2.1. observations by ENGINEER, 6.302.2. recommendation of any progress or final payment by ENGINEER; 6.30.23. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents; 6.30,2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER, 6302.5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so, 6.30.2.6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 14.13; 6.30.2.7. any inspection, test or approval by others, or 6.30.2.9. any correction of defective Work by OWNER. Indemnification: 6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including, but not limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting train the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cast, loss or damage. (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, anti (u) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity. ti 32. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGINEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by 17 any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.31 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.33, The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph6.31 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants, officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. Survival of Obligations: 6.34. All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. ARTICLE 7--0TIIER WORK Related Work at Site: 7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work and (6) CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles I I and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or requires additional tune and the parties are unable to agree as to the ant cunt or extent thereof 7.2. CONTRACTOR shalt afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER' employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19 t 0-811990 E(ition) is w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. 7.3 If the proper execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR'S Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work. CONTRACTOR'S failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. Coordination: 7.4, If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 7A.1. the person, fruit or corporation who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prune contractors will be identified; 7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 7.4.3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. ARTICLE 8--OWNER'SRESPONSIBILITIES 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against whom PONT-RAGTOR makes no reasamble--objeetion, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER 8.3. OWNER shall fir sh the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph4.2 refers to OWE R's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. os pofisibilitios and ,;..�-:,:•. _a in respect .-once-ereref prop", fertkrirrparagrap}t��}threugh3-1(3: 8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.4. 9.7. OIMTNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13-4. 8.8. In connection with O NER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with OW N,R's right to tenminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circmustances. 8.9. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for C,ONTRACTORs failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. E-}&-9WI�IE$'s-responsibility-in-raspaet-of-undtsele>�d Asbestos, n...+:oa .:. _ r r t :_, . _ or -vered fee led-atihe--site--is rPar�i'm". �. r��nwgTornrnv .,toe a,:h�..��g3a%—firl8nfiial fl�—IiaYd--..been—made to w. w., respot ibtltiy-in-respecF-khereef-w.'-a�,�.,et-forE#rilrih Supplementaa/�sadtitiosrs ARTICLE 9--FINGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION OW7VER's Representative: 9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and FNGINEFR. I isits to Site: 9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-5 (1990 E(itim) wi CITY OF FORT COLISNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4i20W) that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, FNGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents, ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on - site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER'S efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on - site observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER nformed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. ENGINEER's visits and on -site observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGIN7,ER's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.13, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of E.NGINF.ER's on -site visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Project Representative: 9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragmpin 9.3 and 9.13 Conditions of these General Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not ENGINEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other person will be as provided in W a¢aph 9.3 9.3.1. The Representative's dealings in matters rtain ng to the on -site work will, in general, be with the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR. But the Representative will keen the OWNER rp_operly advised about such matters. The Representative's dealings with subcontractors will only he through or with the full knowledge_ and approval ul'_the CONTRACTOR. 9.3.2. Duties and Responsibilities. Representative will: 3.3.2.1,Schedules - Review the progress 19 schedule and other schedules prepared by the CONTRACTOR and consult with the EN GLNEER concern n actability, 93, 2;Conferences _ and Vteet g _- Attend meeting with the CONTRACTOR such -as rpeconstruction conferences, proy�ess meetings and other cb ferences and u_epare_and con circulate copies of minutes of meetings. 9.3.2.3. Liaison 93.2.3.1. Serve as ENCINF,ERS liaison with CONTRACTOR, working principally through CONTRACTORS superintendent to assist the CONTRACTOR in understanding the Contract Documents. 9.3.2.32. Assist in obtaining from OWNER additional details or information when required for per eecution of the Work. 9.3.23.3. Advise the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR of the commencement of any Work rzuumm a Sha�D awing or sample submission if the submission has not been an .rp Dyed by the ENGINEER, 9.3.2.4.Review of Work, Rejection of Defective Work, Inspections and Tests - 9.3.2.4.1. Conduct on -site observations of the Work in progress to assist the ENGINEER in determining that the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.3.2.4.3. Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project record the results of these inspections and report to the ENGINEER. 9.32 5. lnter retation of Contract Documents. Report to ENGINEER when clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents are needed and transmit to CONTRACTOR clarification and interpretation of Contract Documents as issued by the ENGINEER. 9.3.2 6 Modifications Consider and evaluate CONTRACTORS suggestions for EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-6 (1990 Editim) 20 w1 CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000) modification in Drawings or Specifications and report these recommendations to F_.NGiNEF,R. Accurately transmit to CONTRACTOR decisions issued bV the ENGINEER. 9.3.2.7. Records, 9.3.2.8. Reports. 9.3.2.8.1. Furnish ENGINEER periodic reports, as required, of the progress of the Work and of the CONTRACTORS compliance with the progress schedule and schedule of shop Drawing and sample submittals. 9.3.2.8.2. Consult with ENGINEER in advance ofwheduhW major tests, inspections or start of important phases of the Work. 93.2.8.3. Daft proposed Change Orders and Work Directive Changes, obtaining backup material from the CONTRACTOR and recommend to ENGINEER Change Orders, Work Directive Changes and field orders. 9.3.2.8.4. Report immediately to ENGINEER_and OWNER the occurrence of any accident.. ----- - - 9.3.2.9. Payment Requests Review applications for paMent with CONTRACTOR for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward with recommendation to ENGINEER, noting particularly the relationship of the nayment reauuested to the schedule of values, work completed and materials _,and ,equ�ment delivered at the site but not incorporated in the Work. 9.3.2.10, Completion 9.3.2.10.1. Before ENGINEER issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion submit to CONTRACTOR a list of observed items re uq iciru' correction or. completion. 9.3.2102. Conduct final inspection in the company o£ the ENGINEER OWNER and CONTRACTOR and spare a final list of items to be corrected or coat mleted. 9,3.2.10.3. Observe that all items on the final list have been corrected or completed and make recommendations to ENGINEER concerning acceptance. 9.3.3. Lnnitation of Authority The Representative shall not: 9.3.3.1. Authorize any deviations from the Contract Documents or accept any substitute materials or equipment, unless authorized by the ENGINEER. 9.3.3.2. Exceed limitations of ENGINEER'S authority asset forth in the Contract Documents. 9.3.3.3. Undertake any of the responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or CONTRACTOR'S superintendent. 9.3.3.4. Advise on or issue directions relative toy or assume control over any aspen of the means, methods techniques, sequences or procedures for construction unless such is specifically called for in the Contract Documents. 9.3.3.5. Advise on or issue directions regarding or assume control over safety precautions and programs in connections with the Work. 9.3.3.6, Accept Shoo Drawings or sample submittals from anyone other than the CONTRACTOR 93.3.7. Authorize OWNER to occupy the Work in whole or in part. 9.3_3b_ Participate i_n. specialized tield_or laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others except as specifically authorized, by the ENGINEER. Clarifications and Interpretations: 9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Editiw) w/ CITY" OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000) requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Tones and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, OW1vTR or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. Authorized Mariationsin Work: 95 ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article I l or 12. Rejecting Defective Work: 9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments 9.7. In connection with ENGINEER'S authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraphs 6.24 through 6.28 inclusive. 9.8. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11. and 12. 9.9. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. Determinations for Unit Priees 9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application 21 for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's decision and: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to ENGINEER's decision, unless otherwise agreed th writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such appeal will not be subject to the procedures of paragraph 9.11, Decisions on Disputes.• 9,11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price of Contract Tunes will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within thirty days alter receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph ENGINEER's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless. (i) an appeal from ENGINEER'S decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in F—%MBIT GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (n) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEERS written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such EJCDC GENERAL CONDM ONS 19I0-8 (1990 Edtimi) 22 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS(REV 42000) decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.15) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant-4o Art 4 16. 9.13. Limitations on F_NGM ER's Authority and Revponsihi6ties: 9.13.1. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. 9.13.2. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR'.s means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or funush the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9-133. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. 9.13.4. ENGLNEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation requires] to be delivered by paragraph ]4.12 will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. 9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also apply to ENGINEER'S Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. ARTICLE 10—CHANGES IN TITE WORK 10.1. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). 10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Rice or an adjustment of the Contract Tunes that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.9. 10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering: 10.4.1, changes in the Work which are (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (it) required because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13.13 or correcting defective Work under paragraph 13.14, or (iii) agreed to by the parties, 10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, and 10.4.3. changes in the Contract Rice or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.111 provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.29. 10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents EJCDC GENERAL CONDITI ONS 1910-8 (1990 E6tmu w/ CITP OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (RUV 1i2000) (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE 11--CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the Contract Price. 112 The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any cla m for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 11.2. 11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 11.3.1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of 23 paragraphs 11.9.1 through 119.3, inclusive), 11.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed payment basis, including lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 11.6.2); 113.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 11.32, on the basis of the Cast of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11,5) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.6). Cost of the Work: 11 4. The terns Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen and other personnel employed full-time at the site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full-time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll casts shall inslude;-buHaot be limited to; salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health ana -tee t benefits bonuses-, sick lea _ """"""" and `alida pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 11.4.2, Cost of all materials and equipment firmshed and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained 11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed or furnished by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, 24 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITION51910-3(1MEdhim) wl CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4,2000) CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be accepted. if any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work- plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in paragraphs l l .4, 11.5, 11.6 and 11.7. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. I I A,5. Supplemental costs including the following. 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. 11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof —all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. 11 4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. 114.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.9), provided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of theta or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such lasses shall inefude settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTORSs fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11.4.53. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the site. 11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. 11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work. 11.5. The tern Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following: 11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTORSs principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11 4.4—all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTORS fee. 11.52. Expenses of CONTRACTORSs principal and branch offices other than CONT'RACTOR's office at the site. 11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTORS capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above). FJCDC GENERAL CONL4TiONS 1910-9 (1990 Edivanl w! CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) 11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of dej'ectiive Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property. 11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4. 11.6.. The CONTRACTORS fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows. 11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 11.62. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work 11.62.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, the CONTRACTOR's tee shall be fifteen percent, 11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACTORSs fee shall be five percent, 11.6.2.3. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and II.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually performs or furnishes the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee-ef-fwe-pemen6o�the-amounE-paid-4e thenetAa 1-we� to be negotiated in goal faith with the OWNER but not to exceed tive percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor. 11.6.24. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4. 11.4.5 and 11.5; 1 L62.5, the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and 11.62.6 when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in CONTRACTORSs fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.5, inclusive. 11.7. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be 25